Distributors Catalog - Unlock Mobile Phones

World's leader in Mobile phone Cables and Accessories 

For more info visit our website: http://ucables.com 

Distributors Catalog 

uCables.com. P. O. Box 3110. Cordoba 14080. Spain 

Spain: Phone: +34 902 888 178 * FAX: +34 957 767 889. 

USA: Phone: 1 718-928-3131 wait dial tone and enter *710178# (only sales). 

FAX toll free number: 1 800 9089332 * email: support@ucables.com 

http://ucables.com 

Prices Effective as of 8/8/2007 02:43:31 

The following is uCables.com catalog and price list. Quantity discounts are available for authorized Resellers and Distributors. 

Prices are subject to change without notice. Not responsible for typografical errors.

Products 

uCables.com Catalog 

Index 

Mobile Unlocking 

Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] 

USB cables 

Connectors 

Flash / Unlock / Repair Boxes 

CDMA mobile phone cables 

Computer cables 

Mobile Accessories 

Infrared Adapters 

PDA/Handhelds Accessories 

Dual SIM Housings 

Anti-X Radiation 

Rechargable Batteries 

Portable Handsfree 

Housings 

Cellular Mobile Phones 

Antennas 

Travel Chargers 

Cases 

Bluetooth accessories 

Phone Holders 

Handsfree car kits 

Original accessories 

Mobile Repair tools 

Tools 

Software

Reference: CA-70 


Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Nokia 

Name: Nokia CA-70 Charging Connectivity Cable for N93, N90, N80, N70, E70, E61, E60.. 

Price: 40 Euros 

Nokia CA-70 Charging Connectivity Cable 

- Charge your phone while connected to your PC 

- Especially helpful for large downloads that can drain batteries 

- Standard USB connector on one end, PopPort and 3.5mm power plus on the other end 

Compatible with: 

- N93, N90, N80, N70, E70, E61, E60, E50, 9500, 9300, 9300i, 7710, 7270, 6681, 6682, 6680, 6670, 6630, 6280 , 6270, 6260, 6230i, 6230, 6170, 

6131, 6111, 5500 Sport, 3300, 3250, 3230 

Cable weight: 50g 

Cable length: 1400 mm 


Name: Nokia Charger Adaptor CA-44 


Enables you to use your existing Nokia chargers (3.5 mm) with the new Nokia phones with smaller (2.0 mm) charger interface 

Can be used with the following Nokia Chargers: LCH-12, AC-1U, ACP-12U, ACP-7U, ACP-8U and ACP-9U. 


Name: Nokia CA-53 USB Data Cable for E60, E61, N70, N71, N80, N90, 9500, 9300, 7610 


This data cable is the OEM version of the ORIGINAL CA-53 Nokia cable. 

A connectivity cable for connecting a compatible PC and a Nokia phone. It enables data transfer and synchronization with a compatible PC, 

e.g. calendar, phonebook, notes, to-do list - depending on Nokia PC Suite features. Supports USB 2.0 standard and maximum data transfer 

speeds. 

Compatible with Nokia: N90, 3230, 3250, 3300, 6111, 6125, 6170, 6230, 6230i, 6233, 6270, 6280, 6670, 6680, 6681, 7270, 7370, 7600, 7610, 9300, 

9300i, 9500.. 

Features: 

* Connect a compatible PC and Nokia phone. 

* Transfer data and synchronize with a PC, including calendar, internet connection, phonebook, notes, to-do list - depending on the version 

of Nokia PC Suite. 

* Supports USB 2.0 standard and maximum data transfer speeds. 

* Nokia PC Suite software required for some PC connectivity features. 

1




Name: Nokia CA-42 USB Data Cable for 7250i, 7210, 6822, 6820... 


This data cable is the OEM version of the ORGINAL CA-42 Nokia cable. 

The CA-42 data cable is compatible with Nokia 2115i, 2270, 2285, 3100, 3120, 3200, 3205, 3220, 3570, 3585, 3585i, 3586i, 3587i, 3588i, 3589i, 

5100, 5140, 6015i, 6016i, 6019i, 6020, 6200, 6225, 6560, 6585, 6610, 6800, 6820, 6822, 7210, 7250i. 

Features: 

For phone models equipped with modem functionality, the CA-42 cable connects to a PC for portable network connectivity. 

Use this cable to connect your phone to your PC to transfer files such as calendar, phone book, notes, to-do list, etc. 

Connect your cell phone with your PC or Lab top by USB port. 

Copy images to / from your phone. 

Copy data / back-up data from your phone to PC or another Nokia phone. 

Supports the use of Nokia PC suit software 

Enables data transfer and synchronization of different data types 

Compatible for PC suite, oxygen manage, and mobile media browser 

Supports internet access (GPRS) 

Mobile phone system: GSM / CDMA 

Downloads / modifies the ring tones 

Modifies startup and operator logos 

Sends SMS messages 

Edits and sends picture messages via users' PCs 

Enables / disables net monitor (GPRS / IX, CDMA / GSM) 

Reference: NK-6260 

Name: Nokia data Cable 6260 autoswitch FBUS / MBUS 


Our cable NK-6260 works with Nokia 6260 phones and have FBUS and MBUS autoswitching interface 

Features: 

FBUS or MBUS auto switching mode 

Download/Modify the ringtones for your Nokia 6260 mobile phones 

Modify the Startup & Operator logos 

Send SMS messages easily using LogoManager in FBUS or MBUS connection 

Edit mobile phone numbers on your SIM card 

Edit & Send picture messages via your PC 

If you wish to unlock your phone, you will need to use one of these devices: GRIFFINSAS , GRIFFINCRU , UFSTORNADO or TWISTER 


Name: Data cable for Nokia 5140 FBUS / MBUS 


Our data cable for Nokia 5140 (Dual Bus) Data Cable with interface datasuite 2.0,Connect to PC DB 9 pin Serial Port 

Specifications: 

FBUS Data Rate speed up to 115.2kbps(software dependent) 

MBUS Data Rate speed up to 9600bps(software dependent) 

No external power supply 

Cable with ferric core for interference reduction 

Zener Diode Protection for Mobile Phone 

Features: 







2


Name: Nokia data Cable 7200 autowitch FBUS / MBUS 


Our cable NK-7200 works with Nokia 7200 phones and have FBUS and MBUS autoswitching interface. 

Features: 




Send SMS messages easily using LogoManager in FBUS connection 










Features: 






Edit & Send picture messages via your PC br> 






Features: 









Name: Nokia Cable 1100 with MBUS Interface 


The nokia data cable NK-1100 works for Nokia 1100. You can only find OEM NK-1100 nokia cables, because it doesn't exist any original 

cable for nokia 1100 series. 

It includes FBUS and MBUS interface, that means it can be used in MBUS mode for: 

Change Ringtones, Group graphics, Operator logos, Startup graphics, Picture messages, Screensavers, Phonebook Backup / restore, 

Messaging , Flashing SMS. 

View Security Code 

You will need Logomanager to customize your phone with all this options 

To connect this cable you must take off back housing of your Nokia mobile phone. 


Name: Nokia Cable 3510, 3530, 3510i with MBUS Interface 


The nokia data cable NK-3510 works for Nokia 3510, 3510i and 3530. You can only find OEM NK-3510 nokia cables, because it doesn't exist 

any original cable for nokia 3510 series. 



Messaging, Flashing SMS. 


Enable/Disable NetMonitor and with Service software like winlock or Nokia Tool. 



3

Reference: DKE-2 



Name: Nokia Connectivity Cable DKE-2 ADE-2 ADA-2 for N-GAGE / 5510 


These set of cables include this nokia connectivity cables: 

Nokia Audio Cable ADE-2 

This audio cable connects your Nokia 5510 phone to generic external audio systems enabling recording (analog) music from external audio 

devices. 

Nokia Connectivity Cable DKE-2 

Fast download of music from your PC to the Nokia 5510 phone using this connectivity cable. 

Nokia Adapter Cable ADA-2 

ADA-2 Adapter cable allows Nokia 5510 phone owners to use their own headphones, which have a standard stereo jack, with their Nokia 

phone. 

Reference: NK-UNLOCK3 

Name: Nokia FBUS/MBUS switchable RS232 with 21 connectors 


Our cable NK-UNLOCK3 has a switch that allows to select the interface that we need to use, this is very useful with programs that require 

exclusive use of MBUS interface like Nokia tool by Rolis. NKCO-FMBUS autoswitchable cable will not works with Nokia tool by Rolis. With 

NKCO-MBUS cable is possible to unlock all nokia DCT3, like 32XX, 33XX, 3510, 51XX, 55XX, 61XX, 62XX, 71XX, 82XX and 88XX series and 

DCT4 3510, 6310, 6310i, 6510, 8310, 8390, 8910, 7650, 7210, 6100, 3650, 5100, 6800, 3300, N-gage, 6600, 6650, 1100, 3320, 3200, 7600 series 

With this cable you can unlock Nokia phones, change logos, ringtones, activate net monitor, etc. 

Package include: 

Serial RS232 cable with switch FBUS (RX/TX) and MBUS. 

Nokia 3210 cables 

Nokia 3310, 3330, 3350, 3410, 3390, 3510, 5510 cables 

Nokia 5110, 5130, 6190, 6110, 6150, 6190, 6210, 6250, 6310, 6310i, 6390, 7110, 7190 cables 

Nokia 8210, 8290, 8250, 8850 cables 

Nokia 8310, 8390, 6510, 8910 cables 

Nokia 7650 cable 







Nokia N-gage cable 







Reference: NKFLA-567 

Name: Nokia 5110 6110 7110 Flasher 


All Nokia unlocking solutions working by cable, it removes SP lock for 5110, 6110, 7110 and compatibles. It emoves all lock levels, all 

networks, all versions, fast tool, based on Dejan Flasher. It includes cable, software and documentation (download it from our members 

area) 

4

Reference: DCT4-CALC 

Name: Generator Mastercode Nokia DCT4 dongle 


You can unlock any DCT4 nokia phone using this dongle. 



Using this dongle with supplied software you can generate unlock mastercode to unlock any Nokia 3510i, 6100, 8910, 8910i, 8310, 6510, 

6310, 6310i, 6650,6800, 7210, 7250, 6610, 3650 and 7650. 

All you need to do is type the IMEI of the Nokia handset along with the network code (a list will be provided!!!) 

Select the type (Type 5 is 7650 and 3650, all other current models are Type 2) 

Now press Generate and the dongle will give you the mastercode to unlock your handset via the keypad! 

We also can provide you with the unlock codes for yourphone!!! 

software operate: 

note: 

please do on the mobile phone keypad: 

press: #pw + xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx + X# 

(P: press "*" three times) 

(w: press "*" four times) 

(+: press "*" two times) 

X=1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 

Correct press: #pw+992952311021052+7# 

Notes of the USAGE of Dct4 calculator: 

Type of your Cell-phone 7210, 6310i, 7650 ....... 

Your IMEI in this Format 123456789012345 

( Not like this 0101-1450-0748-923 or 123413-12-121112-1 ... ) 

Your Network Code xxx-yy 

Press Generate button it will show the code: 

1=255935772341033 

2=418017132612411 

3=388856606620152 

4=908022027672725 

5=308546127667043 

6=305046222312542 

7=992952311021052 

1=MCC+MNC 

2=GD1 

3=GD2 

4=IMSI 

5=MCC+MNC+GD1 

6=MCC+MNC+GD1+GD2 

7=All Locks (Universal - multilock) 





Features: 








Reference: DKU-2 

Name: Nokia DKU-2 USB cable for Nokia 3300 / 6650 


This USB cable allows the user to connect the Nokia 3300 or 6650 phone to a PC with a USB port. It provides fast and convenient way to 

download music from PC to the phone For performing functions as board as possible. Supports use of Nokia PC Suite software. 


Name: Data Cable for Nokia 5100 


Features: 







5


Name: Data cable for Nokia 3650 


This data cable works for unlocking Nokia 3650 GSM mobile phones . 



General usages for this data cable: 

Unlocking using the phones own Symbian operative system. As a result, it does not use the fbus and mbus system. 


Name: Nokia 7210/6610 Serial Data Cable FBUS/MBUS 


With Nokia 7210/6610 Serial Data Cable FBUS/MBUS you could make the following functions: 

Upload RingTones (By LogoManager) 

Edit/Backup Phone Book (By LogoManager) 

Unlock SP locks (By appropriate software and Mbus) 

Auto Switching between Mbus & Fbus 

Edit logo and sending picture (By appropriate software) 

This cable is compatible with Nokia 7210 & 6610 


Name: Nokia 7650 serial data cable 


At the moment this cable will work only to unlock, but there is no software available. If you need to transfer data between PC and phone we 

recommend you to use our Infrared adapter MA-620 or USB Bluetooth dongle. 

If don't know how to open your nokia 7650, we recommend you that you get our OPEN-7650 tool to open easyly your 7650 nokia phone 

Reference: NK-UNLOCK2 



Our cable NK-UNLOCK2 has a switch that allows to select the interface that we need to use, this is very useful with programs that require 


NKCO-MBUS cable is possible to unlock all nokia DCT3, like 32XX, 33XX, 3510, 51XX, 55XX, 61XX, 62XX, 71XX, 82XX and 88XX series and 

DCT4 3510, 6310, 6310i, 6510, 8310, 8390, 8910 

This cable is the same as NK-UNLOCK but with 2 more cables to be used with Nokia 3510 and Nokia 8910 If you already have cable 

NK-UNLOCK, you can buy connectors CO-FLA35 and CO-FLA89 by separate. 

With this cable you can unlock any Nokia phone 

Tested Software: 

Nokia Tools 1.8 , knok 22, eeprom tools 

DCT4 unlock by JIC and DCT unlock cracked by cyber 

LogoManager v1.2.8 (FBUS & MBUS) 

WinTesla Service Software Package v6.03, 7.0 and higher(MBUS) 

Nokia Tool all releases 

This cable repairs all destroyed eeproms and damaged by wrong unlocking or flashing. 




Nokia 3310, 3330, 3350, 3410, 3390, 3510, 5510 cables 

Nokia 5110, 5130, 6190, 6110, 6150, 6190, 6210, 6250, 6310, 6310i, 6390, 7110, 7190 cables 

Nokia 8210, 8290, 8250, 8850 cables 

Nokia 8310, 8390, 6510, 8910 cables 

The available software will only unlock phones with versions up to the following (the last not included): 

8310 ver 5.57 

8390 ver 7.80 

6310i ver 5.10 

6510 ver 4.12 

If you need to unlock those versions you will need GRIFFINBOX. 

6

Reference: DKU-5 



Name: Nokia DKU-5 USB Data Cable and Unlocking cable for BB5 phones 


Our cable DKU-5 connects your Nokia to your computer. Works with Nokia PC suite software as supplied with your phone and enables data 

transfer and synchronization at a rate of up to 230 kB/s. Driver CD and instructions supplied. Connects to the POP port on the phone and 

the USB socket on a PC. 

DKU5 cable is compatible with Nokia 3100, 3200, 5100, 6100, 6220, 6610, 6800, 7210, 7250, 7250i. 

Use DKU-5 cable with Nokia PC Suite software supplied with your phone (or available free on the Nokia website, support section). 

Nokia PC Suite allows you to: 

Install Java applications/games from the PC to the phone. 

Send text messages and edit the phone book and message settings of your phone. Edit and backup phone contacts. 

Copy images to and from your phone and make images usable for multimedia messages or wallpapers. 

Copy data or back-up data from your phone to PC or to another Nokia phone. 

Synchronize the phone book, calendar and to-do notes between your phone and PC. Also with Lotus and Microsoft applications (Supports 

Outlook 97/98/2000/XP, Microsoft Schedule, Lotus Notes, Lotus Organizer). 

Edit polyphonic ringing tones to be compatible with your phone and to transfer them to your phone 

Edit and send your WAP bookmarks or update the connection sets to your phone. 

Nokia PC Suite 

See screenshot below, showing Nokia Phone Editor, which allows you to create, maintain and transfer contacts, messages and settings. 

This screenshot shows Nokia Application Installer which allows you to upload java applications and games, downloaded from the web 

straight to your phone in just a few clicks 

Box include: 

DKU-5 Cable. 

CDROM with drivers 

You will need this cable to unlock some BB5 phone model using Dejan´s free software. 


• Nokia 6630 RAP3G v2.10E PA 



• Nokia N70 RAP3G v2.20 PA 




Name: Nokia Cable 3360 / 3320 with FMBUS/MBUS Interface 


The nokia data cable NK-3360 works for Nokia 3360 and 3320. It includes FBUS and MBUS interface, that means it can be used in MBUS 

mode for: 




You will need Logomanager to customize your phone with all this options To connect this cable you must take off back housing of your 

Nokia mobile phone. 

Reference: NK-UNLOCK 



Our cable NK-UNLOCK has a switch that allows to select the interface that we need to use, this is very useful with programs that require 


NKCO-MBUS cable is possible to unlock all nokia DCT3, like 32XX, 33XX, 51XX, 55XX, 61XX, 62XX, 71XX, 82XX and 88XX series and DCT4 

3510, 6310, 6310i, 8310, 8390 

If you have already bought our cable NK-FLASH we recommend you to buy NKCO-MBUS Tested Software: 

Nokia Tools 1.8 , knok 22, eeprom tools 

DCT4 unlock by JIC and DCT unlock cracked by cyber 


WinTesla Service Software Package v6.03, 7.0 and higher(MBUS) 

Nokia Tool all releases 

This cable repairs all destroyed eeproms and damaged by wrong unlocking or flashing. 




Nokia 3310, 3330, 3350, 3410, 3390, 5510 cables 

Nokia 5110, 5130, 6190, 6110, 6150, 6190, 6210, 6250, 6310, 6310i, 7110, 7190 cables 

Nokia 8210, 8290, 8250, 8850 cables 

Nokia 8310, 8390, 6510 cables 

The available software will only unlock phones with versions up to the following (the last not included): 

8310 ver 5.57 

8390 ver 7.80 

6310i ver 5.10 

6510 ver 4.12 


7

Reference: NKCO-MBUS 



Name: Nokia FBUS/MBUS switchable RS232 to PS2 datacable converter 


With this cable you can use your NK-FLASH or NK-FLASH2 connectors like Nokia FBUS/MBUS Data cables, so you don't need to buy any 

additional cable if you want to read phone security code, change logos/rintones, send/receive SMS, connect to internet etc. 

Our cable NKCO-MBUS have a switch that allows to select the interface that we need to use, this is very useful with programs that require 

exclusive use of MBUS interface like Nokia tool by Rolis. NKCO-FMBUS autoswitchable cable will not work with Nokia tool by Rolis. With 

NKCO-MBUS cable is possible to unlock all nokia DCT3, like 32XX, 33XX, 51XX, 55XX, 61XX, 62XX, 71XX, 82XX and 88XX series. Mobile Data 

Cable Specification 

Nokia Universal Dual Bus (FBUS & MBUS) Data Cable: 

Connect to PC DB 9 pin Serial Port 

Meets all RS-232C and V.28 specifications 

FBUS Data Rate speed up to 280kbps (software dependent) 

MBUS Data Rate speed up to 9600bps (software dependent) 


TTL enhancement for stability improvement 




The main advantage of this Nok. Universal Dual Bus (FBUS & MBUS) Data Cable is that you can plug this PS/2 side connector into 4 existing 

mobile phone connector cables, which are the same as the Nok. flasher cable, thus it works for most Nok. mobile phone models (such as 

3210/3310/51xx/61xx/82xx). For future extension, you just have to buy the latest mobile phone connector side cable and then plug it into this 

Reference: NK-PARALEL 

Name: Nokia Flasher PS2 to paralel cable 


This is the Nokia flasher cable to use with appropiate CO-FLA32, CO-FLA33, CO-FLA567, CO-FLA82 or NK-35678 


Name: Nokia 8310 / 8390 FBUS / MBUS data cable 


The nokia data cable NK-83 works for Nokia 8310, 8390 and 6510 in FBUS and MBUS mode. It's compatible with nokia logomanager: 

Change Operator logo (Nokia Logo Manager) 

Change Startup logo (Nokia Logo Manager) 

View Security Code (Nokia Logo Manager) 

Enable/Disable NetMonitor (Nokia Logo Manager) and with Service software as winlock or Nokia Tool The cable connects below your 

phone battery. 

Check quality of connector here: 

p> 

Reference: NK-8X60 

Name: Nokia TDMA 8260 data cable FBUS / MBUS 


This new data cable allows to upload and download startup logos to Nokia TDMA phone 8260, with logomanager 

You can use this software to: 

Unlock SOC, Band, Programming 

Reset Values to Factory Fix & UI, Full Factory, User Interface 

Change Startup logo to original, IRDB 

Open and Close Locks SOC, Band, Programming. 

Supported versions are: 8260 NSW-4 v6.09, v6.12, v6.17 

When you make your purchase you will receive an account that will allow to download appropiate software from our members area. 

You can find the full version of the program to unlock Nokia TDMA at our Software sales area 

8




Name: Nokia Data cable 3210/33XX/51XX/6xxx/7xxx/8xxx FBUS & MBUS 


With this cable you can read phone security code, change logos/rintones, send/receive SMS, connect to internet etc. with all nokia phones 

3210, 3310, 3390, 5110, 5130,5190, 6110, 6150, 6190, 6210, 6250, 7110, 7190, 8210, 8250, 8850, 8890. Mobile Data Cable Specification 

Nok. Universal Dual Bus (FBUS & MBUS) Data Cable: 













cable PS/2 side connector. 

Note: 

With the Data Cable you can: 

Make full use of the Nok. Data Suite or PC Suite 

Modify the ringtones on your phone 

Modify your phone's graphics 

Easily edit your phone numbers/contacts directory 

Easily update the entries in you phone calendar 

Make sending SMS messages easy 

SP and SIM unlock on your phone 

Send/Receive Faxes 

Make and receive data calls e.g. connect to the Internet. 

(Using appropriate software and mobile phone model) 

(CAUTION: Do NOT connect this cable PS/2 side into PC PS/2 port, it will damage both PC and this cable) 


Using Nok. 3210 Mobile Phone: 

1. LogoManager v1.1b5 (FBUS & MBUS) - http://www.logomanager.co.uk 

2. NSE Vibra Activator ASM-C by PRO (MBUS) 

3. WinTesla Service Software Package v6.03 (MBUS) 

9

Reference: NK-FLASHFM 



Name: Nokia 32/33/51/61/62/71/82/88 Flasher interface FBUS & MBUS 


All Nokia unlocking solution working by cable, it removes SP lock for 32xx/33xx/51xx/61xx/62xx/71xx/82xx/88xx. It removes all lock levels, 

all networks, all versions, fast tool, based on Dejan Flasher. It includes cable, software and documentation In addition you can change 

language of your Nokia mobile phone. This cable is the NK-FLASH2 that includes the NKCO-FMBUS, so it has PIN 7 and PIN 12 solded at 

the Paralel connector to be compatible with All Nokia Unlocker 3.11 by Jethro You don't need to flash, this program will do it for you all 

automatically, unlocking without any risk. Of course this cable is 100% compatible with Dejan Flasher and all shells. 

Be sure that you use All nokia unlocker 3.11 versions other Jethro version don't work with NK-FLASH2 New Nokia FLASH cable unlocks 

new Nokia phones versions: 

GSM 900 

Nokia 5110 [NSE-1]: V05.28, V05.29, V05.30 

GSM 900/1800/1900 

Nokia 3210 [NSE-8]: V05.31, V05.36, V06.00 

Nokia 3310 [NHM-5]: V03.24, V04.02, V04.06, V4.18, V4.19, V4.23, V4.24, V4.35, V4.45 

Nokia 3330 [NHM-6]: V3.05, V3.10, V3.12, V4.12, V4.16, V4.30 

Nokia 6150 [NSM-2]: V5.22, V5.23 

Nokia 6210 [NPE-3]: V03.01, V03.04, V04.08, V4.27, V4.36, V05.02, V5.17, V5.27 

Nokia 6250 [NHM-3]: V04.00, V04.01, V04.04, V04.05, V5.00 

Nokia 7110 [NSE-5]: V04.88, V04.94, V05.00, V5.01 

Nokia 8210 [NSM-3]: V5.11, V5.16, V5.20, V5.21, V5.25, V5.26, V5.27, V5.28, V5.29 

Nokia 8250 [NSM-2]: V3.08, V3.12, V3.18, V3.20 

Nokia 8850 [NSM-3D]: V5.16, V5.20, V5.21, V5.25, V5.26, V5.27 

Nokia 3390 [NSB-1]: V7.05 

Nokia 5190 [NSB-1]: V6.11,V6.71 

Nokia 6190 [NSB-3]: V6.13 

Nokia 8890 [NSB-6]: V12.06, V12.07,V12.15 

Nokia 8290 [NSB-7]: V5.02,V5.06, V5.07 

In addition you can use this cable to read phone security code, change logos/rintones, send/receive SMS, connect to internet etc. Mobile 

Data Cable Specification 

Nok. Universal Dual Bus (FBUS & MBUS) Data Cable: 














Note: 














Using Nok. 3210 Mobile Phone: 


2. NSE Vibra Activator ASM-C by PRO (MBUS) 


4. Nok. Tool Build 029 (MBUS) 

5. N-Monitor v1.0.0.6 (beta) (FBUS) 

6. Nok. Unlocker v6.0 by GSM-TEAM (MBUS) 

Using Nok. 3310 (MCU SW V3.24 NHM-5) Mobile Phone: 

1. LogoManager v1.1.71 (FBUS & MBUS) - http://www.logomanager.co.uk 


3. Nok. Tool Build 029 (MBUS) 

4. N-Monitor v1.0.0.6 (beta) (FBUS) 

5. WinLock v1.10.0.0 (MBUS) 

Using Nok. 6150 (MCU SW V5.02 NSM-1) Mobile Phone: 

1. Nok. Data Suite v2.0 & v3.0 (FBUS) 


3. HD94X R&D FT PC-Locals v1.3 (FBUS & MBUS) 

4. N-Monitor v1.0.0.6 (beta) (FBUS) - http://www.aschmidt.de 

10

Reference: NKCO-FMBUS 



Name: Nokia autoswitch FBUS/MBUS Serial to PS2 datacable converter 


With this cable you can use your NK-FLASH or NK-FLASH2 connectors as Nokia FBUS/MBUS Data cables, so you don't need to buy any 

additional cable if you want to read phone security code, change logos/rintones, send/receive SMS, connect to internet etc. Mobile Data 

Cable Specification 

Nokia Universal Dual Bus (FBUS & MBUS) Data Cable: 














Note: 















Reference: SOFT-CDLM 

Name: LogoManager CD and license 


Logomanager unlocks the power of Nokia phone and it allows you to design your own personal logos and ringtones. 

Simply hook up your PC and Nokia phone via cable or infrared, and use LogoManager to truly customise your phone quickly and easily - 

and it is absolutely FREE. 

Caracteristics: 

You can create your own start up logos: 

Identify with your phone as soon as it starts up. You can capture a photo, any picture from the internet or design your own. 

You can change opertator logos: 

Personalise your phone with a unique logo instead of the standard operator name. 

Screensavers: 

Customise your static screensavers for when the phone is not in use, and create animations for the 3330 and 3410. 

Ringtones: 

Add original ringtones to your phone so that it sounds like no one else's. 

Picture messages: 

Make your picture messages better than the rest. 

Organise your phone book: 

Add, delete or modify your phonebook entries and caller groups/graphics. No more worries if you lose or update your mobile, just save a 

back-up of the SIM card and phone contents to transfer to a new Nokia phone. You can also export your entire phonebook to a spreadsheet 

package for safe keeping and easy use. 

Send via SMS to your friends: 

As well as customising your own phone, you can send text, logos and ringtones to your friends' Nokia phones by SMS. 

Compatible phones: 

3210, 3310, 3330, 3390, 3395, 3410, 3510, 5210, 6110, 6150, 6190, 7110, 7190, 6210, 6310/i, 6250, 8210, 8290, 8310, 8850, 8910. You only need a 

cable or an infrared adapter. 

System requirements: 

Desktop PC running Windows Operating System. 

16Mb RAM. 

Compatible Nokia phone. 

Cable/infrared connection to phone. 

The box includes: 

LogoManager software CD. 

Instruction booklet. 

Registration card. 

11

Reference: NK-FLASH2 

Name: Nokia 32/33/51/61/62/71/82/88 Flasher version 2.0 




All Nokia unlocking solution working by cable,it remove SP lock for 32xx/33xx/51xx/61xx/62xx/71xx/82xx/88xx. It removes all lock levels, all 

networks, all versions, fast tool, based on Dejan Flasher. It includes cable, software and documentation In addition you can change the 

language of your Nokia mobile phone. The unique difference between NK-FLASH and NK-FLASH2 is to have PIN 7 and PIN 12 solded at the 

Parallel connector to be compatible with All Nokia Unlocker 3.11 by Jethro You don't need to flash, this program will do it for you all 

automatically, unlocking without any risk. Of course this cable is 100% compatible with Dejan Flasher and all shells. 

Be sure that you use All nokia unlocker 3.11 version other Jethro version not works with NK-FLASH2 New Nokia FLASH cable unlocks new 

Nokia phones versions: 

GSM 900 

Nokia 5110 [NSE-1]: V05.28, V05.29, V05.30 

GSM 900/1800/1900 

Nokia 3210 [NSE-8]: V05.31, V05.36, V06.00 



Nokia 6150 [NSM-2]: V5.22, V5.23 



Nokia 7110 [NSE-5]: V04.88, V04.94, V05.00, V5.01 


Nokia 8250 [NSM-2]: V3.08, V3.12, V3.18, V3.20 


Nokia 3390 [NSB-1]: V7.05 

Nokia 5190 [NSB-1]: V6.11,V6.71 

Nokia 6190 [NSB-3]: V6.13 

Nokia 8890 [NSB-6]: V12.06, V12.07,V12.15 

Nokia 8290 [NSB-7]: V5.02,V5.06, V5.07 

Soon software compatibility will be available with: 

GSM 1800 PCN 

Nokia 5130 [NSK-1]: V05.71 

Nokia 6130 [NSK-3]: V05.61 

Nokia 5170/5180 [NSD-1] 

Nokia 6185 [NSD-3]: V2.25, V2.56, V2.58, V2.61 US TDMA 800/1900 Dual Band 

Reference: NK-FLASH 

Name: Nokia 32/33/51/61/62/71/82/88 Flasher 


All Nokia unlocking solution working by cable, it removes SP lock for 3xxx/5xxx/6xxx/7xxx/8xxx. It removes all lock levels, all networks, all 

versions, fast tool, based on Dejan Flasher. It includes cable, software and documentation. 

It works with NU 2000 ver 1.11 or laters and dejan flasher 1.0. 

New Nokia FLASH cable unlocks new Nokia phones versions: 

GSM 900 

Nokia 5110 [NSE-1]: V05.28, V05.29, V05.30 

GSM 900/1800/1900 

Nokia 3210 [NSE-8]: V05.31, V05.36, V06.00 



Nokia 6150 [NSM-2]: V5.22, V5.23 



Nokia 7110 [NSE-5]: V04.88, V04.94, V05.00, V5.01 


Nokia 8250 [NSM-2]: V3.08, V3.12, V3.18, V3.20 


Nokia 3390 [NSB-1]: V7.05 

Nokia 5190 [NSB-1]: V6.11,V6.71 

Nokia 6190 [NSB-3]: V6.13 

Nokia 8890 [NSB-6]: V12.06, V12.07,V12.15 

Nokia 8290 [NSB-7]: V5.02,V5.06, V5.07 

Soon avalaible software compatibility with: 

GSM 1800 PCN 

Nokia 5130 [NSK-1]: V05.71 

Nokia 6130 [NSK-3]: V05.61 

Nokia 5190 [NSB-1]: V6.11,V6.71 

Nokia 6190 [NSB-3]: V6.13 

Nokia 8890 [NSB-6]: V12.06,V12.15 

Nokia 8290 [NSB-7]: V5.02,V5.06 CDMA 

Nokia 5170/5180 [NSD-1] 

Nokia 6185 [NSD-3]: V2.25, V2.56, V2.58, V2.61 US TDMA 800/1900 Dual Band 

Nokia 5160 [NSW-1]: V3.41,V03.48, V03.49 - Nokia 5160i [NSW-1]: V04.02, V04.03 

Nokia 5165i [NSW-1]: V06.02, V06.03, V06.06 

Nokia 6160 [NSW-3]: V01.15, V01.16 

Nokia 6160i [NSW-3]: V03.03, V03.04 

Nokia 7160 [NSW-5]: V01.04, V01.07 

DAMPS Single Band 

Nokia 5120 [NSC-1]: V03.47 

Nokia 5120i [NSC-1]: V04.02, V05.00 

Nokia 5125i [NSC-1]: V06.03 

Nokia 6120 [NSC-3]: V01.19 

Nokia 6120i [NSC-3]: V03.02, V04.00 

NK_FLASH includes: 

Paralel Nokia flash cable 

Cables for all models 

Software 

Documentation. 

If you want to use Dejan FLasher 1.03 or 1.04 you will need to buy Dejan box 

Note: This cable DOES NOT have FBUS or MBUS interface, so you CANNOT use it with logo manager, data suite, or any other programs to 

manage phone book, change ringtones or logos. etc. 

If you need a Nokia Flasher with FBUS and MBUS interface to unlock older nokia versions and to get a fully functional cable we recommend 

you to buy our new cable: NK-FLASHFM 

12


Name: Nokia 8210/8290 Flasher 




All Nokia unlocking solution working by cable, it removes SP lock for 8210, 8850, 8890 and 8290. It removes all lock levels, all networks, all 

versions, fast tool, based on Dejan Flasher. It includes cable, software and documentation (download it from our members area) 


Name: Nokia 3310 Flasher 


All Nokia unlocking solutions working by cable, it removes SP lock for 3310. It emoves all lock levels, all networks, all versions, fast tool, 

based on Dejan Flasher. It includes cable, software and documentation (download it from our members area) 


Name: Nokia 3210 Flasher 


All Nokia unlocking solution working by cable, remove SP lock for 3210. Remove all lock levels, all networks, all versions, fast tool, based 

on Dejan Flasher. Include cable, software and documentation (download it from our members area) 


Name: Nokia Cable 3310, 3330, 3390 with MBUS Interface 


The nokia data cable NK-33 works for Nokia 3310, 3330, 5510 or 3390. You can only find OEM NK-33 nokia cables, because it doesn't exist 

any original cable for nokia 3300 or 5510 series. 





Enable/Disable NetMonitor and with Service software like winlock or Nokia Tool. 



Reference: NDS3 

Name: Nokia Data Suite 3.0 Original Pack 


The Nokia Data Suite is a complete connectivity solution for mobile offices. It includes an RS-232C serial cable, installation software and a 

software modem for Windows 95/98/NT 4.0. Using the setup software, it is easy to install the Nokia Data Suite in any compatible PC running 

Windows 95/98/NT4.0. 

Simple software solution 

Messaging and memory management 

Easy time management 

High-speed, high accuracy Specifications 

Frequently Asked Questions 

- E-mails, Internet accesses, file transfers and faxes via serial cable 

- Keep your calendar and contacts up to date 

- Personalize your phone easily 

- Send and receive short messages 

- No need for PC Card slot 

For more info go to http://www.nokia.com 


Name: Nokia 9110 / 9210 / 9290 data cable with MBUS interface 


The nokia data cable NK-91 works for Nokia 9110 , 9210 and 9290 in MBUS mode. It's compatible with nokia logomanager 

Change Operator logo of your nokia 9110 and 9210 (Logo Manager) 

Change Startup logo of your nokia 9110 and 9210 (Logo Manager) 

View Security Code of your nokia 9110 and 9210 (Logo Manager) 

Enable/Disable NetMonitor of your nokia 9110 and 9210 (Logo Manager) and with Service software as winlock or Nokia Tool 

13


Name: Nokia 8110 data cable with FBUS interface. 




The nokia data cable NK-81 works for Nokia 8110 (The matrix phone) It includes FBUS and MBUS interface. You can use this cable with 

Nokia Data Suite 1.0 


Name: Nokia 8210, 8850 and 5210 data cable with FBUS/MBUS 


The nokia data cable NK-8 works for Nokia 8210, 8850 and 8890 in FBUS and MBUS mode. It's compatible with nokia logomanager: 

Change Operator logo (Nokia Logo Manager) 

Change Startup logo (Nokia Logo Manager) 

View Security Code (Nokia Logo Manager) 

Enable/Disable NetMonitor (Nokia Logo Manager) and with Service software as winlock or Nokia Tool The cable connects below your 

phone battery. 


Name: Nokia 7110 data cable DLR-3 and compatibles 


The nokia data cable NK-71 works for Nokia 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6185, 6185i, 6210, 6250, 6310, 7110 in FBUS mode. It's the 

original nokia cable reference DLR-3. You can use this cable to as modem using appropiate drivers that are shipped with your mobile phone 

7110. If you want latest drivers you can download it from http://ww.nokia.com. This cable works too with logomanager that allows to 

manage your phone book and change logos. If you want to use your service software like winlock, pc local 1.3, etc. you will need NK-567 

nokia cable. 


Name: Nokia data 51xx/61xx cable DAU-9P with FBUS and MBUS 


The nokia data cable NK-567 it's an OEM version of original DAU-9P. 

It includes FBUS and MBUS interface, that means it can be used with nokia data suite for data transmission and with Service software like 

winlock or wintesla. So this model is like DAF-567 but additionally you can use service software. 

This cable doesn't work in FBUS mode with nokia 7110 only in MBUS, you will need our cable NK-71 to use with 7110 for data transmission. 

Now you can use your phone with any operator company with Nokia Tool Now you can use this cable with ucables nokia tdma unlocker, 

this New program allows: 





Supported sw versions: 

5120 NSC-1 v3.31b, v3.31, v3.41, v3.47 

5120i NSC-1 v4.00, v4.02 ex, v5.0, v6.03, v6.07, v6.08 

5160 NSW-1 v3.41, v3.47, v3.48, v4.01, v4.02, v5.00, v6.02, v6.03, v6.06, v7.00 

6120i NSC-3 v3.01, v3.02, v3.03 

6160 NSW-3 v1.06, v1.08, v1.01, v1.10, v1.11, v1.12, v1.14, v1.19 

6160i NSW-3 v3.01, v3.03 

8260 NSW-4 v6.09, v6.12, v6.17 

8860 NSW-6 v6.18 

Compatible with older nokia models: 

5110, 5120, 5120i, 5125, 5130, 5160, 5160i, 5165, 5170, 5180, 5185, 5185i, 5190 

6110, 6120, 6120i, 6130, 6150, 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6180, 6180i, 6185 6185i, 6190, 6210, 6250, 7110 

nk702, nk402 

You can find the full version of the program to unlock Nokia TDMA is at our Software sales area 


Name: Nokia 3210 data cable with MBUS interface. 


The nokia data cable NK-32 works for Nokia 3210. You can only find OEM NK-32 nokia cables, because it doesn't exist any original cable for 

nokia 3210. 


Change Operator logo (Logo Manager) 

Change Startup logo (Logo Manager) 

View Security Code (Logo Manager) 

Enable/Disable NetMonitor (Logo Manager) and with Service software like winlock or Nokia Tool. 

Activate vibration (need vibration motor). Check connector quality here. 

In order to connect this cable you must take off, back housing of your 3210, check picture to know how it's connected. 

Reference: DAF-567 

Name: Nokia 51xx/61xx data cable DAU-9P with FBUS 


The nokia data cable DAF-567 works for 5110, 5130, 5190, 6110, 6130, 6150, 6190 NK702, NK402 Nokia phone models, DAF-567 is only FBUS, 

so you can only use it with Nokia Data Suite, PC Composer, PC Calendar, Group Graphics Editor, Operator Logo Uploader, etc. If you don't 

want to make experiments, and damage your phone using service programs as wintesla or winlock, this is your best choose. 

14

Reference: DRS-10 

Name: Original Ericsson DRS-10/ RS-232 data cable 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Ericsson 

Original Ericsson DRS-10/ RS-232 Serial Data Cable: T39M/ T68/ A2218z/ R300z/ R380-world Cellular Phone Data Interface Serial Cables 

compatible with: Ericsson T28s / T28w / T20e / T20sc / T20s / A2618s / R310s / R320s / A2218 / A2218z / A2628 / R310s / R320s / R380 / R380 

World / R520 / R520m / R300d / R300LX / T39m / T60d / T60LX / T60g / T60c / T61u / T61g / T62u / T68i / T68m check with Ericsson for internal 

modem data service compatibility, for you model Original Ericsson Product (OEM Ericsson) No software is provided. See your service 

provider for assistance. OEM DRS-10/ RS-232 serial data cable allows you to email, synchronize schedules and contacts, transfer files, and 

browse the web -- all instantly, wirelessly, and easily, between your T39M/ T68/ A2218z/ R300z/ R380-world Cellular Phone and your PC 

computer. 

Reference: ERT-BOX 

Name: SonyEricsson Terminator Dongle with DIV USB 5.0 


With this new dongle you will be able to unlock and flash the following SonyEricsson models: A3618s, R520, R520m, R520me, R600, 

T100,T105, T106, T200, T202, T226, T230,T237, T238, T300, T310, T316, T39, T65, T68m, T68i, T68ie, P800, P802, P900, P908, T610, T616, T618, 

T630, T628, T637, A3618, A2618s, A2628s, T20s, T20e, T29e, T39m, T39me, Z200, Z208, Z600, Z608. Features: 

Full support for unlocking new T610 version R1L and up. 

Fix NO ACCESS problem on repaired phones. 

Repair totaly erased (damaged) GDFS on T68, T200, T300, T310, P800, T610 

Posibility to write full GDFS files like AVR flash files (no more ERROR 4017) 

Posibility to write full AVR flash (include GDFS part area too) 

Can repair any T68, T200, T300, T310, P800, T610 with software damages (even 

If Flash IC or CPU was changed or totaly erased) 

Recalculate all CRC (checksums) after flashing GDFS part area, include SCRC (NO ACCESS problems), DCRC1, DCRC2 (4 locks closed 

problems) on T68, T200, T300, T310, P800, T610 

FLASH: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, 

R520mc, T100, T102, A3618s, A3618sc, R600s, R600sc 

READ CODES: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, 


DIRECT UNLOCK: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, 

R520m, R520mc 

LOCK TO NETWORK (2 and 3 digits MNC): T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, 

T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, R520mc 

EMPTY BOARD FLASHING: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, 

T39mc, R520m, R520mc (also reflash allready flashed empty phones without closing 4 locks) 

CHANGE IMEI: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc 

MAKE FULL GDFS BACKUP: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, 

T39mc, R520m, R520mc 

REPAIR 4 LOCKS CLOSED BY OTHER SOFTWARES: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, 

T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, R520mc 

REPAIR TOTALY DAMAGED GDFS (4 locks closed): T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, 

T68mc 

You can download DIV 8.4 or DIV USB v.1.9 from our members area 

Operative System requirements: If you are using DIV 8.4 or DIV USB v.1.9 It works best with Windows98. You can use WindowsXP and 

Windows Millenium, but you need to instal "USERPOT" program that you will find in the members area. If you are using DIV 5 you can use 

WindowsXP and milenium without the userport 

Reference: ER-DTR320 

Name: Ericsson T28/R310/R320/ R380/A2618 data cable + Internet 


The ericsson data cable ER-DTR320 works for Ericsson T28, R310s, R320s, R380s and A2618, and compatibles. It allows you to manage the 

phone book, import/export phones, send and receive SMS, etc. 

This cable is similar to ER-DT28, but in addition you can use it to connect to the Internet with R320 model. 

However it is only possible to use it in terminal mode with HyperTerminal, Telix, Procomm, or any other communication program. If you 

need to connect to the Internet you will need Infrared adapter DI-28 except for R320. 

Reference: ER-DT28 

Name: Ericsson T28/R310/R320/ R380/A2618 data cable SMS 


The ericsson data cable ER-DT28 works for Ericsson T28, R310s, R320s, R380s and A2618, and copatibles. It allows you to manage phone 

book, import/export phones, send and receive SMS, etc. 

However it is only possible to use in terminal mode with HyperTerminal, Telix, Procomm, or any other communications program. If you need 

to connect to the Internet you will need Infrared adapter DI-28 

15

Reference: ER-FDS23 

Name: Fone Data Suite for Ericsson T28/R310/R320/A2618 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Ericsson 

This device connects your cellular phone to the RS-232 port of your PC to send and receive data over the cellular network. The package 

includes Software handset Manager. 

Handset Manager features: 

Edits the Phone book 

Send and receives SMS short messages 

Reference: ER-T28 

Name: Ericsson T28/R310/R320/ R380/A2618 data cable 


The ericsson data cable ER-T28 works for Ericsson A2618, A2628, A3618, R310s, R320s, R380s, R520, R600, T20, T28, T28-World, T29, T39, 

T39, T65, T68, T68, Sony Ericsson: 2700, P800, T100, T200, T300, T310, T39, T39, T600, T610, T630, T68, T68, T68i, to unlock, repair and flash 

the phone. 

If you use appropiate software you can use this cable to unlock your phone. 

Reference: ER-678 

Name: Ericsson 6xx/7xx/8xx/A1018/T10/T18/R250 data cable 


The ericsson data cable ER-678 works for all Ericsson 6xx, 7xx and 8xx, A1018, T10, T18 and R250 phone models, it can be used in service 

mode (TEST mode). Software is available at our members page. 

Reference: ER-3 

Name: Ericsson 337/388 data cable 


The ericsson data cable ER-3 works for 337 and 388 phone models in service mode: Unlock or repair. 

Reference: DI-28 

Name: DI-28 Infrared Modem for Ericsson T28 and compatibles 


The DI-28 package consists of an infrared modem which allows you to connect your ericsson phone to a computer via an Infrared Link, 

manage your mobile phone book and send /receive SMS. You can connect to the Internet if you install modem drivers. It works under 

windows 95/98/NT and can be used with handheld and any PDA running s.o EPOC, Windows CE or Palm OS. Download latest drivers from: 

http://mobileinternet.ericsson.com 


Name: Ericsson Mobile Office DI-27 


The DI-27 package consists of an infrared modem which allows you to connect your ericsson phone to a computer via an Infrared Link, and 

an application called mobile office suite. With the mobile office suite, you can organize the phone book in your mobile phone as well as 

sending and receiving SMS messages. The infrared modem can be used with windows 95/98 and windows CE. The mobile office suite can 

be used only with windows 95/98. It's compatible with Ericsson GSM 900/1800/1900 phones in the 600,700 series and A1018, T10 and T18. 

The package includes a CD with all required software and drivers. 

Reference: DAE-8x8 

Name: Ericsson 8x8 data cable for data transmission only 


The ericsson data cable DAE-8x8 works for 8xx phone models, it works for data transmission only. Ericsson 888 used with this cable is 

recognized for windows as a standard modem. So you can use it to connect to the Internet, send/send receive FAXES, etc. 

16

Reference: SIE-5IN1 

Name: Siemens Cable kit for ST55,S55,S35,C62,C30 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Siemens 

Our new kit of unlocking and flashing cables for Siemens ST55, S55, S35, C62, C30 . You not longer need to acquire several cables for each 

model, now it comes all in just one kit. 

With this set of cables you can unlock and flash your siemens phones. The pack includes 5 pcs PS2 connector cables and one main COM 

cable to establish conection between PC and the phone. 

Compatible with Siemens: 

ST55 

S55 

S35 

C62 

C30 

Reference: USB-CX65 

Name: USB Data cable DCA-540 for Siemens CX65, SL65,S65,C65 


If your computer is not equipped with an infrared interface (IrDA) or does not support IrDA, no problem. The Data Cable USB offers an easy 

and flexible link between your Siemens and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data transmission. 

Cable for data exchange between phone and PC, synchronize, customize ringtones, logos, etc. 

Package includes: 

Drivers CD 

Cable 

Reference: C62-COM 

Name: Siemens C62 Serial Data Cable 


Siemens C62 Data Cable: 

Connect to PC Serial Port (COM Port DB9 Male) 


Data Rate speed up to 280kbps (software dependent) 




Description 

This Data Cable works on Siemens C62 GSM mobile phone. It can be used with the SP / SIM unlocking and service programs (i.e. 

read/write/update EEPROM, FLASH, ?? etc). 

(NOTE: Data Cable NOT Supported by Modem Driver, i.e. Data and Fax Modem) 

Reference: C55-USB 

Name: USB Siemens Cable DCA-510 for C55, S55, SL55, M55, C60, M60 



and flexible link between your Siemens C55,A55, S55, SL55, A52, A60, C60, MC60 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data 

transmission. 

Features: 

Data Transmission 

Edit/copy phone book, sms, tones or logo 

If supported by the phone, you can also use the cable to connect to the internet 

Note: if you wish to unlock your Siemens phone , you will need this cable: C55-COM or this box : MARTECH-II 

You can download cable drivers from our download area 

Software to customize, synchronize, change logos, ringtones, etc. can be downloaded from www.my-siemens.com 

Reference: C55-COM 

Name: Siemens C55,S55,SL55,M55,C60,M60,MC60,A60 Serial Data Cable 


This Data Cable works on Siemens C55, S55, SL55, M55, C60 and M60 GSM mobile phones. It can be used with the SP/SIM unlocking and 

service programs (i.e. read/write/update EEPROM, FLASH, etc.) 

This cable is not valid to connect to the Internet. To connect to the Internet you will need our cable C55-USB 

17

Reference: S-40I 

Name: Siemens Serial Data Cable for S40 and S42 




The Data cable provides a connection from the mobile phone to the serial port on a computer. A charger cable and a null-modem adapter 

are included in the package. It can be used with SoftDataLink 5.0. 

With this cable you will be able to: 

Send and Receive SMS 

Manage the phone books of the SIM-card in the mobile phone 

Generate and play ringtones at the PC and loading in the phone 

Establish and control state of the call diversion and call barring 

Reference: S-40 

Name: Siemens S40 Data / Unlock cable 


Features: 

Remove SIMLOCK 

Read user, security code 

Change IMEI 

Default settings 

Repair phone 

Reference: CM-30 

Name: Siemens Data Cable C30 / M30 


You can use this cable to remove simlock or unlock any Siemens C30 or M30 with appropiate siemen service software. 

Reference: SL-45MP3 

Name: Siemens SL45 audio out MP3 cable 


Cable to hear MP3 music from your mobile phone Siemens SL45 in your own music equipment, amplifier or player. 

This cable includes Jack Stereo connector and RCA connector to fit any type of connection. Just connect it to your mobile phone, to the 

line-in or directly to your speaker and you will get a better sound quality. 

Reference: SI-FDS23 

Name: Fone Data Suite for Siemens S35/M35/C35/S25 


This device connects your cellular phone to the RS-232 port of your PC to send and receive data over the cellular network. The package 

includes Software handset Manager. 

Handset Manager features: 

Edits the Phone book. 

Design and updates ringtones and logos 

Synchronize the calendar 

Send and receives SMS short messages 

Enable modem capability 

Reference: SOFT-SDL 

Name: SoftDataLink 5.0 for Siemens C35i, M35i, S25/35i 


SoftDataLink 5.0 is a program suite for the mobile office which supports both PCs and various PDAs: 

Sending and Receiving SMS 

Managing of the phone books on the SIM-card in the mobile phone. 

Generating and playing of ringing melodies at the PC and loading in the phone 

Establishing and controlling state of the call diversion and call barring 

Synchronization of the appointment diary in the phone with MS Outlook 98 

Sending and receiving email Supported systems 

PC IBM compatible: Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT 4.0 

Windows CE: Handheld or Palmsize device with windows CE 2.0 or 2.11 

3COM: palm III & V, Palm Pilot Professional. It's compatible with Siemens C35i, M35i, S25/35i 

It includes CD and installation manual. 

Our cable SS-25 and CS-25 optionally can be used with this software. Cables are not included. 

Reference: SS-25 

Name: Siemens S25/S35/C35 data cable 


The siemens data cable SS-25 works for Siemens S25, S35 and C35, it can be used for data transmision or in service mode (TEST mode). 

You must use Soft Data Link Pro for data transmission capabilities. You can use to change ringtones and graphics like nokia. 

18

Reference: S-10 

Name: Siemens S-10 data cable 


The Siemens S-10 data cable works for Siemens S10 and S1018 GSM mobile phones in service mode 

Reference: CS-25 

Name: Siemens C25/S25/C35/S35 data cable 




The siemens data cable CS-25 works for Siemens C25, S25, C35, M35 and S35 phone models, it can be used for data transmision or in 

service mode (TEST mode). You must use Soft Data Link Pro for data transmission capabilities. You can use it to change ringtones and 

graphics like nokia. 

Frencuently Asked Questions about Data transmission using Data Cables 

19

Reference: MIT-3IN1 


Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Mitsubishi 

Name: Mitsubishi Trium Astral,Galaxy,Geo, Mars, M330 Data cable 


This cable is a set of cables that include our cable references MIT-TAG, MIT-MARS and a new cable for the Mitsubishi M330, M320, M322i 

and 110. Buying this pack of cables you will save money and you will get cables to use with almost all mitsubishi models. 

Reference: MIT-MARS 

Name: Mitsubishi Mars Data cable 


The new cable MIT-MARS is used in service mode to repair and unlock Mitsublishi Mars. 

Reference: MIT-TAG 

Name: Mitsubishi Trium Astral/Galaxy/Geo Data cable 


The new cable MIT-TAG (FBUS/MBUS) can be used as modem/FAX to connect to the Internet or to send and receive faxes with the models 

Mitsubishi Trium Astral, Galaxy, Geo-@, Geo y Geo-GPRS. In addition it can be used to repair and unlock Mitsublishi astral (it has not been 

tested with other models yet). 

20

Reference: BOUC-5 

Name: Bosch 508/509 (C-BUS) data cable 


The Bosch cable BOUC-5 works for Bosch 508 and 509 in service mode (C-BUS) 

Reference: BOUC-98 

Name: Bosch 908/909 (C-BUS) data cable 


The Bosch cable BO-98 works for Bosch 908 and 909 works in service mode (C-BUS) 

Reference: BO-98 

Name: Bosch 908/909 data cable 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Bosch 

The Bosch cable BO-98 works for Bosch 908 and 909 only for data transmission, you don't need drivers, windows will detect the cable as 

standard modem. 

Reference: BO-67 

Name: Bosch 607/738 data cable 


The Bosch cable BO-67 works for Bosch 607 and 738 in service mode. 

21

Reference: SA-940 

Name: Data cable for Sagem 940/918/920/922 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Sagem 

This cable is used to unlock and repair damaged IMEI of Sagem 9XX, 940, 918, 920 and 922, 3026, 3020, my-x5, my-x5m, my-x3, my-x2, 

my-x6, 3022 models. 

It has been tested with Sagem tools by 1.2 (9XX). 

Note: 

The data cable can work on MY-X5 for the function of transfer data, synchronise, send image, but it can't send music to this phone 

Reference: SA-MYC2 

Name: Sagem MYC2 data cable 


This cable is used to unlock and read codes from Sagem MYC2 and compatibles. Has been tested with Sagem tools by funny software. 


Name: Sagem 9xx data cable 


This cable works on SAGEM 918/920/932/939/940/949/950/959 GSM models mobile phones and it can be used in service mode. 


Name: Sagem data cable for 6xx/7xx/8xx series 


The sagem data cable SA-678 works for Sagem 612/615/715/725/730/835. It has been tested in service mode with Sagem tool v.1.2 by hihiteh 

software. 

22

Reference: UC200 

Name: Motorola UC200 mini usb data cable 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Motorola 

UC-200 Mini USB Data Cable for Motorola V3/V3i/V3x Series you will be able to make the following the functions: 

Edit/change logos and ring tones 


Use with Mobile Phone Tools instead of Bluetooth connection (software not supplied with the cable) 

Connect to the Internet with the suitable software 

Please note: 

Software is NOT supplied 

To unlock your phone you will need our : SMARTCLIP or XPERIENCE Box 

Reference: MOT-COMV66 

Name: Motorola V66 Serial Data Cable 


With Motorola V66 Serial Data Cable you will be able to unlock your Motorola V66 phone. 

With with this cable you will not be able to connect to the Internet, if you want to do so you have to use MOT-USBV66 or MOT-USBVT 

Reference: MOT-USBVT 

Name: Motorola V6X / V120 / V2XX Series Timeport USB Data Kit 


Access your data, the Internet and e-mail on the go via your compatible Motorola phone.(03) Includes Starfish TrueSync® software to help 

keep your personal information current and accessible. (08) High-speed connection to your computer via USB. 

CD also includes General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) Modem Manager that enables high-speed network connections for fast web and 

email access.(03) GPRS Modem Manager is only compatible with V. Series 60g, V66 and Timeport 280 phones. 

USB Data Kit is compatible with the following phones: 

Compatible with V. Series 60c, V. Series 60t, V. Series 60g, V. Series 66, V. Series 120c, Motorola V120t, Timeport 270c and Timeport 280 

phones and V200 Personal Communicator. 

Compatible with Windows XP. 

Please note: USB is not supported on Windows 95, 98 First Edition or Windows NT. Only compatible with Windows NT 4.0/98/2000/ME . 

23

Reference: MTEST-CARD 

Name: Motorola Test Card 


Motorola Test Card enables you to check the software version of your mobile phone. 



You do not need a computer to use this device, which allows you to check: 

Original IMEI code (very helpful in professional GSM centre), 

This card is compatible with all the older versions, such as STARTAC, it is not compatible with newer models. 

Check if it is processor version. 

Security code, 

Lock code 

Complete instructions are provided upon purchase. The following is a summary: 

Entering into TEST mode 

Insert TEST SIM in your phone 

Power ON phone 

Press # and keep few seconds 

If everything is OK phone will be in TEST MODE! 

Using command function 

19 

19N# 

Display call processor s/w version - "CallProc xx.xx.xx" 

This is the actual software version. The EPROM / Flash stickers also indicates the version. If the phone has been flash upgraded (with an 

EMMI Box), the stickers and the version reported by the test card will not be identical. 

571# 

Reset phone 

58# 

58xxxxxx# 

Display Security code - "SECUR xxxxxx" 

Change Security code to xxxxxx 

59# 

59xxx(x)# 

Display lock code - "LOCK xxx(x)" 

Change lock code to xxx(x) 

60# 

Display IMEI - "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx" 

01# 

Exit Test Mode In order to know more about what you can do with our Motorola TEST go to our Full list of Motorola TEST card commands 

Reference: MOT-USBV66 

Name: Motorola V60, V66, V600, V525, V300, T720i USB data cable 


Upload and modify ringtones, logos, wallpapers, screensavers in your mobile phone 

See pictures and images from your phone camera and audio files. Modify files located at the mobile phone memory and send / receive files 

between your phone and your personal computer. 

Use pictures in your mms or wallpapers and send it to your mobile phone 

Edit easily your phonebook and contact directory of your mobile phone (Add contacts, organize groups, make backups from your 

phonebook) 

Sincrhonize phonebook and calendar between your phone and your personal computer 

Send short messages (SMS) from computer. 

Send / receive faxes 

Connect to internet 

Install and remove java applications from your computer to your phone 

It works in service mode too, to unlock, repair Motorola mobile phone V60 and V66 models. 

If you need the software to access to Internet and e-mail on the go via your compatible Motorola phone, you can buy our Motorola V6X / 

V600 / V120 / V300 / T720i / V525 / V2XX Series Timeport USB Data Kit (03) 

High-speed connection to your computer via USB. 

USB Data cable Motorola V60/V66 is compatible with the following phones: 





Software will be available soon at our website. 

This cable works with Motorola Mobile Phone tools - PC 620 compatible with Motorola A835, A925, V500, V525 and V600. This software is a 

commercial software. If you are interested to buy contact us. 

Reference: MOT-T19X 

Name: Motorola T191 Serial data cable 


Data cable to unlock service provider of latest motorola mobile phone models T191. It has been tested with DMTOOLS. 

24

Reference: EMMI-DROID 

Name: Motorola EMMI-BOX version 2.0 include xx.13.xx 




Now some operators companies include a new version of FLASH, it's the xx.13.xx, and old EMMI boxes don't work if you find a phone with 

this flash version and maybe sometimes you can break your phone (this box can repair this failure too). 

Features: 

Unlock any Motorola phone including flash version xx.13.xx 

Change languages 

Change logos 

Change ringtones 

Fix tampered motorola phones or bad unlocked 

Repair Motorola phones It includes Motorola EMMI box + CD with all necessary programs, EMMIDROID. 

Emmidroid is a Hard / Soft set that allows you to connect a motorola mobile phone based on DCS_BUS to the PC. 

This hardware is known as EMMI-BOX EMMIBOX (Electric Man-Machine Interface). 

Emmidroid works with an standard 9Volts battery. 

It doesn't need any external power adaptor, that allows a better independence to work with laptops. 

Emidroid V2.3 allows to unlocj any Motorola phone based on DCS_BUS , including xx.13.xx versiones 

THe new motorola phones T191,T192,T193 y V66, cannot be unlocked at this moment. 

But we are working to offer an update in the next version of software and to provide appropiate connectors. 

There are two big groups of motorola phones, depending on CPY model that they use: 

Motorola Phone based on 68000 CPU, by example: 

7500, 6200, CD920,CD930,CD928, L2000, CD520, D170, D160, M3588, STARTAC, T250 , etc. 

Motorola Phones based on Arm CPU, by example: 

V3688, V2288, V8088, T2288, V50, V100, V66 

With Emidroid V2.3 is possible to dump and read the full flash of any Motorola Phone and save as a .bin file. 

You can Dump ROM of this phones using EMMI-DROID at 1Mbyte by 2.5 minutes, against of Motokey of Zulea that takes 75 Minutes every 1 

Mbyte. 

Reference: MOTPCMCIA 

Name: Motorola 56K Global Modem PC Card - 98167 


Take your office with you! Connect this PCMCIA format PC card to your compatible computer and send and receive data and faxes on the 

go. You can also access online services such as email or the Internet. Connected to a landline, the modem transmits/receives at up to 56 

kilobits per second 

(kbps). Through the cellular network, it connects at 9.6 kbps but could be bigger if service provider allows it. 

Auto-sensing feature optimizes connection speeds for both V.90 or K56flex Internet connections 

Large 4 MB flash memory allows for enhanced features and functionality 

Faxing on the go - enables you to view, print, compose and save faxes virtually anywhere 

Access your email or surf the web 

Compatible with a wide variety of Motorola phones, including: 

900 Series, StarTAC®, Timeport Series, V.Series, L Series, Wireless (Cellular) Digital TDMA/ CDMA, and Analog Phones 

Reference: EMMIFLASH 

Name: Motorola Flashing EMMI-BOX 


The EMMI Box cannot only unlock series of Motorola mobile phones, but also it can flash the Motorola mobile phones, upgrading the 

software version for the phone, changing the language data base of the phone, changing IMEI code and cleaning 8bit speical code etc. this 

EMMI Box comes with "MotoFlex" software, and users can run the software to achieve the above mentioned functions in their PC. 

Flashing ROM and Upgrading the software of Motorola mobile phones 

MotoFlex 7.6 software included 

Unlock the Motorola mobile phones 

Remove SP Lock 

Change IMEI code 

Clear 8bit special code 

Change Startup Logo 

Edit ringer tone 

Keypad testing function 

Make the phone in testing condition 

Applicable for Motorola StarTac/ V8088/V3688/L2000/328/338/920/928/ T2288/T180/C560/D160/D560/M3588 etc. 

AC/DC Adaptor not included 

Reference: MOT-OEM37 

Name: OEM Data Cable for Motorola V/TimePort 


Data Cable for data transmission fpr motorola, it doesn't include software, but it's compatible with Motorola Smartcellec. This cable allows 

to connect to internet, send/receive faxes, sms, etc. 

Reference: MOT-EMMI 

Name: Motorola EMMI box Clip version 1.0 


New Unlocking EMMI Box can unlock and repair software breakdown of series of Motorola mobile phones, like V8088 / V998 / V3688 / L2000 

/ 328 / 338 / 920 / 928 / 938/ T2288/ T180 / C560 / D160 / D170 / D560 series mobile phones. No computer required, no disassembling the 

phone required, its operation is very simple, by pressing the phone keypad is okay. This unlocking EMMI Box can clean 8bit special code, 

remove SP lock, unlock the phone, change IMEI code. 

Main features: 

Unlock the Motorola mobile phones 

Remove SP Lock 

Change IMEI code 

Clear 8bit special code 

Applicable for Motorola StarTac / V8088 / V3688 / L2000 / 328 / 338 / 920 / 928 / T2288 / T180 / C560 / D160 / D560 / M3588 etc. mobile phones 

AC/DC Adaptor included 

No computer required 

No disassembling required 

This box don't unlock new versions xx.13.xx and xx.14.xx, but you can do it with New motorola emmi clip version 3.0 

25

Reference: MOT-91 



Name: Motorola SmartCELLect CD920 / CD930 /Startac 130 


SmartCELLect software offers FAX, MESSAGING and PHONEBOOK MANAGEMENT connectivity between your PC and cellular phone. 

Your SmartCELLect software is easy to install. It comes with Motorola's digital data fast technology to boost the speed at which you send 

information over digital networks. That means lower call costs! 

The SmartCELLect software offers you an integrated set of PhoneTools. With your cellular phone connected to your PC, you use the 

SmartCELLect software to review your messages, signal strength, battery life and much more. (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish 

Reference: MOT-37 

Name: Motorola SmartCELLect V36/Timeport 


SmartCELLect software offers FAX, MESSAGING and PHONEBOOK MANAGEMENT connectivity between your PC and cellular phone. 

Your SmartCELLect software is easy to install. It comes with Motorola's digital data fast technology to boost the speed at which you send 

information over digital networks. That means lower call costs! 

The SmartCELLect software offers you an integrated set of PhoneTools. With your cellular phone connected to your PC, you use the 

SmartCELLect software to review your messages, signal strength, battery life and much more. (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish 

and Portuguese) 

Motorola's SmartCELLect will allow you to use your favourite browser from your PC and surf the Internet. 

Compatibility Windows 95, 98 & NT4, Millenium & Windows 2000,Palm, Microsoft Windows CE machine and Pocket PC 

Software CD Rom Installation 

Connection Phone to 9 pin RS232 (serial port) 

Download the Product Brochure for the SmartCELLect modem in PDF format. 

Reference: EC-MOT 

Name: Motorola Emulator Cards CD9xx and Startac 


PC emulator cards, is a cable that connects to your PC serial port and uses a Sim card I.C. to emulate a real SIM card (with two different 

sizes). It will work with Motorola Startacs and Motorola CD920, CD930, CD928, etc. Although it should work with many different motorola 

phone models. You can Change operator logo, edit phone book, modify menus, this card emulates test card and clone cards in motorola 

phones, so you can activate the engineering menu of your phone. It cannot unlock new motorola phones from September '98. 

Compatible software: 

MEDITX 

ASIM 

26

Reference: SAM-Z320I 

Name: Samsung Z320i unlocking cable 


The new Samsung data cable is compatible with Samsung Z320i model. 

You can use the cable to: 

Unlock 

Repair 

Flash 

Characteristics: 

Connects to your COM port 

Length: 1.2m 

External power connector 

Cable can be used with the following unlocking boxes: 

- FURIOUSBOX 

- Agere attack- ND Dongle 

Reference: SAM-T809 

Name: Samsung T809 unlocking cable 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Samsung 

The new Samsung T809 data cable is compatible with Samsung T809 and D800 models. Cable tested with the following unlocking software: 

For T809 use this software: Samsung_D600_Winimei , for D800 you this software: NS - patched version 

You can use the cable to: 

Unlock 

Repair 

Flash 


Connects to your COM port 

Length: 1.2m 

External power connector 

Reference: SAM-Z105 

Name: USB Data cable for Samsung Z105 


The new Samsung Z105 USB data cable will allow you to work with software such as : Win IMEI Z105 , Samsung UMTS Win Imei 1.02 

The cable can be used for: 

Unlocking 

Repair 


Reference: SAM-E810 

Name: Samsung E810 data cable 


The new Samsung E810 data cable will allow you to work with software such as : Samsung Vector 2.0 , Sunday Unlocking Software ver. 

051008 



Repair 

Flashing 

Features: 

Plug DB9 (COM - 9pin) 

Lenght: 1.2 m 

Power supply: 4.5 V 

27

Reference: SAM-Z500 

Name: USB Data cable for Samsung Z500/Z300/Z140v 


The new Samsung Z500 USB data cable is compatible with Samsung Z300/Z140v . 

The cable can be used for : 



Unlocking: Z140v, Z300, Z500. 

Data tranmission for phone models : E810, P730, Z110, Z130, Z300, Z500, Z140v for uploading/downloading logos, tones, pics, mp3.. 

Z140V USB hot-syc cable is exactly same as the one fitting for Motorola V860 / LG 7050 & Audiovox, CDMA USB cable too. 

Reference: SAM-D500 

Name: Samsung D500 data cable 


The new Samsung D500 data cable is compatible with Samsung D500i, D600, E340, E730, E350e and it will allow you to work with software 

such as : WinIMEI , TST Swift Unlocker 2.08 , Sunday Unlocking Software ver. 051008 



Repairing 

Flashing 

Features: 


Lenght: 1.2 m 

Power supply 

Reference: SGSANTEL13 

Name: Samsung USB Cable Kit for AXX/D500/EXX/NXX/SXX/RXX 


The new Santel Samsung USB data cable will allow you to work with only one cable with santel software, PaderF software, the ALL 

SAMSUNG UNLOCKER from Simlock Service Apeldoorn, Unlock Samsung Tool Pro UST 6.0 

It includes 12 pcs PS2 connector cables and one main USB Data Cable which establishes conection between phone and PC. Drivers can be 

downloaded from our members area section. Install the driver and adjust the virtual com port in the system to a suitable COM port which is 

supported by the software you may be using. 

Cables compatible with Samsung Phones : 

E300, E310, E330, E600, E630, E700, E710, E715, X100, X600, X640, S500, E800 

E810, P730, P735, S341i, S342i, D428, E720 

E530, E880 

SGH 2XXX 

D500, D500i, D600, E730, E350E 

R200, R210, C100, T100, A300, A400, R620 

A100, A110 

S100, S105 

A800, C200 

E310, E600, S300, P100, P400, V200, X400 

Reference: SAM-E530 



The new Samsung E530 & E880 data cable will allow you to work with software such as : WinIMEI, Sunday Unlocking Software , Sunday 

Unlocking Software ver. 051008 . 



Repair 

Flashing 

Features: 


Lenght: 1.2 m 

Power supply: 4.5 V 

Reference: SG-SANTEL9 

Name: Samsung Cable D500, RXX, AXX, VXX,TXX,S10X,N100/400, EXX. 


The new Santel Samsung data cable will allow you to work with only one cable with santel software, PaderF software, the ALL SAMSUNG 

UNLOCKER from Simlock Service Apeldoorn, Unlock Samsung Tool Pro UST 6.0 

It includes 9 pcs Data Cable for Samsung Phones RXX Cable, VXX Cable, TXX cable, E7x/S300/500 Cable, AXX cable, X199 Cable, C1X 

Cable, S105, D500 Cable and the E810 Cable. 

Reference: SG-E700 



This Data Cable works to unlock, flash your Samsung E700 GSM mobile phone. It can be used to unlock, Flash Read / Write programs only. 

(C100 only unlock). This has been our latest development and research, and it's designed on SMD with more reliability, so you can take it on 

your pocket everywhere. 

Tested Software: Using Samsung SGH-E700 (SW GA38CUF3): 

(1). Conexant GSM Flash Download v1.10a - to upgrade flash 

(2). Samsung A300 Flash Download v3.0 - to upgrade flash 

28




Name: Samsung Cable RXX, AXX, ,VXX, TXX, S10X, N100,N400 and E700 


The new Santel Samsung data cable will allow you to work with only one cable with santel software, PaderF software, the ALL SAMSUNG 

UNLOCKER from Simlock Service Apeldoorn, Unlock Samsung Tool Pro UST 6.0 

It include 8 pcs Data Cable for Samsung Phones RXX Cable, VXX Cable, TXX cable, E7x/S300/500 Cable, AXX cable, X199 Cable, C1X Cable 

and S105 Cable 


Name: Samsung Data Cable for A300/A2XX/A1XX/S10X/N100/N400/R2XX 


The new Santel Samsung data cable will allow you to work with only one cable with santel software, PaderF software and the ALL 

SAMSUNG UNLOCKER from Simlock Service Apeldoorn. 

Fitting for SAMSUNG A300/N400/R2xx A200/A288 A100/A188 SGH-2200/SGH-600/2100/2400/N100/S105/S100 

Reference: SG-4IN1 

Name: Samsung unlock & flash cables SGH / N / R series 


You can flash and unlock almost all samsung phones with this cable. We have tested with Santel 1.01 program and it works with R210, 

R200, N400, SGH600, SGH810, SGH2100, SGH2200, SGH2400, N100 and compatibles 

Reference: SGH-A300 

Name: Samsung SGH-A300 data cable 


The samsung data cable SGH-A300 works for SGH A300, SGH A388 and compatibles in service mode, to unlock, repair samsung phones. 









29

Reference: SG-EEPROM 



Name: Samsung EEPROM reader cable SGH 600/810/2100/2200/2400/N100 


This cable allows to read and write EEPROM of samsung SGH 600/810/2100/2200/2400/N100 from the ponyprog software. You can find all 

needed software at our members page to patch eeproms. You can use a new program developed by ucables.com tech support team which 

allows to read security codes of samsung phones: 

Samsung all security code reader by Shulo 

Reference: SG-62 

Name: Samsung SGH-600 data cable 


The samsung data cable SG-62 works for SGH-600 in service mode, and should work with Samsung 2400, but we have not tested it yet. We 

will report about compatibilty in shortly. This cable only works in service mode, and doesn't allow data transmission, you can use it to 

unlock your phone with SGH600UL. 

Reference: DSG-62 

Name: Samsung DSG-62 data cable 


Our Samsung DSG-62 data cable works for Samsung SGH-600 and it works for SGH-2100 

30

Reference: PH-P760 

Name: Data cable for Phillips P760 


Data cable for Philips P760 to be used in service mode with compatible software. 

Reference: PH-4IN1 

Name: Philips 4 in 1 unlock & flash cables 


With our cables, you can flash and unlock Philips 350, 630, 530, Fisco / Savvy series. 

Reference: PH-TCD 

Name: Philips PH-TCD data cable 


The cable PH-TCD cable works for Philips savvy GSM phone in service mode. 


Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Philips 

31

Reference: PA-8IN1 

Name: Panasonic 8 in 1 cable set for GD/G/X 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Panasonic 

This cable set is compatible with PANASONIC GD90/GD70,GD92/GD93,GD55,G450, G50, G60, X70, X60, it can be used to unlock or to flash 

your phone. 

Reference: PA-GD55 

Name: Panasonic Cable GD-55 


The Panasonic data cable PA-GD55 works for Panasonic GD55, it works in service mode (TEST mode). 

You can use to unlock, flash and remove simlock or service provider lock. 

Reference: PA-GD35 

Name: Panasonic Cable GD-35, GD-75, GD-95 


The Panasonic data cable PA-GD35 works for Panasonic GD35, GD75 and GD95, it works in service mode (TEST mode). 

You can use to unlock and remove simlock or service provider lock. 

Tested with Panasonic by Skkeptik v.1.33 

Reference: PANACLIP95 

Name: Panasonic Unlock Clip for GD92, GD93 y GD52 


This new clip allows you to unlock in 9 seconds any panasonic GD-92, GD-93 or GD-52. 

Just connect it and it will unlock inmediately. 

No need for computer connection. 

No need for battery. 

Reference: PA-95 

Name: Panasonic Cable GD92/GD93/GD52/GD67/GD87/GD68 


The Panasonic data cable PA-95 works for Panasonic GD-92, GD-93, GD-52, GD67, GD68 and GD87 it works in service mode (TEST mode). 

Some software will need a power stabilizer to allow unlock and flash correctly new alcatels phones. For this ucables.com has designed a 

External Power stabilizer connector for serial port from ucables.com 


Name: Panasonic GD90/GD70 data cable 


The Panasonic data cable PA-973 works for Panasonic GD-90, GD-70 and it should work with the GD-30 too, it works in service mode (TEST 

mode). Tested with G90chbxs.exe and all software available on the net. 


Name: Panasonic 520/600 data cable 


The Panasonic data cable PA-526 works for Panasonic 520 and 600 models, it works in service mode (TEST mode). 


Name: Panasonic 350/400/500 data cable 


The Panasonic data cable PA-345 works for Panasonic 350, 400 and 500 models, it works in service mode (TEST mode). 

32

Reference: AL-E256 


Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Alcatel 

Name: Data Cable for Alcatel E252, E256, E257, E259, E157, E158 


This data Cable works for Alcatel E252, E256, E257, E259, E157, E158, E159, E160 & E161 GSM model mobile phones. It can be used 

with the SP Unlocking software and universal unlocking software used by SWS-REDBOX , Furious BoxII. 

Tested with the following unlocking software: Unlocker VLE Free Without Test Points . 

Reference: AL-7IN1 

Name: Alcatel cable 7 in 1 for DB,301,311,511,525,715,535,320,531 


Alcatel cable seven in one is compatible with almost all alcatel models 3xx, 5xx and 7xx series. 

Works with all unlock and flash software of s2gsm and wray luckers. Compatible with Alcatel DB, OT 301, OT 311, OT 511 OT 525, OT 715, 

OT 535, OT 735, OT 320 and OT 531. 

Reference: AL-6IN1 

Name: Alcatel cable 6 in 1 for DB,301,311,511,525,715,535,735,320 


Alcatel cable six in one compatible with almost all alcatel models 3xx, 5xx and 7xx series. 

Works with all unlock and flash software of s2gsm and wray luckers. Compatible with Alcatel DB, OT 301, OT 311, OT 511 OT 525, OT 715, 

OT 535, OT735, OT 320. 

Reference: AL-715 

Name: Data Cable for Alcatel one touch 715 


This Data Cable works for Alcatel BF5 one touch 715 GSM model mobile phones. It can be used with the SP Unlocking and Flash Read / 

Write programs. 


Name: Data Cable for Alcatel OT 525,526,OT 331, 332 and BG3 series 


This Data Cable works for Alcatel BG3 525, 526, 331 and 332 GSM model mobile phones. It can be used with SP Unlocking and Flash Read / 

Write programs. 

Reference: AL2-3511 

Name: Alcatel one touch 311 / 511 dual data cable 


You can unlock, flash new alcatel one touch 311 / 511 series using appropiate software. This cable is the same included at: Alcatel BF box 

BOXALCBF 


Name: Alcatel one touch 311 / 511 data cable 


You can unlock, flash new alcatel one touch 311 / 511 series using appropiate software. This cable is the same included at: Alcatel BF box 

BOXALCBF 

33

Reference: AL-TD5 

Name: Data Kit for Alcatel 501 / 701 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Alcatel 

It allows you to synchronize your PC with your phonebook and phone directory, connect to the Internet, send emails, data, fax, etc. 

It includes installation CD-ROM and data cable for connection. 

Compatible with Alcatel One Touch 501 ( OT501 ) and Alcatel One Touch 701 ( OT701 ). 


Microsoft Outlook 97, 98 y 2000 

Lotus Notes 4.5 y 4.6 

Lotus Organizer 5 

Reference: AL-DB 

Name: Alcatel DB data cable 


The Alcatel cable AL-DB works for alcatel One Touch, Club and View DB. It's compatible with Andromeda 4.8 (version 16A), Alcatel BE1 

sevice software version 11.8 (16B and 16 C), and all softwares designed for new sw version 16D and newer. 

Reference: AL-EA 

Name: Alcatel Easy data cable 


The Alcatel Easy AL-EA works in service mode with all Alcatel Easy models except for new DB models, for them you will require our new 

cable AL-DB. 

Reference: AL-DB357 

Name: Alcatel DB/30x/501/701 data cable 


The Alcatel cable Al-DB works for Alcatel One Touch, Club, View DB and new models Alcatel 300, 301 and 302 (30x), 501 and 701. It's 

compatible with Andromeda 4.8 (version 16A), Alcatel fucker, Alcatel BE1 sevice software version 11.8 (16B and 16 C), and all new 

softwares. 

Some softwares will need a power stabilizer to unlock and flash correctly new Alcatel phones. For this ucables.com has designed a External 

Power stabilizer connector for serial port. 

This cable doesn't allow to connect to the Internet or transmit data, it can only be used in service mode to unlock, repair and flash alcatel 

phones. 

34

Reference: SO-DTJ5 


Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Sony 

Name: Sony J5 data cable for FAX and Data Transmission 


This cable works on Sony CMD-J5 GSm mobile phone. The main advantage of this data cable is that you can activate built-in Data capability 

within mobile phone for Fax / Data call. You can also edit phone numbers / contact directory and send SMS messages easy. This has been 

our latest development and research, and it's designed on SMD with more reliability, you can take it on your poket everywhere. 

To install it you only need to connect your phone with the cable, go to windows and select control panel->Add new hardware and windows 

will find a new modem, you can select standard 19200 bps Modem driver for directly dialup modem. 

Reference: SO-DTCZ 

Name: Data Cable for Sony CMD-Z5/CMD-Z18 


The data cable SO-CZ5 works with Sony models CMD-Z5 and CMD-Z18 for data transmission. The main advantage of this cable is that you 

can activate the built-in Data Capability within mobile phone for FAX/DATA call. You can also edit your phone book numbers, contact 

directory and send SMS messages easily. 

Reference: SO-CZ 

Name: Data Cable for Sony C5/Z5/Z18 


The data cable SO-CZ5 works with Sony models C5, Z5 and Z18 in service mode to unlock or repair the phone. 

Reference: SO-J5 

Name: Sony CMD J5, J6, J7, J70, Z7, Z70 data cable 


This cable works in service mode with Sony CMD J5, J6, J7, J70, Z7 and Z70 and compatibles. 

35

Reference: EPM-PROG 

Name: SMD EEPROM pony programmer with SOIC Clips 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] ucables 

With this programmer you can unlock / repair mobile phones to which cables are not available or you have to program your EEPROM. You 

will need this cable to repair / unlock mobile phones: 

Acer, AEG, Alcatel, Aselsan, Audiovox, Benefon, Dancall, Ericsson, Maxon, Mitsubishi Savvy Monoband, Nokia, Panasonic, Phillips, Sagem, 

Samsung, Siemens, Sony and Telital. 

You will need open your mobile phone, but you don't need to desold eeprom from the motherboard, EPM-PROG is built with a SOIC clips 

that fit to your EEPROM phone to read and write. 

The procedure is easy, when you read eeprom you should use FREE EEprom 2000 (available at our members area) it will apply a patch to 

your mobile phone EEPROM memory, and then you must write EEPROM in the phone. 

To read or write EPROM to your mobile phone you must use ponyprog 

These EEPROM programmer clips are required to flash fully a Nokia phone, since with NK-FLASH we can reprogram Nokia Flash but it is 

necessary to reprogram EEPROM too, if you don't reprogram EEPROM your mobile phone could lose coverage. 

Main Applications of this product are: 

Security code reset in 70 % of mobile phones 

Unlocking in 70% of mobiles phones 

IMEI change in 20 % of phones 

Security code reset in 30 % of car radios 

Password retrival in 60 % of laptops 

DVD region changing 

You can read/write EPROM at any device without desoldering without problems. 

36

Reference: LG-3IN1 

Name: LG data cable LG1200, LG600 and LG510 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] LG 

This Data Cable works on LG1200, LG600 and LG510 mobile phone and it can be used to unlock and flash. 

37

Reference: SHARP-GX30 

Name: Sharp GX-30/ GX-32 data cable 


This Data Cable works on GX30/GX32 GSM model mobile phones, with external power supply. 

Unlocking via griffin logger:Phone service performing via the griffin logger 

Sending Boot... 

Reading ... Done 

busy, waiting... 

Server Computed CODE: 162807213859 

Phone has to be with original simcard or test card 

type *01763*6371# press M 

Goto Settings/Security/Mep Locks 

Enter phone code usually 0000 

Select lock and Enter the code 

Reference: CLIP-GX10 

Name: Unlock Clip Sharp GX-10 / GX-1 


For unlocking SP lock on Sharp GX10 / GX1 in only 7 seconds 

(It does not remove any user settings or pictures like other software !) 

Attach battery to the clip 

Power led will light 

Connect the cable to the Sharp GX10/GX1 Phone 

Power on the Sharp GX10/GX1 Phone 

On display: "Insert SIM card" 

Press SP-Lock button once 

Working led will light and Phone will go to Data Backup Mode 

Now you can follow the unlocking process on the Phones display 

After 10 sec. working led will turn off and Phone will turn off too 

now its Unlocked ! 

In case that a communication error occours the working led will blink three times ! 

Check if your battery is full ! 

Check if the connector is plugged correctly into the Phone ! 

Turn off Phone, turn on and try again ! 

Reference: SHARP-GX10 

Name: Sharp GX-10, GX-12, GX-20 OEM data cable 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Sharp 

Sharp GX10, GX12 and GX20 Data Cable with the design almost same as the original (only without the charging function) Connect to PC DB 

9 pin Serial Port. 

Used to repair and unlock sharp phones. 

38

Reference: CRUISERSET 

Name: Cruiser cable kit for LG/SE/Sharp 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] SonyEricsson 

Our new kit of unlocking and flashing cables Cruiser Set. Kit contains 1 USB cable and 5 PS2 Cables compatible for LG 8100, LG 3G, Sharp 

902 and Sony Ericsson J210i, K300i, J300i, K500, F500, K600, V600, K700i, K750i, D750i, W800, S700, S710, V800, Z800, Z1010, Z500a, 

A3618s, P800, P900, R520, R600, T39, T65, T28/T68, T29, T68, T100, T105, T200, T226, T230, T290i, T300, T310, T610, T630, J200, Z200, Z600, 

A2618, A2628, A2218z, T20s, T20e, .... 

Compatible with :Cruiser Box, Phoenix Black Box, USB-SMART , SE Tool. 

Reference: DRS-11 

Name: SonyEricsson DRS-11 data cable T68i, T300, T310, T600, T610 


This is the OEM version of the Ericsson DRS-11/ RS-232 data cable . It works for Ericsson T-28/ T28z/ T28-world/ T39/ T39/ T39m/ T60/ T60d/ 

T60lx/ T61z/ T68/ A2218z/ R300d/ R300lx/ R300z/ R380-world and sonyericsson T68i, T100, T200, T300, T310, T600,T610 and P800 Cellular 

phones 

Ericsson DRS-11/ RS-232 data cable allows you to connect your cell phone to your PC computer! 

Free Software compatible: 

Mobile Modem Settings and Modem Drivers 

XTNDConnect PC for Ericsson is a free software application that enables you to synchronize your contacts, calendar, and tasks between 

your Sony Ericsson mobile phone and Microsoft® Outlook. 

see more at: http://wap.sonyericsson.com/ 

Functions: 

Fax, Email and Internet Access. 

Send/Manage Text Messages. 

Manage Phonebook/Contacts. 

Manage/Edit Calendar. 

Synchronise with PC. 

View Phone Information. 

Change Logos and Graphics. 

Upload New Ringtones. 


Fully DRS-10 and DRS-11 compatible. 

Standard 9 pin RS232 connector for connection to PC. 

High quality moulded connectors to protect pins and enhance durability. 

Supports transfer rates upto 115200 Kbps. 

Contains zener diodes to protect the phone. 

1 Metre in length. 

39

Reference: NEC-N2X 

Name: Nec data cable N21, N22 N22i, N223i and comp. 



Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] NEC 

This Data Cable works on NEC N-21, N-22, N-22i, and N-223i GSM mobile phone and it can be used with the servicing / unlocking programs. 

Tested with NEC service software 1.0 

40

Reference: SENDO-S200 


Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] Sendo 

Name: Sendo P200, S200, S230 and J530 series data cable 


This Data Cable works on Sendo P200, S200, S230 and J530 series GSM model mobile phones. Has been tested with Sendo Direct unlocker 

by AnjelGSM2003 v.1.0.0 

Reference: SENDO-M550 

Name: Sendo M550 data cable 


This Data Cable works on Sendo M550 GSM model mobile phones. Has been tested with Sendo Direct unlocker by AnjelGSM2003 v.1.0.0 

41

Reference: SYNC-XDA 


Cables [Unlock/Flash/Data] XDA 

Name: synchronize and unlock cable for XDA Pocket PC 


Synchronize and unlock cable for the handhelp and mobile phone XDA PocketPC. It could be used in service mode to repair and unlock. 

This cable can be used with Sharp GX32 and NEC N8, but pinout is different. 

42

Reference: NOKIA-BB5-UID 



Name: Nokia BB5 UID Unlocking Box solution unlimited unlock without logs 


- No Logs Required 

- Internet Connection Required 

- All phones by Easy Testpoint 

- Regular Updates 

Unlimited unlock, work without logs! 

Box works now on following models: 

6630 RM1 v3.45.113 04-01-05 

6630 RM1 v6.03.08 

6680 RM36 v3.0437 01-06-05 

6680 RM36 v5.0407 15-02-06 

N70 RM84 v5.06.01.201 01-03-06 

N70 RM84 v5.06.38.301 18-09-06 

N71 RM67 v2.0613.1.121 06-04-2006 

N95 RM-159 v10.0.018, 15-03-07 (43.02) 

E60 RM49 v1.0610.0215 12-04-06 

E60 RM49 v2.0618.06.05 14-06-07 

N91 RM43 v1.10.030 05-05-06 (1.01) 

6280/6288 RM78 v03.81 09-05-06 

6131/6133 RM115 v3.0 MCU SW 5.50 (beta) 

6125 RM178, v3.72, 10-08-06 ( NEW added) 

package contains: 

- BB5 Uid BOX 

- serial connector. 

43

Reference: SAM-GOLD 



Name: SAM GOLD Original Unlocking Clip for Samsung CXX, DXX,EXX, IXX, NXX, PXX 


The Furious Sam Gold clip is revolutionary clip for Samsung phones. 

Most easy unlocking clip ! 

Plug and Unlock ! 

- Support over 250 models with only 4 connectors 

- Support for MSL enabled AGERE phones 

- Built-in MSL generator (C300 all versions/E570 all versions/X530 all versions) 

- Support for all platforms into a single clip 

- No-Touch operation with PnU (Plug and Unlock) 

- Fully updateable via server 

- 6 seconds operation time ! 

C series : 

C120, C130, C200, C210, C216, C225, C230,C300 

D series : 

D100, D307, D347, D357, D407, D410, D415, D428, D488, D500, D500E, D508, D510, D520, D550, D600, D710, D720, D730, D800, D807, D820, 

D830, D840, D900 

E series : 

E100, E105, E217, E250, E300, E310, E315, E316, E317,E318, E320, E330, E335, E340, E350, E360, E370, E380, E400, E418, E500, E530, E560, 

E570, E600, E610, E620, E630, E635, E640, E650, E700, E710, E715, E720, E730, E740, E750, E760, E770, E780, E800, E810, E820, E850, E860, 

E870, E880, E900, E910 

I series : 

I300, I300x, I505, I700, I750 

N series : 

N700, N710 

P series : 

P100, P207, P300, P518, P705, P710, P720, P730,P735, P738, P777, P850, P900 

S series : 

S200, S300, S300M, S341I, S342I, S400I, S410I, S500, S500I 

T series : 

T108, T209, T309, T319, T509, T519, T609, T619, T629, T719, T809 

V series : 

V100, V200 

X series : 

X100, X105, X120, X138, X140, X150, X156, X160, X200, X210, X300, X400, X426, X427, X430, X450, X460, X461, X466, X475, X478, X480, X481, 

X486, X490, X495, X497, X500, X507,X510,X520,X530,X600,X610, X620, X630, X636, X640, X650, X660, X670, X680, X700, X770, X800, X810, 

X820,X828, X830,X900 

Z series : 

Z510 

Hot Models: 

Agere with MSL security X500/X510,X520,X830,C300(all versions) D900/E900/E570(all versions)/E250/E250v/X300/E370/E380/E780/D840 and 

much more U100/U300/U600(all versions, including the KPN version) T619/T219/T719 X540 i600/i607/Z370/Z630/Z650i E830 

44

Reference: MTBOX-PRO 



Name: MT-Box Pro Version for unlocking BB5 Nokia phones + Free 100 credit 


In order to work with MT-Pro box you need to have MT-Box Nokia aswell. 

With MT-PRO you will get the login for your box. 

The User and password will be registered with the first login you receive when you use your MT-Nokia and MT-pro connected. You cannot 

use other MT-Box Nokia with the login which you have used for your first box. Because it was registered to the first box only. 

Supported Models 

6630,5300,6280/6288,6680,6131,N70 (only V42 works OK),6233,6234,6085,6300,7370,6125,5200,7373,6151, 5500,6270,E50,3250 

6630 

[V_04WK47_M_V14.2_27-09-06_RM-1_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_04WK47_M_V14_09-02-06_RM-1_(c)_Nokia] 


5300 

[V_03.92_13-10-06_RM-146_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_04.71_28-02-07_RM-146_(c)_Nokia] 

6280/6288 

[V_06.10_21-12-06_RM-78_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05.94_14-11-06_RM-78_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05.92_07-09-06_RM-78_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_03.81_09-05-06_RM-78_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_03.70_28-03-06_RM-78_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_03.60_10-02-06_RM-78_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_03.36_05-12-05_RM-78_(c)_Nokia] 

6680 


[V_04wk47_m_v14.2.1_09-11-06_RM-36_(c)_Nokia] 

6131 

[V_05.50_20-09-06_RM-115_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_06.10_16-02-07_RM-115_(c)_Nokia] 

N70 ( only V42 works OK ) 

[V_05WK07V41_08-02-06_RM-84_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05WK07V45.1_21-10-06_RM-84_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05WK07V42_23-03-06_RM-84_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05WK07V25.4.2_21-09-05_RM-84_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05WK07V45_29-08-06_RM-84_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05WK07V45.1_21-11-06_RM-84_(c)_Nokia] 

6233 

[V_04.52_06-07-06_RM-145_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_03.70_15-05-06_RM-145_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05.10_21-12-06_RM-145_(c)_Nokia] 

6234 

[V_03.70_15-05-06_RM-123_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_04.52_06-07-06_RM-123_(c)_Nokia] 

[V_05.10_21-12-06_RM-123_(c)_Nokia] 

6085 

[V_03.71_30-11-06_RM-198_(c)_Nokia] 

6300 

[V_04.20_05-12-06_RM-217_(c)_Nokia] 

[V 04.70_24-01-07_RM-217 (c) Nokia] 

[V_04.20_05-12-06_RM-222_(c)_Nokia] 

[V 04.70_24-01-07_RM-222 (c) Nokia] 

7370 

[V_04.13_16-05-06_RM-70_(c)_Nokia] 

6125 

[V_03.71_31-05-06_RM-178_(c)_Nokia] 

45

Reference: SE-MTBOX 



Name: Sonyericsson MT-BOX to unlock flash repair upgrade mobile phones 


Product features & selling points: 

• Stand-alone software 

• Test Point not needed for 99% supported models 

• Automatic phone model detection 

• Automatic INI files generation for most recently used phone models 

• Easy and fast boot (2 sec., regardless if RSA-protected or not) 

• No need to remove RSA to enable unlock, flash or repair 

• No need for RSA restore after unlocking 

• Griffin Team virtual COM port 

Unlocking: 

• Read phone information 

• Read network codes (8 digits long) 

• Read network codes (16 digits long) 

• Read user lock 

• Reset user lock to default 

• Direct unlock user lock (no need to enter codes manualy) 

• Direct unlock network lock (no need to enter codes manualy) 

• Relock SIM-lock to any network 

• Save codes as log files 

Flashing: 

• Super fast flashing (8MB < 2 mins) 

• Change languages 

• Upgrade phone software 

• Read flash 

• Read and backup flash from–to 

• Read EEPROM 

• Read fields from–to 

• Read program memory 

• Read modem 

• Read AVR from–to 

• Read ARM from-to 

• Write factory flash files 

• Write flash 

• Write flash from–to 

• Write fields from–to 

• Write AVR 

• Write ARM 

• Write BT 

• Write PDA 

• Write CDA 

• Write PDA2 

• Write OTP 

• Write any IMEI (on empty boards) 

• Write CID 

• Make phone backups 

• Full phone backup 

• Backup MCU 

• Backup File System 

• Backup EEPROM 

• Backup BT 

• Backup PDA 

• Backup CDA 

Reference: U-STARTER1 

Name: Unlock, flash repair starter pack Nokia MT-BOX + SMARTCLIP + SCARD + SETOO 


MT Box (Nokia) + 6 pcs MT Box (SE) Set Cables MT Box is the new device for your Nokia mobile phone software requirements. Using the 

latest hardware, technology it has an extremely flexible nature and a very large capacity to undertake all you current and future 

requirements. 

SE Tool 3 Box. Flash and Unlock CID49 phones without testpoint SE Tool 3 original for SonyEricsson. With all functionality of SE-Tool 2, 

Flash and Unlock CID49 phones without testpoint, Setool3 Box only needed 1 USB Port to run sw. Flashing,Unlocking,Repairing,Change 

language pack, Supported 16 phones at once,Flash and Unlock CID49 phones without testpoint. 

Smart Clip with 7 cables + S-Card Dongle. For unlocking Motorola Phones and packaged with 7 cables, Standalone operation, no computer 

needed, Large list of Smart-Clip supported phone models,(all versions), constantly growing,Free Motorola firmware upgrades (A, C, E, T, V 

series) through internet,Unlocks in just few seconds 

46

Reference: SMARTCLIPS 



Name: Motorola smartclip repair, unlock Motorola Cxxx, Exxx, Vxxx + S-CARD dongle 


Smart-Clip is new Clip in worldwide market. It's multifunctional device that it's FULLY UPDATABLE FREE OF CHARGE for support new 

models of C3xx, Exxx and Vxxx. Name "Smart..." also fits to this product perfectly - it's very smart since you can upgrade it in real-time 

using ActiveX via webbrowser in just a seconds - you connect Clip via special LPT cable with computer and then run a webpage (special 

component will automatically checks newest SW version and if available upgrade your Clip to support newest phones). No PC, 

disassembling or special technical knowledge needed just connect cable to phone and press the button. Soon will be JTAG for Motorola 

phones will be addedd (free of charge) and then you can repair phones with lost boot zone, repair phones using full flashing or test 

CPU/RAM/FLASH. 

Update screen: 

Currently supported phone models: 

A-series: A630, A830, A835, A845, A920, A925, A1000 

Motorola C-series:C115, C116, C117, C118, C139, C155, C156, C157, C236, C250, C260, C266, C268, C330, C331, C332, C333, C334, C335, 

C336, C350, C350L, C350V, C353, C355V, C359V, C370, C380, C385, C390, C450, C450L, C550, C650, C651, C975, C980. 

Motorola E-series:E1, E365, E370, E375, E378i, E380, E770, E396, E398, E550, E920, E1000, E1070, E1075. 

Motorola T-series:T280, T280i, T720, T720i, T721, T722i, T725e. 

Motorola Ux: U6 

Motorola V-series: V150, V151, V180, V186, V188, V190 , V220, V226, V235, V191, V300, V303, V330, V360, V360v, V400, V500, V505, V525, 

V525M, V535, V547, V545, V550, V551, V557, V600, V620, V635, V975 (ver R245_xxx), V980, V1050, V60, V60i, V66, V66i, V70, V80. 

Motorola Vx: : V3, V3i, V3r, V3t, V3x. 

Sendo:S2xx/S3xx/P2xx/M5xx/S6xx: SND200, SND230, P200, P230, M550, S600, SND800 and others 

Advantages: 

remove simlock in couple of second by only pressing one button on Clip 

free upgrades for Cxxx, Exxx, Vxxx series 

Flashing for P2K Series With SmartMoto Computer is needed 

Read/Write/Backup Flash file with SmartMoto 

don't need PC for working 

real-time pdates are maked using ActiveX via Internet in few seconds 

dimmensions: 86 x 66 x 32 mm 

voltage AC 9V, 50 mA 

alluminium cassing 

Updates / Registration / File downloading 

- Smart-Clip uses LPT port only to connect to PC. 

- Smart-Clip firmware update, registration procedure and login to file portal can be performed through the Internet in real-time using our 

Reference: TESTPOINT4 

Name: 4 in 1 Magic TestPoint Adapter for Motorola TP V3x, K1, L7 ,U6 


Allows to flash, unlock your phone without warranty void and damage your phone. 

Complete Magic TestPoint Adapter for Motorola TP V3x, K1, L7 and U6 allows to flash, unlock your phone without warranty void and 

damage your phone. Now by using this very small adapter you can connect to phone and just press unlock or flash. Compatible with: 

Ultima Box Light, SmartClip, GOT, MSS Victor, USB Smart etc. 

Reference: ESN-CHANGE 

Name: MT-BOX UPDATE NOKIA ESN DIRECT CHANGE REPAIR SERIAL NUMBER 


MT-Box Nokia ESN Direct allows you to update MT-Box Nokia to have MT-Box ESN Repair service software functions. 

ALL NOKIA DCT3 Generation CDMA and TDMA phones are supported to change repair ESN. 

CDMA/AMPS Nokia 5180i 

Nokia 5185i 

Nokia 6185 

Nokia 8270 

TDMA/AMPS 

Nokia 5120 

Nokia 5125 

Nokia 5160 

Nokia 5165 

Nokia 6120 

Nokia 6160 

Nokia 7160 

Nokia 8260 

Nokia 8265 

Nokia 8265i 

Nokia 8860 

47

Reference: S-CARD 

Name: S-CARD Dongle for SMARTCLIP 




S-Card dongle is a Smart-Clip sub-device providing high level protection in the process of operation and updates. Connects to PC via USB 

port. Compatible with Win98/ME/2000/XP. 

S-Card dongle is a portable USB key for: 

- Smart-Clip updates. 

- SmartMoto software operations. 

- Access to flash files database. 

Use of S-Card dongle frees Smart-Clip users from SmartMoto licensing process. From now on, Smart-Clip with S-Card dongle can be used 

on any PC and will not be bound to the computer hardware. 

NOTE: 

No future version of Smart-Clip or SmartMoto will be usable without S-Card dongle connected. Smart-Clip registered with the USB key will 

provide an access to the new level of flash files database at portal boot loader. New flash file formats will be supported by SmartMoto, also 

direct flashing with original flash files will be allowed (TestPoint connection method is not necessary for flashing anymore). 

Reference: NEMESIS-2 

Name: Nemesis Unlocking clip version 2 for SonyEricsson phone, does not need PC 


SE NEMESIS CLIP v2.0 CLONE - Unlock Clip it's new version of easy and useful clip for new SonyEricsson phones. Newest edition support 

such phones as K750, K750i, D750i, V600i, K600, K608 with CID 36 and CID 37 but also old phone. Very easy to use, portable and fast - no 

special knowledge required- just connect and use. 

Supported phones: 

SonyEricsson 

- K750,K750i,D750i,V600i,K600,K608, W600a, W800c, W800i, F500, F500i, K300, K300i, K300c, K500, K500i, K500c, K506c, K508, K508c, K700, 

K700i, K700c, K750, D750, Z1010, S700, S700i, S700c, S710, S710a, V800, Z800, Z500 

- R520, R520m, R520mc, T200, T202, T226, T226m, T226s, T230, T237, T238, T290, T290a, T290c, T290i, T300, T300c, T302, T306, T310, T310c, 

T312, T316, T39m, T39mc, T65, T68m, T68mc, T68i, T68ie, T610, T616, T618, T628, T630, T637, P800, P802, P900, P908, P910, P910a, P910c, 

P910i, Z600, Z608 

- A3618, R600, T100, T100c, T102, T105, T106, Z200, J200, J200i, J200c, J300, J300i 

About product: 

- Supports New RSA Protected Models 

- support all newest CID as CID 36 and CID 37 

- support newest phones of SEMC platform 

- Unlocks in 5 Seconds 

- Reset User Code to default 

- Easy to use 

- Portable Clip 

Instructions: 

Before commencing make sure you have full battery on the phone, if not sure put the phone on the charge until you see the message 

“Charging Complete” than start unlocking. 

1. First of all, switch phone on wait until you see “Insert SIM Card”, Than switch phone off and wait until the phone turns off 

completely. 

Note: DO NOT take out the battery and put it back in to switch the phone off or reset. 

For K700i & All the other phones with new version Software and old style charger connector. 

2. As No. 1 Above. 

3. Connect the phone to the clip, the Blue light in the clip will light up, blink once and stay lit for about 3 to 4 seconds. Than the blue light on 

the clip will go out for about 20 seconds and the blue light will come back on in about 3 to 4 seconds the blue light will go out and the 

phone should be on and “Insert SIM Card” on display. 

The Phone is Unlocked and Security Code is reset. 

For K750, D750 & All the other phones with New Style Charger Connector. 

1. First of all, switch phone on wait until you see “Insert SIM Card”, Than switch phone off and wait until the phone turns off 

completely. 

Note: DO NOT take out the battery and put it back in to switch the phone off or reset. 

For K700i & All the other phones with new version Software and old style charger connector. 

2. As No. 1 Above. 

3. Connect K750 Extension Cable to the Clip. 

4. Connect the phone to the clip than connect the battery to the cable. 

5. The blue light on the clip will light up and blink once. 

6. than just with a short click ignite the phone, you will see the Blue light go out on the clip and in 20 second will come back on and stay 

steady for 3 or 4 seconds, Here try powering the phone on, and the blue light should go out. 

The Phone is Unlocked and Security Code is reset. 

Package Contains : 

1 x Unlock Device 

1 x Phone Connector Cable 

48

Reference: HENRICH5-1 



Name: Henrich 5 in 1 Alcatel Box for unlocking, reparing BE4, BE5, BF3, BF4, BG3, BF5 


Alcatel BE4, BE5, BF3, BF4, BG3, BF5, BH4, TH3/4 Tool with USB dongle protection 

Supported Models: 

OT30x, OT501, OT701, OT310, OT311, OT511, OT512, OT715, OT525, OT526, OT331, OT332, OT535, OT735, OT735i, OT565, OT556, OT756 

Futures: 

For TH4 (OT756) support: 

- Direct unlock all FW version 

- Restore lock 

- Read/Write full flash 

- Read/Write eeprom 

- Read/Write flash driver 

- Read and write language packs 

- Calculate and repair checksums of flash 

- Show IMEI 

- SAFE READ and WRITE 

- Show operator info 

- Easy change LCD Type 

For TH3 (OT565, OT556) support: 

- Direct unlock all FW version 

- Restore lock 

- Read/Write full flash 

- Read/Write eeprom 

Features: 

Reference: TRIUMTOTAL 

Name: Trium Total Box for unlocking and repairing all Mitsubishi Trium 


- Read unlocki codes 

- Direct unlocking 

- Repare damaged phones ( due to bad flashing) 

- Box can be updated by the internet - free 

Compatible with : 

- Trium Mars. 

- Trium Neptune. 

- Trium Oddyssey. 

- Trium Eclipse. 

- Trium Sirius. 

- Trium Mistral. 

- Trium Aura. 

- Trium T110. 

- Trium M320. 

- Trium M21i. 

- Trium M222i. 

- Trium M330. 

- Trium M350. 

- Trium M750. 




- 1 USB dongle . 

- 4 cables 

- Software 

49

Reference: EASYUNLOCK 



Name: Easy Unlocker dongle for Unlocking, repairing Alcatel, Grundig, Samsung ,TSM, 


Easy Unlocker Box is a new Tool for easy and fast unlocking of the following brands: Alcatel, Grundig, Samsung and Vitel TSM. 

Nowadays the Easy Unlocker Box is the most safety software and updated for every operation. The Easy Unlocker Box team is constantly 

working to develop new updates and extra functions for all the users to have the best and last unlocking services for the users to have the 

best and last unlocking services for unlocking. 

Features: 

Reading codes. 

Read/Write Flash. 

Repair dead phones with bad unlock. 

Direct Unlock. 

Direct Lock. 

Flash + Unlock. 

Repair + Unlock. 

Flash + Lock. 

Supported Phones and features: 

Alcatel Module 

Unlock and flash for next models: 

VLE5 Models: OT-E100/105/157/158/159/160/161/200/205/251/252/256/257/259/260/265. 

C64 Models: OT-E801. (First in the World). 

Samsung Module 

Unlock and Unfreeze code reading in new Samsung Models (with MSL Security). Supported Models: 

Samsung Z150. 

Samsung Z230. (First in the World). 

Samsung Z540v. (First in the World). 

Philips Module 

Read unlock codes for next models: 

Alcatel OT-C550, OT-C560, OT-C630, OT-C635. (First in the World). 

Alcatel OT-155, OT-156, OT-355. Philips 1xx/2xx/3xx/5xx/6xx/7xx/8xx/9xx. 

Siemens SF65. 

TSM / Grundig Module 

Direct Unlock and code reading of the next models: 

TSM 7 

Grundig G402i. 

Grundig G410i. 

Grundig M130. 

Grundig M131Grundig G550i. (First in the World). 

Grundig G600i. (First in the World). 

Grundg G700i. (First in the World). 

All versions supported. 

Alcatel Add-on 

Reference: NOKIA-F1 

Name: Nokia Federal 1 Box for unlocking, repairing and flashing Nokia phones 


DCT3 Features: 

- Flash phone firmware 

- Unlock SP simlocks (not added yet) 

- Set factory defaults (not added yet) 

- Reset User Code (not added yet) 

DCT-L Features: (not added yet) 

- Flash software (upgrade/downgrade) 

- Unlock 

- Set FAID 

DCT4 Features: 

- Flash software 

- Unlock SP locks 

- Lock phone to any provider 

- Flash bluetooth 

- Before and after flash processing 

- Full factory defaults 

- Self tests 

- Repair contact provider, etc.. using new technology 

- Format user area (not added yet) 

- Reset User Lock 

- Change languages 

- PM read and Write for tunning and backup 

BB5 Features: 

- Flash phone firmware 

- Create ASK and RPL uploading 

- PM read and Write for tunning and backup 

- Repair "Contact Retailer" with RPL 

- Restore SIMLOCK data with RPL 

- Restore IMEI data with RPL 


DCT3: 2100, 3110, 3210, 3310, 3315, 3330, 3350, 3390, 3410, 3610, 5110, 5110i, 5130, 5190, 5210, 5510, 6080, 6110, 6130, 6138, 6150, 6190, 

6210, 6250, 7110, 8210, 8250, 8290, 8850, 8855, 8890... 

DCT-L: 9100, 9210, 9210i (communicator) 

DCT4: 1100, 3100, 3100b, 3108, 3200, 3200b, 3220, 3300, 3360, 3510, 3510i, 3530, 3590, 3595, 5100, 6108, 6610, 6100, 6200, 6220, 6230, 6230i, 

6310, 6310i, 6500, 6510, 6590, 6600, 6650, 6800, 6820, 7200, 7210, 7250, 7250i, 7600, 7650, 7610, 8310, 8390, 8800, 8910, 8910i, 3600, 3650, 

7650, 6600, N-Gage, N-Gage QD, 7610, 9500, 9300 etc... 

BB5: 6630, 6680, 6270, 6280, N70, N71, N72, N80, N81, N90, N91, N92, N93 


1 x Federal-One Box 

1 x USB cable 

1 x Adapter RJ48/M to RJ45/H to be used with RJ45 cables used with Griffin, Ufs, etc. Prodigy, GTY 

50

Reference: SETOOL3 



Name: SETOOL BOX 3 for unlocking and repairing SonyEricsson, Sharp, LG mobile pho 


SE Tool 3 original for SonyEricsson. With all functionality of SE-Tool 2 and with extra new features like Flash and Unlock CID49 phones 

without testpoint, Supported 16 phones at once, Support more new SE phones: K750 and Support w800, F500C, K300i, F500i, U8110, U8120 

and Sharp phones. 

SE Features 

SEtool3 Standalone service features for NEW SE platform phones 

Reference: SAGEMDD 

Name: SagemDD Unlocker Box for unlocking Sagem phone with 20 Test Point adapters 


The Sagem DD Unlocker is the best tool for unlocking a wide range of SAGEM phone, it can almost unlock all phones that are currently 

available. 

SagDD Unlocker together with hardware dongle serves as unlocking tool for M62 and M62+ based phones: 

M62 phones - MyX1; MyX1-2; MyX-2; MyX2-2; MyX3; MyX5; MyX6; MyX-7; MyV65; MyV75; MyC1; MyC-2; MyC2-2; WONU S1; SG322i.... 

M62+ phones - MyV55; MyV56; MyX55; SG341i; MyC3; MyC3b; MyC4; MyC5w; SG342i; MyC3-2; VS1; WONU S3; MyX4; MyX5-2...... 

Features: 

- Read SP simlocks 

- Restore default lock 

- Read The Phone code(Security code) 

- Read Logs 

- Read Flash 

About SAGEMDD 

- Uses USB power and LPT connection to PC 

- Works on Win 98SE, ME, 2000, XP 

- Future updates and support 

Important: you will need to open the phone in order to connect the tes point adapters to the PCB. 

Package contains: 

- 1 Sagdd dongle 

- 3 in 1 Cable (9xx, C2, Wonu) 

- 1 Cable with free ends 

- 20 Test Point Adapters 

FTP Support 

- Each user must register before use FTP. 

- FTP Support Area Contains necessary software, tools, manuals and pictures. 

51

Reference: BERRY-CLIP 



Name: Blackberry Unlocking Clip compatible with MPX200, MPX220 and LG-2gUSA 


Unlimited Blackberry Unlocking with the worlds 1st Blackberry Clip blackberry remote unlocks. 

Simply connect clip to Blackberry, Clip then displays the unlock code. 

Also supports MPX200, MPX220 & USA LG-2g Phone unlocking 

The only clip for unlocking Blackberry Phones:- 

* Unlimited unlocking 

* Can be used as dongle to display codes on PC 

* Standalone device, no PC or internet required 

* Uses standard, blackberry USB cables 

* Battery powered completely portable 

* Clip can be updated 

Supported Blackberry Phones:- 

* Blackberry 62xx Series: 6210, 6230, 

* Blackberry 71xx Series: 7100g, 7100g, 7100i, 7100r, 7100t, 7100v, 7105t, 7130e 

* Blackberry 72xx Series: 7230, 7250, 7280, 7290, 

* Blackberry 75xx Series: 7520, 

* Blackberry 77xx Series: 7730, 7750, 7780, 

* Blackberry 8700 Series: not supported 

- Unlock Blackberry 5xxx, 6xxx, 7Xxx 

- Using standard blackberry USB cable (as supplied with phone), 

- Phones not supported: X700, 7510 (iden), 5810, H700 

Supported Motorola Phones:- 

* MPX200 

* MPX220 

Supported USA LG-2g Phones:- 

* C1300 

* C2000 

* F7250 

* F9100 

* G4010 

* G7020 

* G4011 

* G4020 

* G4050 

* G5500 

* G7000 

* G7030 

* G7050 

* L1100 

* L1400 

* L5100 

* T5100 

Package Contains: 

1 X Blackberry Clip 

Cables: 

1 X Battery Power Cable 

1 X USB BB1 Cable 

1 X USB BB2 Cable 

1 X COM PDA XDA Cable 

User manual and software can be downloaded from here. 

52

Reference: TSM-BOX 



Name: TSM BOX Plus for unlocking and flashing Vitel, TSM, Pantech, Grundig, Benq 


TSMBOX PLUS is a special hardware designed to work on all Vitel, Grundig, Pantech and Lobster/Virgin.phones. 

Features: 

- Unlock, flash & full service software 

- High Speed Flashing 

TSM: 

- TSM1, TSM2. 

- Vitel TSM3, TSM4, TSM5. 

- Vitel TSM30. 

- Vitel TSM100/100v/TAB4000/TELME918/TELME919 

- Vitel TSM7 (todas las versiones) 

- Vitel TSM6 (todas las versiones) 

- Vitel TSM5M. 

- Airam M342 

- Airam 211-2200 

- Vitel TSM 211, 2200. 

Grunding: 

- Grundig 402i 

- Grundig G410i. 

- Grundig M131/m130. 

- Grundig M340. 

- Grundig G600i (beta , solo comprobación de comunicación del software con el terminal). 

- AIRAM M340 

- X5 

Pantech: 

- Pantech G32XX 

- Pantech 3210 Argentina. 

- Pantech C300 Mexico/usa/canada. 

- Pancharm Brazil. 

- Pantech 3200 Russia. 

- Pantech 3210/3200 mexico. 

- Pantech G1410 



- Pantech GB310 


- Pantech PG 3200 Taiwan. 

- Lobster 544. 

Lobster: 

Lobster 544 Virgin 

Benq-Siemens-O2 

AP75 

E61 

EF61 

EF51 

S88 

S660 Ripcurl 

M300 

680C 

O2x7 

O2x2 

O2x1I 

O2x1B 

O2x2i 

53

Reference: JAF-BOX 



Name: J.A.F USB Flasher by Odeon with 58pcs cables, BB5 Activated incl P-Key Activat 


The J.A.F Flasher is the only flasher on the market which can flash new APE and BB5 phones. Small and light weight this device can also 

flash most Nokia phones. 

For BB5: First Third Party Device support Flash DEAD Phone 6630 

Flash Software (upgrade and change language) 

Flash CMT and PPM 

Unlock BB5 phones using Dejan´s free software 

Compatible with the following models: 







Supported Versions: 

V 04.51 11-01-07 RM-146 (c) Nokia. 

V w33_06w24v4 13-09-06 RM-43 (c) Nokia. 

V 03.55 23-11-06 RM-86 (c) Nokia. 

V 03.92 13-10-06 RM-174 (c) Nokia. 

V 05.50 20-09-06 RM-115 (c) Nokia. 

V 04.52 06-07-06 RM-145 (c) Nokia 

V 04.52 06-07-06 RM-123 (c) Nokia 

V 04.13 16-05-06 RM-70 (c) Nokia. 

V 03.81 09-05-06 RM-78 (c) Nokia 

V 04wk47_m_v14 09-02-06 RM-1 (c) Nokia. 

V 05wk07v41 08-02-06 RM-84 (c) Nokia. 

V 05wk07v42 23-03-06 RM-84 (c) Nokia. 



For APE: 

Flash Software (upgrade and change language) 

For DCT3: 

2100, 3110, 3210, 3310, 3315, 3330, 3350, 3390, 3410, 3610, 5110, 5110i, 5130, 5190, 5210, 5510, 6080, 6110, 6130, 6138, 6150, 6190, 6210, 

6250, 7110, 8210, 8250, 8290, 8850, 8855, 8890 

Read/write flash 

Unlock SP simlocks 

Rebuild / repair IMEI 

Set factory defaults 

Reset User Code 

Read/write PM 

Turbo flashing 

Write eeprom (fls and pmm format supported, no need convert files) 

For DCT4: 

1100, 3100, 3100b, 3108, 3200, 3200b, 3300, 3360, 3510, 3510i, 3530, 3590, 3595, 5100, 6108, 6610, 6100, 6200, 6220, 6230, 6310, 6310i, 6500, 

6510, 6590, 6600, 6620, 6650, 6800, 6820, 7200, 7210, 7250, 7250i, 7600, 7650, 7610, 7710, 8310, 8390, 8910, 8910i, 9300, 9500 

DCT-4 WD2: 3600, 3650, 7650, 6600, N-Gage 

Flash software (upgrade/downgrade) 

Unlock SP locks 

Lock phone to any provider 

Turbo flashing speed 

Flash bluetooth 

Save user settings (pm and phone book) 

Full factory defaults 

54

Reference: NS-PRO 



Name: NS PRO Activated for unlocking, flashing and repairing Samsung phones 


This is A Full Samsung Unlock / Service Package and comes complete with Smartcard installed in the box, and a full RJ45 cable pack. This 

new service device and smart card gives added connectivity and secure access to updates online. 

NS Pro is the most professional Samsung software on the market and supported by the most reliable team, NS TEAM. 

New enhance security protection is implemented to assure investment protection. NS PRO utilize the latest smartcard security technology 

to insure a secure long term investment. 

NS PRO will also implement a server authentication as an additional protection measure and increase level of customer service by 

providing regular update through the server. The server also provides instant broadcasting news for all customers. This way, software can 

be updated on time. 

- Safe and super fast Zxxx flashing will be supported and NS PRO is the first to implement this feature. 

- Several new models are added to the supported list. 

- Automatic Bluetooth ID calculation and rebuilding IMEI. 

- Auto-power/Auto-ignition phone by the box. 

- All phones must be connected without battery (except Zxxx phones). 

- Many features which will be available soon. 

Supported Phones: 

Samsung: A800, C100, C108, C110, C120, C200, C210, C216, C225, C230, D100, D307, D347, D357, D407, D410, D415, D428, D488, D500, 

D500E, D508, D510, D520, D550, D600, D710, D720, D730, D800, D820, E100, E105, E217, E300, E310, E315, E316, E317, E318, E320, E330, 

E335, E340, E350, E360, E400, E418, E530, E560, E600, E610, E620, E630, E635, E640, E650, E700, E710, E715, E720, E730, E740, E750, E760, 

E770, E800, E810, E820, E850, E860, E870, E880, E910, I300, I505, I700, Nxxx, N700, N710, P100, P207, P300, P400, P510, P518, P705, P710, 

P720, P730, P735, P738, P777, P850, Rxxx, S100, S105, S200, S300, S300M, S341I, S342I, S400I, S410I, S500, S500I, T100, T108, T609, T309, 

T719, T809, V100, V200, V804SS, X100, X105, X120, X138, X140, X150, X156, X200, X300, X400, X426, X427, X430, X450, X460, X466, X475, 

X478, X480, X486, X490, X495,X497,X507, X600, X610, X620, X630, X636, X640, X660, X700, X770, X800, X810, X900, Z100, Z105, Z107, Z110, 

Z130, Z140, Z150, Z300, Z320, Z500, Z510, Z540, Z700, ZV10, ZV30, ZM60, ZX10 More added via free updates. 

Features: 

-New and very easy to use software GUI 

-Alphabetical phone model selection 

-Displays information about required cable on selecting phone model 

-Automatic flash file selection for Sysol,Swift and Zxxx flashing 

-Auto power/Auto ignition phone by the box. 

-Informs user if phone must be connected With or Without battery 

-High speed communication with phone saves you time 

-Read info from all supported models 

-Read All unlock codes: NCK,MCK,NSCK,SCK,PCK,etc... 

-Direct (Fast) Unlock All type of Locks 

-Re-Lock a Samsung phone to a network 

-High speed Flashing 

-Super fast USB flashing mode available for Agere phones 

-Safe and Super fast Zxxx flashing 

-Rebuilding IMEI (only for repair purpose) 

-Bypass MSL security on new phones for rebuild IMEI 

-Automatic Bluetooth ID calculation after Rebuilding IMEI 

-Repair all software faults 

-Repair 'Phone freeze' 

-Repair 'Phone locked return for servicing' & 'Wrong Card' 

-Repair permanently blocked phones (0 unlock code counter) 

-Repair damaged NV/NVM/EEPROM 

-Service jobs (WAP/Media/MMS/etc... resets) 

-Automatic login to support area from NsPro software 

-Online update and upgrades of Smart Card 

-Use flash files in original format 

-Instant broadcasting service for anouncing new software releases. 

-Periodic online Smart Card integrity check 

-Possibility to use NsPro box as universal box with UFSx cables(pinout) 

55

Reference: VYGIS-BOX 



Name: Vygis Schlumberger Cyberflex Smartcard Toolbox for LG and Alcatel 


The Vygis Schlumberger Cyberflex Smartcard solution is a stable, fast (USB communication), and powerful tool to flash, repair and unlock 

all your LG & Alcatel. Updates are also available to work on certain Toshiba, Benq, and 02. A definitively necessary tool, appreciated 

by all the Unlock Centers. The Vygis Schlumberger Cyberflex Smartcard box is made of very resistant aluminium, with an ON/OFF switch to 

avoid over consumptions when you don't use it. It's also an USB Universal Interface compatible with all your USPI's, UDK's or Ultralogic 

Box's Cables. 

The main words that describe this box are: Fast, Powerful, Flexible 

Fast: 

- Using USB cables (supplied in original package) it can flash at fast 921Kb/s 

Powerful: 

- The software is running very smooth and stable. 

- Updates are constantly provided by the author. 

- It can be fully activated to support LG, Alcatel & new Mitsubishi and more... 

Flexible: 

- VygisToolbox works with LG original flash files and this means: 

Large number of this Flash files are available for our customer 

It will be fast and easy to provide new flash files also in future directly from the source 

- Also reading flash from one phone and writing to another is supported 

- It is possible to use also the original cables supplied with the phones -- so for new models once you have new update you don't need to 

wait for new cable and can be the first one there who can flash/unlock new phone models. 

- All LG+Alcatel & new Mitsubishi cables are included in the original package, so later the Alcatel & new Mitsubishi software can 

be easily activated without delivery costs for you. 

Supported Models / Features 

- LG Module 

- SHARP Module 

- BenQ660 / 670 + O2X2 Module 

- O2X1/Maxon MX-7970 Module 

- Micro snapper Module 

- Sanyo S750i Module 

- NewGen C800 Module 

LG Workshop - Service software for LG phones 

Features: 

- auto search algorithm - new version unlocking without software update 

- fast full flash of firmware, eeprom and calibration data 

- fast unlock in 1 - 5 seconds. For OT320 unlock time about 15 seconds. 

- EEPROM repairing for Alcatel OT320, LG-B1200 and LG-B1300 

- recovering lost ring tones, melodies, logos and resetting phone code 

- phones software repairing for other supported LG phones 

- phone resetting 

- possibility to work with original LG flash files 

- software has implemented original LG flash files converter to bin files. 

- possibility to work with original LG phones cables, which are included to the phone pack 

- possibility to repair "Service not available" after uploading Russian language flash to G7100,C1100 or C1400 

- unlocking LG-U81x0 phones 

Supported Models: M300, CG225, F7200, Cg300, F1200, Kg810, Mg810, Mg530, MG155, KG800, KG320, ME591, G7120, F2250, F3000, MG100, 

ME500, KG210, KG225, KG220, U8550, U8290, U8210, U8150, U8380, U8360, U8180, U8330, CE500, MG105, M6100, T5100, C1500, MG200, 

M6100, MG105, A7110, A7150, B2070, B2150, B2250, C1150, C1300i, LG1300i, C3380, L1400, F9100, M4410, MG191, P7200, S5000, S5200, 

F2200, G7200, L1200, L342i, L341, F2400, B2100, C2100, C3320, F2100, F2300, F7250, C3300, C3310, C3400, B2000, B2050, L5100, L3100, 

C2200, U8110, U8120, U8130, U8138,L1100, 1200, B1300, C1100, 1200, C1400, G510, G1500, G1600, W3000, GW3100, C3100, G4010, G4050, 

GW5200, GW5220, GW5300-5310,GW5400, G5500, G7000, G7020, G7030, G7050, G7070, G7100-7120 

New software - Sanyo S801 Unlocker: Software goes as free add on to LG software users and works with LG reg file. It is beta version, so all 

comments about bugs are welcome. 

Software's Features: 

- fast direct unlock 

Reference: VODKA-CLIP 

Name: Unlocking clip VODKA CLIP for 3G phones such as LG, Sharp, NEC, SonyEricsso 


Vodka Clip is the NEW Unlock Device for 3G Phones. 

No need computer and really easy to use. 

Features 

Vodka Clip is talking so you just need to listen what the clip is telling you and follow step by step. 

5 languages are available: English, French, Romanian, Arabic and Orgasm Language. 

UNLOCK TIME LESS THAN 20 SECONDS ! 

REAL TIME UPDATE BY SERVER ! 

More models will be added in NEAR future ! 

Vodka Clip is NOW a MUST HAVE Solution ! 

LG 3G: 

8110, 8120, 8130, 8138, 8180, 8330, 8360, 8380, 8150! 

(Direct UNLOCK for all LG 3G without Flashing or Downgrading) 

SHARP 3G: 

802, 902, 703, 903 

Sony-Ericsson CID 36 & CID 37: 

K300i, J300i, K700i, D750, K750, W800, V800, Z800, S600, K600, V600, V600i, K608 

NEC: 

342i, 343i 

DBTEL J6 & EMBLAZE Direct Unlock !: 

REAL TIME UPDATE BY SERVER ! 


1 x Vodka Clip 

1 x Original Vodka Card 

(Warning !!! Without Vodka Card you CAN NOT register your clip) 

1 x Update Cable 

1 x Sony-Ericsson T28 Cable 

1 x Sony-Ericsson K750 Cable 

1 x LG 3G Cable 

56

Reference: USB-SMART 



Name: USB SMART Multi platform dongle for SonyEricsson, Alcatel, Sharp, LG 


USB-Smart multiplatform dongle. 

Ultimate device allowing fast movements in protection and updates 

Based on IBM BlueZ Java Smart Card and own driver for smartcard reader 

Possibility to FULL update ALL contents of Smart Card very secure (3DES) over online update by client/server software 

Avoid any clone, and future updates can be provided secured and identified for each user 

Possibility to choose in future for small fees other models/updates available for USB-Smart multi-box platform 

Reference: NKLIP 

Name: NKLIP New Unlocking clip for Nokia DCT, DCT4 , Alcatel EXXX and LG KGXX ph 


The revolutionary tool for unlocking all DCT3 / DCT4 / WD-2 / Alcatel E Series (World First! Latest Exxx suported) and LG KG800 / KG320 / 

KG248 / KG245 phones in the market. Just put your hands on the Nklip and it works more than 

your imaginations ,no previous knowledge required, no computer needed- no messing for asic type , all ready to go and makes your 

business more profitable and saves time. 

Nklip is a must have tool for your workshop ideal for small and large quantities to unlock! AS TIME IS MONEY! 

Using same pin out as cables used by boxes such as: UFS3 / JTAG / GRIFIN / NBOX / TWISTER /Uni Box/ JAF/ BBOX you can also save 

money and space. All future updates can be downloaded from official NKLIP. 

Supported phones at this time 

Nokia 

DCT3: 2100, 3110, 3210, 3310, 3315, 3330, 3350, 3390, 3410, 3610, 5110, 5110i, 5130, 5190, 5210, 5510, 6080, 6110, 6130, 6138, 6150, 6190, 

6210, 6250, 7110, 8210, 8250, 8290, 8850, 8855, 8890 

DCT4: 1100, 1110, 1600, 2300, 2600, 2650, 3100, 3108, 3120, 3128, 3200, 3220, 3230, 3300, 3510, 3510i, 3650, 3660, 5100, 5140, 6020, 

6021,6030, 6060, 6100, 6101, 6108, 6111, 6170, 6200, 6220, 6230, 6230i, 6260, 6310, 6310i, 6500, 6510, 6600, 6610, 6610i,6620, 6650, 6670, 

6800, 6810, 6820, 6822, 7200, 7210, 7250, 7250i, 7260, 7280, 7600, 7700, 7710, 8310, 8800, 8910, 8910i 

DCT-4 WD2: 3600, 3650, 7650, 6600, N-Gage, N-Gage QD, 7610 

LG 

LG KG800 / KG320 / KG248 / KG245 

Alcatel 

All Exxx (World First! Latest Exxx supported) 


1 X NKClip Box 

1 X Service Cable (GPG-005/UP Dafe) 

1 X Battery Power Cable 

Important note: Clip does NOT include cables. You can purchase individual cables from our wide range of RJ45 cables you will find here 

Operating Instructions: 

Unlocking Nokia phone with WSI-NKLIP 

Pack 1 Direct unlock 

1. Power up the clip (9 to 12V needed) 

2. The DCT3 and DCT4 led must be lighted in the same time 

3. Insert suitable nokia cable in Clip (UFS/Griffin/Tornado/Twister) 

4. Power Up the Phone on cable (and wait till phone displays Insert sim card or wrong card) 

5. Press Switch Button on Clip 

6. Wait 5-9 seconds ( 5 for DCT4(1101/1600/2600etc) and 9 for DCT3 ) until shows OK LED . 

7. If led shows OK then phone unlocked. 

8. If OK Led dose not light then retry from step 4 

Pack 2 Direct unlock + Full Factory reset 

1. Power up the clip (9 to 12V needed) 

2. The DCT3 and DCT4 led must be lighted in the same time 

3. Insert suitable nokia cable in Clip (UFS/Griffin/Tornado/Twister) 

4. Power Up the Phone on cable (and wait till phone displays Insert sim card or wrong card) 

5a. Press shortly the Switch Button on Clip and you will unlock your phone 

5b. Press longer (2sec) he Switch Button on Clip, you will unlock your phone and make a full factory reset to your phone (Carefull! a full 

factory reset will erase all data on your phone and set up your security code as 12345) 

6. Wait 5-9 seconds (5 for DCT4(1101/1600/2600etc) and 9 for DCT3 ) until shows OK LED . 

7. If led shows OK then phone unlocked. 

8. If OK Led dose not light then retry from step 4 

57

Reference: GTS-BOX 



Name: GTS Unlocking box for unlocking, repairing and flashing mobile phones 


Introducing the new unlocker GTS Box. The new GTS Box powered by Griffin, SarasUFS and Unibox offers great value and performance. 

Enjoy the full control experience. GTS box is built in 3 devices into 1 which are from Griffin, SarasUFS and Unibox. Featuring Optional 

Socket to place your HWK without opening the box so that you can plug and remove without any problem. (Note: This HWK is optional 

which are not including in the package you have to buy it separately) and you can now run all Griffin function without Power Adaptor, just 

need to use power from your computer. 

Feature: 

Works with all SarasSoft which available up to date (for HWK is optional which you need HWK in order to works with the module). 

Works on Griffin Box Up-to-date with Fully Activated. 

Works as Universal Box which you can use any software available which using COM port. 

Griffin Box 

Products Features: 

- Read ASK file to allow repairing damaged IMEI without changing of UEM chip by using Griffin Server to create RPL (Note: Have to 

purchase Credit in order to Create RPL file form the ASK file) 

- Write RPL to blank UEM 

- Write RPL to allow repairing damaged data in flash area 

- Write any IMEI on Nokia empty boards 

- Read and write PPM files 

- Test phones before flashing 

- Test phones performance 

- Solve network problems 

- Solve charging problem on 3100 

- Write ERASE files to phone 

- Format user area 

- Format disc drive on 6230 

- Reset user code to default 12345 

- Reset phone to factory mode 

- Reset total call timer to 00:00:00 

- Backup and restore phone book, messages etc. 

- Set FAID on DCT3 phones 

- Change languages in 35 sec. (over 35 languages available) 

- Upgrade/downgrade phone software version 

- Repair dead phones if EEPROM or flash is empty or damaged 

- Unlock phones directly 

- Repair Contact Service if it is not a hardware problem 

- Repair damaged IMEI if UEM or flash are changed 

- Test phone integrity 


- Nokia 

1100, 2300, 2600, 2650, 3100, 3108, 3120, 3128, 3200, 3220, 3230, 3300, 3510, 3510i, 3650, 3660, 5100, 5140, 6020, 6021, 6100, 6101, 6108, 

6170, 6200, 6220, 6230, 6230i, 6260, 6310, 6310i, 6500, 6510, 6600, 6610, 6610i, 6620, 6630, 6650, 6670, 6680, 6681, 6800, 6810, 6820, 6822, 

58

Reference: UST-PRO 



Name: Universal Samsung Tool UST-PRO ver.2 for unlocking, repairing and flashing 


UST-Pro 2 with Cyberflex SmartCard Inside and with multi flashing function is the new and improved device which is faster, more reliable, 

more powerful and easy-to-use for users who wish to flash, unlock or repair their Samsung Phones. For full service and repair your 

Samsung phones, UST-Pro 2 is the solution. 

UST II Professional Edition (UST Pro II) 

[UST: Universal Samsung Tool] 

Advanced software for service SAMSUNG mobile phones (GSM/UMTS/3G) 

Features: 

Multiflashing!!! Flash 2 phones together! 

High speed communication with phone (460800/921600) 

Show list of all languages inside flash before flashing! 

Fast Read / Write Flash (High speeds 460800/921600) 

Fast Read / Write EEPROM (High speeds 460800/921600) 

Fast Read / Write Flex/FFS (Flash File System) (High speeds 460800/921600) 

Remove T-Mobile & etc... Customizations and upload Customization files.... 

Change languages by flashing 

Erase Flash Chip 

Read All Lock codes : NCK,MCK,NSCK,SCK,PCK,etc... 

Direct (Fast) Unlock All type of Locks. 

Rebuild IMEI (only for repair purpose) 

Repair bluetooth problem 

Lock phone to network (To desired MCC-MNC with desired or random NCK,MCK..., all will be saved to a log file) 

Full Repair NVM/EEPROM 

Repair all software faults. 

Repair "System Failure" 

Repair "Phone freeze" 

Repair "Phone locked return for servicing" & "Wrong Card" 

Auto Bluetooth Calculation 

Repair permanently locked phones (0 counter) 

Repair damaged API/NVM/EEPROM/FFS. 

Backup/Restore Calibration data. 

Repair Locked Flash Sector. 

Write welcome/startup strings. 

Write LCD Contrast. 

Service jobs (WAP/Media/MMS/FFS/etc... resets) 

"Customize phone" Vodafone,O2,T-Mobile,Amena,SFR,....Customizations available in support area 


P857,P858,X808,T809,X138 

A200,A288,A300,A388,A400,A410,A800 

T100,T108,T10x,T200,T208,T300,T30x,T400,T408,T410,T500,T508,T700 

M100,M188 

R200,R208,R201,R210,R220,R225,R22x 

N100,N10x,N200,N288,N300,N400,N500,N600,N620,N625,N628,N700,N7xx 

C100,C10x,C110,C120,C200,C20x,C210,C216,C218,C225,C230,C238 

D100,D108,D307,D347,D407,D357,D410,D41x,D428,D488,D500,D50x, 

D510,D550,D600,D60x,D710,D720,D730 

E100,E105,E210,E217,E30x,E310,E315,E316,E317,E318,E320,E330,E33x, 

E330N,E335,E340,E34x,E348,E350,E35x,E358,E360,E36x, 

E400,E418,E530,E53x,E56x,E568 

E600,E60x,E610,E61x,E620,E62x,E630,E635,E63x,E640,E648,E650,E700, 

E70x,E710,E715,E720,E728,E72x,E730, 

E73x,E738,E740,E750,E758,E760,E76x,E770 

E800,E80x,E810,E81x,E820,E850,E85x,E860,E860V,E880,E910 

i300,i505,i700 

P100,P10x,P207,P400,P40x,P510,P518,P705,P710,P71x,P720, 

P730,P735,P738,P73x,P777 

S100,S105,S108,S200,S20x,S300,S30x,S341i,S342i,S400i,S410i,S500,S500i 

V100,V200,V20x,V205,V208 

X100,X105,X108,X120,X12x,X140,X150,X200,X208,X400,X40x, 

X426,X427,X430,X450,X458,X460,X466, 

X468,X475,X478,X480,X486,X490,X495,X497 

X600,X60x,X610,X61x,X620,X62x,X640,X64x,X660,X700,X800,X900 

Z100,Z105,Z107,Z110,Z130,Z140,Z300,Z500,Z700,ZM60,ZV10,ZV30 

Q100,Q10x,Q200,Q20x,Q300,Q400 


UST Pro II Box with Cyberflex SmartCard Inside 

17 cables:Z500, Z105, S100, D500, E860 (2pcs), E810 (2pcs), E530 (2pcs), E700 (2pcs) cables (2 cables each to let user to flash 2 phones 

together), sam d800, d720 / 730, USB cable, LG G7050, Samsung V804. 

Free future updates! 

Access to Support Area for 100% free future updates & service manuals & all new and old flash files!!! 

Free support 

59

Reference: INFINITY 



Name: INFINITY BOX Plus mutliplatform Box for Panasonic, SonyEricsson, Siemens, VK 


Infinity-Box Plus is the best mulitiplatorm box. Using one button you can unlock or repair your phone. Also you can rebuild IMEI, change 

language, software, set default settings or unlock all locks. Infinity-Box Plus is using USB port, so you don't need to use external power. 

Transmission is via USB, that is why you can work with maximum speed of virtual com port. 

Base module: 

Panasonic: 

GD67, GD55, G50, G51E, G51M, G51U, G60, G70 

A100, A101, A102, A200, A210, A500 

X60, X66, X68, X77, X100, X200, X300, X400, X500, X70, X700, X701 

SC3, VS2, VS3, SA6, MX6, VS6, VS7, SA7, MX7 

Free addons: 

Sony Ericsson: J100 

Motorola: C113, C115, C115i, C116, C117, C118, C139, C155, C156, V170, V171, V172, V173, C257, C261, V177, C168, C257, C261, V175, V176, 

V177, V690, V872, V878 (dead phones repair supported) 

Bird/Fly: S288, S299, S688, S788, S1180C, S1120, V09, V10, S570 

Fly: Z200, Z300, Z300a, Z400, Z500, X3, X7, x5 

Amstrad: S288 

Nec: E101, N342i, N343i, N200, N208, N910, N916, N917, N919, E121, N650i, E122 

Philips: 568 (CT5688) 

Siemens: ST55, ST60, CFX65, CL75, AP75 

VK-Mobile: VG207, VK207i, VK300, VK310, VK320, VK330, VK500, VK518, VK520, VK530, VK550, VK560, VK570, VK580, VK800, VK900 

(models for American market supported too) 

BenQ: O2X1i, O2XLI, O2X1b, O2X3, O2X4, M300, M315, M350, S700, O2X2i, M305 

BenQ: M100, M220, S88 currently in beta-test 

Alcatel: OT152, E15x/16x/25x 

Hyundai: H350, MP510, MP718, MP738 

TCL: Q510,Q515,718,738, T550, T939, In test: Q550 

Toshiba: TS10 

Newgen: C610, C620, C710, C800, E1000, E1100, T1000, S410 

Audiovox: GSM609, GPRS748 

KN-Mobile: KN200, KN300, KN310, KN400, KN500 

Airness: AIR99 

Konka: C926, EC001 

Thomson: TN320, TN710 

DBTel: J6 

Emblaze: Sting6 

Vitel: O2X7 

Virgin: Lobster485 

Zonda: G1840, G1860, G1880 

Medion: MD95100/2860 

Sanyo: S750 

Vitel: TSM1/3/4/5m/6 currently in beta-test 

Geo: GV500 

60

Reference: GTI-BOX 



Name: GTI BOX by Griffin for professional unlocking and repairing of mobile phones 


GTI (Griffin Team Interface) is the new device for all your mobile phone software requirements. Using the latest hardware and technology it 

has an extremely flexible nature and a very large capacity to undertake all you current and future requirements. With uncompromising 

security to ensure you have a safe and viable future-proof platform to realise a healthy return on your investment. 

At present supporting: 

* Nokia (GSM CDMA TDMA WCDMA) with all possible functions & features. 

* SonyEricsson full & complete service software (8MB flashing in under 2 mins) 

* LG full service (direct unlocking & flashing options) 

* Also complete service software for Siemens C62. 

* Included in the package is also direct access to all the functions of GTI server. 

Outstanding features: 

* The tool for professionals. 

* The tool which supports about 200 different phone models. 

* Incredible speed support, 2 times faster then 921600. Upgradeable. 

* User friendly interface. 

* Works as original FLS4, PKD1, PKD-1RD and FPS8 (flash) device (you can use Wintesla and Phoenix). 

* Can be used on LPT and USB (with Nokia phones). 


NOKIA 

Can be used with: 

Phoenix Wintesla 

Winlock 

Includes FLC-20 for USB Flashing 

Nokia DCT3 GSM, CDMA, TDMA and WCDMA with all possible functions & features 

2100, 3210, 5110, 5210, 6110, 6210, 7110, 3110, 3310, 3315, 3330, 3410, 8210, 8290, 8250, 8850, 8890, 9210, 9210i 

Nokia DCT4 and BB5 GSM, CDMA, TDMA and WCDMA with all possible functions & features 

1100, 2300, 2600, 2650, 3100, 3108, 3120, 3128, 3200, 3220, 3230, 3300, 3510, 3510i, 3650, 3660, 5100, 5140, 6020, 6021, 6100, 6101, 6108, 

6170, 6200, 6220, 6230, 6230i, 6260, 6310, 6310i, 6500, 6510, 6600, 6610, 6610i,6620, 6630, 6650, 6670, 6680, 6681, 6800, 6810, 6820, 6822, 

7200, 7210, 7250, 7250i, 7260, 7270, 7280, 7600, 7610, 7650, 7700, 7710, 8310, 8910, 8910i, N-gage, N-gage QD, 9300, 9500 

Features: 

3 devices in one: 

FLS-4, PKD-1 (normal) or PKD-1RD (Research and Development dongle) Also has some limited FPS-8 functions enabled (flashing too). 

Can use FPS-8 menu for flashing when in PKD-1 mode. 

More detailed information than in FLS-4 mode when flashing in FPS-8 mode. 

Works as PKD-1RD (more menus enabled in Wintesla/Phoenix) 

R&D option in Flash menu for ADSP erase and blank check 

TDMA, CDMA, WCDMA flash, repair, tuning, calibrate. 

Bluetooth and ADSP repair and flash. 

Can be used for more many things such as calibrating, tuning, testing, increasing emission power etc. 

For some operations you may need additional equipment: 

RF generator, JIG test, frequency counter. 

Enables users to work with different Nokia phone platforms: 

GSM, EGSM, TDMA, CDMA, WCDMA. 

LG 3G 

LG 3G full service software, direct unlock, fast flash, full repair 

8110, 8120, 8130, 8138 

Features: 

* Standalone software 

* Read phone information 

* Read network codes 

* Reset network codes to 00000000 

* Save codes to log file 

* Super fast flashing (8mb < 2 mins) 

* Change languages 

61

Reference: N-BOX 



Name: N-BOX for Unlocking, repairing, flashing Nokia, Samsung, SonyEricsson, LG, Sh 


N-Box with HWK socket -Metal Case: 

The new look flashing edge technology. N-BOX is the combination of the latest technology in the mobile phone flashing industry. By using 

the UFS3 technology combining it with a unique design solution that exists in 2 model housing types (plastic and metal). It can flash most 

of the phones for leading mobile phone industries, such as Nokia, Samsung, SonyEricsson, Motorola, Siemens, etc. 

It also has Multi-Box compatibility (We've tested 5 N-Box at once on a single PC) so you can flash more phones at a time. 

Nokia 

DCT3 FEATURES: 

Currently Supported Models: 

2100, 3210, 3310, 3315, 3330, 3350, 3390, 3410, 5110, 5110i, 5130, 5138, 5190, 5210, 5510, 6090, 6110, 6130, 6138, 6150, 6190, 6210, 6250, 

7110, 8210, 8250, 8290, 8810, 8850, 8855, 8890, 9110 

Read/write flash/Full flash 

Change Language Pack 


Rebuild / repair IMEI 

Save User Settings 

Set UI Defaults 

Reset User Code 

Set LCD Contrast 

Convert FLS->Nokia 

Convert Nokia->FLS files 

Convert 3310-3315 / 3315-3310 (NHM-5) 

Enable/Disable Vibrator function for 3210 (NSE 8/9) 

Read/Write Eeprom (PMM) 

Change Start-up logo/Wakeup logo (WUG) 

DCT-4 WD2 FEATURES: 

Currently Supported Models for DCT4: 

DTE-1_D211,1100, 1100a, 1100b, 1220, 1260, 1261, 2112, 2260, 2261, 2270, 2275, 2280, 2285, 2300, 2300a, 2600, 2600cn, 2650, 2651, 3100, 

3100b, 3105, 3108, 3120, 3125, 3200, 3200b, 3205, 3220, 3220b, 3300, 3300b, 3320, 3360, 3510, 3510i/3530, 3520, 3560, 3585, 3585i, 3586i, 

3570i, 3590, 3595, 3650, 3660, 5100, 5100a, 5140, 6011i, 6012, 6015, 6016, 6019, 6020, 6020b, 6100, 6108, 6170, 6200, 6220, 6225, 6230, 6230b, 

6255, 6256, 6310, 6310i, 6340, 6340i, 6360, 6370, 6385, 6500, 6510, 6560, 6585, 6590, 6600, 6610, 6610i, 6620, 6650, 6670, 6800, 6800a, 6810, 

6820, 7200, 7210, 7250, 7250i, 7260, 7270, 7280, 7600, 7610, 7650, 7710, 8270, 8280, 8310, 8390, 8910, 8910i, 9300, 9500 

Currently Supported Models for WD2: 

N-Gage, N-Gage QD, N-Gage QDa, 3230, 3600, 3620, 3650, 3660, 6260, 6600, 6670, 6670b, 7610, 7610b, 7650 

Flash software (upgrade/downgrade) 

Change Language Pack 


LOCK phone to any network 

Rebuild IMEI 

Flash/Repair Bluetooth 

Save User Settings 

Full UI Defaults 

UI Factory Defaults 

62

Reference: CENTURION 



Name: Centurion Unlocking clip for Panasonic, LG, Nokia, Motorola, Samsung, Sharp 


Superclip-Centurion 

Centurion clip is the latest hardware upgrade for superclip customers. 

After 2 years it is time to upgrade the hardware on this best selling clip. 

We have added an rj45 socket as well as the standard PS2, so all cables available on the market can be used. 

Also we have also removed the internal battery. 

All clips now use an external 9v battery or power supply which makes the clip more stable and also no problems with faulty batteries. 

Please note: This clip will receive the same updates and has the same software as superclip. 

Superclip is not discontinued and all customers will still receive regular updates exactly the same as this clip 

Centurion Multi Unlock Clip 

The Ultimate unlock clip for removing Network Sim Locks from a wide range of Mobile Phones!!! 

Panasonic, LG, Nokia, Motorola, Samsung, Sharp, Sendo, Sony Ericsson & VK unlocking are all supported 

With Dual Ports System, For Serial (PS2) and USB communication protocols. 

Superb Design and construction, bespoke factory produce, a truly professional piece of equipment. 

NEC 338 V4 direct unlock, Update V6.50 released 21-09-2006 

LG 2g Total Unlock, Benq E61, Lobster 485, 575, 544 Unlock added 

Supports the following functions over firmware V5.00 (requires optional update activation) 

* Lobster unlock, 485, 575, 544 < new v6.30 > 

* Benq/Siemens E61 < new v6.30 > 

* Total LG Unlock, incl KG800 chocolate Clip includes KG800 Chocolate phone < new v6.30 > 

* NEC 338 V4 

* Newgen C800 

* LG-3g Total unlock 

* 8110, 8120, 8130, 8138, 8180, 8330, 8360, 8380 

* Sony-Ericsson, CID 36/37 unlock 

V6.20 requires activating, unless you have previously activated V5.40, V5.50, and V5.60 

Do not install if you do not intend to activate as it will overwrite all previous SE, LG & NEC functions 

Centurion Specification 

- Length 80mm 

- Width 60mm 

- Height 20mm 

- Communication: USB, Serial 

- Ports: USB, RJ-45, PS2 

- Power Input: 9V DC (PP3 Battery) 

- PC connection: USB 

Supported Phones 

- LG-3g Direct (optional update includes SE Cid36/37 update) 

8110, 8120, 8130, 8138, 8180, 8330, 8360, 8380 (all versions) 

- LG-2g Handsets 

Group 1: 

CG225, F720, Cg300, F120, Kg810, Mg810, Mg530, MG155, KG800, KG320, ME591, G7120, F2250, F3000, MG100, ME500, KG210, KG225, 

KG220, CE500, MG105, M6100, C1500, MG200, M6100, MG105, A7110, A7150, B2070, B2150, B2250, C1150, C1300i, LG1300i, C3380, L1400, 

F9100, M4410, MG191, P7200, S5000, S5200, F2200, G7200, L1200, L342i, L341, F2400, B2100, C2100, C3320, F2100, F2300, F7250, C3300, 

C3310, C3400, B2000, B2050, L5100, L3100, C2200, L1100, B1200, B1300, C1100, C1200, C1400, G510, G1500, G1600, W3000, GW3100, 

C3100, G4010, G4050, GW5200, GW5220, GW5300, GW5310, GW5400, G5500, G7000, G7020, G7030, G7050, G7070, G7100, G7120 

Group 2 

C1300, C2000, F7250, F9100, G4010, G7020, G4011, G4020, G4050, G5500, G7000, G7030, G7050, L1100, L1400, L5100, T5100 

Group 3 

Ce500, LG7110, VX5200, C2000, C1500, AX5000 

Group 4 

KG220 

VK Mobile 

VK207, VK530 

NEC-3g 

228, 338, 313, 616, 616v 

Lobster 

63

Reference: POLAR-BOX 



Name: POLAR BOX multi task box for unlocking, flashing and repairing mobile phones 


Polar Box 2. This new device for LG, Panasonic, Nec, Alcatel, Philips, Sharp phones can perform such tasks as Flash, Change Language, 

Repair, Partial Unlock and Lock. It has unique system of full repair Th3/Th4. If you have a dead Th3/Th4 with any soft you can repair it with 

this system without any problems. 

Main Features: 

. Connection always at First Time 

. It automatically makes copy of the Technical Zone of the terminal. 

. Function Unlock / Relock. 

. Function Repair Unlock Zones (Repair phones bad Unlocking) 

. Read / Write Full Flash. 

. Read / Write Languages. 

. Read/Write Tech. Zone. 

. Read / Write Custom Zones defined by User. 

. Interface Spanish/English/French, Selected by User 

: Full list of models supported at this time in PolarBox 2 Software: 

Alcatel: Unlock and Read codes, Read/Write functions and Repairs. 

BEx Series: Alcatel Easy Db, Easy VieW, 300, 301, 500, 501, 700 & 701 

BFx Series: Alcatel 311 & 511 

BG3 Series: Alcatel 525, 526, 331, 331a, 331p, 332, 332a & 332p 

BH4 Series: Alcatel 535, 735 & 735i 

THx Series: Alcatel 556, 557, 565, 756 & 757 

CTH Series: Alcatel C651 (unlock not supported) 

VLE Series: Alcatel E157, E158, E159, E160, E161, E252, E256, E257 & E259 

Others: Alcatel 152, 153 & 320 

LG: Unlock function. 

LG B1200, LG C1100, LG C3100, LG F2100, LG F2200, LG F2300, LG F2400, LG G4020, LG G4050, LG G5200, LG G5220, LG G5300, LG 

G5500, LG G7050, LG G7100, LG L3100 LG L341i, LG u8150, LG u8210, LG KG210, LG KG220, LG KG225. 

Motorola 

Unlock and Read codes functions 

C115, C116, C117, C118, C139, C155, C156, MPX200, V170, V171, V173. 

Nec 

Unlock and Read codes functions 

223i, 331i, 341i, e238, e242, n401i. 

Panasonic 

Unlock and Read codes, Set Factory and imei calculation. 

- NEC: N343i, E101, E121 & N342i. 

- PANASONIC: X60, X66, X68, X200, X300 & X400. 

64

Reference: MT-BOX 



Name: Nokia MT-BOX Full edition Ver.2 - ORIGINAL - compatible with BB5 unlocking 


The New Sleek Designed MT Box will change the way you repair your phones by allowing faster Flashing, Repairing and Unlocking time. 

And as your personal, portable phone service device, MT Box looks good but works good aswell. 

Its compact and portable design, makes it easy to take it along anywhere with you. MT Box which is powered by Griffin Team, supports the 

newest Nokia or SonyEricsson phones (SCME base) in the market. 

NOTE: Flashing 10 Different Phone in same time 

With MT-Box you can Flash 10 phone or different models at same time just you need to have 10 MT-Box. Example: You can connect 5 

MT-SE and 5 MT-NK or any MT-Box connected to your pc up to 10 box only 

IMPORTANT: 

If you have purchase the MT-Box for example Blue colour which is for Nokia you can run the SE software for trail version 10 times after that 

your box will be no more connected with the SE software only for Nokia will connected. This is same with the MT-Box Green colour which 

allow you to run Nokia software for 10 times and after that it will no more detected for nokia and it only will connect SE. 

Features: 

MT Box are electronically tested before being assembled 

Compatible with Win XP and Window 2000. 

Support future updates 

Compatible with Laptops or Desktop with at least a USB Port available. 

Faster Flashing times and more reliable. 

Flashing BB5 Phones (6630, 6680, 6681) 

BB5 Phone Flashing 2.27min 

Direct Unlock for all DCT3, DCTL, DCT4 and WD2 phones 

Turbo Flashing for DCT3 and DCTL phones 

Faster Flashing on DCT4 and WD2 phones 

Able to backup or restore Phone book and ring tone 

Can do self test for DCT4 Mobiles 

Java midlets upload possible on supported phones 

Can Restore FULL FACTORY defaults and SECURITY CODE 

Can Repair 7650 problem "Phone Failed Contact Supplier" 

Can Repair "Java / Folders / Games" on 7210, 6100, 6610 3510i etc... 

Can Act as a Virtual COM port on WinXP 

With "Skip Bluetooth Flashing" Option 

LATEST UPDATES: 

28 April 2006 

MT Box Nokia release v1.20 

Release notes: 

Support for latest fia ( v. 6.11.007 ) 

Support for 128K page size on BB5 phones ( gallery problem 6280 ) (n1) 

File distribution over torrent protocol. (n2) 

Notification for new files available on torrent server. 

Free text search in Products list .(n3) 

Operation indication in Caption bar 

Auto power BB5 phones when connected to box. (n4) 

Bug fixes: 

Ask read for Asic 7 dct4 phones. Note that for this type IMEI is not read from UEM so you have to enter IMEI value manually. 

Notes: 

(n1) For BB5 Page Size for content is retrieved in FBUS mode... so if flashing only content make sure phone is powered ON before you 

press flash. 

(n2) To automatically Log In the torrent server, double click on one of the files listed in 'Online news update'. Box will open Web Browser 

and authorize automatically. No need to enter user name and pass. 

(n3) Because products list is very long and it is hard to search, we've added Text search option. Type in the text that is contained in product 

description and press enter. 

For example if you want to select product code '0522840 - QB EURO-K DARK BROWN RUSSIA' you can type 0500840 and press Enter. Or 

type 'Russia' and press enter. 

(n4) To be able to use auto power in LOCAL MODE BB5 phones BSI resistor must be changed. Change resistor from 3.3K to 5.1K.With old 

cables which have 3.3K phone will power in Normal mode. 

Supported models: 



65

Reference: PIRANHA 



Name: Piranha V2 Smart Phone Clip with Sony-Ericsson & LG 3g Direct Unlock Suppor 


Functions: 

Powerful USB and Serial Unlocker 

Twice the Memory of other clips and half the size 

Standalone Clip no PC Required for Unlocking 

Worlds smallest GSM Multi Clip 

Direct Unlock all LG 3G handsets 

Fully Updateable 


Nextgen free update 04 feb 06 

- C800 ** 

Sanyo free update 04 feb 06 

- S750i 

Samsung Z-Series USB Unlock (use genuine samsung usb cables) 

- Z100, Z105, Z107, Z110, Z130, Z140, Z300, Z500, Z700, ZV10 

Motorola Smart Phones 

- MPX200 & MPX220 

LG 3G 

- 8110, 8120, 8130, 8138, 8180, 8330, 8360, 8380 ! Direct unlock in seconds 

SE CID 36/37/49 cid49 free update 04 feb 06 

- CID49 w500, w550, w600 etc 

- K600i, K608i, K300, K300i,K500, K750i,D750, D750i 

- J300i/J300a/J300c, J200,J200i,J200 

- V600i, Z1010,Z800,Z500 V800, V802SE, Z800i, Z1010i, Z1010c, Z500i, Z500a, Z500c, Z600 and Z608 

- F500i, K500i, K500c, K506c, K508i, K508c, K700i and K700c 

- S700i, S700c and S710a 

- P800, P802, P900, P908, P910i, P910a and P910c 

- T200, T226, T226s, T230, T238, T226m, T237, T237s,T290a,T290i, T290c, T300, T306, 

- T310, T312, T316, T39m T600, T610, T616, T618, T62u, T630, T628, T637, T65,T68m, 

- T68i and T68ie, T10 T100c, T102,T105,T106, Z200, T66, 

- A3618s, R520m, R520mc and R600 

- W800 

Smartphones 

- Sprint 6600/6601 

- QTEK 9090, SPV-M2000, MDA3, SIEMENS SX66 

- QTEK S100, XDA 2MINI, M500, MDA COMPACT 

- QTEK 2020i, XDA 2i, SPV-M2500 

- QTEK 2020, XDA 2, SPV-M1000, MDA2 

Piranha Kit Contents 

Reference: CLIP-D800 

Name: Samsung D800/ D820/ T809 Unlock Clip 


First in the world most compact Unlocking clip! Its small, light weight and easy to use. 

Features: 

Removes simlock on all known software versions 

Unlocks in seconds 

No external battery needed 

Completely portable 

Quick & easy to use 

Instructions: 

- Phone must be turned off 

- Connect clip to phone 

- Turn phone on 

- Wait for the led on the clip to blink and turn off 

- phone is now unlocked! 

66

Reference: DCT4DIRECT 



Name: DCT4 Direct Box for repairing IMEI on Nokia phones 


This is the first standalone software that can repair IMEI/ESN number of a Nokia DCT4 phones to any digit without UEM change. 

This software allows you to: 

- Repair IMEI on DCT4 phones without opening the phone (UEM Change) 

About DCT4 Direct Software: 

- Works on Window XP 

- Future updates and support 

- Real USB data transfer between PC and Phone 

- Best Quality phone Cables and Software 

How its works: 

On all Nokia DCT4 phones the important security data for the IMEI and ESN is stored on a special, not rewritable chip inside the phone: the 

UEM chip. This chips characteristic is that it is only one time programmable (OTP) and that the data inside cannot be rewritten. Because of 

this, until now it was only possible, to repair the IMEI/ESN if you change this UEM chip. Since this task requires a lot of time and effort, a lot 

of customers were looking for an easier solution, without the need to open the phone and change some components inside. And after some 

time finally somebody created a tool that was able to do all that operations without changing the UEM chip: the DCT4 DIRECT Box. This 

software uses a special technique in order to make it possible to repair the IMEI/ESN without changing any data on the UEM chip it self. 

This task is done by editing the MCU Firmware inside the phone and writing the desired IMEI/ESN data to the FLASH, not to the UEM chip, 

this procedure is also known as FLASH PATCHING. After the phone has been updated with the patched flash data by the DCT4 DIRECT 

BOX the phone will have the new IMEI/ESN number and all simlock data rebuild as well. This might sound a little bit complicated now, but in 

fact the user is not affected in any way by this procedure. All the user need to do is to type the desired IMEI/ESN number into a field and 

then just press one button for starting the IMEI/ESN repair. 

Support phone models: 

DCT4 Direct (v1.0.0.32): 

- NHM-7 - 8310, v 6.20 

- RH-19 - 3100, v 5.91 

- NHL-6 - 6800, v 3.14 

- RH-9 - 3510i, v 5.35 

- RM-17 - 7260, v 3.36 

- NEM-1 - 3300, v 4.62 

- NPL-2 - 6100, v 5.80 

- RH-23 - 7200, v 4.26 

- NHL-4J - 7250, v 3.62 

- NPE-4 - 6310, v 5.10 

- NHL-4 - 7210, v 5.63 

- NPL-1 - 6310i, v 7.00 

- RH-37 - 3220, v 3.60 

- RM-37 - 6610i, v 4.10 

- NHM-8 - 3510, v 5.02 

- RH-30 - 3200, v 5.29 

- NHL-4JX - 7250i, v 5.30 

67

Reference: HWK-MODULE 

Name: HWK Module for UFS/TWISTER/TORNADO 




Sarasoft in collaboration with TornadoTeam is proud to present UFSxHWK, an add-on to all the Saras series boxes(Tornado, Ufs2, Ufs3, 

Twister, N-box, etc).Apart from the present modules for Nokia, SE. MotAcer and Samsung, Hwk currently supports the new Semc SE, Lg 

and Sharp series 

Nokia 

Flash Flashing - "00000001 key is activated" 

Samsung 

D500, D508 flashing unlocking activated 

SonyEricsson: 

Unlock/Read user code 

Flash/Repair and change language packs 

Flash Customisation/fs 

Read/Write GDFS zone 

Decustomization 

Reset total call timer 

Repair damaged gdfs area 

Change band locks 

Edit File System 

Flash Recovery of dead products 

Restore Security area 

Supported models: SonyEricsson 

F-series: F500c, F500i 

K-series: K700c, K700i, K500i, K506c,K508, 

K600, K300, k750 

D-series : D750 

S-series: S700, S700a, S700c, S700i, S710a, 

S710c, S710i 

V-series: V600.V800 

Z-series: Z1010a, Z1010c, Z1010i,Z1010, Z1020, Z500a, Z500i, Z500, Z800i 

LG: 

Unlock all current versions 

Flash/Repair 

Repair fully damaged gdfs and filesystem 

Read/write gdfs 

Flash Recovery of dead products 


U8110, U8120, U8130, U8138, U8180 

Sharp 

Unlock/Repair/Flash all versions 


Read/Write GDFS zone all parameters (e.g. security, battery, calibration, et.c) 

Read data 


801/802sh, 902sh 

Hwk hardware: 

Attaches to Ufs3 boxes. 

Compatible with all Saras boxes(Tornado, Ufs2, Ufs3, Twister, N-box) 

Compatible with Win 98SE, ME, 2000, XP. 

USB data transfer, faster flashing, more relaible performance. 

Multi-Box compatible. 

No power needed, uses USB power. 


1 X Hwk module pcb. 

HWK Full Set Cables (10 in 1): 

HWK BB5 VPP CABLE, LG U8110, N-BOX SE K750i, NK 6630, NK 6680, SAM D500, SAM E810, SHARP 802/902, LG 18P, LG 24P 

Reference: BB5-VPP 

Name: Nokia BB5 phone VPP adapter for UFS/HWK/N-BOX/TWISTER 


For switching the 9V of BB5 over sarasbox (e.g, N-BOX,UFSTORNADO ,TWISTER , including clone twisters) & UFSx HWK 

For Nokia BB5: 3250, 5500, 6125, 6126, 6131,6136, 6233, 6234, 6270, 6280, 6630, 6680, 6681, 6682, 7370, E50, E60, E61, E62, E70 , N71, N72, 

N73, N80, N90, N91, N92, N93. 

68

Reference: XPERIENCE 



Name: Xperience a multiflashing, unlocking and repairing box 


XperienceBox is a professional service box which supports all Motorola mobile Phones Protocol (Serial, USB, DSC and JTAG) working with 

a wide range of mobile phone models (more to add by upgrades). 

XperienceBox works as Standalone, Unlocking (SP & SIM & Phone lock, Security & User Code) and Flashing up to 2 Mb/sec* (using MMC by 

expandable port or PC mastered) . 


- USB connection to PC. Gains from USB speed (Up to 2 Mb/sec*). No LPT or Serial Connection between device and PC needed. 

- Working under Windows 98/ME/2000/XP without need of special configuration. USB 2.0 communication supported. 

- Unlocking (SP & SIM & Phone lock, Security & User Code), Language Changing, De-branding, Upgrading and Software Faults Repairing. 

- Fully upgradable Universal Standalone Multi flashing Device. 

- Working as a Standalone (flashing/unlocking) or Pc Mastered. 

- Expandable via Expander port, allowing hardware reconfiguration and upgrades. 

- Delivers easy access to platform function via LCD display, keypad and buzzer. No special technical knowledge required. 

- Supports all mobile Phones Protocol: Serial, USB, DSC and JTAG. 

- Supports real Multi flashing for USB Mobiles (for all mobile´s full bandwidth) via Expander port. 

- Supports Mobiles flashing from PC (via USB) or Standalone for ergonomic and portability (via Multi Media Card - MMC). Revolutionary: 

NOW YOU CAN USE " CLIP MODE" FOR FLASHING PHONES, same for unlocking functions. 

- Supports Mobile Flashing Reading via USB. Probably the fastest Flashing Mobile service Box available in the market. 

- Easy and powerful Phone Backup functions keeps your original phone-flash and user settings safe. 

- Power from Battery (internal) or AC adapter (external). 

- Real time support included in PC Software. Web support via web page: www.xperiencebox.com or http://forum.xperiencebox.com. 

* Flashing speed depends on the hardware type of the phone. 

Compatible with ( more models will be added thru updates): 

Motorola old models (working with BIC43E08) 

Motorola Cxxx 

Motorola Exxx 

Motorola Vxxx 

Motorola Txxx 

Motorola Axxx 

XPerience Box: 

Dimensions (L x W x H) : 21cm x 10.5cm x 4cm 

Phone cable type: USB & RJ45 

Expandable port : MMC & Expansion port 

Power : (not included) DC 9V, 50 mA & 9V Battery 

69

Reference: FURIOUSBOX 



Name: Furious Gold Special Bling Bling Edition for unlocking the newest phone models 


FuriousTeam present Furious Gold Special Bling Bling Edition! The furious gold box has been pimp out to fit better your professional 

needs. New fresh design, inteligent hardware to have faster comunication with your phones. New set has 46 cables which suit all 

FuriousGold's software. Furious gold is leading the market over a year now, dedicated to bring you the best. 

Features: 

Treo 

Features: 

- Read unlock codes. 

- Txt to code. 

- Counter blocked to 15 credits each models. Doesn't need Internet. 


- Treo 650 

- Treo680 

Amoi 

Features: 

- Direct unlock. 

- Flash read. 

- Flash write. 

- Eeprom write. 


- Amoi Ministri of sound (MOS-1) 

Blackberry 

Features: 

- Read unlock codes. 

- Flashing. 

- Language change. 

- Security code reset 


- ALL 6xxx series 

- ALL 7xxx series 

Onda 

Features: 

- Direct unlock. 

- Full flash read / write. 

- Eeprom write. 

- Security code reader 


- N3000 

NEC 

Features: 

- Direct unlock 

- Repair 

- Imei repair 


- NEC E228 

- NEC E313 

- NEC E616 

- NEC E616V 

- NEC E338 

Features: 

- Flash read, write (includes MAP / LNG / MAIN) - Direct unlock - Read phone code 


- NEC 343i 

- NEC E121 

- NEC E344i 

Features: 

- Direct unlock 

- Read flash 


- NEC N500 

- NEC N200 

Features: 

- Read unlock codes 

- Reset phone code and settings to factory default 

- Counter reset 


- NEC N411i 

- NEC N412i 

- NEC E938 

- NEC N540 

70

Reference: NEMESISUFO 



Name: X-Nemesis clip & UFO Dongle together in one pack 


Great Deal!! here we have two service devices combined into one package. X-Nemesis Clip is the first ever SonyEricsson unlocking clip that 

supports RSA protected phones and UFO Tools Dongle, a Universal Flashing Operator which supports Panasonic, Philips and samsung 

Phones. 

X-Nemesis Clip 

Supported phones for X-Nemesis Clip: 


A2618, A2628 

F500, F500i 

K500, K500i, K700, K700i 

P800, P900, P910, P910 RSA 

R310, R320,R380, R520 

S700 

T20, T28, T29,T39, T65, T68, T68i, T200, 

T230, T300, T310, T610, T610 RSA, T630, T630 RSA 

V800 

Z200, Z600, Z600 RSA, Z1010 

Features: 

Supports New RSA Protected Models 

Old Models Also Supported Inc T28 etc.. 

Unlocks in 5 Seconds 

Retest User Code to default 

Easy to use 

Portable Clip 

No PC Or Battery Required !!! 

Has A Counter To Count How Many Phones Have Been Unlocked !!! 

Instructions: 

Remove Sim Card from phone, and power off the phone before connecting it to the clip. 

The blue LED will blink one long and one short period of time. 

Wait for blue LED to light a third time for a longer period of time. 

After this you can disconnect your phone and it is unlocked. 

Unlock Counter: If you wait for 15 seconds after an unlock, the clip will display how many SonyEricsson phones you have unlocked with the 

clip so far. 

71

Reference: X-NEMESIS 



Name: X-Nemesis clip for Sony Ericsson phone models 


The X-NEMESIS clip is the first ever SonyEricsson unlocking clip that supports RSA protected phones. It supports all SonyEricsson phones 

from the old T29 to the New V800. 


A2618, A2628 

F500, F500i 

K500, K500i, K700, K700i 

P800, P900, P910, P910 RSA 

R310, R320,R380, R520 

S700 

T20, T28, T29,T39, T65, T68, T68i, T200, T230, T300, T310, T610, T610 RSA, T630, T630 RSA 

V800 

Z200, Z600, Z600 RSA, Z1010 

Features: 

Supports New RSA Protected Models 

Old Models Also Supported Inc T28 etc.. 

Unlocks in 5 Seconds 

Retest User Code to default 

Easy to use 

Portable Clip 

No PC Or Battery Required !!! 

Has A Counter To Count How Many Phones Have Been Unlocked !!! 

Instructions: 

Remove Sim Card from phone, and power off the phone before connecting it to the clip. 

The blue LED will blink one long and one short period of time. 

Wait for blue LED to light a third time for a longer period of time. 

After this you can disconnect your phone and it is unlocked. 

Unlock Counter: 

If you wait for 15 seconds after an unlock, the clip will display how many SonyEricsson phones you have unlocked with the clip so far. 

How to see the number of phones unlocked 

Blue & Red LED = 1 

Red LED = 10 

Blue LED = 100 

For example: Red LED blink once & both LED blink twice = 12 phones unlocked 

Package Contains: 

X-Nemesis Clip 

Update Cable 

72

Reference: EXCALIBUR 



Name: TORNADO UFS3 Flashing and unlocking box with Excalibur connectors 


This newer version of the UFSTORNADO box come with Tornado cables and with the Excalibur connectors, making it easier for you to use 

the box without having to deal with all the cables the Tornado box usually comes with. The Excalibur connectors are smaller and work just 

the same as the cable, without being bulky. 

Supported Nokia Phones (via cable) : 

3510,9210, 8910, 3210, 6310, 3310, 8210, 6680, 7280, 7650, 6110, 8310. 

* DCT3 FEATURES: 

- read/write flash 

- unlock SP simlocks 

- Save User Settings 

- set UI Defaults 

- reset User Code 

- set LCD Contrast 

- Convert FLS->Nokia 

- Convert Nokia->FLS files 

- write eeprom 



- Unlock SP simlocks 

- LOCK phone to any network 

- Flash Bluetooth 


- Full UI Defaults 

- UI Factory Defaults 

- Full Factory Defaults 

- Software Upgrade Defaults 

- Reset User Lock (Security code) 

* DCT-L FEATURES: 

- flash software (upgrade/downgrade) 

- unlock 

- set FAID 


Supported Samsung Phones (cables for) 

A300, E810, S100, R2XX. 

* Samsung FEATURES: 

- Flash-Upgrade Software 

- Remove all SIM-locks 

- Reset phonelock 

- Full Factory-Reset 

- Read and write EEproms 

Supported SonyEricsson / Ericsson Phones 

R520, T39, T65, T68, T68i, T200, T202, T230, T208, T300, T306, T310, T312, T610, T616, T628, T630, P800, P802, P900, P908, Z600, V608, Z200, 

T100, A3618, R600, T600, T66 

* SonyEricsson FEATURES: 

73

Reference: GSMCDMABOX 



Name: Universal Unlocking Box for CDMA and GSM phone models 


Our new Universal box for CDMA and GSM phones includes 144 different cables that can be used with more than 100 different mobile 

phone models. 

Functions: Unlocking, flashing, data transmission, Remove Sp Lock. 

GSM UNIBOX especifications: 

Unibox Specification: 

- Based on Maxim 3232, very important for new phones 

- Indication LED`s for Power, Flash Supply 

- Uses RJ45 Plug for connecting the needed Phone cable 

- You can manually switch between FBUS and MBUS 

- Optional 5V test voltage for flashing some Phones like Trium and Ericsson 

- It gets external supplied so it works also on Laptops and with Softwares that doesn't enable the power 

- Power supply is taken from USB 

- Support also for the remote unlock service 

Mobile phone Cables and 1 Nokia Adapter Cable And fitting for the following models 

Fitting for Nokia 3510/3210/3310/5110/8210/8310/8910/7650/3650/92107210/6610/6100/5100/6800/3300/5510/ 

N-gage/3200/3320/1100 6600/6650/7600/6280/7200/6230/5140/3220/6250/6630/6260 

Fitting for Ericsson T28/A2618/R320/R310/388/338/377/318/398/337/788/768/A1018/T18/T10 

Fitting for Motorola T191/T205/V60/66/70 

Fitting for Siemens C25/S25/C35/M35/S35/SL45/S45/ME45/A35/A36/S55/C62/C30/ST55/S40 

Fitting for Alcatel BE/ADB/BF/310/311/510/511/BG/ OT525/BF/OT715/BH4/OT535/XG1/OT320/XG1/OT531/OT320/OT835 

Fitting for Panasonic G450/GD55/G60/X70/GD90/GD70/GD92/GD93/G50 

Fitting for Sony CMD-C5/Z5/Z15/Z18/CMD-J5/J7/J70 

Fitting for Bosch 509/909/908 

Fitting for Philips Savvy/Fisco/P530/Genie 

Fitting for Sagem 7xx/8xx/MYC2/9XX//MY-5X 

Fitting for Mitsubishi Trium/Astral/Geo/Galaxy//Trium Mars/Neptun/M330/M320/M322I/110/341i/cosmo 

Fitting for Samsung A300/N400/R2XX/C100/ SGH600/SGH2200/A100/A200/C100/S100/E700/A800/D500/E810 

Fitting for Sharp GX10/GX10/GX12/GX30 

Fitting for LG 600/LG1200/LG510/LGu8110/LGB1300 series(Vygis scheme)/LGC1100 series (Vygis scheme)/LG7050 

Fitting for Sendo S200/M550/S300 

Fitting for Toshiba TS21i 

Fitting for NEC N21/N22/N22i/N223i/e606 

Fitting for Maxon 7922/Epsilon 

Fittinng for Benq 

CABLE UPGRADE: on August 25, 2005 - New cables were added to the box for models: 

TCL Q515 

LG 8110F 

LG C2200 

BIRD S288/S299 

BENQ 02X2 

74

Reference: CDMA-BOX 



Name: Universal Unlocking Box for CDMA phone models 


Our new Universal box for CDMA phone includes 29 different cables that can be used with more than 100 different mobile phone models. 

Functions: Unlocking, flashing, data transmission, Remove Sp Lock. 

Compatible with the following CDMA models: 

Nokia 6185 

Nokia 3585 

Nokia 3205 

Nokia 3585i 

Nokia 2270 

Nokia 8260 (TDMA) 

Nokia 8270 

Nokia 3320 / 6225 

LG 1100 

LG VX6000 & Audiovox 8900 

LG 1200 Phone Cable (Also for Kyocera SE44/SE47, Motorola T182c/C210, Audiovox 8410 models) 

Sanyo 8100 

Audiovox 1100 

Audiovox CDM-8500 Phone Cable (Also for CDM-135/8300) 

Kyocera 7135 Phone Cable (Also for 1135/1155/2035/2119/2135/2235/2255/2325/2345/3035 models) 

Kyocera 5135 

Kyocera SE47 

Kyocera 2035 

Boss VP5X 

Toshiba VM4050 & Audiovox 9950/9900 (USB CABLE) 

Samsung SCH-A790 Phone Cable (Also for SCH-N181/N182/N195/N270/N356/N362/N370, SPH-A220/A520/A530/A540, 

SCHA310/A565/A600/A610/A620/A630/A650/A660/A670/A680/A690/A700, VGA1000 and VI660) 

Samsung SPH-A660 Phone Cable (Also for SPH-A195/A310/A460/A500/A530/A620/N400) 

Samsung SCH-N300 Phone Cable (Also for SCH-3500/6100/8500/A400/M100/N200/T300) 

Samsung A460 / A660 

75

Reference: CLIP-NEC 

Name: Unlocking Clip for NEC phone models 




NEC 3G CLIP is the first clip for unlocking almost all NEC3G including newest E338! Right now support such phones as E338, E228, 

E/C313/313v/b/e, E/C 616/616v/b/e, N313/N616/N616v. You don't need computer, software, internet, logs. 

It's very easy and fast to use from moment when you recive, just connect 9V battery and plug into phone, led will blink and after 5 seconds 

phone will be powered OFF and phones it's unlocked. 

Specification: 

Unlock time: 5 seconds 

Direct unlock all versions (included v.22, 23, 24 and above) - 5 seconds. 

Unblock blocked phones that cannot be unlocked by software Direct Unlock (Wrong IMEI error and wrong codes) - 5 seconds. 

Repair froozen phones (blinking logo, froozen NEC at start). 

Remove phone code. 

How it works: 

1. Connect Clip without battery to powered ON phone (without SIM) 

2. Connect 9V battery or DC as a power to Clip 

3. Phone will goes into TestMode and LED on Clip will blink once 

4. After unlocking process ended (~3-4 sec) phones will automatically goes OFF. 


Nec 

Nec E228 

Nec E616 

Nec e313 

Nec e338 


E338 (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 



C313 (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

E313v (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

C313v (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

E313b (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

C313b (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

E313e (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

C313e (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

N313 (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 


C616 (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

E616e (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

C616e (repair, direct unlock without flashing, NO PARTIAL, unlock even SW v22/v24) 

Reference: PA-EXTREME 

Name: Panasonic Extreme Flashing/Unlocking Dongle 


The Panasonic Extreme Flashing/Unlocking Dongle is the world's number one flasher device for Panasonic models, flashing and unlocking 

almost all Panasonic GSM models, change language, repair all software bugs and unlock all locks. User friendly program, also very easy to 

use this dongle. It is a great unlocking device for people who is doing repairing job and business of cellular phones. 

Specifications and Features: 

Flashing 

-GD87,GD55,G50,G51,G51M,G70 

-X60,X70,X66,X68,X77 

-A100,A101 

-X300,X400,X500 


-G50,G51,G51M,G70 -A100,A101 -X300 

Support Models: G500, G520, G600, GD90, GD35, GD92, GD67, GD87, GD55, G50, G51,G51M, G60, G70,X70, X11, X60, X66, X68, X88, 

X300,A100 

Hardware package including: 

USB Dongle 

11 Cables de conexion al puerto serie 

Cable de alimentacion externa 

1 Software CD 

CABLE LIST 

G520/G500 

G600 

GD90 

GD92/GD95 

GD87 

GD55 

GD50 

G51/G51M/G70/A100/X300 

G60/X100 

X60/A500 

X70 

76

Reference: SE-CRUISER 



Name: SonyEricsson CRUISER PRO4 HASP ORIGINAL - SE FIGHTER 


CRUISER PRO4 HASP ORIGINAL is the first STANDALONE SOFTWARE for unlocking, changing language, changing customizations and 

repairing of new Sony Ericsson phones: K700i, K700c, K500i, K500c, K506c, K508i, K508c, F500i, S700i, S700c, S710a, Z1010i, Z1010c, V800, 

and V802SE. CRUISER includes complete SE FIGHTER functionality. 

NO NEED INTERNET. LOG's - THIS SOLUTION IT"S STANDALONE 


Ericsson: 

Reference: MARTECH-II 

Name: Siemens Martech USB BOX II PLUS + TESTPOINT ADAPTER 


MARTECH II is a special hardware + software that are working on special Martech protection Box that allows to work on all new Siemens 

phones withtou any problem . From now one it's only few seconds to check waht it's wrong, repair phone and return it to your customer. We 

guarante FREE updates and full technical support and help for all our customers till moment when changes in new phones (firmware or 

hardware) - will be not too big. You can unlock and repair any of this phones without unmount any component. 


Siemens C61 

Siemens CF62, CF62T 

Siemens A57 

Siemens SX1 

Siemens A60/C60, MC60 

Siemens A50, A52 (Europe) 

Siemens A55, C55, S55, M55(Europe) (for M55 v11 you don't need use TestPoint any more - all withtou opening phone. Please just note that 

v11 in M55 by this method will demage BootCore so you cannot use SWUP flashes anymore) 

Siemens SL55, SL55! (Europe) 

Siemens A56, A56i(USA/Canada) 

Siemens C56, S56, S57, S46, M56 (USA/Canada) 

Siemens 1168, 2128, A55A, SL55C, M55C (Asia) 

NEWEST VERSIONS (new BootCore phones) via "Testpoints" only 

SOFT WORKS ON ALL KNOWN SW VERSIONS. NOT DISOLVING PROCESSORS, FLASHES, RESISTORS ETC... AFTER USING THIS SOFT 

ORIGINAL FLASHER STILL WORKS!!! 

Functions: 

UNLOCK ALL LOCKS AND PHONE CODE 

CLOSE SP-LOCK TO ANY NETWORK 

READ/WRITE EEPROM, FIRMWARE 

REPAIR ALL DEAD PHONES!!! 

REPAIR IMEI, "Wrong Soft." etc. 

USB Martech BOX PLUS description: 

Advanced USB Device 

Works on all Windows systems (win95, win98, win ME, win2000, winXP etc.) 

Can flash and communicate with phones on high speeds (230400, 460800 kbd etc...) on every PC 

Box is connected with PC with 1 cable (USB) only. No COM, LPT ports needed! 

Many Martech boxes can be connected to one PC 

Fast flashing, stabile work on every PC, and professional made PCB 

Remote UPDATE function (box firmware can be updgraded remotly) 

Important when new algorithms will appear in phones 

Box is ready to activate and run other our softwares in future 

(you can use our different softwares on one box!) 

* BOX II PLUS is 100% compatible with BOX II, only difference is additional USB port controlled by box main CPU (for future use on phones 

connected via USB only) 

Also you get: 

full technical support 

instant access for Support area with updates, files, schemes, solutions etc. 

Updates: 

We give free updates for all new SW versions and new models until changes in phones (firmware, hardware) won't be too big. 


1x Universal Siemens Martech Box USB BOX II PLUS 

2x connection cables for cellphones 

1x connection cable Box/computer 

Testpoint adapter for M55/A60/C60/MC60/A50/SL55/SX1 

Testpoint adapter for A52/A55/A50/SL55/SX1 

Testpoint cable for phones family 1 

Testpoint cable for phones family 2 

cable for connecting Testpoint Adapter with Martech BOX II device 

1x CD with Martech software 

Notes 

Some web sites offering clones of this device for 1/3 of the real price. Please be informed that you can damage permanently your phone if 

you using it. These cloned device are without future support. If you don't know this info we strongly suggest to contact with your resseler 

for money back. 

warranty 

We offer 12 months of warranty for this product. 

77

Reference: SWS-REDBOX 



Name: RedBox II universal flashing,repairing and unlocking box 


RedboX II is an universal device dongle with speciall created software for fully support Alcatel, Panasonic Philips, Samsung, NEC, Maxon 

Vitel, Benq,, VKMolibe Sharp and LG phones. You can use it for such work as simlock removing (unlocking), flashing (software upgrade, 

repair phone, language change), phone unlock using IMEI calculation, remove phone code or upload EEPROM. This tool can easly repair 

most of demages of other free flashing/unlocking tools. It has been considered as one of the best tools currently in the market with an 

universal software for servicing Alcatel, Philips, Panasonic, Samsung, TRIUM, NEC, Maxon, LG, Benq, VKMobile, Sharp with free support 

and upgrades. 


TOTAL ALCATEL Tool RedBox : 

Unlock all know and unknow version by Auto-find algo of Alcatel 152 /TCL G06 

Full Flash for Totaly Repair dead Phone; Change language, High Speed flash : Write/Read UP to 921600 b/s 

Philips Tool RedboX 

DIRECT UNLOCK:Genie, az@lis, Xenium, Ozeo, Ozeo w@p, Fisio 311, 316, 120, 121, 620, 625, 820, 825, 822, 826, 330, 530, 350, 535, 630, 636, 

639, 650, 355, 755, 855, OH1 ( OT155 ALCATEL ), 162, OH2 ( alcatel OT355 ), 760, 655, 659, 9@9++, 859, Siemens SF65, OH1C 

FLASH, REPAIR, LANGUAGE:Genie, az@lis, Xenium, Ozeo, Ozeo w@p, Fisio 311, 316, 120, 121, 620, 625, 820, 825, 822, 826, 330, 530, 350, 

535, 630, 636, 639, 650, 355, 755, 855, OH1 ( OT155 ALCATEL ), 162, OH2 ( alcatel OT355 ), 760, 655, 659, 9@9++, 859, Siemens SF65, OH1C 

SPECIAL OPTION:Repair permanently blocked phone 

Samsung Tool RedboX 

DIRECT UNLOCK:SGH-xxx, 2100, 2400, 2488, A1xx, A2xx, A3xx, A4xx, A500, A800, Nxxx, Rxxx, T1xx, T20x, T30x, T4xx, T5xx, T7xx, S10x, 

S20x, S30x, S300M, V10x, V20x, Q1xx, Q2xx, Q3xx, M1xx, P400, P408, C100, S500, E700, E715 

LG Tool RedboX 

DIRECT UNLOCK:G/B1300, LG1200, G3100, G5200, G5210, G5220, G5300, 5300i, W5300, G5400, G5400i, G7100, G7050, LG4010 USA, C1200, 

78

Reference: UFSTORNADO 



Name: TORNADO UFS-3 UNLOCKING AND FLASHING BOX compatible with BB5 


Supported Nokia Phones DCT3: 

2100, 3110, 3210, 3310, 3315, 3330, 3350, 3390, 3410, 3610, 5110, 5110i, 5130, 5190, 5210, 5510, 6080, 6110, 6130, 6138, 6150, 6190, 6210, 

6250, 7110, 8210, 8250, 8290, 8850, 8855, 8890, 9110, 9110i 


- read/write flash 

- unlock SP sim locks 



- reset User Code 

- set LCD Contrast 

- Convert FLS->Nokia 

- Convert Nokia->FLS files 

- write eeprom 

DCT4: 

1100, 2600, 2650, 3100, 3100b, 3108, 3200, 3200b, 3220, 3250, 3300, 3360, 3510, 3510i, 3530, 3590, 3595, 5100, 5140, 6060, 6100, 6101,6108, 

6610, 6100, 6125, 6131, 6170, 6200, 6220, 6230, 6310, 6310i, 6500, 6510, 6260, 6590, 6600, 6650, 6800, 6820, 7200, 7210, 7250, 7250i, 7280, 

7600, 7610, 7710, 7650, 8310, 8390, 8910, 8910i , NGAGE. NGage-QD 

DCT-4 WD2: 3600, 3650, 7650, 6600, N-Gage 



- Unlock SP simlocks 

- LOCK phone to any network 

- Flash Bluetooth 


- Full UI Defaults 

- UI Factory Defaults 

- Full Factory Defaults 

- Software Upgrade Defaults 

- Reset User Lock (Security code) 

DCT-L: 9290, 9210, 9210i (communicator), 9300, 9500 

* DCT-L FEATURES: 

- flash software (upgrade/downgrade) 

- unlock 

- set FAID 


BB5: Flashing ONLY for supported models, there is NO unlocking solution for the below models as yet! 

3250, 5500, 6125, 6126, 6131,6136, 6233, 6234, 6270, 6280,6670, 6682, 7370, E50, E60, E61, E62, E70, N72, N73, N80, N91, N92, N93 









Supported Versions: 

V 04.51 11-01-07 RM-146 (c) Nokia. 

V w33_06w24v4 13-09-06 RM-43 (c) Nokia. 

V 03.55 23-11-06 RM-86 (c) Nokia. 

V 03.92 13-10-06 RM-174 (c) Nokia. 

V 05.50 20-09-06 RM-115 (c) Nokia. 

V 04.52 06-07-06 RM-145 (c) Nokia 

V 04.52 06-07-06 RM-123 (c) Nokia 

V 04.13 16-05-06 RM-70 (c) Nokia. 

V 03.81 09-05-06 RM-78 (c) Nokia 


V 05wk07v41 08-02-06 RM-84 (c) Nokia. 

V 05wk07v42 23-03-06 RM-84 (c) Nokia. 



Cable needed : DKU-5 

Supported Samsung Phones 

Current and future support for: 

A2xx, A800, A100, A110, A188, A200, A300, A400, A500, C100, C108, E100, E105, 

D500, D500i, D-800, D802, D820, E340, E350, E350e, E400, E530, E700, E708, E710, E715, E730, E,860, E860v, M100, N1xx, N200, N288, N300, 

N400, N500, N600, N611, N620, N625, N628, P100, P108, P400, P408, Q100, Q105, Q200, Q300, Q400, Q605, R201, R208, R210, R220, R225, 

S100, S108, S200, S208, S300, S300m, S308, S500, S508, T100, T108, T208, T400, T408, T410, T500, T508, T809, V100, V200, V208, X100, X400, 

X430, X600, X800 

* Samsung FEATURES: 

- Flash-Upgrade Software 

- Remove all SIM-locks 

- Reset phone lock 

- Full Factory-Reset 

- Read and write EEproms 

79

Reference: SMARTCLIP 



Name: Motorola smartclip repair, unlock Motorola Cxxx, Exxx, Vxxx 


Smart-Clip is new Clip in worldwide market. It's multifunctional device that it's FULLY UPDATABLE FREE OF CHARGE for support new 

models of C3xx, Exxx and Vxxx. Name "Smart..." also fits to this product perfectly - it's very smart since you can upgrade it in real-time 

using ActiveX via webbrowser in just a seconds - you connect Clip via special LPT cable with computer and then run a webpage (special 

component will automatically checks newest SW version and if available upgrade your Clip to support newest phones). No PC, 

disassembling or special technical knowledge needed just connect cable to phone and press the button. Soon will be JTAG for Motorola 

phones will be addedd (free of charge) and then you can repair phones with lost boot zone, repair phones using full flashing or test 

CPU/RAM/FLASH. 

Update screen: 

Currently supported phone models: 

A-series: A630, A830, A835, A845, A920, A925, A1000 

Motorola C-series:C115, C116, C117, C118, C139, C155, C156, C157, C236, C250, C260, C266, C268, C330, C331, C332, C333, C334, C335, 

C336, C350, C350L, C350V, C353, C355V, C359V, C370, C380, C385, C390, C450, C450L, C550, C650, C651, C975, C980. 

Motorola E-series:E1, E365, E370, E375, E378i, E380, E770, E396, E398, E550, E920, E1000, E1070, E1075. 

Motorola T-series:T280, T280i, T720, T720i, T721, T722i, T725e. 

Motorola Ux: U6 

Motorola V-series: V150, V151, V180, V186, V188, V190 , V220, V226, V235, V191, V300, V303, V330, V360, V360v, V400, V500, V505, V525, 

V525M, V535, V547, V545, V550, V551, V557, V600, V620, V635, V975 (ver R245_xxx), V980, V1050, V60, V60i, V66, V66i, V70, V80. 

Motorola Vx: : V3, V3i, V3r, V3t, V3x. 

Sendo:S2xx/S3xx/P2xx/M5xx/S6xx: SND200, SND230, P200, P230, M550, S600, SND800 and others 

Advantages: 

remove simlock in couple of second by only pressing one button on Clip 

Reference: SE-CLIP 

Name: Sony Ericsson Unlocking Clip 


Features: 

- Unlocks SP-Lock on all supported phones 

- Works in 5-20 seconds 

- Works with 9V Battery (not included) 

- No PC or disassembling of Phone required 


T39m, T39mc 

T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T62u 

T66 

T100, T102, T105, T106 

T226, T226s, T230, T238, T200, T202 

T310, T312, T316, T300, T302, T306 

T600, T628, T630, T610, T616, T618 

R520m, R520mc 

R600s, R600sc 

P800, P802 

P900, P908 

Z600, Z608 

Instructions: 

- Power on Clip 

- Wait until led`s stop flashing 

- Connect the phone to the clip. Make sure the phone is off and sim card removed 

- Press red button 

- Led?s will blink 

- Wait few seconds, phone gets powered on automatically 

- Phone is unlocked 

Set Includes: 

1x SE clip 

1x Connection cable to phone 

1x Update cable to update clip 

80

Reference: GRIFFINSAS 



Name: Nokia Griffin Box 2 Platinum SAS, CRD, Crusader - 53 cables 


Griffin box 2 with SAS activated is shipped as the standard griffin box with a new module that contain CRD software and Crusader for 

Sonyericsson. 

Griffin Box 2 include an Special Adapter Switcher ( SAS ) that is used to fix a lots of Technician face Problems when dealing with WD2 and 

DCT4 phone that use BLC-4/5 battery type. When Flashing applied on 3650 and others WD2 Mobile Phone there will be few problems with 

these symptoms: 

PHONE STARTUP FAILED, 

CONTACT RETAILER, 

CANNOT FORMAT USER AREAS, 

PHONE POWER ON MANUAL AFTER PROCESSING, 

CANNOT SET PHONE IN LOCAL MODE, 

You can Use this Special Adapter Switcher to upgrade your 3650 to v4.13 (Make Sure tick Full Factory Reset after flash) 

FOR DCT-4 WHICH USING BLC-4 OR BLC-5 BATTERY TYPE YOU CAN USE THIS SWITCHER TO POWER THE PHONE IN LOCAL MODE 

The main difference between Griffin box 1 Platinum and Griffin box Platinum 2 is that Griffin 2 include SAS to support and offers full 

compatibility with new nokia phones and in addidtion have a cooling fan installed to avoid heating. 

Nokia Supported Phone Features 

DCT3: 2100, 3110, 3210, 3310, 3315, 3330, 3350, 3410, 3610, 5110, 5130, 5190, 5210, 5510, 6080, 6090, 6110, 6130, 6138, 6190, 6210, 6250, 

7110, 8210, 8250, 8810, 8850, 8855, 8890, 9110, 9110i, 9210, 9210i 

DCT4: 3100, 3200, 3300, 3510, 3530 (3510i), 3650, 5100, 6108, 6610, 6100, 6310, 6310i, 6500, 6510, 6600, 6800, 7210, 7250, 7250i, 7650, 8310, 

8910, 8910i 

Griffin now supports BB5 phone models (flashing ONLY): 6630, 6680, 6681 

TDMA: 1260, 1220, 1261, 3360, 3320, 3361, 3520, 3560 

DCT-L: 9210, 9210i (communicator) 

TIKU BT2: 6230, 6650, 7260, 7270, 7280 

WD2 (Symbian): 3650, 3660, 6600, 6620, 6670, 7610, 7650 

Other Supported Phone (optional feature buying CRD and Crusader) 

Siemens 

Panasonic 

Sendo 

Maxon 

Telital 

Sony Ericsson 

Sharp Package Contains 

47 pcs cables: Nokia : 6340, 9500, N70, 6101, 8310, 9300, 7610, 7650, N90, 6060, 6111, 6600, 6100, 3220, 3230, 6230, 3200, 3650, 6650, 6170, 

2280, 6260, 3510, 5140, 5100, 1100, 6820, 7200, 6680, 6630, 2650, 8910, 8800, 8850, 6620, 6800, 7210, 7260, 3310, 3360, N-GAGE, NGage-Qd, 

7280, 7710, 7600, 3300, 3320, 6110, 3210, 6310, 8210. 

Siemens cables for : C55 and S35 compatible 

Sendo cable for S200 

Ericsson cable for Crusader and Siemens cables for CRD included in each delivery 

Nok. 7650 opening tool x 1 

CD with GRIFFIN installation x 1 

Special calibrated Griffin power adapter (you will need an adaptor, as it is not included) and LTP cable are not included) 

The GRIFFIN box 

About Griffin Hardware: 

Reference: SACODEREAD 

Name: Sagem Code Reader vers. 14 by TestPoint 


Sagem Code Reader v.14 is the first software in the WORLD which is able to read simlock code from ALL Sagem phones (no matter SW 

version in the phone) in just few seconds. 

Witth the supported phones: 

My-X6 ALL VERSION 

MY-X1 ALL VERSION 

MY-X2 ALL VERSION 


My-X5m ALL VERSION (old and new board) 

My-X5d ALL VERSION (old and new board) 


My-X3d ALL VERSION (old and new board) 

MW-3026 Load-A-Game ALL VERSION 

MC - 9xx ALL VERSION 

MW - 9xx ALL VERSION 

MY - 302x ALL VERSION 

MW - 302x ALL VERSION 

MY - 3036 ALL VERSION 

Information: 

For reading unlock code from your phone or reset phone code you must open phone and connect 4 cables to Test Points in phone. Test 

Points are huge so even amateur can do this. After connecting to Test Point you may read code by just 5 seconds. 

It's the only method for unlock these models in the WORLD since new phones don't use FIELDS anymore that are used for calculating code 

by BruteForce method. Difference beetwen other software is that this software reads code does not calculate it. That's why reading process 

takes only few seconds. 

remark: 

if some occasional fail on using the MYX5 at MX-5 in the screenshot, pls try with MX-1. 

You will need to download Sagem Code Reader vers. 14 by TestPoint Software 

Reference: V-CLIP 

Name: Motorola V-Clip GOLD - UPGRADED 


Unlocks in seconds Motorola V300, V303, V400, V500, V525 and V600, absolutely no PC is required. 

Added support for the latest versions 

Features 

Direct unlock in 15 seconds just press 1 button (The unlock command doesn't affect the phone features, because this is not a partial 

flashing) 

Reset USER and SECURITY codes 

Support all versions 

You no need computer. You need a 9V battery only. 

81

Reference: LG-3457 



Name: LG Total Service Tools v6.2XP universal unlocker with cables 


With this set you can unlock, repair imei, restore security code of the following mobile phones: 

LG W3000, LG G3000, LG W5200 

LG G5200, LG G5220, LG G5210 

LG G5300, LG G5300i, LG G5310 

LG G5400, LG G7000, LG G7100 by IMEI (not work in all): 

LG 510/510w, LG B1200, LG 7020 


Logiciel Dongle protection: SwS KEY LPT 

82

Reference: UNIBOX4 

Name: Universal Unlocking Box version 4.0 - Updated 




Unibox Specification: 

- Based USB 2.0, very important for new phones 

- Indication LED`s for Power, Flash Supply 

- Uses RJ45 Plug for connecting the needed Phone cable 

- You can manually switch between FBUS and MBUS 

- Optional 5V test voltage for flashing some Phones like Trium and Ericsson 

- It gets external supplied so it works also on Laptops and with Softwares that doesn't enable the power 

- Power supply is taken from USB 

- Support also for the remote unlock service 

Mobile phone Cables that are included 109 Pieces + 1 Nokia Adapter Cable And fitting for the following models 

NOKIA 3210 (F/M-BUS) Unlocking, Change Logos and ringtones; change IMEI etc. 

NOKIA 3310/3390/3410/3510 (F/M-BUS), Unlocking; Change Logos and ringtones; change IMEI etc. 

NOKIA 5140/5110/6110/6150/6210/6250/5190/6190/6210/6310/7110 (F/M-BUS) 

Unlocking, Change Logos and ringtones; change IMEI etc. 

NOKIA 8210/8850/8290 (F/M-BUS), Unlocking; Change Logos and ringtones; change IMEI etc. 

NOKIA 8310/6510 (F/M-BUS) Unlocking; Change Logos and ringtones 

NOKIA 3510 (F/M-BUS) Unlocking, Change Logos and ringtones 


NOKIA 7210/6610 (F/M-BUS) Unlocking; Change Logos and ringtones 


NOKIA 6100 (F/M-BUS) Change Logos and ringtones 



NOKIA 6800(F/M-BUS) Change Logos and ringtones 

NOKIA 3300(F/M-BUS) Change Logos and ringtones 

NOKIA 6600 /F/M-BUS) Change Logos and ringtones 

NOKIA 6650/6630 /F/M-BUS) Change Logos and ringtones 



NOKIA N-gage (F/M-BUS) Unlocking, Change Logos and ringtones 







NOKIA 6280/6260/6250 (F/M-BUS) Change Logos and ringtones 


ERICSSON 388/337/318/218 Unlocking, flashing 

ERICSSON 688/788/888/A1018/T10/T18 Unlocking; flashing; IMEI change etc. 

ERICSSON T28/A2618/R320/R310 Unlocking; flashing; IMEI change etc. 

MOTOROLA T191/T205 Unlocking, flashing (worked also the non-3 pins Sendo phone)etc. 

MOTOROLA V60/66/70 Unlocking, flashing (read info only), Internet etc. 

SIEMENS C25/S25/C35/M35/S35/SL45/S45/ME45/A35/A36/S40 Unlocking / Connecting / Internet / Logos and Ringtones, change IMEI etc. 

SIEMENS S30/C30 Unlocking; flashing, IMEI change 

SIEMENS C55 Unlocking; flashing 

SIEMENS C62 Unlocking. 

SIEMENS S55/ST55 Unlocking; flashing 

ALCATEL BF 310/311/510/511: Unlocking; flashing 

ALCATEL BG OT525 Unlocking; flashing 

ALCATEL BF OT715 Unlocking; flashing 

ALCATEL BH4 OT535 Unlocking, flahsing 

ALCATEL XG1 OT320 Unlocking; flashing 

ALCATEL XG1 OT531/OT320/OT835 Unlocking 

PANASONIC G450/G60/GD90/GD70/GD92/GD93/G50 Unlocking 

PANASONIC GD55 Unlocking; flashing 

PANASONIC X70 Unlocking 

SONY CMD-C5/Z5/Z15/Z18 Unlocking; flashing 

SONY CMD-J5/J7/J70 Unlocking; flashing 

PHILIPS SAVVY/Azalis Unlocking; flashing 

PHILIPS Fisco Unlocking; flashing 

Sagem 7xx/8xx Unlocking 

SAGEM 9XX/MY-5X/MY-C2 Unlocking;flashing; IMEI change etc. 

MITSUBISHI Trium/Astral/Geo/Galaxy Unlocking; flashing; IMEI change 

MITSUBISHI Trium Mars/Neptun: Unlocking; flashing; IMEI change 

MITSUBISHI M330/M320/M322I/110/341i/cosmo: Unlocking; flashing; IMEI change 

SAMSUNG E700/D500/E810 Unlocking 

SAMSUNG A100/A800 Unlocking 

SAMSUNG A300/N400/R2XX/C100 Unlocking 

SAMSUNG A200 Unlocking 

SAMSUNG C100 unlocking 

SAMSUNG S100/SGH600/SGH2200 unlocking 

SHARP GX10/GX10/GX12/GX30 Unlocking 

LG510: Unlocking 

LG600/LGB1300: Unlocking 

LG B1200/LG1200/LGu8110/LGC1100/LG7050: Unlocking 

Toshiba TS21i Unlocking 

NEC N21 N22 N22i, N223i, e606 

Maxon 7922/Epsilon 

Benq 

Sendo S200/M550/S300: Unlocking 

CABLE UPGRADE: on August 25, 2005 - New cables were added to the box for models: 

TCL Q515 

LG 8110F 

LG C2200 

BIRD S288/S299 

BENQ 02X2 

Other parts included in the Set: 

NOKIA 7650 OPENING TOOL - easy unlock slide and open mobile RS232 connection cable male / female for connect box with PC 

Pinout of the RJ45 jacket: 

1 = Switchable 5V Flash Supply 

2 = TX (output, data to phone) 

3 = RX (input, data from phone) 

4 = RTS (output, data to phone) 

5 = CTS (input, data from phone) 

6 = M/C ?BUS (bi-directional 1 wire bus) 

7 = GND 

8 = GND 

Switch description: 

BUS mode switch: 

Select with this if you want to use the 2 wire FBUS mode or the bi-directional 1 wire bus mode. 

83

Reference: DELOK-BOX 



Name: Philips Fisio, Xenium,Azalis Delok Unlock Flash Dongle 2004 



Fisio 620, 625, 820, 822, 825 

Azalis 238, Azalis 288, Ozeo, 

Xenium Fisio 311, 316, 120, 121 


Full SIM Locks management (Unlock, Relock, passwords and counters change, operator MCC-MNC change) 

Languages management (activating and deactivating language set) 

IMEI change 

Reference: PRODIGYBOX 

Name: Prodigy clone box - Unlock and Flash Nokia DCT3 and DCT4 


Prodigy Clone Features for Nokia DCT3 and EPOC (9210) phones : 

- Selectable Fast Flashing for all Nokia DCT3 and EPOC (9210) phones. 

- Selectable "PPM Flashing Only". 

- Unlock and Re-lock SP-LOCK for Nokia DCT3 and EPOC phones 

- Read and Reset Security Code for Nokia DCT3 and EPOC phones 

- Hardware and Software "Start Up" Test for Nokia DCT3 and EPOC phones 

- Read Phone information such as MCU ROM, MAD2 type 

Prodigy Clone Features for Nokia DCT4 , WD2 (7650,3650,6600) 

- Selectable Fast Flashing Nokia DCT4 and WD2 phones. 

- Selectable "PPM Flashing ONLY". 

- Repair "Contact Retailer" and Hang problem by formatting user-area on Nokia Symbian OS (WD2) phones such as 7650 and 3650. 

- UNLOCK & RE-LOCK NEW/OLD SP-LOCK for all Nokia DCT4 and WD2 phone. 

- Repair All Nokia DCT4 phones fault due to software damage such as 

"Contact Service",NO VOLUME", "NO POWER" and damage caused by flashing 

- Re-pair BAD JAVA content which caused "Hang" problem or missing data in the java supported phones such as 7210, 6610, 6100... 

- Selectable on different Java Content as you want. 

- Unlock Security Code for Nokia DCT4 and WD2 phones. 

- Capable to reset and tune phones EEPROM USER AREA for DCT4 phones. 

- Save phonebooks for Nokia DCT4 and WD2 phones before flashing with the same read out format of Winpheonix. 

- Hardware testing such as "Self Test" for Nokia DCT4 and WD2 phones, 

- Nokia Colour LCD Contrast Tuning. 

- Nokia DCT4 and WD2 phones LCD Testing and Keypad Testing. 

- Read Phone hardware information such as type of UEM, UPP..... 

- Product code, Manufacturing date, Hardware version, Order Number and Production Number editor 

OS Support: 

Prodigy clone is Working on almost all Operating system such as: 

- WIN98(SE) 

- ME 

- XP 

- NT / 2000 

Cables incl: 

3300 

5100 

6800 

5110 

9210 

3210 

3310 

6310 

8210 

3650 

6100 

3510 

7210 

7650 

8310 

8910 

(with our own hardware re-design where the pinout of that clone prodigy cables is same as griffin) 

Future Support: 

The Device is fully running with Prodigy Software 5.00 and all features included in this software. 

Since it`s the clone product from the free sw & hex found online there is no software updates for it. 

If any user want the upgrade or technical support of the prodigy, please contact only the developer to buy the original tools at 

www.prodigy-tools.com. 

Pls note the upgrade the sw with the clone prodidy from the developer can kill the phone. 

remark: 

It makes with the free firmware 0.99 and runs with prodigy 5.00 Software only 

Screenshots: 

Download Prodigy user manual 

Reference: SA-DONGLE 

Name: Sagem 9xxx / 3xxx / MYX3 / MYX5 / MYX5M / MG5 unlock dongle 


Using SA-DONGLE with our Sagem 2.3 unlocker software you can unlock the following phones: 

All 9xx Series 

All 3xxx Series 

All MYX3 Series 

All MYX5 Series 

All MYX5M Series 

All MG5 Series 

Include SA-9 cable 

84

Reference: CLIP-C3XX 



Name: Motorola C3XX / C350 / C450 / C550 reloaded unlock clip 


Motorola C3xx C450 NEW Revolution Clip it's a special Clip that will remove simlock and phone lock from your phone within 5 seconds. 

This Unlocking Clip can unlock SP/SIM/Phone lock on Motorola C350, C350L VODAFONE, C353 MOVISTAR, C250, C266, C260, C350I, 

C350V, C359V, C450, C550, E380, E370 C333, C330, C331, C332, C333, C334, C335, C336, V150, v151 series phones in seconds. No PC and 

disassembling required. Very easy to use - just connect battery and phone and press Button. No more need to waste time with USB 

flashing, problems for instalaling USB driver on 98/Me system - just connect and unlock. 


Motorola NEW C350, C350L VODAFONE, C353 MOVISTAR,C250, C266, C260, C350I, C350V, C359V,C450, C550, E380, E370 

Motorola OLD C333, OLD C350, C330, C331, C332,C333, C334, C335, C336 AND C350 

Function of phones: 

- remove simlock in 10 seconds 

Reference: SGCLIP-10X 

Name: Samsung unlocking clip for S100 and S105 models 


With this new clip you will be able to remove SP lock and phone lock only with the help of a 9 v. battery. 

Very easy to use, you will have your Samsung S100 and S105 unlocked in 10 seconds. 

Instructions manual included. 

Reference: BF-KEY 

Name: Alcatel BF Key dongle 


Features: 

unlock phone in seconds 

write (change) language (Russian too !) 

read language files from phone (can make your own database with LNG files) 

unlock and change language time 20 seconds 

allow multiple operations at same time for fast work (e.g. Unlock and Write Language) 

special BF-KEY Dongle Box for protection connected on LPT 

no need any external power supply for the Dongle Box (this is powered from LPT port like any usual Dongle) 

unlocked phones counter stored in the BF-KEY Dongle Box (for workers) 

reset counter only with pasword stored in BF-KEY Dongle Box 

posibility to change reset password 

Software can unlock: 

Alcatel 30x - BE4 

Alcatel 50x,70x - BE57 (WAP 124-02 Fast Unlock) 

Alcatel 310 - BF31C 

Alcatel 311 - BF31W 

Alcatel 511 - BF41W 

Alcatel 512 - BF41M 

Another function is Language Pack read/write. 

Any future models/versions will be added (if it will be necessary) 

and will work with the same BF-KEY Dongle box. 

Work on all flash IC used by Alcatel's factory: 

AMD, ST, FUJITSU, MICRON (1 MByte and 2 MByte). Screenshots: 

85

Reference: CLIP-EVON 

Name: Motorola Evolution Clip 




Motorola Evolution clip can unlock almost all existing Motorola mobile phones, not only unlock all xx.11.xx, xx.13.xx , xx.14.xx series but 

also new Motorola V60/V66/V70/T280/T720/T720i/T722i and T190/T191 mobile phones. This clip works WITHOUT any PC, and fix your 

Motorola mobile phones just in seconds! No need any technical knowledge to use this CLIP! This clip can remove SP lock and repairing 

Contact service problem. So easy ! 


working on: F0-13-14, F0-14-04, F5-14-01 (also F5-11-22, E8-04-24 oraz FC-00-06) 

time needed for unlock, repair phones - 5 seconds 

reset security code and phone lock code 

WITHOUT OPENING PHONE 

reset Life Timer 

reset call timer 

repair IMEI if demaged (also can chaneg IMEI) 

work without computer 

don't need to enter any codes from keyboard 

Functions: 

remove simlock in V50/v51/v100 and T192 from versions SW F0-13-14, F0-14-04, F5-14-01, EB-01-01 without opening phone in 5 seconds 

(also F5-11-22, E8-04-24 oraz FC-00-06) 

fast unlock V60, v66, v60i,V66i, V70, T280, T280i, T720, T720i, T722i in 5 seconds - without flashing, withtou ingerention to phone SW (don't 

demagage battery charging) and works on ALL versions ! ! 

remove simlock and phoen lock code like also repair IMEI on Acer T190/T191 (works on all SW versions) 

possibility to chnage IMEI in P2K models for 446378-30-xxxxxx-4 (repair IMEI if demaged) 

reset phone code and security code 

reset Life Timer counter 

reset call counter 

For SW versions: xx-13-13, F0-14-07, F0-14-08, and newest unlock by log or by Remote section 

Note: It does not unlock American models : V60c,g,t,T193 and T 720g. The reason for this is that the box was not tested on American 

phones, it has been tested on European model phones. 


- Evolution Clip 

- 6 cables for V3688/D560/T2288/T192/V66/ACER 

- connection cable for PC (if neccessary to read LOG's from phone) 

- Instructions. Download now from here 

Reference: TOTALTOOL 

Name: SonyEricsson Total Tool Unlocker & Flasher 


With this new SonyEricsson box you will be able to unlock, repair, flash, change languages, read security codes, open 4 locks caused by a 

wrong use of Terminator and also you will be able to change your T68 into a T68i. 

This box is compatible with the following SonyEricsson models: A3618, R520, R600, T39, T65, T68, T100, T200, T300, T66, T600, P800. 

86

Reference: ERT-BOX 



Name: SonyEricsson Terminator Dongle with DIV USB 5.0 


With this new dongle you will be able to unlock and flash the following SonyEricsson models: A3618s, R520, R520m, R520me, R600, 

T100,T105, T106, T200, T202, T226, T230,T237, T238, T300, T310, T316, T39, T65, T68m, T68i, T68ie, P800, P802, P900, P908, T610, T616, T618, 

T630, T628, T637, A3618, A2618s, A2628s, T20s, T20e, T29e, T39m, T39me, Z200, Z208, Z600, Z608. Features: 

Full support for unlocking new T610 version R1L and up. 

Fix NO ACCESS problem on repaired phones. 

Repair totaly erased (damaged) GDFS on T68, T200, T300, T310, P800, T610 

Posibility to write full GDFS files like AVR flash files (no more ERROR 4017) 

Posibility to write full AVR flash (include GDFS part area too) 

Can repair any T68, T200, T300, T310, P800, T610 with software damages (even 

If Flash IC or CPU was changed or totaly erased) 

Recalculate all CRC (checksums) after flashing GDFS part area, include SCRC (NO ACCESS problems), DCRC1, DCRC2 (4 locks closed 

problems) on T68, T200, T300, T310, P800, T610 

FLASH: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, 


READ CODES: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, 


DIRECT UNLOCK: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, 

R520m, R520mc 

LOCK TO NETWORK (2 and 3 digits MNC): T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, 

T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, R520mc 

EMPTY BOARD FLASHING: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, 

T39mc, R520m, R520mc (also reflash allready flashed empty phones without closing 4 locks) 

CHANGE IMEI: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc 

MAKE FULL GDFS BACKUP: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, 

T39mc, R520m, R520mc 

REPAIR 4 LOCKS CLOSED BY OTHER SOFTWARES: T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, 

T68m, T68mc, T65s, T39m, T39mc, R520m, R520mc 

REPAIR TOTALY DAMAGED GDFS (4 locks closed): T610 (all versions), P800, P802, T310, T310c, T300, T302, T200, T202, T68i, T68ie, T68m, 

T68mc 

You can download DIV 8.4 or DIV USB v.1.9 from our members area 

Operative System requirements: If you are using DIV 8.4 or DIV USB v.1.9 It works best with Windows98. You can use WindowsXP and 

Windows Millenium, but you need to instal "USERPOT" program that you will find in the members area. If you are using DIV 5 you can use 

WindowsXP and milenium without the userport 

Reference: T191-SCLIP 

Name: Motorola T191 clips to reset security code 


This clip remove security code of the phone. If you need to unlock it you will need our clip T191-CLIP. 

Reference: SG-CLIP 

Name: Samsung unlock clip repair clip change imei 


Our new samsung unlock clip no require computer required, just connect the phone to this unlocking clip, you may easy remove SIM Lock, 

Phone Lock, Resetting security code and Changing IMEI code for almost all Samsung mobile phones. 

Compatible to work with Samsung : 

N100 

N188 

N200 

N628 

A200 

A288 

A300 

A388 

A400 

A408 

R200 

R208 

T100 

T108 Compatible Features on Samsung unlocking clip: 

Unlock SP lock 

Unlock SIM lock 

Change and Repair IMEI number 

Reset Security code 

Repairing software bugs. such as "Contact service", "Waiting..." 

No computer required 

Power by 9V battery Hardware included with the Samsung unlocking clip: 

Samsung Clip with LCD 

2 pcs of connection cables 

87

Reference: SD-MAXIM 



Name: Maxim Dongle for Siemens C30 / X25 / X35 / X40 / A3X / X45 


Now you can unlock, repair, flash and change IMEI in Siemens phones without problems. Software uses logger system which allows you 

also to read LOG from phone on your customer's computer and let you generate MAP file on another. Then your customer can receive MAP 

file and write it to the phone. Software is easy in use. 

Included software: 

Siemens MAP Files Creator Ver. 3 

(Create Siemens MAP Files from logs) 

Siemens MAP Files Creator Ver. 4 -XAK- 

(Create Siemens MAP Files from logs) 

Siemens Direct IMEI Writer, Version 4.00 

(Direct Unlock Phones and change IMEI) 

Siemens IMEI Writer, Version 4.02 

(For making logs and write them back to Phone) 

UniSiemens Professional v4.00 beta 

(Read and write full Flash from Siemens Phones) 

Compatible models: 

C35, 

S35, 

M35, 

C35 NEW, 

S35 NEW, 

A35, 

A36, 

A40, 

Reference: T191-CLIP 

Name: Motorola T191 clips all versions for unlock 


Unlocks SPlock on ALL T191 Firmware (Included ver. 1.87). 

Works in less than 10 seconds. 

Real Unlock, no partial flashing! 

Indication LED´s for power and working 

Works with 9V battery 

No PC or disassembling of phone required. 

Instructions: 

1. Power the clip with 9V battery - green LED will light 

2. Connect the clip to the turned off T191 phone 

3. Pressing the "ON" button on the phone for a short time to turn on the phone. 

4. Red LED will light on and after about 10 seconds the phone will turn automatically on ad the red led off. 

5. Phone is unlocked. 

Check all Motorola Programs available at our Public Area 

Check all Motorola Programs available at our Members Area 

Reference: NOKIACLIP2 

Name: Nokia DCT4 Unlock clip and reset security phone code 


It works WITHOUT any PC, and fix your mobile in seconds! 

No need any technical knowledge to use this MAGIC CLIP! 

You can unlock all sw versions of Nokia DCT4 phones: You can use the connectors from your usual NK-FLASH (Nokia flasher Set)! 

Features: 

Reset mobile to factory settings 

Unlock SP lock at all DCT4 nokia phones 

Reset Security code DCT4 

Repair 4 locks closed Package include: 

Unlock clip. 

2 different data cables to fit nokia phones dct4 phones 8310, 8390, 6310, 6390, 6510, 6310i. 

This product can only be paid by wire transfer. 

NOTE:This clip is only compatible with GSM phones. 

NOTE:This clip won't unlock phones with the following versions neither upper versions: 

8310 ver 5.57 

8390 ver 7.80 

6310i ver 5.10 

6510 ver 4.12 


Reference: MOTV6XCLIP 

Name: Motorola V66 V60 V70 T280 unlock clip and IMEI repair clip 


Safe unlock on V60, V66, V70 and Ti280. No flashing, no loss of phone function or battery problems !!!!!!! Clips are tested on V66, V60, V70, 

T280. Clips need only 5 seconds to unlock, you can optionally change/repair IMEI if it is required, "X" will be changed at random every time. 

EX: 446378-30-xxxxxx-4 Powered by 9V PP3 battery, completely portable (No PC required) 

Reference: MOT-CLIPUP 

Name: Motorola EMMI CLIP PIC16C63A upgrade support new versions 


If you bought our motorola emmi clips reference MOT-EMMI you can upgrade it by removing PIC16C63A chip and replacing it by our 

upgraded PIC16C63A. In order to upgrade, it's necessary to be a high qualified professional, it's better not to do it by yourself if you don't 

have experience. 

88

Reference: SIS40TOOL 

Name: SIEMENS S40 TOOL 


SOFTWARE FOR : 

- unlock all locks ( all present and future versions ) 

- Auto Learn OPTION ( no new upgrades required - program automatically learns new SW versions) 

- read flash 

- write new firmware 

( it is possible to change language packs - russian also ) 

We only accept payment of this product by wire transfer. 

Reference: DCT4FLASH 

Name: Nokia Cheap DCT4 Flasher box 




A great tool for flashing / Unlocking Nokia DCT4 mobile phones. GSM 8310 / 6510 / 6310 / 6310i / 3510 / 8910 / 6610. It will only FLASH 7210 it 

will not unlock. Its compatible with American nokia phones like 3590 / 8390 / 6310i etc. 

Nokia DCT4 flasher software makes possible to change MCU and PPM software in all new generation nokia DCT4 phones. 

You can unlock your phone without any log files (it is a stand alone unlocker). 

Upgrading MCU software will repair some software bugs like no ringing ,no vibrator. 

Changing PPM package will enable new languages in your phone. 

Our Nokia DCT4 Flasher works faster, it supports fast flashing function if you need to install only language pack into your phone. flashing 

MCU will take 3-4 min and flashing PPM (change language pack) can be done only in 30-40 sec. 

we bring you very good DCT4 flasher , with the best price and support that will help you to solve any problem you may have while using our 

software. 

Features: 

Improved version of the DCT4 Pro FLasher. 

Works with Software from Longhand, ED2K and X-shadow 

Don`t need USB power - so no more problems on some PC 

Update MCU and/or PPM (Software updates, language change) 

Repair Software related malfunctions such as: 

No Power/Deadset 

No tones 

Hangs 

Auto Shut-off 

No Display 

Phonebook/Games/Menu BUGS 

Interminent Signal 

Reset Security Code 

Reset to Full Factory 

Repair Bluetooth Malfunctions. 

Contact Service (if security area is ok) 

Unlock Phones 

Remark: 

The power: 7-9 V DC / minimum 500 mA, better 800, external power adaptor is not included, it should have positive polarity in the center of 

connector. 

Note: This box will NOT unlock 7210 phones 

The flasher not yet support 7650, 7210, 8310 V:5.57 (unless downgrade it first) 

No need logs 

System Requirements: Windows98. 

Screenshots of compatible software: 

Read here Nokia DCT4 flashing tutorial 

Reference: NOKIACLIP1 

Name: Nokia DCT3 DCT4 Unlock clip and reset clip with IMEI repair 


It works WITHOUT any PC, and fix your mobile in seconds! 

No need any technical knowledge to use this MAGIC CLIP! 

You can unlock all sw versions of Nokia DCT3 phones: 3210, 3310, 3330, 3390, 5110, 5130, 5190, 5510, 6110, 6150, 6190, 6210, 6250, 6290, 

7110, 7190, 8210, 8250, 8290, 8850, 8890, etc. 

DCT 4 phones: 8310, 6510, 6310 and 6310i (not compatible with versions 5.X and above), 3510, 8910, 7210. 

Features: 

Reset mobile to factory settings 

Unlock SP lock at all DCT3 and DCT 4 nokia phones (comptible with the models indicated above) 

Reset SEC code DCT3 (also on 6210 and 7110) 

Reset SEC code DCT4, 6310 (not compatible with version 5.x and above), 8310, 6510, 5210, etc. 

Repair 4 locks closed 

Repair damaged imei number (if ????????????4 IMEI will be replaced by a programmed number, if imei is ok it keeps the original IMEI) 

Calculate FAID 

Works also on msid 81 !!! (51/61 series without damage the phone) Package include: 

Unlock clip with interruptor to select DCT3 or DCT4, local and test mode switch and start button. 

9 different data cables to fit all nokia phones. 

Nokia clip User guide 

Reference: PANACLIP95 

Name: Panasonic Unlock Clip for GD92, GD93 y GD52 


This new clip allows you to unlock in 9 seconds any panasonic GD-92, GD-93 or GD-52. 

Just connect it and it will unlock inmediately. 

No need for computer connection. 

No need for battery. 

89

Reference: EMMI-DROID 



Name: Motorola EMMI-BOX version 2.0 include xx.13.xx 


Now some operators companies include a new version of FLASH, it's the xx.13.xx, and old EMMI boxes don't work if you find a phone with 

this flash version and maybe sometimes you can break your phone (this box can repair this failure too). 

Features: 

Unlock any Motorola phone including flash version xx.13.xx 


Change logos 

Change ringtones 

Fix tampered motorola phones or bad unlocked 

Repair Motorola phones It includes Motorola EMMI box + CD with all necessary programs, EMMIDROID. 

Emmidroid is a Hard / Soft set that allows you to connect a motorola mobile phone based on DCS_BUS to the PC. 

This hardware is known as EMMI-BOX EMMIBOX (Electric Man-Machine Interface). 

Emmidroid works with an standard 9Volts battery. 

It doesn't need any external power adaptor, that allows a better independence to work with laptops. 

Emidroid V2.3 allows to unlocj any Motorola phone based on DCS_BUS , including xx.13.xx versiones 

THe new motorola phones T191,T192,T193 y V66, cannot be unlocked at this moment. 

But we are working to offer an update in the next version of software and to provide appropiate connectors. 

There are two big groups of motorola phones, depending on CPY model that they use: 

Reference: DEJAN-BOX 

Name: Nokia Dejan Box Repairs, Full Flash, Unlock & change vers. 


Nokia Dejan Box features: 

Change/upload languages 

Repair Nokia phones 

Repair contact service. 

Repair 3310 Autopower off. 

Repair not coverage problem. 

Repair bad unlocked phones. 

make MCU & PPM files from phones 

unlock new SW versions (like 3330 4.30) by downgrading them... 

Change, update sw version 

You can upload PPM to any language, it support: 

Arabic 

Bulgarian 

ChineseSimpl 

ChineseTrad. 

Croatian 

Czech 

English 

Estonian 

French 

German 

Grek 

Hebrew 

Hindi 

Hungarian 

Indonesia 

Latvian 

Lithuanian 

Malaysia 

Orange(Eng) 

Polish 

Portuguese 

Romanian 

Russia 

Russian 

Serbian 

Slovakia 

Slovenia 

Spanish 

Tagalong 

Thai 

Turkish 

Vietnamese 

If you only want to unlock you can do it with NK-FLASH. But if you want to change languages, sw versions and repair Nokia mobile phones 

you will need Dejan box that works with latest versions of Dejan Flasher 1.03 and 1.04 software. 

All this is done without logs 

To changed IMEI number you will need to use Nokiatool. Available at our members area This product includes: 

Dejan box 

Set of cables for these nokia phones : 3210, 3310, 5110, 6210, 7110, 8210, 8850,8890, 5190, 5190, 6150, 6110, 6150, 6250. 

Cd with software Dejan Flasher 1.03 and 1.04 with appropiate flashes, PPM and MCU files 

Documentation 

Operating system recommended: Windows98. No further software support is provided because all newer MCU&PPM files can be made by 

yourself by reading it from a Nokia phone, and with this the conditions are exactly the same as the ones from Dejan Kaljevic himself. 

90

Reference: LG-510 

Name: LG 510 data transmission cable 



CDMA mobile phone cables 

This new cable will allow you to connect to internet with your LG 510 mobile phones. You don't need drivers, windows will detect your 

mobile phone as standard modem. 

Reference: MOT-I700 

Name: Motorola I700 data transmission cable 


This new cable will allow you to connect to internet with your Motorola I700 mobile phones. You don't need drivers, windows will detect 

your mobile phone as standard modem. 

Reference: SAMSUNG-35 

Name: Samsung 3500 data transmission cable 


This new cable will allow you to connect to internet with your Samsung 3500 mobile phones. You don't need drivers, windows will detect 


Reference: SANYO-4500 

Name: Sanyo 4500 data transmission cable 


This new cable will allow you to connect to internet with your Sanyo 4500 mobile phones. You don't need drivers, windows will detect your 

mobile phone as standard modem. 

Reference: AUDIOVOX91 

Name: Audiovox 9100 data transmission cable 


This new cable will allow you to connect to internet with your Audiovox 9100 mobile phones. You don't need drivers, windows will detect 


91



92

Reference: MA-660 



Name: MA-660 USB Infrared Data Suite - Handset Manager 


Infrared Data Suite: 

The MA-660 retail package contains a Handset Manager software CD and a USB Infrared Adapter. This world-reputed Infrared Data Suite 

assists users to transfer personal and mulitimedia data wirelessly, so that users can enjoy cable-free environment furthermore. 

Enjoy Your Wireless Life 

By using Handset Manager - Infrared Data Suite, wireless data transfers can be easily established between handsets, PDAs and PCs. It's so 

easy to synchronize with PDAs, update phonebook, transfer photos, share/transmit/back up files from handset to PC. 

Handset Manager Features: 

Phone Book Editor / Contact: 

Edit, Backup, and Organize the personal phonebook on PC and Upload to phone, also synchronize Microsoft Outlook & Outlook 

Express contacts with mobile phone. 

MMS Composer: 

With adding and editing graphics, animation, and sound, you can make your multi-media message astonished and share with your friends. 

Calendar Sync: 

Update the Outlook Calendar contents to your handset directly. 

File Manager: 

Like the Windows Explorer, file Manager allows easy drag and drop file transfer between cellular phone and computer. 

Picture Editor/Animation: 

Spice up interesting images on your camera phone. Compose and edit favorite pictures and GIF clips into a surprising animation with more 

than 42 special effects. 

MP3 Clipper: 

Select your favorite MP3 songs and clip your favorite parts, switch the orders, upload to your mobile phone then, you can easily create 

unique MP3 ringtones or songs, either for your own or sharing with your friends. 

Audio Composer/Sound: 

Compose and edit personal polyphonic ring tone with up to 128 different instruments. Create Hi-Fi music by superb recording and 

mixing/editing of AMR, Voices, and WAV audio files. 

Video Composer: 

Compose and edit your video, with special effects and the other sounds, graphics and animation. Image this, with recording your own 

voice, a MP3 song, text subtitles, special effects, and a video made by you, you can easily create your own MV. 

Message: 

Append personal signature behind short messages. Store frequently-defined SMS text in SIM card. Send various formats of short 

messages. i.e. text, ring tones, graphic to supportive phones. 

SyncManager: 

Quickly Synchronize Contacts/Calendar/Tasks/Notes with Outlook or Outlook Express, by manually or automatically. You can always 

change your favorite setting to fit your needs. 

Additional Features: 

User manuals and Handset Manager Version 9.0 are available in English, Chinese, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Russian, Czech, 

Greek, Hungarian, Swedish, Polish and Portuguese. 

Features are phone dependent. Some of the phones only support some of the features. Please visit specific model page for detail 

information. 


Operating Systems:Windows 98/ 98SE, 2000, ME, Windows XP 

Platform :PC compatible (Pentium 133 MHz or above) 

Infrared Standard :IrDA standards compliant, Physical layer 1.0, 1.1 

Infrared Speed :SIR speed: 115.2K, 57.6K, 38.4K, 19.2K, 9.6K 

Infrared Effective Distance: 1 cm ~ 100 cm in normal environment 

Infrared Effective Angle: 30 degree cone angle area 

Dimension: 80 mm x 42 mm x 30 mm Software included Handset Manager for infrared-capable mobile phones 

Operating Temperature: 0C ~ 50C 

USB Specification:USB specification version 1.1 compliant 

Maximum Transfer Speed:USB connection: 12M bps 

Mobile Phone connection:115.2K bps 

* Newly released software might not support Windows 98SE/ME. Please check the download page for more detail information. 

Supported Phones 

Infrared Data Suite Model MA-660 Supported Phones -- International 

LG G5410 / G7100 / G7030 / U8110 / U8130 / U8138 / U8330 

MOTOROLA Timeport 260 / P7389i 

NOKIA 3200 / 3230 / 5100 / 5140 / 5140i / 5210 / 6020 / 6021 / 6100 / 6101 / 6170 / 6108 / 6111 / 6200 / 6210 / 6220 / 6230 / 6230i / 6250 / 6260 / 

6270 / 6280 / 6310-6310i / 6500 / 6510 / 6600 / 6610 / 6610i / 6800 / 6810 / 6820 / 6822 / 7110 / 7190 / 7200 / 7210 / 7250 / 7250i / 7260 / 7270 / 

7280 / 7360 / 7650-3650-3600-3660 / 7600 / 8210 / 8290 / 8250 / 8310 / 8390 / 8850 / 8890 / 8855 / 8910 / 8910i / 6125 / 6131 / 6070 

PANASONIC X70 / X88 / X700 / X800 

SAMSUNG A300 / A308 / A400 / A408 / D488 / D500 / D508 / E100 / E105 / E300 / E310 / E600 / E608 / E610 / E700 / E715 / E710 / E810 / E800 / 

E808 / E820 / E850 / P100 / P400 / P408 / P810 / P815 / S500 / S508 / V200 / V206 / X660 / X660v / Z300 / Z140V / Z500V / ZM60 

SIEMENS C70 / C72 / C75 / CF75 / CX70 / CX75 / CX70V / CXT65 / CXT70 / S35i-3568i / SL42-SL45-6688 / S45-ME45-6618-3618 / M75 / 

SL55-SL5C / SX1 / SL56 / S65 / S75 / S65V / SL65 / SP65 

SONY ERICSSON D750i / R320sc / R520 / S700i / T39 / T68 / T68i / T300-T310-T312 / T306-T316 / K300i / K500i-F500i / K508i / K600i / K608i / 

K700i / K750i / P800 / P900 / P910i / T300-T310 / T610-T616-T618-T628-T630 / V600i / V800 / W550i / W600i / W800i / W900i / Z520i / Z600 / Z800i 

/ Z1010 / K510i / Z530i / K310i 

SAGEM My 310x / My X5-2 / My X6-2 / My X8 

SHARP GX20-GX21-GX22 

MA-660 Supported Phones --North America MA-660 Supported Phones North American- phone models 

NOKIA 3200 / 3650 / 3660 / 3600 / 3620 / 6100 / 6200 / 6230 / 6255 / 6610 / 6620 / 6800 / 6820 

SAMSUNG E105 / E715 / V206 / P735 

SIEMENS SL56 / CT66 

SONY ERICSSON P800 / P900 / T306 / T316 / T610 / T616 / T637 / S710a 

93

Reference: ACT-IR220L 

Name: PC Serial IrDA Adapter ACT-IR220L+ 




94


Name: MA-620 USB Infrared Adapter 


- Connectivity between desktop PC and mobile phone/PDAs 



MA620 USB Infrared Adapter is a software and hardware 2-in-1 package that enables desktop users to do wireless BI-way data 

transmissions to infrared-equipped mobile phones, PDA, Palm Pilots, notebook PCs, and Windows CE machines. 

Functions The MA620 USB Infrared Adapter package comes with Handset Manager, allowing a user to access, edit, and personalize their 

phone book, calendar, SMS messages for the convenience of business, communication, and fun. 

Moreover, the software allows a user to manage data in their native languages, because the current version of Handset Manager supports 

over 10 languages including Arabic, Chinese (Taiwan), Chinese (China), Czech and Slavic Languages, German, Dutch, English, French, 

Italian, Russian, Spanish. 

Handset Manager features: Phone Book Editor Manage your phone book the easy way with the Handset Manger phone book function. 

With the MA-620, you can save time, by adding entries and changing your numbers on your PC instead! Import and Export your phone book 

contents to and from contact manager software such as Outlook/Outlook express or Palm Software, via CSV file format. Edit and update 

into your phone via the phone book editor. Add or delete numbers, change their position, switch them between SIM and phone storage - 

then upload them back to your phone! Keep a back-up of your contacts on your PC. 

SMS Editor 

Send text messages by simply composing them on your computer and sending them through your phone! Compose a message on your PC 

and then send it via your phone. The multiple destination SMS send function makes sending to more than one number easy! Compose a 

new ringtone or logo and then send it as a message! Keep a back-up of your contacts on your PC. 

Logo & Graphic Message Designer 

The Logo Editor comes with the standard drawing tools, leaving you to concentrate on designing the coolest Logos around. New enhanced 

features allow you to view full-colour photo's and transform them into logo's effortlessly. Re-size and touch up and see instantly on your 

screen. Upload all the logos you find in the Internet. Change the Operator Logo. The MA-620 comes with 700 FREE picture logos! Design 

new Caller Group Graphics. Create new Picture Messages and send them to your friends. Replace the Startup Logo with one of your own. 

Import common Logo file formats, including Windows .bmp files, jpeg,png,ico,pcx and tga. Upload/download pictures to your Nokia 7650 & 

Ericsson T68/T68i (including Communicam pictures). 

NOTE: the logo function is not available for Motorola phones. On Ericsson and Siemens phones only the operator logo function is available. 

Ringtone Composer 

The new polyphonic Ringtone Editor makes composing Ringtones fun, quick and easy with up to 16 tracks and 128 instuments - but if you 

lack creative talent, you can load in standard MIDI files and RTTTL Nokring files. Click and place musical notes, or change the tempo, add 

musical rests, flats and sharps. The MA-620 comes with 500 FREE Ringtones!. There's also a preview function, so your can hear your tune 

before uploading it to your mobile. Ringtones can be saved to the mobile phone, or you can even send your new hit ringtone by SMS to 

your friends. 

Calendar Manager 

Available for compatible mobile phones - make sure that you're always on time and up to date with the calendar support function! 

Synchronize your calendar with Microsoft Outlook. Edit and Manage your calendar on your PC then upload it back to your phone! Organize 

your calendar or change your schedule. Make full use of your phones organizer features! 

NOTE: Handset Manager does not currently support the Phone Book synchronization of Outlook with the Siemens and Motorola phones. 

Internet Surf the Internet and check your e-mail using your phone's Modem. If your phone has a hardware modem, utilize the modem and 

connect to the Internet or send and receive faxes. The Infrared link supports all IrDA modem drivers. 

Please note: 

Some functions may not activate if not supported by the mobile phone. Please check each product page to find out the detailed support 

INFO. 

Compatible Mobile Devices 

Mobile Phones 

NOKIA 3410, 3650, 5100, 5210, 6100, 6310, 6310i, 6210, 6250, 6500, 6510, 6610, 6800, 7110, 7190, 7210, 7250,7250i, 7650, 8210, 8250, 8290, 

8850, 8855, 8890, 8310, 8390, 8855, 8910, 8910i 

MOTOROLA Timeport 260, P7389i 

SIEMENS M50, ME45, MT50, S35i, SL42, SL45,SL55, SL5C, S45, 6688, 3568i, 3618, 6618 

SHARP GX-20 

ERICSSON R320sc, R520, T39, T68, T68i, T610,T300, T310, T300, 

SAMSUNG A300, A308, A400, A408 

PDAs 

Palm V, Vx, IIIx, m100, m105, m505 

IBM WorkPad C3, 30X, c500, c505 

SONY CLIÉ series 

Windows CE PDA/HPC -- (i.e. CASIO CASSIOPEIA, COMPAQ iPAQ, HP Jornana, etc.) 

Digital Still Cameras 

CASIO QV-7000 

SONY CyberShot DSC-F3 

Kodak 

Other Infrared 

Devices Technical support available for special infrared devices. 

Specifications 

Operating Systems 

Windows 98/ 98SE, 2000, ME, Windows XP 

Platform 

PC compatible (Pentium 133 MHz or above) 

Infrared Standard 

IrDA standards compliant, Physical layer 1.0, 1.1 

Infrared Speed 

SIR speed: 115.2K, 57.6K, 38.4K, 19.2K, 9.6K 

Infrared Effective Distance 

1 cm ~ 100 cm in normal environment 

Infrared Effective Angle 

30 degree cone angle area 

Dimension 

80 mm x 42 mm x 30 mm 

Software included 

Handset Manager for infrared-capable mobile phones 

Operating Temperature 

0C ~ 50C 

USB Specification 

USB specification version 1.1 compliant 

Maximum Transder Speed 

USB connection: 12M bps 

Mobile Phone connection: 115.2K bps 

Package Contents 

95

Specificacions: 

Reference: USB-IRDA 

Name: USB Infrared Adapter of 4 Mbps 





Name: DI-28 Infrared Modem for Ericsson T28 and compatibles 


The DI-28 package consists of an infrared modem which allows you to connect your ericsson phone to a computer via an Infrared Link, 

manage your mobile phone book and send /receive SMS. You can connect to the Internet if you install modem drivers. It works under 

windows 95/98/NT and can be used with handheld and any PDA running s.o EPOC, Windows CE or Palm OS. Download latest drivers from: 

http://mobileinternet.ericsson.com 


Name: Ericsson Mobile Office DI-27 


The DI-27 package consists of an infrared modem which allows you to connect your ericsson phone to a computer via an Infrared Link, and 

an application called mobile office suite. With the mobile office suite, you can organize the phone book in your mobile phone as well as 

sending and receiving SMS messages. The infrared modem can be used with windows 95/98 and windows CE. The mobile office suite can 

be used only with windows 95/98. It's compatible with Ericsson GSM 900/1800/1900 phones in the 600,700 series and A1018, T10 and T18. 

The package includes a CD with all required software and drivers. 

96

Reference: BL-5F 



Name: Original Nokia BL-5F Li-Ion 950 mAh battery for E65, N95, N93i, 6290 


Nokia BL-5F Internal battery is a Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) based battery which provides power in a thin and light package. 

Chemistry: Li-Ion 

Ratings 3.7 Volts 950mAh Capacity 


Nokia E65, N95, N93i, 6290 

Reference: BL-5B 

Name: Nokia BL-5B 820 mAh Li-Ion Original Battery 


Nokia BL-5B Battery is an internal battery used for certain Nokia mobile phones. 

Nokia BL-5B Internal battery is a Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) based battery which provides power in a thin and light package. 




Nokia N90, N80, 7360, 7260, 6080, 6070, 6060, 6021, 6020, Nokia 5500 Sport, 5300, 5200, 5140i, 5140, 3230, 3220 

Reference: BL-6C 

Name: Nokia BL-6C 1070 mAh Li-Ion Original Battery 


A compact, lightweight Li-Ion 1070 mAh battery that provides extended power for your Nokia phone. 




Nokia E70 , Nokia 2115i, Nokia 2116i, Nokia 2125, Nokia 2126, Nokia 2128, Nokia 3155i, Nokia 6011i, Nokia 6015i, Nokia 6016i, Nokia 6019i, 

Nokia 6155, Nokia 6155i, Nokia 6235i, Nokia 6236, Nokia 6236i, Nokia 6255i, Nokia 6256i, Nokia N-GAGE, Nokia N-GAGE QD, Nokia SHORTY 

Reference: LD-3W 

Name: Original Nokia Bluetooth GPS Module LD-3W 


Get where you're going with the Nokia Wireless GPS Module LD-3W. 

Simply type in the address where you want to go and follow the route map on the display; with the accompanying voice instructions, 

finding your way is easy. 

The Nokia Wireless GPS Module LD-3W connects to a compatible phone, PC, or PDA using Bluetooth wireless technology, and works with a 

number of different applications. 

Features: 

LEDs indicate power, status of Bluetooth wireless connection, and GPS status 

Uses a Nokia battery (rechargeable with compatible Nokia chargers) 

Minimum operating time 15h*, standby time up to 7 days* 

Battery status and other information is visible on the mobile phone display when the application used supports S60 v.3.0 

Compatible with a number of location-based applications and services 

Connects wirelessly to a compatible phone, PC, or PDA using Bluetooth wireless technology 

Small and lightweight 


Dimensions: 78.4 x 45.4 x 16.5 mm 

Weight: 65 g (including battery) 

Power: Battery BL-5C Li-ion 

Operating distance between Bluetooth devices: Up to 10 meters (30 feet) 

GPS receiver: Sirf Star III, 20 parallel channels 

Accuracy: Typical ± 5-10 m, maximum ± 25 m (95% open-sky) 

Update rate: 1 second 

Acquisition times: Approximately 45s/2s (cold/hot start) 

Position format: WGS84 

Operating temperature: -10 C to 40 C 

Interface: Bluetooth 2.0 specification (enhanced data rate), Serial Port Profile, NMEA 0183 v. 3.01 (with proprietary extension sentences) 

The Nokia Wireless GPS Module LD-3W has been designed to ensure compatibility with a wide range of applications available from third 

parties, including Wayfinder Navigator, ROUTE 66 Mobile, ADnota album, and Genimap WeatherGuide. 


Nokia Wireless GPS Module LD-3W 

Nokia Battery BL-5C 

Nokia Mobile Charger DC-4 

Foldout User Guide for Nokia Wireless GPS Module LD-3W 

Memory card with application software in package variants including navigation solution 

Application User Guide in package variants including navigation solution 

*Depends on the application used and the external conditions 

97

Reference: PARROT3000 



Name: Original Bluetooth Car Kit Parrot CK3000 Evolution 


Just turn on the engine. Drive. Talk. It s that simple! 

The Parrot CK3000 Evolution hands-free Car Kit offers the convenience of voice recognition and outstanding sound quality by using your 

car's sound system as a receiver. 

It takes less than an hour for your local mechanic to mount the Parrot EVOLUTION: electronic box, microphone, and keypad. There are no 

apparent wires. Once installed, just turn on the engine and you are immediately connected to your phone. 

Even by leaving the mobile phone in his bag, with his Parrot EVOLUTION, the driver dictates a name and is immediately connected to his 

correspondent. 

The car's speakers transmit the conversation with perfect quality of sound, regardless of the driving conditions (traffic, highway…). 


Name: Nokia converter for Car Kit CARK91 and CARK 109 


The Nokia Converter CA-55 allows you to update both the Nokia Advanced HF Car Kit CARK-91 and the Nokia Advanced HF Car Kit 

CARK-109 to work with compatible Pop-Port™ equipped phones. 

Because you can install the Nokia Converter CA-55 and change the compatible mobile phone holder by yourself, updating your car kit to 

work with newer Nokia phones is quick and convenient. 

Features: 

Allows operation of selected Nokia Pop-Port™ equipped mobile phones with the Nokia Advanced HF Car Kit CARK-91 and Nokia 

Advanced HF Car Kit CARK-109 

Broad compatibility with Nokia mobile holders and phones 

Self-installation is possible 

Reference: EPO10GB 

Name: Original Samsung EPO10GB hands free headset for SGH-600, 800 


Original Samsung EPO10GB hands free headset/earplug headset. 

Hands free with ear bud and in-line microphone 

Send/end button to answer and disconnect calls 

Black 

2.5 mm jack plugs into phone cancelling microphone 

Micro: 1~10V, 150~450microA. 

Cable length: 1.2m 

Earplug: 3mW, 0.67V. 

Reference: PCB133LBC 

Name: Original PC Link Data cable PCB133LBC for Samsung E700.. 


Samsung PCB133LBC PC link cable (serial connection) 

Features: 

- Genuine/Original Samsung branded data cable 

- For use in conjunction with suitable software 

- Download games, videos, ring tones & pictures to your phone 

- Send, view and receive text Messages via you PC 

- Edit your phonebook, text messages, files and other data via your PC 

- Monitor battery & signal levels 

- Make and receive calls and texts from your PC 

- Unlock your phone (software dependable) 

- Repair software faults (software dependable) 

Cable specification: 

Connector : W18 pins 

Data transfer speed: 500Bps. 

Voltaje entry: 3~5 V 

Cable length: 1200mm 

Reference: MMC-60 

Name: Original music cable MMC-60 for Sonyericsson D750i, K750i 


Turn your phone into a music player! 

Why should your favorite songs stay in your phone when they sound so much better in stereo? 

Give the music a smooth ride from your phone to your stereo with the MMC-60. Just plug it in and enjoy the excellent sound quality of your 

sound system. 

Connect your phone to your stereo system 

Features 

Music 

Fast port 

98

Reference: DCU-60 



Name: Original USB data cable DCU-60 for SonyEricsson D750i, K750i 


Build a bridge between your computer and your phone 

Building a bridge between your computer and your phone, the DCU-60 allows you to store pictures taken with your camera phone, transfer 

music files to and from your computer and stay up-to-date with a synchronized calendar and address book. You can also give your phone a 

fresh start by downloading new software from the Internet. 

Transfer music files and ring tones to your phone 

Synchronize your computer's address book with your phone's 

Download software from the internet 

Features 

Music 

Fast port system connector 

USB connection 

Reference: INKVISIBLE 

Name: Invisible Ink Pen with UV light for spying and detecting 


Your writing can only be viewed by applying a black UV light on the writing. 

The ink is visible under ultraviolet light. 

Each invisible ink marking pen contains invisible permanent ink. It's safe and reliable and easy to use. 

Multiple uses: 

Detect fake notes : Thanks to the built in UV light you can now identify false currency notes. 

Mini Flashlight : You can use the light in case of an emergency. 

Invisible INK: spy pen features ink that is made of special high-brightness compounds that are invisible to the naked eye, but magically 

illuminate when exposed to ultraviolet light. A blacklight is conveniently located on the opposite end of the pen, allowing you to read any 

messages left to you by your spy friends, perfect for writing down secret spy messages, it can also be used to mark your valuables with 

your name and phone number. Most importantly, it can even give you a hand at passing your exam.. no one has to know!! 

Writing is visible under ultraviolet light. 

The light is located on the bottom of the pen and turns on by pressing a small button. 


1- Pen for writing invisible messages and built in UV light 

1- Invisible ink refill 

4- Button batteries. 

Reference: EBA-510 

Name: Original Li-Ion Battery 700 mAh EBA-510 Siemens S55, C55,M55 


Capacity: 700 mAH 

Talking time: 350 minutes 

Standby time: 260 hours 

Battery type: Litium ion 

Charge Time: 2 hours 

Weight: 27 g. 

Reference: CARK-91 

Name: Nokia CARK91 Advanced Handsfree Car Kit 


Features 

Holds your phone firmly 

Recharges the battery 

Convenient handsfree operation 

Separate microphone 

Handsfree speaker 

Excellent two-way (duplex) voice quality 


Name: Nokia CARK126 Car Installation Kit 


Features 

Includes the HFU-4 Handsfree Unit 

Charges phone 

Car radio mute 

Ignition sense 

Noise and echo cancellation 

Also includes: 

Mounting Plate MKU-1 

External HF speaker HFS-12 

Microphone HFM-8 

Power Cable PCU-4 

System Cable SCU-4 

99

Reference: BLN-3 



Name: Original battery BLN-3 1100 mAh Li-Ion Nokia 9110 / 9110i 


High power battery BLN-3 1100 mAh Li-Ion. 

Talk time: 3 - 6 hours. 

standby time: Phone on: 60-170 hours Phone off: upto 400 hours. 

Charging time: 2 hours 


Name: Original Li-Ion Battery 500 mAh EBA-520 for Siemens SL55 




Wait time: 280 hours 


Weight: 16 g. 

Reference: BST-25 

Name: Original Battery Sonyericsson BST-25 770 mAh Li-Polymer 


Lithium Ion technology delivers long lasting talk times. Rechargeable with no memory effect. Talk Time: up to 2 - 4 h Standby Time: up to 

150-200 h 




Lithium Ion technology delivers long lasting talk times. 

Rechargeable with no memory effect. 

Talk Time: up to 2 - 4 h 

Standby Time: up to 150-200 h 

Charging Time: 1 h 35 min 

100

Reference: HKP-500 

Name: Siemens HKP-500 Car Kit Portable handsfree 




With the HKP500 Car Kit Portable, hands-free communication is easily transferred from one vehicle to the next. Simply plug into the 

cigarette lighter, connect and speak. Ideal for use with Mobile Holder or Mobile Holder Antenna. 

Features: 

Power supply via cigarette lighter (12 V) 

Full duplex, echo compensation, noise reduction, telephone charging function 

Automatic incoming call acceptance 

External microphone 

Optimal alignment possibility via loudspeaker 0 90° 

Easy to use/easy to install hands-free Car Kit 

Enabling easy movement of the Car Kit between different vehicles 


Name: Nokia CARK91 Advanced Handsfree Car Kit 


Features 

Holds your phone firmly 

Recharges the battery 

Convenient handsfree operation 

Separate microphone 

Handsfree speaker 

Excellent two-way (duplex) voice quality 


Name: Nokia CARK126 Car Installation Kit 


Features 

Includes the HFU-4 Handsfree Unit 

Charges phone 

Car radio mute 

Ignition sense 

Noise and echo cancellation 

Also includes: 

Mounting Plate MKU-1 

External HF speaker HFS-12 

Microphone HFM-8 

Power Cable PCU-4 

System Cable SCU-4 

101

Reference: CAR-BABY 

Name: Carbaby mobile phone handsfree 




No wires! 

No plug-ins! 

No installation required! 

CarBabyTM is truly universal, transforming your cell phone into a speakerphone everywhere. Dual band! Use either FM stations 88.7 or 

106.5. 

Easy to set-up. 

Crystal clear sound with great sound quality. CarBabyTM takes advantage of your car speaker system. 

Elegant, sleek design that is portable and easy to transport from one car to another, in your home, office or wherever there is a radio. 

Can also be used as a conferencing system. 

CAR-BABY USER'S MANUAL 

1. HOW TO INSTALL 

Clip the unit onto the speaker part of your phone set. 

Place the phone set on the Phone Holder (option) or other convenient place in your car. Important: Keep within 1 meter between the driver 

and this unit, as the speaker party is talking from the Internal Mic of the phone set). 

2. HOW TO USE 

Tune the Car Radio to the right station (Frequency as shown on this packaging). 

Switch on the power and the LED will be on. 

Switch off the power after conversation to avoid the battery being driven off. 

Please slightly tune frequency of the radio station if any slight cacophony is heard. 

NOTE: Although the frequency is occupied by a radion station, this won't be heard when conversation begins. 

3. TROUBLE SHOOTING 

Decrease the volume of your Car Radio or your phone set to avoid heavy Echo. 

Replace the internal battery in case of heavy cacophony or a shorter distance reception. 

4. HOW TO REPLACE THE BATTERY 

Push the clip at the bottom to open the battery cover. 

Put the cell into the battery case. 

Rebound the battery cover. 

Untitled Document 

Reference: HFCK-DR100 

Name: Driver Phone Hands-free Car Kit de Luxe 


New 2.5mm Universal handsfree car kit + Universal hold. (Driver's seat). 

Easy-to-Install, Easy-to-uninstall, Non-Permanent. 

The voice from the speaker make you feel talking face to face in person. 

Six foot connecting cable with standard 2.5mm plug. 

Compatible for all the cell phones has 2.5mm jack. 

Compatibility with following phones with 2.5mm jack: 

Audiovox CDM-130/135, Audiovox CDM-3000/3300, Audiovox CDM-4000/4500/5000, Audiovox CDM-8000/8100/8150/8200/8300/8500, 

Audiovox CDM-9000/9100/9150/9155, Audiovox GSM-810, Audiovox MVX-425/430/435/450/460/465, Audiovox MVX-440/470/475/480XL/485, 

Audiovox MVX-500/501/502/505/506/507, Audiovox MVX-525/530/535/550/560/700/750, Audiovox MVX-565/600/605, Audiovox 

MVX-800/805/850/855, Audiovox PCX-1000/1100/1110/3500/3600, Audiovox TDM-2500, Audiovox Z-800 

Denso Touchpoint-120, Denso Touchpoint-1000/1100/1200/3000 

Fujitsu 3625/ F80P-173/ST/XL 

Hyundai HGC-120E/HGC-130E/HGC-230E/HGC-1000E/HGC-1200E, Hyundai HGT-1000E/HGP-4000/MMP-1000E/P-A/P-210/PE-2 

Kyocera 2008/2027/2035/2119/2135/2235/2255/2325/2345 Kyocera 3035/5135/6035/7135, 

LG LGIC 4NE1/DB230, LG LGIC 110/111, LG LGIC 300/320/333/340, LG LGIC 510/520/525, LG LGIC 

1010/1100/2000/2110/2300/3000/5000/5200/5250/5350, LG LGIC VX1/VX10/VX2000/VX4000/VX9000 

Mitsubishi AH-129/131/163/169/250/270/350/355, Mitsubishi G-75/100/100E/150/200/250, Mitsubishi G-310/320/340/360/410, Mitsubishi 

T-200/250/255/300/330 

Motorola Accompli 009, Motorola 3160/SC3160, Motorola A388, Motorola C331, Motorola L-7082/7089, Motorola M-3090/3097, Motorola 

MicroTAC-Elite, Motorola MicroTAC-LiteII/LiteXL, Motorola P-8090/8097/8160/8167/8190/8197/8367, Motorola Populous, Motorola 

Profile-300/500/700, Motorola StarTAC-1.9/3000/6000/6500/8500/8600, Motorola ST-7760/7762/7790/7797/7860/7867/7868/7890/7897, Motorola 

T-193/270/280/720/8090/8097/8160/8167/8367, Motorola T-2260/2267/2282/2287/2290/2297/2390/2397, Motorola T720, Motorola V100/V200, 

Motorola V-2260/2267/2282/2287/2290/2297/2390/2397, Motorola V60/V66/V70, Motorola Vader-V3620/3682/8060/8062/8160/8162 

NEC DT-2100/3100 

Nixxo NXC-3000/3200/NXG-9000/NXP-6100 

Nokia 282 

Oki 1145/1150, Oki 1325/1335/1375, Oki 1410/1415/1430/1435/1475, Oki CD-3500 

Panasonic EBH-10/20/40/55/70/105/205, Panasonic G450/G600, Panasonic TX-310/320 

Prestige PR-140/150 

Samsung 210/211, Samsung 400/411/2500, Samsung 810/850/8500, Samsung 1000/1510, Samsung 2000/2010, Samsung 3500, Samsung 

620/6100, Samsung A310/A400/A460/A500/A540, Samsung I300/I330, Samsung N100/N150/N200/N240/N300/N370/N400, Samsung T300 

Sanyo SCP-3000, Sanyo SCP-4000/4500/4700/4900, Sanyo SCP-5000/5150, Sanyo SCP-6000/6200 

Toshiba TCP-900/1000 

The following models will need an additional connector: 

NOKIA: 3310, 5110, 6110, 6210, 7110. 

ERICSSON: T20s,T28s,T29s,T39M,T65,T66,R310s,R320s,R380s,R520m,R600,A2618s,A2628s. 

SIEMENS: C35i,S35,M35,A35,A40,C45,SL45,ME45,S45. 

MOTOROLA: CD928,CD938CCD920,P8088. 

102

Reference: I-TALKIE 

Name: Universal Infrared Wireless Handsfree car kit 


No more dangerous driving 

No more interferences 

No more health risks (avoid radiation) 

Easy instalation. 

Features: 



Speaker phone with Volume control and a special Motorola Echo-cancelling IC. 

Standard plug for automotive cigarette lighter adaptor. 

Built-in Auto Charger for the Infrared Wireless Ear Piece. 

Two led indicators for Charging/Speaker Phone and Stand-by modes. 

Wide angle Infrared (IR) transmission for Signal Stability 

Compatible with all systems and mobile phones models (GSM, GPRS, CDMA, TDMA, PCS, PHS, UMTS, etc) 


Main unit 110g. 

Power: 12/24 volts 

Ear piece: 20 g. 

Ear piece rechargeable Ni/Mh battery: 30 mAmp. 3.6 volts 

Reference: UNI-HFKCAR 

Name: Universal Car Hands free kit 


This special hands free kits fits to any mobile phone. It can be installed easily without need to sold cables and without unmount parts. 

103

Reference: DUALSIMCARD-11 



Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia 6600 or compatible models 


Brand new style dual sim compatible with GSM phones. With this new design you no longer have to change the look of your phone with a 

thicker housing. This device allows you to use two SIM cards on one phone, without always having to change your sim card around. 

Features 

1) Ultra slim design to keep original shape of the sim card, no need cutting original sim card 

2) Easy installation with great convenience 

3) Original imported ultra slim IC and FPC board with sound and stable quality 

4) No data loss for some phone when switching between 2 numbers or turning off. 

5) A perfect solution to having two sims from different providers in the same phone. 

Instructions: 

- To change from one sim (one number) to another (other number) you only need to turn your phone off and on again (or enter the pin 

number of the sim you wish to use). In Nokia phones you can restart the phone by typing *3370#. 

Important: In order for the dual sim to work correctly, the phone needs to be unlocked. 


Nokia: 6600 


Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia 3220, 6230 or compatible models 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia: 3220, 6230 

104




Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Siemens and compatible models 




Features 






Instructions: 





Siemens: 2128 


Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia, Siemens and compatible models 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia: 3650 

Siemens: 2588 


Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Motorola, SonyEricsson, Sagem, Alcatel, Panasonic 




Features 






Instructions: 





Motorola: 8088, 998, 3688, GD928, GD938, T288 

Sony Ericsson: T20, T28, T68, T68N, T29, R320, A3618, Z18, J16 

Sagem: 918, 930, 968 

Alcatel: OT500, OT300 

Panasonic: GD92, GD93 

105




Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia, Motorola, Panasonic, Siemens, Samsung, SonyEric, G 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia: 5130, 7110 

Motorola: A6188 

Panasonic: GD90 

Siemens: 1118, 3508, 3518, 3568 

Samsung: A200, A288, N500, R210, T108 

SonyEricsson: T66 

GVC: 168D, 268E, 588H 


Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia, Maxon, Siemens, Samsung, SonyEricsson and compa 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia: 1100, 2280, 2300, 3100, 3120, 3108, 6100, 6108, 6120, 6600 

Maxon: MX 7810 

Siemens: C55, C60 

Samsung: C100 

Sony Ericsson: T68, T68i 


Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia, Samsung and compatible models 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia:7210, 7250, 6610, 3200, 6620 

Samsung: S308 

106




Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia, Motorola and compatible models 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia: 8210, 8250, 8850, 5210, 6210, 2100 

Motorola: L2000, CF2000, VA2188, V2088, T192 


Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia, Motorola, Siemens, SonyEricsson and compatible 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia: 8310, 6510, 3610 

Motorola: M388, C266 

Siemens: 3508 

Sony Ericsson: T310, T238 


Name: Ghost Dual Sim for Nokia, Motorola T191, T190 and compatible models 




Features 






Instructions: 





Nokia: 3310, 5510, 3350, 3330, 3410, 3510, 6210 

Motorola: T189, T190, T191, 7789 

107

Reference: DUAL-SIM 

Name: Universal dual sim card for all phone models 




Brand new style dual sim compatible with GSM phone models. With this new design you no longer have to turn off your phone to change 

between numbers, change the look of your phone with a thicker housing or enter pins to change lines. With this new desing you can do all 

the switching directly from the main menu of the phone. 

Features 


2) Compatible with all GSM mobile phone models. (For the Nokia 6230/6230i not compatible with version 5.x or higher) 



5) Switch between phone lines from the phone´s menu. No need to turn off phone (optional). 


Instructions: 

Replace the yellow card with one sim card (pay attention to the direction of the sim) (SIM 2) 

Remove the blue cardboard from the PBC making sure the protection slip is also removed. Note, there will be a sticky part on near the pins. 

Stick the original sim making sure it is contacting with the pins of the pbc board. 

Stick "sim 1 " onto the card holder (important note: SIM 2 with stainless stell cover can not be inserted into the card holder) 

Place battery back on, power on. 

You will note on your main menu a new option of "dual sim" . You can use this menu to switch between cards. Do not choose 

"both on line" option as this will reset the sim card, this option is not compatible with European models. 

Reference: 2SC-6100 

Name: Dual Sim Cover for Nokia 6100 


The Dual SIM cover or twin sim cover, is the newest solution for fitting 2 SIMs into one phone. 

















108

Reference: 2SC-C45 

Name: Dual SIM Cover for Siemens C45 




Name: Dual SIM Cover for Nokia 8310/6510 




The Dual SIM cover or twin sim cover, is the newest solution for fitting 2 SIMs into one phone. Just Press On/Off Key (Phone Power Switch) 

you can Select between 2 Sim cards. 

You can see the installation in the following picture: 

Reference: 2SC-A30X 

Name: Dual SIM Cover for Alcatel 300, 301, 302 




Name: Dual SIM Cover for Nokia 8210 




You see the installation in the following picture: 

109









Reference: 2SC-V36 

Name: Dual SIM Cover for Motorola V36XX 










Name: Dual SIM Cover for Nokia 51XX/61XX/71XX 





110

Reference: CAR-BABY 

Name: Carbaby mobile phone handsfree 




No wires! 

No plug-ins! 

No installation required! 

CarBabyTM is truly universal, transforming your cell phone into a speakerphone everywhere. Dual band! Use either FM stations 88.7 or 

106.5. 

Easy to set-up. 

Crystal clear sound with great sound quality. CarBabyTM takes advantage of your car speaker system. 

Elegant, sleek design that is portable and easy to transport from one car to another, in your home, office or wherever there is a radio. 

Can also be used as a conferencing system. 

CAR-BABY USER'S MANUAL 

1. HOW TO INSTALL 

Clip the unit onto the speaker part of your phone set. 

Place the phone set on the Phone Holder (option) or other convenient place in your car. Important: Keep within 1 meter between the driver 

and this unit, as the speaker party is talking from the Internal Mic of the phone set). 

2. HOW TO USE 

Tune the Car Radio to the right station (Frequency as shown on this packaging). 

Switch on the power and the LED will be on. 

Switch off the power after conversation to avoid the battery being driven off. 

Please slightly tune frequency of the radio station if any slight cacophony is heard. 

NOTE: Although the frequency is occupied by a radion station, this won't be heard when conversation begins. 

3. TROUBLE SHOOTING 

Decrease the volume of your Car Radio or your phone set to avoid heavy Echo. 

Replace the internal battery in case of heavy cacophony or a shorter distance reception. 

4. HOW TO REPLACE THE BATTERY 

Push the clip at the bottom to open the battery cover. 

Put the cell into the battery case. 

Rebound the battery cover. 

Untitled Document 

111

Reference: HFK-ANTIX 

Name: Anti-microwave Cellular Phone Receiver 




Features: 

Convenient to setup with the cell-phone by mini magnets. 

Offer you a safest way answering phone, not damaging your health by microwave radiation near your head. 

With an over 80 cm length receptor far from the cell-phone taking the place of the portable hands-free earphone. 

Good performance as the same as cell-phone original sound. 

Absolutely protection for cell-phone microwave radiation till 100% high. 

Available for all types of cell-phone size. 

Silicone tubing(Coil)material, can stand high temperature till 200ºC, no toxicity. 

Good quality with low price. 

Reference: HFK-567 

Name: Handsfree Kit for Nokia 5/6/7 series (On/Off) 


Integrated earpiece and microphone allows for handsfree conversation, while a cord mounted answer/end button provides ultimate 

convenience. You can use with 5110/6110/7110/6210/5190/5130/6150/6190/7190 and compatibles 

Reference: HFK-8233 

Name: Handsfree Kit for Nokia 8210/3310 (On/Off) 


Integrated earpiece and microphone allows for handsfree conversation, while a cord mounted answer/end button provides ultimate 

convenience. You can use with 33XX series and 82XX Nokia series. 

Reference: PHR 

Name: Pen shaped Radio Handsfree Headset 


Besides its original function as a hands-free headset this item can also be used to listen to the FM radio programs. The one-touch series of 

ear phones can also be applied to this item. 

This item is available for Nokia, Ericsson and Siemens phones. 


5110, 5120, 5120i, 5125, 5130, 5160, 5160i, 5165, 5170, 5180, 5185, 5185i, 5190 

6110, 6120, 6120i, 6130, 6150, 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6170, 6180, 6180i, 6185 6185i, 6190 

Siemens: C25/S25/S35/M35/C35/SL45 

NOTE: We do not have the 3210 model in stock, only the models listed above 

112

Reference: CARCHARGER 



Name: Universal mobile phone charger 5 in 1 for car and home use 


Now you can charge your mobile phone anywhere you are, be it at home, at work or driving down the road!! 

With this kit you will never run out of battery, as it is complete with a cigarette-lighter charger, AC/DC wall adapter and USB cable 

connector. 

General Features: 

- Avoid missing important calls 

- Small, compact and lightweight, easy to carry 

- No extra power (battery, charger) required 

- No drivers or installation required 

- Full series of universal adapters: Motorola, Nokia, Samsung, SonyEricsson, Siemens 

- Fast and easy, simply plug and start charging the phone 

- Convenient USB connection, used with PC USB ports 

- Up to 30 minutes of talk time (depending on the mobile phone type) 

- Perfect for travellers: suitable for use in hotel rooms, conference rooms, airplanes, etc. 

Car charger: 

- LED - Charging indicator 

- Input: 12V-24V 

- Output: 5.0V 

- Output current: 400 mA 

AC/DC Adapter: 

- LED – charging indicator 

- Input: 100-240 V , AC 50-60 Hz 

- Output: DC 5.0V 

- Current output: 400 mA 

- EU connector plug 

USB Charger: 

- USB travel charger with retractable cable 

- Retractable cable: 90 cm length 

- Data transfer rate: USB 12Mbps (maximum) 

- Input voltage: 5.0V DC 

Pack includes: 

- 5 different phone connectors for: Nokia, Samsung, SonyEricsson, Motorola and Siemens phones 

- Cigarette-lighter car charger 

- AC/DC Adapter 

- USB charger 

Reference: USBCHARGER 

Name: Universal charger via USB connnector for most mobile phones 


Univerasal charger for Nokia, Motorola , Siemenes, Sony Ericsson and Samsung phone models. 

Now you can charge your phone via your USB port, you just need to connect your phone to the USB port and attach a phone connector and 

you will be able to charge your phone while you play or work using your PC/laptop. 

113

Reference: USBCH-V60 



Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for Motorola V60 / V66 / V120 /T720 


Cut down on the need for extra plug sockets - simply charge your phone using the USB port on your PC/Laptop in anywhere you go! 

Features : 

Works with: V60c, V60t, V60g, V66, V120c, Motorola V120t, Timeport 270c and Timeport 280 phones and V200 and compatibles 

General Features: USB provides easiest way to recharge your cellular phone, just plug the cable to the cell phone and plug the other end to 

a standard USB port on ANY PC or MAC! 

Reacharge is Auto Activated 

Charge and Operate a Cell Phone from USB port of your Laptop or Desktop Computer 

Ideal for any Traveling Professional 

Reference: USBCH-C55 

Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for Siemens C55 / S55 



Features : 

Works with: Siemens C55 / S55 and compatibles 






Reference: USBCH-DCT4 

Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for NOKIA DCT4 series 



Features : 

Works with: NOKIA 6100, 6220, 6310, 6310i, 6390, 6600, 6610, 6650, 6800, 7210, 7250, 7650, 8310, 8390, 8910, 8910i, and 9210i. 






Reference: LCH-9 

Name: LCH-9 Rapid Car Charger for Nokia DCT4 Mobile Phone 


This cable will allow you to charge your Nokia phone while you are driving. Its the oem version of the original product: LCH-9. Compatible 

with the following Nokia phones: 

6100, 6220, 6310, 6310i, 6390, 6610, 6650, 6800, 7210, 7250, 7650, 8310, 8390, 8910, 8910i, and 9210i Nokia SKU: NOK_LCH-9 

Features: 

Connects to a car cigarette lighter 

Charges your phone's battery 

Powers your phone to provide unlimited talk-time 

Includes 1-year Limited Warranty 

Reference: CARCH-MOT 

Name: Car Charger for Motorola Mobile Phone V36XX Series and comp. 


This cable will allow you to charge your Motorola phone while you are driving.Compatibility: V998 / V3688 / V3690 / V50 and compatibles . 

Reference: CARCH-NK 

Name: Car Charger for Nokia Mobile Phone 


This cable will allow you to charge your Nokia phone while you are driving.Compatible Nokia phones: 

3210, 3310, 3330, 8250, 8850, 8290, 8890 and 3300, 8200, 8310, 8800, 5110,5190, 5130, 5120, 6110, 6150, 6210, 6120 and 5100, 6100, 7100. 

114

Reference: HCH-82 



Name: Emergency Handy mobile charger for Nokia 33XX / 82XX / 6XXX 


Charge your mobile phone anywhere, anytime. 

No battery or any other source of power needed. 

Just connect it to your cellular phone and wind it up. 

This generator suits circumstances, charge your mobile phone, MP3, digital camera or PDA. Charging with high efficiency and high 

saturation, fully utilize your phone/PDA/digital camera/MP3 cell. Provides self-power for light in situation of emergency. 

Built-in safe circuit, constant current, regular voltage, to protect your valuable mobile phone. Fashionable design, unique outlook and 

optional color. 

Benefits: 

Stand by time: 30 - 60 minutes with every 3 minutes of winding 

Talk time: 3 - 5 minutes with every 3 minutes of winding 

Operation: By winding the handle 

Rotation rate: 140 rotations per minute 

Mp3, Digital camera 

PDA 

Mobile phone 


Max output voltage: 8VDC. 

Max output current: 320mA. 

Generator coil: 3 phase. 

Reference: USBCH-V36 

Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for Motorola V36 



Features : 

Works with: Motorola V998 / V3688 / V3690 / V50 and compatibles 






Reference: USBCH-ET28 

Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for Ericsson T28 and RXX 



Features : 

Works with: Ericsson T28 / R310 / R320 / R380 / A2618 and compatibles 






Reference: USBCH-CS25 

Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for Siemens X25/X35/X45 



Features : 

Works with: Siemens C25 / C35 / S25 / S35 / C45 / S45 / SL45 / M35 / A35 / A36 and compatibles 






Reference: USBCH-NK56 

Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for NOKIA 51/61XX Series 



Features : 

Works with: NOKIA 5110 / 5130 / 5190 / 5160 / 5120 / 6110 / 6150 / 6190 / 6120/ 6160 / 7110 / 7190 and compatibles 






115

Reference: USBCH-NK83 



Name: USB Mobile Phone Charger for NOKIA 3/8/9 Series 



Features : 

Works with: NOKIA 3210/3310/3330/3390/6210/6250/8210/8250/8850/8290/8890/9210 and compatibles 





Ideal for any Traveling Professional NOTE:This cable is not valid for DCT4 Nokia phones such as 8310, 6510, 7650, etc. To charge this 

phones you will need USB Mobile Phone Charger for NOKIA DCT4 series 

Reference: TRACH-NK56 

Name: Travel Charger for Nokia 5110/6110/6210 and compatibles 


Affordable and lightweight, this travel charger is perfect for the traveler who doesn't want to bring along an entire desktop charging unit. 

Just plug it into any handy outlet to quickly charge your battery. Conveniently pocket-sized, this unit eliminates the need to carry around 

bulky charging. Features: 

Compact, lightweight, and affordable 

Powers the phone while you talk 

Sturdy construction makes it ideal for travel 

Protects against overcharging 

Compatible with Nokia 5110,5190, 5130, 5120, 6110, 6150, 6210, 6120 and 5100, 6100, 7100 series phones 

Charge time w/the BLP-2 Battery is 2h. 

Charge time w/the BMS-2S Battery is 1h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BMS-2V Battery is 1h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BLS-2 Battery is 2h. 

Charge time w/the BLS-4 Battery is 3h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BMH-8 Battery is 2h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BML-8 Battery is 2h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BPS-1 Battery is 1h 25m. 

Charge time w/the BLC-2 Batter is 1h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BMC-2 Batter is 1h 55m. 



Reference: TRACH-NK83 

Name: Travel Charger for Nokia 3210/3310/8210 and compatibles 


Affordable and lightweight, this travel charger is perfect for the traveler who doesn't want to bring along an entire desktop charging unit. 

Just plug it into any handy outlet to quickly charge your battery. Conveniently pocket-sized, this unit eliminates the need to carry around 

bulky charging. Features: 

Compact, lightweight, and affordable 

Powers the phone while you talk 

Sturdy construction makes it ideal for travel 

Protects against overcharging 

Compatible with Nokia 3210, 3310, 3330, 8210, 8250, 8850, 8290, 8890 and 3300, 8200, 8800 series phones 

Charge time w/the BLP-2 Battery is 2h. 

Charge time w/the BMS-2S Battery is 1h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BMS-2V Battery is 1h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BLS-2 Battery is 2h. 

Charge time w/the BLS-4 Battery is 3h 30m. 


Charge time w/the BML-8 Battery is 2h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BMP-1A Battery is 2h 45m. 

Charge time w/the BPS-1 Battery is 2h 30m. 

Charge time w/the BLB-2 Battery is 2h 25m. 

Charge time w/the BLB-3 Battery is 2h. 

Charge time w/the BLC-2 Battery is 1h 30m. 


Charge time w/the BMC-3 Battery is 4h. 

Charge time w/the BLS-2N Battery is 2h. 

116

Reference: USC 



Name: Universal Solar Charger for mobile phones, digital camera, MP3, MP4, PDA 


This is a multi-function solar emergency charger. Built-in 1350mAh high capacity rechargeable polymer battery. You can charge you mobile 

phone, digital camera, PDA, MP3, MP4 whenever and wherever. Style design and convenient to take it with you. 

Meet an emergency 

When you go outside or power cut, you also can use your mobile phone with solar energy. 

Convenience 

Whenever and wherever you are, you can charge your mobile phone in time, and you could talk with others when charging. 

High efficiency 

Charging 60 minutes, the charger could transfer the energy from the build in battery to your mobile phone battery, and could talk 100 

– 150 minutes. 

Modern and portable 

Modern design, stainless steel case, small size, convenient to take it with you. 

Safe use 

Over voltage protection for the circuit and your mobile phone. Smart charge, safe use. 

Technical information: 

Solar energy board 5.5V / 80mA 

High capacity build in polymer battery 1350mAh 

Output voltage 5.0 – 6.0V 

Output current 350 – 800mA 

Charging time about 60 minutes (the time is a little different for different mobile phone) 


1 x solar charger 

1 x travel charger 

1 x USB cable 

1 x connection cable 

5 x connectors (Nokia, Samsung, Motorola, Sony Ericsson, MiniUSB) 

117

Reference: CASE-AQUA 


Cases 

Name: Aquatic inflatable case for universal mobile phone protector 


This protector case is very useful in summer days when you go to the beach or the swimming pool to protect your mobile phone from water 

and sand. You can use it with phones which do not exceed the size of 13 cm. x 5 cm. Suitable for Nokia 3310, 5110, 6110, 7110, 6210, 3410, 

etc. 

Reference: CASE-NEO3 

Name: Neopren Mobile phone case design blue color middle size 


Compatible with all mobile phone models which do not exceed size of 13 cm. x 5 cm. For example: 

Nokia 6210, 6310, 3310, 3410, 3210, 5110, 6110, 7110. 


Name: Neopren Mobile phone case small design grey color 


Compatible with all mobile phone models which do not exceed size of 11 cm. x 4.5 cm. For example: 

Nokia 3310, 3330, 3410, 3510, 5210, 8210, 6510, 8310, 8890, 8250, 8850. 

Alcatel 300, 301, 302, 303, 311, 500, 501, 502, 511, 512, 525, 700, 701. 

Siemens c35, c45, c55, cl50, s35, s40, s45, s55, sl42, sl45, m45, me45, mt50 

Motorola v8088, v36xx, v50, v51, v60, v66, v70, t191. 

Ericsson t18, t28, t29, t36, t39, t65, t66, t100. 

Samsung M100, A200, A288, N100, T100, Q200, N620, N600, A500, A110, A100, etc. 


Name: Neopren Mobile phone case small design black color 


Compatible with all mobile phone models which do not exceed size of 11 cm. x 4.5 cm. For example: 

Nokia 3310, 3330, 3410, 3510, 5210, 8210, 6510, 8310, 8890, 8250, 8850. 

Alcatel 300, 301, 302, 303, 311, 500, 501, 502, 511, 512, 525, 700, 701. 

Siemens c35, c45, c55, cl50, s35, s40, s45, s55, sl42, sl45, m45, me45, mt50 

Motorola v8088, v36xx, v50, v51, v60, v66, v70, t191. 

Ericsson t18, t28, t29, t36, t39, t65, t66, t100. 

Samsung M100, A200, A288, N100, T100, Q200, N620, N600, A500, A110, A100, etc. 

118

Reference: BANT-T100 


Antennas 

Name: Button Antenna for Samsung Mobile phone T100 and compat. 


This new mobile phone antenna design will reduce the size of your mobile phone antenna upto 80%. It allows to get same or more coverage 

and it has a very small size. 

Reference: BANT-V70 

Name: Button Antenna for Motorola Mobile phone V70 and comp. 



and ti has a very small size. 

Reference: BANT-388 

Name: Button Antenna for Motorola Mobile phone C388 


This new mobile phone antenna design will reduce the size of your mobile phone antenna upto 80%. It allows to get same or even more 

coverage and it has a very small size. 


Name: Button Antenna for Motorola Mobile phone V66 and compat. 




119

Reference: BANT-T28M 


Antennas 

Name: Button Antenna for Ericsson Mobile phone T28 and compat. 




Reference: BANT-T28F 

Name: Button Flashing Antenna for Ericsson T28 and compatibles 


This flashing antenna will allow you to give a more futuristic look to your phone. The antenna is available in the following colours: 

White. 

Pink. 

Blue. 

Grey. 

This antenna will also reduce the size of your Ericsson T28. 

Reference: BANT-XEN 

Name: Button Antenna for Philips Xeniun and compatibles 




Reference: BANT-SOZ5 

Name: Button Antenna for Sony Mobile phone Z5 and comp. 




Reference: BANT-T2688 

Name: Button Antenna for Motorola Mobile phone T2688 and comp. 




120

Reference: BANT-V6X 


Antennas 

Name: Button Antenna for Motorola Mobile phone V60 and comp. 



and ti has a very small size. 

Reference: BANT-A100 

Name: Button Antenna for Samsung Mobile phone A100 and compat. 




Reference: BANT-SG600 

Name: Button Antenna for Samsung Mobile phone SGH600 and compat. 




Reference: BANT-C25 

Name: Button Antenna for Siemens Mobile phone C25 and compat. 




Reference: BANT-GD90 

Name: Button Antenna for Panasonic Mobile phone GD90 and compat. 




Reference: BANT-ERT28 

Name: Antenna for Ericsson Mobile phone T28 and compat. 


This new mobile phone antenna design will reduce the size of your mobile phone upto 80%. It allows to get same even more coverage and it 

has a very small size. 

Reference: BANT-T1X 

Name: Button Antenna for Ericsson Mobile phone T10/T18 and comp. 


This new mobile phone antenna design will reduce the size of your mobile phone antenna upto 80%. It allows to get same, even more 

coverage and it has a very small size. 

121

Reference: BANT-NK56 


Antennas 

Name: Button Antenna for Nokia Mobile phone 51XX and compat. 





Name: Button Antenna for Motorola Mobile phone V36XX and compat. 




This antenna can be used with all motorola Timeports that have external antenna. 

122

Reference: EMFD-MES 

Name: ElectroMagnetic Fields Detection Meter TM40 




The TM40 is an economically priced meter designed specifically for householders who wish to measure their exposure to low frequency 

electromagnetic fields generated by nearby power transmission lines, transformers, electrical appliances, etc. 

Digital screen 

Resolution: 1 nano tesla. 

Power Supply: 9 V battery 

Margin of error : +/- 5% 

Size: 6.5 x 11.5 x 2.7 cm 

On/off button 

Learn to Detect and Measure 

Cellular Phone RF Radiation 

Electromagnetic Fields Generated by Power Lines, Computer Monitors, TVs, Appliances, Home Wiring, and Other Unsuspected Sources. 

123

Reference: RF-DETECT2 



Name: Cellular Phone, Camera and Bug RF Signal Detector II 


It Detects Hidden Camera, Bug, Cellular phone, etc., Include Vibration Warning Mode 

This unique technique applied to detect hidden camera, bug, cellular phone and other radio frequency devices. Avoid being peeping or 

tapping to protect privacy or protect information being disclosed secretly. Stop disturbance of cellular phone communication within desired 

control area. 

Specially designed for easy and simple use, which does not require complicated installation or any professional knowledge. 

Features: 

Three indication Levels: 3 LEDs will light from Level 1 to Level 2 to Level 3 indicating the strength of detected signal. 

Audible alarm: The alarm will change from Slow to Rapid indicating the strength of detected signal. 

Silent detection: have SILENT detection to reduce the embarrassing of audible alarm when scan an environment. 

Vibration warning mode: have Vibration warning mode for detection without holding the detector in hands. 

Earphone output: User can detect by earphone hearing without others aware. 

Superior sensitivity: for longer detecting distance. None of other detectors is able to compare with. 

Sensitivity tuner: An adjustable sensitivity tuner allows you to scan variable distance and can eliminate the environment interference 

(background noise). 

Made for general use, no need of professional electronic training or knowledge 

Beeper size Camera / Mobile / Bug Detector 

Applications: 

Hospitals, medical centers or intensive care unit that forbidden cellular usage 

Office, factory, cinemas, theaters, concerts, museums or art galleries that prevent video body bugs. 

Military or government premises that cellular or camera recording is forbidden. 

Offices, restaurants or any commercial premises that would like to shun away cellular or RF disturbance. 

Find best signal spot for wireless CCTV. 

Detect peeping camera in shopping mall toilet, school toilet, locker room and fitting booth, club house, hotel etc. Specifications: 

Size 

L 87 x W 55 x T 24 mm 

L 3.4 x W 2.2 x T 1 

Weight 

about 85g (with battery) 

Power 

3V DC (AAA/UM-4 battery x2) 

Detecting Frequency 

50 MHz ～ 3.0 GHz 

Warning mode 1 

Audible alarm and 3 LEDs 


Silent, only 3 LEDs 


Vibration and 3 LEDs 


Silent, 3 LEDs and earphone output 

Sensitivity Tuner 

Eliminate the environment interference (noise) 

Detecting Distance 

1.2GHz Wireless camera 

2.4GHz Wireless Camera 

Cellular phone 

about 10 meters / 30 feet 

about 5 meters / 15 feet. 

about 9 meters / 27 feet. 

124

Reference: RF-DETECT1 



Name: Cellular Phone, Camera and Bug RF Signal Detector I 


It Detects Hidden Camera, Bug, Cellular phone, etc., It includes Vibration Warning Mode 

This unique technique is applied to detect hidden camera, bug, cellular phone and other radio frequency devices. It avoids being peeped or 

tapped to protect privacy or protect information being disclosed secretly. It stops disturbance of cellular phone communication within 

desired control area. 

Specially designed for easy and simple use, which does not require complicated installation or any professional knowledge. 

Features: 

Three indication Levels: 3 LEDs will light from Level 1 to Level 2 to Level 3 indicating the strength of detected signal. 

Audible alarm: The alarm will change to Slow to Rapid indicate the strength of detected signal. 

Silent detection: it has SILENT detection to reduce the embarrassing of audible alarm when scan an environment. 

Earphone output: User can detect by earphone hearing without others awareness. 

Superior sensitivity: for longer detecting distance. Any other detector has such an ability compared with this. 

Sensitivity tuner: An adjustable sensitivity tuner allows you to scan variable distance and can eliminate the environment interference 

(background noise). 

Made for general use, no need of professional electronic training or knowledge 

Beeper size Camera / Mobile / Bug Detector 

Applications: 

Hospitals, medical centers or intensive care unit that forbid cellular usage 

Office, factory, cinemas, theaters, concerts, museums or art galleries that prevent video body bugs. 

Military or government premises where cellular or camera recording is forbidden. 

Offices, restaurants or any commercial premises that would like to shun away cellular or RF disturbance. 

Find best signal spot for wireless CCTV. 

Detect peeping camera in shopping mall toilet, school toilet, locker room and fitting booth, club house, hotel etc. Specifications: 

Size 

L 87 x W 55 x T 24 mm 

L 3.4 x W 2.2 x T 1 

Weight 

about 85g (with battery) 

Power 

3V DC (AAA/UM-4 battery x2) 

Detecting Frequency 

50 MHz ～ 3.0 GHz 


Aaudible alarm and 3 LEDs 

Reference: I-TALKIE 

Name: Universal Infrared Wireless Handsfree car kit 


No more dangerous driving 

No more interferences 

No more health risks (avoid radiation) 

Easy instalation. 

Features: 

Speaker phone with Volume control and a special Motorola Echo-cancelling IC. 

Standard plug for automotive cigarette lighter adaptor. 

Built-in Auto Charger for the Infrared Wireless Ear Piece. 

Two led indicators for Charging/Speaker Phone and Stand-by modes. 

Wide angle Infrared (IR) transmission for Signal Stability 

Compatible with all systems and mobile phones models (GSM, GPRS, CDMA, TDMA, PCS, PHS, UMTS, etc) 


Main unit 110g. 

Power: 12/24 volts 

Ear piece: 20 g. 

Ear piece rechargeable Ni/Mh battery: 30 mAmp. 3.6 volts 

Reference: FLASHSTICK 

Name: Psychedelic Flashing Wireless Sticker for Nokia phones 


This products is perfect as Christmas gift, it will make your mobile phone look like a christmas tree with flashing lights everytime you 

receive a call, it has a very funny effects. It has been tested in nokia phones but should works in other mobile phone models. You only need 

to stick it on the backward of your Nokia mobile phone panel. (Near the Antenna) and it will work with any incoming call, when you make a 

call or in any comunication event like to receive an SMS. 

More Features: 

Light up in Blue & Red color. 

Dimension: 1' 1/8" x 3/8" (3 cm x 1 cm) 

Perfect for alerting in silent mode situations. 

Reduce Radiation 

Visualize your incoming call at daytime and night time. 

125

Reference: SAFE-GUARD 



Name: Safe Guard Cellular Phone Electro Magnetic Waves Protector 


There has been a lot of publicity in recent years concerning the very real fears of medical authorities around the world that electromagnetic 

waves, which emanate from mobile and cordless phones, mayl be the cause of brain tumors and other very serious illness of head and 

ears. 

The Safe Guard absorbs between 80% to 99.9% of induced electromagnetic waves and actually improves reception sensitivity during phone 

use, it is an everlasting chrome plated, high performance product and attaches to the earpiece of your phone by self-adhesive. 

Electro-magnetic waves consist of electric waves and magnetic waves. Characterislistically, electric waves are absorbed into an electric 

conductor, while magnetic waves are not absorbed into any material. We applied a high-performing electric conductor to absorb electric 

waves. For magnetic waves, P.C.B was applied to change path of magnetic waves by generating induced E.M.F. Also the special treated 

cloth solves electric waves and magnetic waves together. 

Reference: A-BOOSTER 

Name: Universal Cell Phone Antenna Booster 


Enhance the signal on your cellular phone. Reduce static and improve reception with this easy to install internal antenna. Works with 

analog, and digital phones and service. You can also improve your signal on Beepers, Walkie-Talkies and two-way radios. 

The Internal Antenna is a passive device designed to capture stray radiation in the body of the phone and re-radiate the signal to improve 

the phone's performance. The Antenna will work most efficiently when installed properly. When using the phone try to avoid placing your 

hand over the area where the Internal Antenna is installed. 

Features 

Small Size - 1.5 inches x .75 inches 

Fits underneath the battery of your phone. 

Works in Analog, Digital, Dual Band and Tri Band Phones 

Works on 900MHz, 1800MHz and 1900MHz range systems 

Improve reception in Buildings, Tunnels, Elevators 

Reduce dropped calls and static 

Can be used on Pagers and 2 Way Radios (stick to any flat surface on unit) 

Please note: The internal antenna has been shown to work to improve a phone signal where a signal exists, however, it will not help in 

areas where there is no signal. In rural areas and areas with consistently weak signal, you might consider an external antenna. Internal 

Antenna should not be moved from phone to phone as this may damage it. 

Internal Antenna Installation 

Remove the battery from your phone. 

Wipe the phone's battery compartment with a dry cloth to remove any fingerprints or dirt. 

Remove the yellow backing from the internal antenna, being careful not to leave any fingerprints on the adhesive back of the antenna. You 

may find tweezers helpful in this process. 

Press the internal antenna onto the body of the phone toward the side that the fixed antenna enters the phone. BE CAREFUL when 

installing the internal antenna in the battery compartment not to let it touch any circuit boards or metal contacts on the body of the phone. 

Replace the battery onto your phone 

Internal Antenna Validity 

The internal antenna is generally not affected by extreme heat or moisture. However, users are advised to protect the antenna from physical 

damage such as scratches. Under normal use, the Internal Antenna attached to the phone will have a 18 month life span. 

Reference: ARC-567 

Name: Anti-Microwave CELL Phone Leather for Nokia 


Special anti-wave metal cloth protection designed to combine inside the cell-phone leather, it is also antenna radiation protection 

Grounded principles application while touching your cell-phone with fingers. Till 70% Protection for against cell-phone microwave radiation. 

High protection for cell-phone microwave radiation till 95 % 

Compatible with Nokia 5110, 5120, 5130, 5160, 5190, 6110, 6120, 6130, 6150, 6160, 6180, 6190 and 7110. If your mobile phone dimensions are 

like this Nokia models you can use too. 

Reference: ARH-61 

Name: Anti-Microwave housing for Nokia 61XX 


Smart & cute art-work designed cell-phone housing, grounded principles application while touching your cell-phone with fingers. Till 70% 

Protection against cell-phone microwave radiation. Compatible with Nokia 6110, 6120, 6130, 6150, 6160, 6180 and 6190. 

Reference: ARH-32 

Name: Anti-Microwave housing for Nokia 3210 


Smart & cute art-work designed cell-phone housing, grounded principles application while touching your cell-phone with fingers. Till 70% 

Protection against cell-phone microwave radiation. 

126

Reference: EMFDM 



Name: ElectroMagnetic Fields Detection Meter CellSensor 


The World's First Meter to Address the Health Issues Associated with the Cellular Phone and EMF Power Line Controversies. 

Recently, many studies have delivered warnings about long-term exposure to cell phone radiation and certain electromagnetic fields. But 

since these dangers can't be seen by the naked eye, how can you protect yourself and your family? The CellSensor EMF Detection Meter 

measures both of these hazards with an easy-to-read gauge that also beeps and glows when high readings are detected. The CellSensor 

runs on one 9-volt alkaline battery (not included). 

Detects cell phone radiation and extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields 

Delivers audible and visual alerts upon detection 

Includes remote probe for ease of measurement 

Learn to Detect and Measure 

Cellular Phone RF Radiation 

Electromagnetic Fields Generated by Power Lines, Computer Monitors, TVs, Appliances, Home Wiring, and Other Unsuspected Sources. 


Power: 9-volt battery 

Dimensions: 5 1/8" x 2 1/2" x 1 1/8" 

RF Radiation Measurement: Measured in two scales: 0-1 and 0-10 mW/cm2 

127

Reference: 8210-7250G 


Housings 

Name: Nokia 7250 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Gold 


New 7250 cover design, more modern and more attractive. Using 7250 covers kits allow you to change the look of your 8210/8290 phone 

same to Nokia 7250 exactly. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad included as shown 

Reference: 8210-7250B 

Name: Nokia 7250 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Blue 




Reference: 8210-7250W 

Name: Nokia 7250 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 White 




Reference: 8210-7250M 

Name: Nokia 7250 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Dark Blue 




Reference: 3310-3315W 

Name: Nokia 3315 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 White 


New 3315 cover design, more modern and more attractive. Using 3315 covers kits allow you to change the look of your 3310, 3330, 3350 or 

3390 phone models same to Nokia 3315 exactly. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad included as shown 


Name: Nokia 3315 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 Gold 









128

Reference: 3310-3315M 


Housings 

Name: Nokia 3315 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 Dark Blue 




Reference: 6210-PLATE 

Name: Nokia 6210 series covers silver colour 


Personalize your Nokia 6210 with this front cover.Its silver colour will give your phone a more sophisticated look. Cover is plastic and 

keypad is not included. 

Reference: 8210-8310V 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Violet-Blue 



same to Nokia 8310 exactly. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad included as shown. 

Reference: 8210-8310S 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Pink-Blue 




Reference: 8210-8310A 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Violet-Green 







New 7210 cover design, more modern and more attractive. Using 7210 covers kit allows you to change the look of your 8310 / 8390 phone to 

be a Nokia 7210 exactly. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad included as shown. 

Reference: 8210-8310Y 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 GreenYellow 



same to Nokia 8310 exactly. It has a Semitransparent Green Yellow color. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic 

keypad included as shown 

129



Housings 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 Green 




Reference: 3310-8310P 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 Pink 




Reference: 3310-8310R 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 Red 




Reference: 3310-DROPG 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Drops design Green 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Drops designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-DROPH 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Drops design Grey 



Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-DROPM 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Drops design Light Blue 



Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-RAYB 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Rays design Blue 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with Blue Rays designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for Nokia 3310, 3330 

and 3390. 

Reference: 8210-7210A 

Name: Nokia 7210 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Plate 




130



Housings 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Grey 



same to Nokia 8310 exactly. It have a Semitransparent Grey color. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad 

included as shown 

Reference: 8210-8310H 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Grey Transp. 



same to Nokia 8310 exactly. It have a Semitransparent Grey color. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad 


Reference: 8210-8310Q 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Pink 



same to Nokia 8310 exactly. It have a Semitransparent Pink color. It has a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad 


Reference: 3310-LINEM 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Flowers design Marine Blue 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Flowers designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 8310-7210C 

Name: Nokia 7210 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8310 Plate-Blue 


New 7210 cover design, more modern and more attractive. Using 7210 covers kits allow you to change the look of your 8310 / 8390 phone 

same to Nokia 7210 exactly. It have a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad included as shown 







Name: Nokia 7210 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8310 Green 









131



Housings 





Reference: 8210-8310P 

Name: Nokia 8310 covers conversion kit for Nokia 8210 Purple 




Reference: 3360-USA 

Name: Nokia 3360 / 3320 USA flag Patriotic covers 


If you are american or would you like to have a pretty souvenir from USA, here you have the way to customize your mobile phone nokia 

3320 or 3360 with the best american spirit. These covers are compatible with nokia 3320 and 3360 models, but they are not compatible with 

3310, 3315, 3330 or 3390 series. Hard plastic keypad included as shown. 

Reference: 3360-RUTBY 

Name: Nokia 3360 / 3320 rugby balloons covers 


Covers especially designed for fanatic and enthusiast of rugby. These covers are compatible with nokia 3320 and 3360 models, but they are 

not compatible with 3310, 3315, 3330 or 3390 series. Hard plastic keypad included as shown 

Reference: 3360-BALLS 

Name: Nokia 3360 / 3320 football balloons covers 


Covers especially designed for fanatic and enthusiast of football. These covers are compatible with nokia 3320 and 3360 models, but they 

are not compatible with 3310, 3315, 3330 or 3390 series. Hard plastic keypad included as shown 

Reference: 3360-FLOWR 

Name: Nokia 3360 / 3320 drawing flowers covers 


Covers with drawings of flowers. These covers are compatible with nokia 3320 and 3360 models, but they are not compatible with 3310, 

3315, 3330 or 3390 series . Hard plastic keypad included as shown 

Reference: 3360-FLOWB 

Name: Nokia 3360 / 3320 drawing flowers covers 


Covers with drawings of flowers. These covers are compatible with nokia 3320 and 3360 models, but they are not compatible with 3310, 

3315, 3330 or 3390 series . Hard plastic keypad included as shown 

Reference: 3310-5210Y 

Name: Nokia 5210 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 Yellow 


New 5210 cover design, more modern and more attractive. Using 5210 covers kits allow you to change the look of your phone 3310, 3330 or 

8290 to be similar to Nokia 5210. It gives a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. Hard plastic keypad included as shown. 

132



Housings 






Name: Nokia 5210 covers conversion kit for Nokia 3310 Green-Blue 




Reference: 3310-AQUAM 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Filled with clear liquid Light Blue 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover. Screen is filled with a clear liquid. Special design keypad included as shown. 

Suitable for Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-AQUAV 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Filled with clear liquid Violet 




Reference: 3310-AQUAB 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Filled with clear liquid Blue 




Reference: 3310-AQUAY 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Filled with clear liquid Yellow 




Reference: 3310-AQUAR 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Filled with clear liquid Red 




Reference: 3310-AQUAP 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Filled with clear liquid Purpure 




133

Reference: 3310-SPIRR 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Spirals design Red 



Housings 

Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with Spirals design. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for Nokia 3310, 3330 and 

3390. 

Reference: 3310-SPIRB 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Spirals design Blue 



3390. 

Reference: 3310-SPIRG 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Spirals design Green 



3390. 

Reference: 3310-THUNG 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Thunders design Green 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with Thundered designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for Nokia 3310, 3330 

and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-THUNP 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Thunders design Purpure 



and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-THUNB 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Thunders design Blue 



and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-CABLE 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Cables design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with new original Cables designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for Nokia 

3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-TORUS 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Torus design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Torus shape designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable 

for Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

134

Reference: 3310-OVAL 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Ovals design 



Housings 

Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Oval shape designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-BUBBL 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Bubbles design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Bubbles designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-ROSES 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Roses design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Roses designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-DINOS 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Jurassic Park design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Jurassic Park Dinosaurs designs. Keypad included as 

shown. Suitable for Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-LINEB 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Flowers design Blue 



Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-IRIS 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Rainbow design Blue 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Rainbows designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-DROPB 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Drops design Blue 



Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-DROPP 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Drops design Purpure 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with original Drops designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for Nokia 3310, 

3330 and 3390. 

135

Reference: 3310-WHIRL 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Whirls design 



Housings 

Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Whirl designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for Nokia 

3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-ICE 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Ice design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Ice designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for Nokia 

3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-GIRAS 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers SunFlowers design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with new our original Sunflowers designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-ORCHI 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Orchids design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original orchids designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-FLOW 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Flowers design 



Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: 3310-PALMS 

Name: Nokia 3310 series covers Palms design 


Personalize your Nokia 3310 with this front & back cover with our new original Palms designs. Keypad included as shown. Suitable for 

Nokia 3310, 3330 and 3390. 

Reference: H33-83 

Name: Nokia 8310 cover conversion kit for Nokia 3310 


Using latest 8310 cover kits allow you to change the look of your 3310/3390 phone same to 8310 style. It will look with a futuristic design. 

You can use together with our new Flashing keyboard. 

Click image to see detail 

Reference: H82-83 

Name: Nokia 8310 cover conversion kit for Nokia 8210 


New 8310 cover design, more modern and more attractive. Using 8310 cover kits allow you to change the look of your 8210/8290 phone 

same to 8310 exactly. It have a more futuristic look to your mobile phone. You can use together with our new Flashing keyboard. 

136

Reference: BP-6M 



Name: Nokia BP-6M Li-Polymer 970 mAh battery for N93, N73, 9300i, 9300, 6280, 6234 


Compact Li-Polymer 970 mAh battery provides extended power for your compatible Nokia smartphone. 

Chemistry: Li-Polymer 



Nokia N93, N73, 9300i, 9300, 6280, 6234, 6233, 6151, 3250 

Reference: BAT-SL55 

Name: 700 mAh Li-Ion battery for Siemens C25, SL55 and compatible 


Type: Li-Ion 

Voltage: 3.7 v 

Capacity: 700 mAh 

System: GSM 

Color: Black/Silver 

Size: Standard 

Compatible with: C25, SL55 

Reference: BAT-K750i 

Name: 600 mAh Li-Ion battery for SonyEricsson K600, K600i, K750i, V600i, W600, W800i 


Our brand new battery is the OEM version of the original SonyEricsson BST-37 battery. 

Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Standard 


Compatible with: K600, K600i, K750i, V600i, W600, W800i, Z520i, 

Reference: BAT-V800 

Name: 900 mAh Li-Ion battery for SonyEricsson V800 and compatible 


Our brand new battery is the OEM version of the original SonyeEricsson BST-33 battery. 

Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Silver 


Compatible with: V800, Z800i , W900c 

Reference: BAT-K700i 

Name: 700 mAh Li-Ion battery for SonyEricsson K700i and compatible 


Our brand new battery is the original SonyEricsson BST-30 battery. 

Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Black 


Compatible with: F500i, J200i, K300i, K500i, K700i, T226, T230, T238, T290i, Z200. 

137

Reference: BAT-P900 



Name: 650 mAh Li-Ion battery for SonyEricsson P900 and compat. 


Our brand new battery is the OEM version of the Original SonyEricsson BST-15 battery. 

· Type: Li-Ion 

· Voltage: 3.6 v 

· Capacity: 650 mAh 

· System: GSM 

· Color: Black 

· Size: Standard 

· Thickness: 6.29 mm 

· Compatible with:P800, P900, P802, Z1010, P900i 

Reference: BAT-Z600 

Name: 780 mAh Li-Ion battery for SonyEricsson Z600 and compatible 


Our brand new battery is the original SonyEricsson BST-27 battery. 

Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Grey 


Compatible with:Z600, Z608, S700, S710 

Reference: BAT-SX1 

Name: 1000 mAh Li-Ion battery for Siemens SX1 


Our brand new battery is the OEM version of the Original Siemens EBA-540 battery. 

Type: Li-Ion 



Weight: 26 gr. 

System: GSM 

Color: Black 


Stand ny time : up to 200 hours. 

Charge time: Under 3 hours 

Compatible with: SX1 

Reference: BAT-SL65 

Name: 550 mAh Li-Ion battery for Siemens SL65 


Our brand new battery is the OEM version of the Original Siemens EBA-650 battery. 

Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 


Compatible with: SL65 

Reference: BAT-CX65 

Name: 800 mAh Li-Ion battery for Siemens CX65, A31, CV65, CXT65, CX75, C72, CF62, M 


Our bran new battery is the OEM version of Siemens Original EBA-660 Battery. 

Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Black 


Compatible with: A31, C65, CX65, CV65, CXT65, CX75, C75, C72, CF62, CFX65, M65, MX65, S65 SK65, CX70, SP65, M75 

Reference: BAT-902 

Name: 600 mAh Li-Ion battery for Sharp 902 and compatible 


Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: White 


Compatible with: 902, V902, SP902. 

138

Reference: BAT-GX10 



Name: 720 mAh Li-Ion battery for Sharp GX10 and compatible 


Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Silver 


Compatible with:I98, GX10, GX20, GX21, GX1, GX12, TM100, TM200 

Reference: BAT-E310 

Name: 1000 mAh Li-Ion battery for Samsung E310 and compatible 


Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Silver 


Compatible with: E310 and E300. 

Reference: BAT-E710 

Name: 750 mAh Li-Ion battery for Samsung E710 and compatible 


Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Silver 


Compatible with: E710 and E715 

Reference: BAT-D500 

Name: 800 mAh Li-Ion battery for Samsung D500 and compatible 


Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Black 


Stand-by : Up to 380 h 

Talk time: Up to 8 h 

Reference: BAT-MYX 

Name: 700 mAh Li-Ion battery for Sagem MYX-6 and compatible 


Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Black 


Compatible with: MYX-6, MYX-65, MYX-7. 

Reference: BAT-GD87 

Name: 500 mAh Li-Ion battery for Panasonic GD87 






· Color: Silver 



· Compatible with:GD88, GD87, GD86, GU87 

Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: White 



Name: 600 mAh Li-Ion battery for Motorola V550 and compatible 


139






Our brand new battery is the OEM version of the Original Motorola battery. 








· Color: Black/White 



· Compatible with: V3 and RAZR 




Type: Li-Ion 



System: GSM 

Color: Black 


Compatible with: Motorola V300, V303, V525, A760, V500, V600, V400, A630, V505, E550, V505, V262, V265 


Name: Original Li-Ion Battery 700 mAh EBA-510 Siemens S55, C55,M55 




Standby time: 260 hours 


Charge Time: 2 hours 

Weight: 27 g. 

Reference: BLN-3 

Name: Original battery BLN-3 1100 mAh Li-Ion Nokia 9110 / 9110i 


High power battery BLN-3 1100 mAh Li-Ion. 

Talk time: 3 - 6 hours. 

standby time: Phone on: 60-170 hours Phone off: upto 400 hours. 

Charging time: 2 hours 


Name: Original Li-Ion Battery 500 mAh EBA-520 for Siemens SL55 




Wait time: 280 hours 


Weight: 16 g. 

Reference: BST-25 

Name: Original Battery Sonyericsson BST-25 770 mAh Li-Polymer 


Lithium Ion technology delivers long lasting talk times. Rechargeable with no memory effect. Talk Time: up to 2 - 4 h Standby Time: up to 

150-200 h 

140




Lithium Ion technology delivers long lasting talk times. 

Rechargeable with no memory effect. 

Talk Time: up to 2 - 4 h 

Standby Time: up to 150-200 h 

Charging Time: 1 h 35 min 

Reference: 2BAT-567 



Name: Pack 2 pieces 900mAh Li-ion battery for Nokia 61XX/71XX/62XX 


This is a pack of 2 batteries that we offer more cheaper. 

Our vibrating battery acts as a replacement for the Nokia battery in your phone. Super-thin design Manufactured with high quality cells, for 

long, dependable battery life NiMH or Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) for high performance This upgrade for your Nokia phone adds a discreet vibrating 

alert feature. No more worries about battery degradation due to "memory effect" with your old NiMh battery, with a Li-Ion battery recharge at 

your convenience. The battery will also retain it's charge for longer. This is the OEM version for Nokia BLS-2N battery. Its compatible with 

the following models: 

5110 

5120 

5130 

5160 

5190 

6110 

6120 

6150 

6160 

6190 

6210 

6250 

6290 

6310 

7110 

7190 


Name: Pack 2 pieces 850Mah Li-ion battery for Nokia 3310 and comp. 


This is a pack of 2 batteries that we offer more cheaper. Our Nokia batteries gives you the maximum talk and standby time for your phone 

with powerful Lithium-Ion technology. This battery have a capacity of 850 mA.This is the original Nokia BLC-2 battery.Compatible models: 

3310 

3315 

3330 

3350 

3410 

3510 

3510i 

5510 

6650 

6800 


Name: Pack of 2 pieces 700 Ma Li-on battery for Nokia 82XX , 8310 



with powerful Lithium-Ion technology. It is the original Nokia BLB-2 battery. Compatible models: 

3610 

5210 

6510 

7650 

8210 

8250 

8310 

8850 

8850 Gold Edition 

8890 

8910 

8910i 


Name: Pack of 2 pieces of 650Mah Li-ion battery for Nokia 7210 


Our Nokia batteries gives you the maximum talk and standby time for your phone with powerful Lithium-Ion technology. This battery have a 

capacity of 650 mA.This is the original Nokia BLD-3 battery.Compatible models: 

7210 

7250 

2100 

141

Reference: 2BLB2-1000 



Name: Pack 2 pieces of 1000 Ma Li-on battery for Nokia 82XX , 8310 



with powerful Lithium-Ion technology. It is the original Nokia BLB-2 battery. Original nokia bateria have 600 mAh, and our BLB2-1000 nokia 

battery have almost two times more, 1000 mAh. 

Features 

Have the bigger capacity 1000 mA, original have only 650 MaH 

Weight is only 31 gr. 

Have not memory effect, this litium battery will not loose its charge capacity with the time. 

This is the OEM version of the original nokia battery BLB-2. Compatible models: 

3610 

5210 

6510 

7650 

6590 

6590i 

8210 

8250 

8260 

8270 

8290 

8310 

8390 

8850 


8855 

Reference: 2BLC2-1000 

Name: Pack of 2 pieces of 1000 Ma Li-on batteries for Nokia 33XX 



with powerful Lithium-Ion technology. It is the original Nokia BLB-2 battery. Original nokia bateria have 600 mAh, and our BLC2-1000 nokia 

battery have almost two times more, 1000 mAh. 

Features 




This is the OEM version of the original nokia battery BLC-2. Compatible models: 

1221 

1260 

1261 

2260 

3310 

3315 

3320 

3330 

3350 

3360 

3390 

3395 

3410 

3510 

3510i 

3530 

3560 

3570 

3585 

3585i 

3586i 

3587i 

3588i 

3589i 

3590 

3595 

5510 

6010 

6651 

6800 


Name: 650Mah Li-ion BLD-3 battery for Nokia 7210 and compatible 



capacity of 650 mA.This is the original Nokia BLD-3 battery.Compatible models: 

7210 

7250 

2100 

142

Reference: BAT-T191 

Name: 650 Mah Litium battery for Motorola T191 



Type: Li-ion 




System: GSM/CDMA 

Color: Silver or Dark Blue 



Type: Ni-Mh 





Color: Black 



Type: Ni-Mh 





Color: Black 


Reference: BAT-OT51X 

Name: 750 Mah Ni-Mh Battery for Alcatel OT510 / 511 





Name: 650 Mah Ni-Mh Battery for Alcatel OT301 and compatibles 


Reference: BLC2-1000 

Name: 1000 Ma Li-on battery for Nokia 33XX and compatibles 


Our Nokia batteries gives you the maximum talk and standby time for your phone with powerful Lithium-Ion technology. It is the original 

Nokia BLB-2 battery. Original nokia bateria have 600 mAh, and our BLB2-1000 nokia battery have almost two times more, 1000 mAh. 

Features 





3310 

3315 

3330 

3350 

3410 

3510 

3510i 

5510 

6650 

6800 

Reference: BLB2-1000 

Name: 1000 Ma Li-on battery for Nokia 82XX , 8310 and compatibles 



Nokia BLB-2 battery. Original nokia bateria have 600 mAh, and our BLB2-1000 nokia battery have almost two times more, 1000 mAh. 

Features 





3610 

5210 

6510 

7650 

8210 

8250 

8310 

8850 


8890 

8910 

8910i 

143

Reference: BAT-ERT28 



Name: 600 Mah Litium battery for Ericsson T28 / T29 / T39 



Type: Li-ion 


Capacity: 550-600 mAh 


System: GSM 

Color: Black 


Reference: BAT-C45 

Name: 750 Mah Litium battery for Siemens C45 A50 M50 MT50 


Compatible with Siemens C45, A50, M50 and MT50. 


Type: Li-ion 





Color: Black 



Type: Ni-Mh 





Color: Black 



Name: 650 Mah Ni-Mh Battery for Alcatel OT310 / 311 



Name: 700mAh Li-ion battery for Motorola V66 


Gives you the maximum talk and standby time for your Motorola V66 phone with powerful Lithium-Ion technology. This is the OEM version 

of the original Motorola V66 battery pack. Li-ion batteries weight less and have a longer duration than the Ni-Mh batteries. 


Name: 900mAh Li-ion battery for Nokia 61XX/71XX/62XX/63XX series 


Our vibrating battery acts as a replacement for the Nokia battery in your phone. Super-thin design Manufactured with high quality cells, for 

long, dependable battery life NiMH or Lithium Ion (Li-Ion) for high performance This upgrade for your Nokia phone adds a discreet vibrating 

alert feature. No more worries about battery degradation due to "memory effect" with your old NiMh battery, with a Li-Ion battery recharge at 

your convenience. The battery will also retain it's charge for longer. This is the OEM version for Nokia BLS-2N battery. Its compatible with 

the following models: 

5110 

5120 

5130 

5160 

5190 

6110 

6120 

6150 

6160 

6190 

6210 

6250 

6290 

6310 

7110 

7190 

144


Name: 1100Mah Ni-MH battery for Nokia 3210 




This batteries have a bigger capacity than original shipped with Nokia 3210, it have 1100 MAmps instead 900MAmps. It have between 2 or 3 

days more of duration aprox. This is an OEM version of Nokia original BML-3 battery. 


Name: 850Mah Li-ion battery for Nokia 3310 and compatible models 



capacity of 850 mA.This is the original Nokia BLC-2 battery.Compatible models: 

3310 

3315 

3330 

3350 

3410 

3510 

3510i 

5510 

6650 

6800 


Name: 700 Ma Li-on BLB-2 battery for Nokia 82XX , 8310 and compat. 



Nokia BLB-2 battery. Compatible models: 

3610 

5210 

6510 

7650 

8210 

8250 

8310 

8850 


8890 

8910 

8910i 

145

Reference: KAMPLIFIERGSM18 


Gadgets 

Name: Signal Amplifier Kit for DCS 1800 MHz SLEE1318 for mobile phones 


Con el rápido desarrollo de la red de comunicación móvil, el aspecto de la cobertura continúa creciendo. Sin 

embargo, debido al desarrollo continuo de las diferentes estructuras de edificios y carreteras, siguen existiendo una serie de puntos 

débiles en la comunicación inalámbrica de interiores y exteriores. 

Todo ello puede solucionarse incrementando las estaciones base o reforzando la cobertura del repetidor, sin embargo, la ingeniería 

es bastante complicada y su costo elevado. Un aspecto importante en la optimización de la red es el de mejorar la cobertura, 

obtener cobertura sin interrupciones, mejorar la calidad de la comunicación y reducir el costo. 

En base a esta demanda del mercado, el micro-repetidor interno UMTS puede proporcionar una amplia cobertura, y se ha comprobado que 

es una solución efectiva para la cobertura en espacios internos con un funcionamiento destacado. 

Kit Amplificador DCS 1800MHz incluye: 

1 Amplificador DCS 1800MHz 65db de ganancia 

1 Antena interior de pared 900-2100MHz 

1 Antena exterior direccional 900-2100MHz 

1 Rollo de cable de 50 ohmio 30 metros. 

4 Conectores de N 

1 Cable de corriente 

Reference: AMPLIFIER-UMTS2 

Name: Signal Amplifier for UMTS (2100Mhz)SLEE 1200 for mobile phones 










Características técnicas: 

-Frecuencia (MHz) Enlace ascendente: 1935-1990MHZ 

- Enlace descendente: 2125-2170MHZ 

- Ganancia (dB) >60 

- Fluctuación de banda (dB) < 2 

- Potencia de salida (dBm) < 17 

- Radiación diversa (dBm) ≤ -30 

- Retardo ≤ 5 μsec 

- Ínter modulación de tercer orden (dBm) 9K-1GHZ≤ -36/1G-12.75GHZ≤ -30 

- Onda permanente ≤ 1.5 

- Potencia suministro AC220V 

- Tipo de conector N-K 

- Índice de ruido ≤5dB 

- Impedancia 50Ω 

- Tamaño (LxAxH) 300 × 200 × 50 MM 

- Temperatura de trabajo -10℃-60℃ 

146

Reference: KAMPLIFIERUMTS1 


Gadgets 

Name: Signal Amplifier Kit for UMST SLEE 1200 (3G) for mobile phones 










Características técnicas: 

-Frecuencia (MHz) Enlace ascendente: 1935-1990MHZ 

- Enlace descendente: 2125-2170MHZ 

- Ganancia (dB) >60 

- Fluctuación de banda (dB) < 2 

- Potencia de salida (dBm) < 17 

- Radiación diversa (dBm) ≤ -30 

- Retardo ≤ 5 μsec 

- Ínter modulación de tercer orden (dBm) 9K-1GHZ≤ -36/1G-12.75GHZ≤ -30 

- Onda permanente ≤ 1.5 

- Potencia suministro AC220V 

- Tipo de conector N-K 

- Índice de ruido ≤5dB 

Reference: AMPLIFIER-GSM18 

Name: Signal Amplifier GSM SLEE 1318 (1800 mhz) for Mobile phones 


Este nuevo producto permitirá amplificar la señal de tu móvil para que puedas hablar sin problemas en locales con 

poca cobertura. 

Ideal para restaurantes, bares, negocios y empresas. Proporciona cobertura para varios móviles. 

El AMPLIFICADOR de señal GSM, es la solución para la falta de cobertura de señal de teléfonos 

móviles; colocando el AMPLIFICADOR en el lugar puede intensificar la señal del movil. El AMPLIFICADOR recibe y remite 

señales a la vez, ademas de recibir la señal de la base, amplificado y remitido a los moviles, el AMPLIFICADOR 

también recibe las señales de los moviles, lo potencia y lo retorna a la base. Para obtener una buena cobertura en todo el 

local, hay que colocar cables en el interior del local y poner antenas, y asi consigue atraves de las antenas, que llegue las señales a 

cualquier rincon del local. Este sistema de cableado es adaptable a cualquier tipo de local, hace que este sistema de amplicacion de 

señales funcione con alta eficacia y gran capacidad. 

Informacion tecnica: 

Amplficador de señal D de gran potencia 65dB. 

Frecuencia : Subida 1710-1785(MHz) 

Bajada 1805-1880(MHz) 

Ancho de Banda:6 MHz-25 MHz 

Potencia : Subida 20dbm 

Bajada 20dbm 

Ganancia: 65 dB 

Pérdidas de retorno: Inferior a -18 dB 

Valor de Ruido: Inferior a 5 dB 

V.S.W.R.:Inferior a 1.5 

Demora de Propagación: 1 µs 

Impedancia 50 Ohm 

Tensión de funcionamiento: AC 220V. 

Conector RF: N - Hembra 

La señal cubre 2000 m2 

Reference: AMPLIFIERGSM960 

Name: SLEE 960 GSM Signal Amplifier for Mobiles phones 











señales funcione con alta eficacia y gran capacidad. 


Modelo :960 

Rango de Frecuencia: 

Subida (MHz)890 - 915 

Bajada (MHz)935 - 960 

Ancho de Banda: 6 MHz ?25 MHz 

Potencia Subida 2W 

Bajada 1W 




V.S.W.R.: Inferior a 1.5 



Tensión de funcionamiento: DC 12 V 0.5 A Incluye alimentador. 


el señal se tapa 500 m2 

147



Gadgets 

Name: GSM SLEE 970 Signal Amplifier for Mobile phones 












Name: SLEE 980 GSM Amplifier for Mobiles phones 


Este nuevo producto permitirá amplificar la señal de tu móvil para que puedas hablar sin problemas en locales con poca cobertura. 


El AMPLIFICADOR de señal GSM, es la solución para la falta de cobertura de señal de teléfonos móviles; colocando el AMPLIFICADOR en 

el lugar puede intensificar la señal del movil. El AMPLIFICADOR recibe y remite señales a la vez, ademas de recibir la señal de la base, 

amplificado y remitido a los moviles, el AMPLIFICADOR también recibe las señales de los moviles, lo potencia y lo retorna a la base. Para 

obtener una buena cobertura en todo el local, hay que colocar cables en el interior del local y poner antenas, y asi consigue atraves de las 

antenas, que llegue las señales a cualquier rincon del local. Este sistema de cableado es adaptable a cualquier tipo de local, hace que este 

sistema de amplicacion de señales funcione con alta eficacia y gran capacidad. 

Caracacteristicas: 

El equipo trabaja en la banda 900 mhz, por lo tanto es válido para movistar y vodafone. 

El cable a utilizar es del tipo coaxial. Conectar la señal entrante en el lado del alimentador in y la señal saliente en el lado del led out. La 

distancia máxima de cable obligatoria entre el equipo y la antena interior es de 2 metros, contra menos cable se ponga mejor será la señal. 

Esta longitud máxima de seguridad sirve para evitar posibles interferencias entre la señal entrante y la saliente. 

La antena de panel que se suministra es para captar la señal GSM y debe orientarse en el exterior hacia el punto donde la recepción de 

señal sea más favorable. La antena omnidireccional es la que nos proporcionará cobertura en la zona deseada y deberíamos instalarla en el 

punto central de dicha zona. 


Modelo :980 

Rango de Frecuencia: Subida (MHz) 890 - 915 

Bajada (MHz) 935 - 960 

Ancho de Banda: 6 MHz ?25 MHz 

Potencia Subida 2W 

Bajada 2W 




V.S.W.R.: Inferior a 1.5 



Tensión de funcionamiento: AC 220V. 


La señal cubre 3000 m2 

Incluidas las dos antenas y conectores. 

148

Reference: SPYPHONESYMBIAN 


Gadgets 

Name: Software for Nokia Symbian phones for phone tapping recordings call intercept 


Spy Software is based on the unique IMEI number of your Target Phone therefore it will not be possible to use it on any other handset. 

Neo-Call can be configured to match your own needs. Basically, check if phone model is indicated in the compatibility list. Once you have 

purchased the software, you will need to enter the IMEI of that Target Phone and the pre-defined number (secret number). As an example, if 

you install the software on a Nokia, you will have to enter the IMEI number for that Nokia phone and the phone number of another phone 

that will receive secret copies of all activities etc. That same number (pre-defined) will allow you to send a special code (which YOU specify) 

to the Nokia by SMS and the Nokia will return by SMS (without any logs) the information you requested. 

Specifications of the Spy Software: 

SMS Forwarding 

Secretly transfer Localization Information by SMS to predefined number 

Cost Control 

Localization SMS are only send to predefined number ON REQUEST. 

User will send SMS with Localization Code from predefined number to Target Phone when he needs to get the Localization. 

Clean Logs 

Logs of Application does not exist. Application is not listed in the Main Log or App Log. 

Auto Start 

Automatically starts when phone is switched on. 

Simply transfer and install the software, reboot the Target Phone (Turn OFF then ON again) and Neo-Call software will be working. 

Stealth 

Runs in "Real Background" Mode 

Not detected and recognized as Virus/Trojan by AntiVirus Software. 

Self-User inputs and tweaking of several critical security fields lead to the completion of your very own and unique application. 

Technology 

100% multi tasks software based. Spy software is a DDT software (Direct Data Transfer). 

Your Data is strictly confidential as it will only travel from Target Phone to Predefined Number without any intermediary. 

Unlike competition, our software does not need a third party web server to handle Data transfer and/or Data record. 

SIM and Network 

Works with any SIM card from any country provider. Does not need any special subscription, such as GPRS, to operate. 

Installation 

Spy software is offering all the easiest way of installation Bluetooth, Serial Cable, USB Data Cable, IRDA, Email, SMS, MMS, Web Download 

No matter how many software you picked up. They will all be compiled/embedded into 1 Unique File. 

Software includes: 

TRAX Mode (Localization Software): 

Providing Network Relay physical address by SMS without any log in sent items. 

Once installed on the Target Phone, the localization Software allow predefined number to send SMS with a special code (User input during 

purchasing process) to the Target Phone and will get in return the Network Relay physical address of the Target Phone (by SMS). 

LIST Mode (Call List Software): 

Received the complete log of last phone calls missed, received or made by SMS. 

Once installed on the Target Phone, Neo-Call software with Call List feature will allow predefined number to send SMS with one of the three 

special codes for that feature (codes have to be submitted online by software purchaser during ordering process) to the Target Phone. 

Secretly transfer Call List Information by SMS to predefined number. 

LOG Mode (Data Log Software): 

Data log is a simple and powerful way of secretly storing useful information such as incoming/outgoing SMS, missed/dialled/received Calls 

on the Target Phone itself. Keylogger, Calls, SMS/MMS are stored into 1 unique and invisible file on the Target Phone. 

Only specific software such as FXplorer could reveal the file. User could also transfer the file to computer whenever he got access to the 

Target Phone. Secretly Backup and Save into an user predefined filename, any SMS sent or received. Secretly Backup and Save into an 

user predefined filename, any Missed/Received or Dialled Numbers. 

SMS Mode (SMS/MMS Software): 

Receive a copy of any incoming and outgoing SMS to the predefined number without any log in sent items. 

Once installed on the Target Phone, spy software with SMS Forwarding feature will send to the predefined number a copy of any SMS 

received or sent by the Target Phone. 

LOG PRO Mode (BlueTooth Data Log Software): 

LOG Pro Mode is a simple and powerful way of secretly storing useful information such as incoming/outgoing SMS, missed/dialed/received 

149

Reference: N70-SPY-PHONE 


Gadgets 

Name: Nokia N70 unlocked spy phone with call interceptor, phone tapping and recordin 


Listen in on conversations undetected from anywhere in the world looks and operates like a regular mobile phone until spy mode is 

activated turning it into a covert long distance bugging device. 

Spy Software is based on the unique IMEI number of your Target Phone therefore it will not be possible to use it on any other handset. The 

spy phone can be configured to match your own needs. Once you have purchased the software, you will need to enter the IMEI of that 

Target Phone and the pre-defined number (secret number). As an example, if you install the software on a Nokia, you will have to enter the 

IMEI number for that Nokia phone and the phone number of another phone that will receive secret copies of all activities etc. That same 

number (pre-defined) will allow you to send a special code (which YOU specify) to the Nokia by SMS and the Nokia will return by SMS 

(without any logs) the information you requested. 

Specifications of the Spy Software: 

SMS Forwarding 

Secretly transfer Localization Information by SMS to predefined number 

Cost Control 

Localization SMS are only send to predefined number ON REQUEST. 

User will send SMS with Localization Code from predefined number to Target Phone when he needs to get the Localization. 

Clean Logs 

Logs of Application does not exist. Application is not listed in the Main Log or App Log. 

Auto Start 

Automatically starts when phone is switched on. 

Simply transfer and install the software, reboot the Target Phone (Turn OFF then ON again) and Spy software will be working. 

Stealth 

Runs in "Real Background" Mode 

Not detected and recognized as Virus/Trojan by AntiVirus Software. 

Self-User inputs and tweaking of several critical security fields lead to the completion of your very own and unique application. 

Technology 

100% multi tasks software based. Spy software is a DDT software (Direct Data Transfer). 

Your Data is strictly confidential as it will only travel from Target Phone to Predefined Number without any intermediary. 

Unlike competition, our software does not need a third party web server to handle Data transfer and/or Data record. 

SIM and Network 

Works with any SIM card from any country provider. Does not need any special subscription, such as GPRS, to operate. 

Installation 

Spy software is offering all the easiest way of installation Bluetooth, Serial Cable, USB Data Cable, IRDA, Email, SMS, MMS, Web Download 

No matter how many software you picked up. They will all be compiled/embedded into 1 Unique File. 

Software included in the Nokia N70 phone:: 

TRAX Mode (Localization Software): 

Providing Network Relay physical address by SMS without any log in sent items. 

Once installed on the Target Phone, the localization Software allow predefined number to send SMS with a special code (User input during 

purchasing process) to the Target Phone and will get in return the Network Relay physical address of the Target Phone (by SMS). 

LIST Mode (Call List Software): 

Received the complete log of last phone calls missed, received or made by SMS. 

Once installed on the Target Phone, Spy software with Call List feature will allow predefined number to send SMS with one of the three 

special codes for that feature (codes have to be submitted online by software purchaser during ordering process) to the Target Phone. 

Secretly transfer Call List Information by SMS to predefined number. 

LOG Mode (Data Log Software): 

Data log is a simple and powerful way of secretly storing useful information such as incoming/outgoing SMS, missed/dialled/received Calls 

on the Target Phone itself. Keylogger, Calls, SMS/MMS are stored into 1 unique and invisible file on the Target Phone. 

Only specific software such as FXplorer could reveal the file. User could also transfer the file to computer whenever he got access to the 

Target Phone. Secretly Backup and Save into an user predefined filename, any SMS sent or received. Secretly Backup and Save into an 

user predefined filename, any Missed/Received or Dialled Numbers. 

SMS Mode (SMS/MMS Software): 

Receive a copy of any incoming and outgoing SMS to the predefined number without any log in sent items. 

Once installed on the Target Phone, spy software with SMS Forwarding feature will send to the predefined number a copy of any SMS 

received or sent by the Target Phone. 

Reference: IPODNANOSPEAKER 

Name: Ipod Nano (clone) MP3/MP4 2GB player and Creative Labs portable travel speake 


Ipod Nano (clone) MP3 and MP4 player with 2GB capacity 

Your music says a lot about you. So should your iPod nano. A super-slim design says you always have room for music. Durable anodized 

aluminum says you won’t let the rough and tumble of everyday life ruin your groove. And one of five colors says whatever you want. 

Choose your hue and make a statement. Just use iTunes to import your CDs, then sync them to iPod nano.Possibly the world’s 

coolest photo album, iPod nano holds a large amount of snapshots. iPod nano plays audiobooks too. Customize menus, check capacity, 

change your language, change how your iPod nano sounds and more, all from the Settings menu. Click About to see how many songs are 

on your iPod nano and how much capacity you have left. Click Main Menu to select what items appear in your Main Menu. Tweak the built-in 

equalizer. Or set a maximum volume limit. Everything you need — from backlight timer to audiobook speed — appears in the 

Settings menu. 

Play your music out loud, anywhere with Creative TravelSound™ 250. Sporting a chic, minimalist design, TravelSound 250 thrills as 

much with its looks as well as its audio quality. Two premium 33mm NeoTitanium™ micro drivers rated at 1.5W/channel deliver good 

detail and midrange, and the Wide Stereo Effect feature creates a wider soundstage that belies TravelSound 250's small footprint. Most 

notably, TravelSound 250 features an innovative dual-angle swivel enclosure, which gives you the freedom to adjust for an optimum audio 

projection. 

Features: 

Power Output: 1.5 Watts RMS per channel (2 channels) 

Frequency Response: 150Hz ~20kHz 

Playback duration: Up to 25hours (at 10mW total output) with 4 AAA size alkaline batteries 

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR): 80dB 

Weight: 8.7oz/248g without batteries 

150

Reference: IPOD-NANO-CLONE 


Gadgets 

Name: Ipod Nano (clone) MP3 and MP4 player with 2GB capacity 


Your music says a lot about you. So should your iPod nano. A super-slim design says you always have room for music. Durable anodized 

aluminum says you won’t let the rough and tumble of everyday life ruin your groove. And one of five colors says whatever you want. 

Choose your hue and make a statement. Just use iTunes to import your CDs, then sync them to iPod nano.Possibly the world’s 

coolest photo album, iPod nano holds a large amount of snapshots. iPod nano plays audiobooks too. 

Finding and playing music on iPod nano is simple. Menu options let you browse by artist, composer, album, song, genre, or playlist. Want 

to mix things up? Click Shuffle Songs. iPod nano makes your music look as good as it sounds, thanks to a 1.8-inch color display. Album art 

appears alongside your song titles, so you see your music as you play it. And when you dare to wear iPod nano, that display guarantees 

you’ll say a lot without saying a word. 

Use the Click Wheel to scroll through photo thumbnails the same way you scroll through song titles. To see a photo full-screen, click the 

center button. You can even view photo slideshows, complete with music. Just select Slideshow Settings and choose the time between 

slides, the transition effect, and the music. 

Customize menus, check capacity, change your language, change how your iPod nano sounds and more, all from the Settings menu. Click 

About to see how many songs are on your iPod nano and how much capacity you have left. Click Main Menu to select what items appear in 

your Main Menu. Tweak the built-in equalizer. Or set a maximum volume limit. Everything you need — from backlight timer to 

audiobook speed — appears in the Settings menu. 

Features: 

- Plug-and-play MP4 player 

- Fashionable color 1.8-inch TFT screen 

- Music format: MP3 or WMA 

- Multi languages: Chinese GB, Chinese BIG5, English, French, German, Italian, Czech, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Danish, Spanish, 

Russian, Swedish, Dutch, Polish, Thai 

- Built-in FM (75-108 kHz) 

- Play list (optional) 

- Supports electronic digital photo album, photo view and E-book 

Reference: IPODSHUFFLE-SPK 

Name: Creative Labs portable travel speaker and iPod Shuffle1GB music player pack 


Make the most out of our offer. Now you dont have to look for speakers for your mp3/mp4/cd player, now you can buy the music player 

together with the speaker. 

The second-generation iPod shuffle with 1GB memory is impressively small, and the built-in clip makes it ideal for working out, running, or 

just casual listening. Clip on iPod shuffle and wear it as a badge of musical devotion. 

- iPod Shuffle holds 240 songs on 1 GB of storage 

- Download songs from the iTunes Store, import songs from your CDs, and sync them to your Shuffle 

- Thumb-friendly, circular control pad makes navigation a breeze 

- Battery indicator light features three levels--green (full), amber (low), and red (empty) 





projection. 

Features: 






151

Reference: IPODSHUFFLECOPY 


Gadgets 

Name: Second Generation 1GB iPod Shuffle (Cloned) MP3,WAV, Apple Lossless player 


The second-generation iPod shuffle (clone) is impressively small, and the built-in clip makes it ideal for working out, running, or just casual 

listening. Clip on iPod shuffle (clone) and wear it as a badge of musical devotion. 

- iPod Shuffle holds 240 songs on 1 GB of storage 

- Download songs from the iTunes Store, import songs from your CDs, and sync them to your Shuffle 

- Thumb-friendly, circular control pad makes navigation a breeze 

- Battery indicator light features three levels--green (full), amber (low), and red (empty) 

One size fits all 

You know what they say about good things and small packages. But when something 1.62 inches long and about half an ounce holds up to 

240 songs, “good” and “small” don’t cut it. Especially when you can listen to your music for up to 12 

continuous hours (full battery capacity) . In fact, iPod shuffle just may be the biggest thing in small. 

Ready to wear 

Clip it to your coin pocket. Clip it to your bag. No matter where you clip your skip-free iPod shuffle (clone) , you’ll have instant 

access to music. Thanks to a sturdy, built-in clip, iPod shuffle goes with anything. Clip it to your sleeve, your lapel, your coin pocket, your 

backpack. No matter where you wear it, iPod shuffle speaks volumes about your style. 

Remix and match 

The first step to wearing 240 songs is downloading iTunes — free. Connect your iPod shuffle (clone) to your Mac or PC’s USB 

port, and sync in minutes. Got more than 240 songs? No problem. Let iTunes autofill your iPod shuffle (clone) and get a new musical 

experience every time. 

Player Type Flash MP3 Player 

Radio No 

Recording, Voice: No 

Recording, Line In: No 

Audio Battery Life: 12 Hr 

Storage Capacity: 1 GB 

Dimensions: 1.1 x 1.6 x .4 inches 

Music Playback Formats AAC, AIFF, Apple Lossless, Audible, MP3, WAV 

Technical Specifications: 

Size and weight 

Height: 1.07 inches 

Width: 1.62 inches 

Depth: 0.41 inch (including clip) 

Weight: 0.55 ounce 

Volume: 0.5 cubic inch (not including volume under clip) 

Capacity 

1GB USB flash drive 

Holds up to 240 songs in 128-Kbps AAC format 

Stores data via USB flash drive 

Audio 

Skip-free playback 

Frequency response: 20Hz to 20,000Hz 

MP3 (8 to 320 Kbps), MP3 VBR, AAC (8 to 320 Kbps), Protected AAC (from iTunes Store, M4A, M4B, M4P), Audible (formats 2, 3 and 4), WAV, 

and AIFF 

Headphones 

Reference: TRAVELSOUND-250 

Name: Creative Labs portable travel speakers for all mp3 players 


Sleek, High Quality Travel Speakers for All MP3 Players 





projection. 

NeoTitanium micro drivers 

High-quality micro drivers give superior clarity, as well as accurate and detailed sound reproduction to your music while doubling as a 

sleek stand and cover to protect your speakers 

Clever Design 

Dual-angle tilting position provides optimum projection of your music 

Enhanced Battery Life 

Get up to 25 hours of music using just 4 AAA alkaline batteries 

Wide Stereo Effect 

Experience a wider, all-encompassing soundstage with just a touch of a button. 

Power: 

DC jack for power adapter 

Lets you charge TravelSound 250 when it's time. Quick and easy. 

Features: 






PACKAGE CONTENTS 

One-piece speaker 

Travel pouch 

Stereo-to-stereo cable 

4 x AAA batteries 

Quick Start booklet 

Warranty and Technical Support booklet 

152

Reference: WIFIDETECT 


Gadgets 

Name: WIFI wireless network Detector and hotspot finder in a key chain 


Are you a traveler? Like to take your laptop with you on holidays or business trips? 

Have you ever found yourself stuck at the aiport and having to open your hand luggage to get the laptop out just to check if there is a WIFI 

network or hotspot available? just to find yourself rushing to put it back into the luggage once again to run to the check point to board the 

plane? 

Reference: DANCE-MAT 

Name: Dance Mat compatible with PS1, PS2, Xbox, GameCube and PC dance games 


What is a Dance Mat/Pad? 

A dance mat plugs into your games console, they’re made for PS1, PS2, Xbox, GameCube and PC, to replace the hand held 

controller. You then use your feet to play dance mat games. 

A dance pad, also known as a dance mat or dance platform, is a flat electronic game controller used for input in dance games. Most dance 

pads are divided into a 3×3 matrix of square panels for the player to stand on, with some or all of the panels corresponding to 

directions or actions within the game. Some dance pads also have extra buttons outside of the main stepping area, such as "Start" and 

"Select". Pairs of dance pads are often joined side-by-side for certain gameplay modes. 

The Game 

All Dance Mat games have slightly different features and settings but all work to the same general rules. 

The game is played on a dance pad with four arrow panels: left, down, up, and right. These panels are pressed using the player's feet, in 

response to arrows that appear on the screen in front of the player. The arrows are synchronized to the general rhythm or beat of a chosen 

song, and success is dependent on the player's ability to time and position his or her steps accordingly. 

First you select your game mode. This can be practice, beginner, game or workout. Game modes usually grade you on three songs at a time 

before giving you a final overall grade. Next you choose your song. Most games have a great variety from pop to dance. Each song can be 

done at different difficulty levels so you can work to your own standard and pace. 

Finally, you begin to dance! 

Benefits of a Dance Mat: 

The best thing about a dance mat has to be how much fun it is to use it. Unlike seating on the couch playing a game, the dance mat can 

provide a different programme each time for you get up and move about. With so many games available the possibilities are endless. 

Playing on the dance mat improves your fitness levels and co-ordination. It can be done alone, with a friend or with your children. You can 

also plug in two mats at the one time and dance against each other. Why not get your mates together and have a Dance Mat party? 

The dance mat is easy to set up and put away. They fold up neatly so they can be kept virtually anywhere. No fancy gear is required, not 

even a good pair of trainers! 

Did you know that since 2005 the Dance Mat is currently being used in more than 765 school in Virginia to fight against child obesity. For 

more information... click here 

Games compatible with Dance Mats: 

- Dance Dance Revolution 3rd Mix (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution CLUB VERSION Dreamcast Edition (Dreamcast) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 1st Mix (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 2nd ReMIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 3rd MIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution BEST HITS (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 4th MIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution EXTRA MIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 5th Mix (Play Station) - DDR MAX (6th MIX) (Play Station 2) 

- DDR MAX 2(7th MIX) (Play Station 2) 


- DDR EXTREME (Play Station 2) 

- DDR Party Collection (Play Station 2) 

- DDR FESTIVAL (Play Station 2) 

- DDR STR!KE (Play Station 2) 

- DDR SuperNOVA (Play Station 2) 

- Dance Factory (Play Station 2) 

- Dancing Stage Euromix (Play Station 2) 

- Dancing Dance Revolution: Ultramix (Xbox) 

- Dancing Stage Party Edition (Play Station) 

- Dancing Stage Megamix (Play Station 2) 

- Dancing Stage Fever (Play Station and Play Station 2) 

- Dancing Dance Revolution: Ultramix 2 (Xbox) 

- Dancing Stage Fusion (Play Station and Play Station 2) 


- Dancing Stage MAX (Play Station 2) 

- DDR Ultramix 4 (XBox) 

- Konamix (Play Station/Play Station 2) 

- DDR RO in the groove (PC) 

- DDR Mario Mix (GameCube) 

Reference: BREATHTEST 

Name: Digital Alcohol breath tester, light torch and timer keyring 


Conveniently designed to measure BAC (blood alcohol concentration) in just seconds. It uses a simple method to analyse blood alcohol 

concentration at anytime and anywhere. It is a 3 in 1 device, alcohol tester, count up and count down timer and a torch. 

Characteristics: - Measures BAC: 

Under 0.05& BAC (0.25mg/L BRAC)- Green Led will light up 

Over 0.05% BAC (0.25mg/L BRAC)- Yellow led will light up 

Over 0.08% BAC (0.40mg/L BRAC)- Yellow and Red led will light up 

- Timer: Count down and count-up timer can help you keep the deadline of your parking - Super bright Orange led flashlight with key chain - 

Requires 2 AAA batteries (not included) 

Important: The readings from this blood alcohol level tester, if used as instructed, should provide an indicative guide to the level of alcohol 

in your body. No testing device is completely foolproof and inaccurate readings can occur due to user error and environmental conditions. 

Please consume alcohol responsibly and do not drink and drive. 

153

Reference: LASER-LAMP 


Gadgets 

Name: Disco Laser light projector for pubs, DJ, party, etc. 


The LASER-LAMP is a compact, full-colour laser projector useful for parties, discos, pubs and any event that needs up uplift. It projects 12 

different designs on to the wall or the ceiling. The laser posses two levels of speed. The internal microphone can be synchronized with the 

sound to provide a spectacular show of lights in accordance to the music. Power supply can be administered via batteries (included) or thru 

source of electricity (not included). 

Perfect for parties, discos, pubs o just to ¡¡ brighten up your house party!! 

Package incluyes: 

- Disco laser DL 112. 

-Mount 

-4 Batteries 

-Instructions manual 




















Reference: ECOSFERASP 

Name: Ecosphere self-sufficient Ecosystem in Oval shape 13cm glass 


An EcoSphere is a working ecological system and its biological cycle represents a simple version of Earths own ecosystem. While 

beautiful to look at, it demonstrates the delicate balance of a closed system like the Earth and contains some of the same essential 

elements that are found on our planet. The Earth is represented by the gravel at the bottom, (with) water filling approximately two-thirds of 

the system and air filling the balance of the space. Fire is represented by (the) light. And finally to complete the system, life the shrimp, the 

algae and the bacteria. 

The EcoSphere is the result of technology developed at NASAs research laboratories. NASA scientists were researching self-contained 

communities for space explorers to live in during long-term space flights. And out of this work came the EcoSphere an ecosystem of 

animal and plant life in perfect balance with nature. 

Each system comprises a clear soup of filtered seawater containing gravel and gorgonia (the non-living branch like material) together with 

some shrimp, algae and bacteria. Each is a key component of the ecosystem. The gravel, gorgonia and glass all provide surface areas to 

which the micro-organisms can attach themselves. 

The EcoSphere works by gathering energy from the light and converting it biochemically. Light, together with the carbon dioxide in the 

water, enables the algae to produce oxygen by photosynthesis. The shrimp breathe the oxygen in the water and graze on the algae and the 

bacteria. The waste from the shrimp is broken down by the bacteria into nutrients, which in turn feed the algae. The shrimp and the bacteria 

also give off carbon dioxide and the cycle is renewed when the algae use this once again to produce oxygen. EcoSpheres need warmth as 

well as light to function correctly. Keeping the temperature fairly constant assists the long-term viability of the system. 

The shrimp have reproduced in some systems, but this is rare. The algae and the bacteria reproduce continuously. Over time gradual 

changes may occur the oldest systems end up with the blue-green algae (the green algae having become exhausted) but this can still 

produce sufficient oxygen to sustain the shrimp. In this way the system goes through transitions, starting out quite clear, then changing to 

a slightly cloudy cast and eventually becoming clear again. 

The average life of the small EcoSpheres is two to three years. The larger systems tend to last longer because they contain more shrimp. It 

is not possible to be precise about this because much depends on the differing light and temperature conditions each system experiences. 

The actual age of the shrimp is also unknown. Some EcoSpheres have lasted ten years or more. 

The shrimp eat the algae and the bacteria. If you watch closely you will see them feeding. If the green algae is no longer visible, dont worry, 

there will still be plenty of other algae and bacteria for them to graze on. The pale translucent shrimp-like images sometimes seen lying on 

the bottom are exoskeletons, which are shed by the shrimp (shrimp are crustaceans which means their skeletons are on the outside rather 

than the inside and they soon grow a new one, which expands and hardens). Nothing goes to waste in an EcoSphere these are eaten by 

the shrimp and the bacteria. 

Product specification: 

Size: Small Oval Shaped Ecosphere, 13 cm high, 0.5 Liters 

Number of shrimps: 3-4 

154

Reference: ECOSFERASS 


Gadgets 

Name: Ecosphere a self-sufficient Ecosystem in a round 10cm glass 


















Features: 

Reference: LED-CLOCK 

Name: Remote control leds light projection message clock 


It combines the time and alarm clock, date and your personalized messages which can be programmed using a remote control. 

It can be used used a clock, calendar and a message box for the family 

The message display can be used as a promotional message display or welcome board for your store. 

As a digital world time clock and date of 12 major cities around the world: Hong Kong, Bangkok, New Delhi, Cairo, Paris, London, Sao 

Paolo, New York, Los Angeles, Honolulu, Sydney, Tokyo (one by one). 

It is also a perfect gift for your friends and family. The receiver will have a surprise when they find the message displayed after opening the 

box! 

Special Features: 

Desktop or wall mounted options. 

All functions can be set by remote control. 

Programmable timepiece and calender. 

It is a multi-function and purpose device for timer, alarm clock, calendar and personalized message display by moving LEDs. 

It can display the date and time in 12 major cities around the world. 

10 built-in messages which can be displayed auto-periodically. 

User may create 9 sets of their own personalized messages and each message contains maximum 100 characters. 

Whith flash animation colourful background. 

AC/DC powe adapater 

Can use 3 Alkaline "AAA" batteries for data memory (batteries not included) 

Easy and safe operating. 


Display method : 

From left to right/from right to left 

From top to bottom/ From bottom to top 

Go up and then rotate backwards 

From both sides and move to center/From center and move to the sides 

Display content: 

Time : format 24 hours (00:00) 

Date: DD:MM:YY 

Day : Sunday/ Monday/ Tuesday/ Wednesday/ Thursday/ Friday/ Saturday 

Message content: user can set the specific date for message displaying 

Message setting: enter the required display "set message" right after the date is set for message display 

Message Displaying: 

Message will be displayed periodically and automatically with the pre-set date 

If no message if set, the time and date will be displayed periodically. 

If message is set, the message, time and date will be displayed periodically. 

Built in messages included: 

Content: 

* Happy (set to display daily) 

* Happy New year ( set for 1st of January) 

* Velentine! (set for 14th of February) 

* Christamas Eve (set for December 24th) 

* Merry 

* Merry Christmas (set for December 25th) 

* Boxing day (set for December 26th) 

Features: 

Reference: PROJ-CLOCK 

Name: Desktop Projection Alarm Clock With Thermometer 


Projects the time onto any surface in large, easy-to read, blue digits 

With snooze alarm function 

Rotate lens to project the time wherever you want 

With continuous projection function 

Power: works on 3 pieces "AAA" alkaline batteries (not included) or DC 4.5V adaptor (not included) 

Body Color: Translucent blue with sliver for blue projection digits 

LCD with Blue backlight shows 12/24 hour time, alarm time, month, date, day, year and Fº/Cº temperature 

155

Reference: LED-CARD 

Name: Led card with personalised text 



Gadgets 

Now you can advertise your business face-to-face at trade shows, conferences, events, meetings, and parties. The LED badge does the 

hard part for you by breaking the ice. People will be drawn in by the glowing messages as they scroll on your shirt. 

To attract more attention to your message you can speed up the message or add give more luminosity to your message. Either way it's 

totally up to you what message you input and what speed or luminosity rate you select. 

Features: 

Slim & small design 

Data communication: easily input by hand 

LED: 19 x 5 dot matrix 

Product dimensions: 60mm x 30mm x 7mm 

Display led window dimensions: 49mm X 11mm 

Color of LED: red 

Power: Runs on 1 CR2032 3V Lithium Battery (package comes with 2) 

Slim design - and MAGNETIZED on back (metal plate detaches - strong magnets are underneath, sealed into the unit. Holds easily through 

shirt or placard) 

Operation time: about 20 hours 

With 9 levels of speed to display, and 9 levels of luminance for adjust by user 

Weight: 10g 

Badge can store 6 messages (1 can store 512characters, 2-6 can store 256 characters). Only one message can be displayed at a time 

Reference: KEY-FINDER 

Name: Keyfinder Keyring with sound and flashing light 


The sonic key finder ends hours of hopelessly searching for your keys. All you need to do is clap, whistle or shout.Any loud noise causes 

the key finder to beep and the light to flash. Also handy for finding keyholes. 

Features: 

Light: helps to find keyhole when it is dark 

Attach keys to key chain 

When you lose your keys, just whistle to find them 

The key finder will emit a high pitched noise 

Blister packed, includes two replaceable batteries 

Product size: 5 X 3.5 X 1.2cm 

Reference: FOTOMOSAIC 

Name: Personalized photo Mosaic 


uCables.com offer you a personalized mosaic photo in poster size, it is an incredible keepsake that will get the attention from everyone who 

sees it. 

A mosaic photo is a photograph composed of thousand little pictures which put together compose a large photograph . If we get closer to 

the main photo, we can clearly see the small pictures, but as we move away from the photo we can see the image that these small photos 

make to show us a much more large scale of the image. In order to achieve this, we need to analize the main image and find pictures that 

best suit the photo, such as color and format. 

In order to obtain a good result the main image needs to be simple , without much detail. We recommend you send us photos such as , 

portraits or upper body photos. At the same time, the main image needs to be big in order to appreciate the details of the photo. 

The personalizes Mosaic Photo is a great present for any occassion it is original and uforgetable. 

Types of Mosaic: 

Flowers 

Beer brands 

Cd covers 

Disney 

Pictures 

Birds 

Technology 

Steps to follow in order to place an order: 

1. Send a photo via email to: in format JPG, GIF, BMP, etc. 

2. We will make a trial image to see how it would look and send it to you for confirmation. Image will be in a poster format. 

3. If you are happy with it, we will proceed to send it via email in a JPG format. 

156

Reference: SEP-ALARM 


Gadgets 

Name: Tracking and separating alarm for your personal effects 


You no longer have to worry about your phone, wallet, keys, bag, handbag, etc.. now you can find your accessories in a matter of seconds! 

Alarm turns on when transmitter and receiver are separated. Alarm turns off when transmitter and receiver are connected 

Mini design; can be easily put into wallets or pockets 

Quick and safe: receiver produces a beep sound and vibrates immediately when transmitter part is beyond the receiving range 

(approximately 15 meters). Once the receiver is closer to the transmitter the vibrating stops. 

Keep your personal belongings within reach. 

Ideal for: 

- pet wandering alert. 

- mobile phone alert. 

- suitcase & luggage alert. 

- wallet alert. 

- And many many more usages! 


Transmitter: 

- size: 44 (H) X 28 (W) X 8 (D) mm 

- Weight: 9.3 grams 

- Battery: CR2032 (x1) 

Receiver: 

- Size: 60 (H) X 36 (W) X15 (D) mm 

- Weight: 28.0 grams 

- Battery: AAA Battery (X1) 

Range: 

- Up to 15 meters 

Battery life: 

- Receiver: approximate. 1 month 

- Transmitter: approximate. 1 month. 

Instructions: 

* Place a AAA Battery on the receiver 

* Switch the power supply of the Transmitter to "on". You will notice that the light will twinkle this is because it is sending out a signal. 

* Turn the receiver on to N ON . It will beep several times. After a short period it will beep two times , this indicates the successful coding 

study of the transmitter. 

* Transmitter should be attached to the object being protected. 

* Adjust the distance debugger of the receiver to a suitable distance. Move the distance debugger (round lever) from down to up to adjust 

Reference: GLOW-RING 

Name: Vibrating Glow in the dark condom ring ViCon 


This vibrating glow in the dark condom ring will turn any condom into a thrilling vibrator! It has the added bonus of glowing in the darks, so 

its double the fun! It is designed to fit securely at the base of the condom, emitting strong vibrations that provide exciting stimulation for 

both partners. 

Powered by an ultra light battery that is safely enclosed in a soft silicone shell, the vibrating condom ring can run up to 25 minutes. 

As an added bonus, the vibrating condom ring also helps maintain a strong erection. 

Slide the ring over an erect penis until it reaches the base of the penis. The protruding point is designed to face upwards to stimulate a 

woman's sensitive areas. Gently trigger the on/off switch to experience vibrating fun during sexual intercourse. 

Recommended for one-time use only. 

Each ring is sterilized and vacuum packaged. 

Reference: RING-VIBRA 

Name: Vibrating Condom Ring ViCon 


This vibrating condom ring will turn any condom into a thrilling vibrator! It is designed to fit securely at the base of the condom, emitting 

strong vibrations that provide exciting stimulation for both partners. 







157

Reference: LASERPOD 

Name: Fantastic Laser Light Lamp - Laserpod 



Gadgets 

Using the latest in laser, LED (light emitting diodes) and crystal optics, Laserpod brings science and nature together to create 

ever-changing organic light forms of profound beauty. 

Laserpod is one of the most innovative lighting products since the lavalamp of the sixties, simple in principal, Laserpod actually uses super 

advanced technology to generate the purest light known to man. 

It is the patented invention of the innovative UK light artist Chris Levine, whose varied and ground breaking work in light has ranged from 

light sculptures for the band Massive Attack and some of the most leading edge fashion designers, to an historic hologram portrait of the 

Queen of England. His work is about the experience of seeing and the living power of light, an ethos that is distilled into Laserpod. 

Laserpod uses three electronic lasers and three blue and purple LED's, chosen so that the combination of their wavelengths work as a 

background to the red laser to give a super sensory experience. 

This intense light energy is projected through a crystal and the output of this wondrous device can be described as awe inspiring! 

With the diffusers on top of the alloy cylinder, as supplied in the package, the effects are contained and Laserpod becomes a soothing 

ambient lamp. 

The visual images start when the diffusers are removed-the light forms will radiate and project across an entire room and over great 

distances. 

You can interact with Laserpod by placing anything optical on top of the unit, glass, crystal or clear plastics will all produce the most 

profoundly beautiful effects. 

For the best Laserpod experience, the device should be activated in complete darkness when the more meditative and organic beams will 

be seen- these are extraordinary and are quite unique to Laserpod. 

Reference: LED-CLIP 

Name: PiX Multi-Functional Sport LED Clip 


A mobile display accessory, designed to be more than just a simple display. Pix Sports is a clock, a stopwatch, a pedometer, a signal, a 

motion responsive display, and even a scrolling message display. Users can flash dynamic icons or personal text messages, or utilize it as 

a motion responsive display. 

The clip will let you stick PIX Sports on almost anything. Take the clip off and you can even fix it to a string and wear it as a necklace or 

attach it to your backpack. It only uses 2 buttons ( marked A and B) to give you access to all of the PIX's features. Whatever feature you 

are using, you'll have access to 75 high intensity LEDs all in a convenient 3" by 1" form factor. 

Features: 

The Counter acts just like a pedometer, by counting the frequency of movement when attached to a pocket, or even your boot laces! 

PiX Sports can display a Message of up to 30 characters in a scrolling display - such as your name, URL, phone number, e-mail address, 

company name etc.. 

In Watch mode, Pix Sports displays the current time 

The stopwatch function measures time lapse to 0.1sec accuracy 

Signal mode displays a signal chosen from your choice of 10 animated patterns 

In Motion Responsive Display model, a pattern changes in proportional to the frequency of body motion - great for clubbing 

Naturally to cope with the great British weather, PiX Sports is splash-proof to cope with outdoor activities! 


Size: 3 X 1 X 0.5in 

Weight: 0.8oz (including batteries & clip) 

Display: 15 X 5 matrix high luminous intensity LED 

Power: 2 x 3V CR2032 Lithium battery (included) 

Run time: over 70 hours (all LED constant running) 

Included accessories: Belt clip and screw, User manual 

Important note: To turn PiX Multi-Functional Sports Clip off completely, batteries should be removed as the batteries are also consumed in 

power saving mode. 

Reference: LED-CAP 

Name: Baseball cap with small led monitor 


This is an innovative and trendy new look to the typical baseball hat!. This modern baseball cap with ultra-bright, small long-life LED 

monitor will allow you to display any message without the need to use paper!. Adjusts to fit most head sizes and is 100% cotton. 


Product size (mm): 48x10(mm) 

Led: 5x19 dot matrix 

Power supply : One CR2032/3v Battery or two CR2016/3V batteries (Batteries not included) 

Colors Available: Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, White, Pink, Three Colours Mixed 

Can store 1 message, total 120 characters 

7 speed levels 

Hand input 

158

Reference: COLORCLOCK 

Name: Aurora Mood Clock 



Gadgets 

The Colour Changing Clock is the new look to the boring alarm clock! Not only does it provide the time but it also serves as nice and 

peculiar decoration piece for your bedroom, living room, study room or it can even be used as a night lamp for the kid´s bedroom . If you 

dont want to have the light on thru the night you can just turn the light off and if you wish to check the time while in the dark, you only need 

to tap it gently on top and the Aurora clock will light up for 30 seconds. This mood lighting centerpiece can be set to run through it´s 12 

color variations by glowing 1 color per hour or through a preset lighting sequence. 


Both a fully functional alarm clock and a mood lighting centerpiece. 

12 Color variations 

Alarm, Date and time LED display 

Sound alarm function 

'Tap on' facility 

Soft rubber surface 

Size: 8 x 8 x 8 cm 

Can be used with AC adaptor (European Adapator included) or 4 x AAA batteries (batteries not inlcuded) 

Reference: RAVEMOTION 

Name: Rave Sky Writer Motioner with leds 


The complete novel and hi-tech electronic toys driven by the embedded IC. Twirl the rave-motioner over your head and your message will 

magically appears in mid air. Rave motioner has 13 preset messages and your personalized messages can be programmed 


13 preseted messages: WELCOME, LET´S PARTY, DANCING, COME ON BABY, COOL, GOAL, KISS ME, I LOVE YOU, HELP, HELLO, MERRY 

CHRISTMAS, HAPPY BIRTHDAY, HAPPY NEW YEAR. 

It is great for parties, concerts, birthday, New Year and other great events 

Color of text: Red 

1 Programmable Message up to 16 characters 

Light source: Ultra Bright LED 

1M to 20M 

Working Life: above 5000 hours 

Power Supply: Three R-1 Batteries (when choosing the RED LED two AAA battery make the gadget work). 

Reference: LED-BELT 

Name: Belt Buckle with flashing leds with customized message 


The belt buckle with flashing leds is the new fashion accessory for the street wise. Personalize your buckle by writing your name or 

messages so that it flashes onto the screen. Messages are shown moving accross, so there is always a new message showing. You can 

write up to 6 different messages. Its a great accessory for parties or just to stand out from the crowd! 

Our electronics belt buckles are perfect for Attention Seekers everywhere. Wear a scrolling message on your hips and we're sure you'll be 

the hit of the party. The message can scroll from right to left and is user programmable. To program simply flip the buckle over and input up 

to 256 letters, numbers or symbols. Be sure to watch the Pretty Ricky Music Video "Grind with Me" Watch Baby Blue hold up the Blue LED 

buckle at the end of the Video. 




1) Product size (mm): 135 (L) x 48 (W) x 5 (T) 

2) Led color: red 

3) Power supply: one CR2032 battery 

4) Can store 6 messages: one with 512 characters and five with 256 characters 

5) Nine speed levels 

6) Led: 21 x 7 dot matrix 

Type whatever message you would like to see the badge display by using the demo on the left. After you finish typing your message press 

the send button to play your message.. 

Reference: DRIVEALERT 

Name: Anti-drowsy alarm for drivers 


The Driver Alert is an anti-drowsy alarm designed to raise drivers awareness of momentary lapses caused by sleepiness and tirendness. 

Wear behind the right ear it works on the principle of electronic balance. As the driver head nods below a preset angle it emits a loud alarm 

signal alerting the driver to take corrective action, take a break or even take a nap!. The driver alert device is not only designed for drivers, it 

is perfect for people who need to be on full alert while on duty such a security guards guards, machine operators, and even students who 

need to work on their posture. 

Instructions: 

On the device is a little lever switch, shift it to the right towards ON 

Test that it is working properly by tilting it forward, if it beeps then it is at working mode 

Place behind your right ear and adjust, it should be placed correctly for effectiveness. Your head should not nod more than 30 degrees (the 

less the better), before it beeps 

When the device is no longer required move the lever towards the word OFF 

159

Reference: SHAKETORCH 

Name: Shake Torch Faraday Star without batteries 



Gadgets 

Forever Flashlight uses no batteries and requires only the single, included LED. Leave it unused in your car's glove box for years with 

complete peace of mind-you'll get that all important light when you need it. 

Forever Flashlight pays for itself quickly by saving you the cost of the batteries required to keep a standard flashlight in working order. 

How the Forever Flashlight Works: English physicist Michael Faraday discovered that any change in the magnetic environment of a coil will 

"induce" voltage in that coil. Forever Flashlight makes use of Faraday's Law of Induction to give you a lifetime of light without batteries 

replacement LED's or maintenance worries. The math used in Faraday's formula may be a bit challenging, but the Forever Flashlight makes 

it all simple-shake it and slide on the switch to get a dependable light every time! 

Instructions: 

Reference: LED-TORCH 

Name: Small Silvered colored single white Led Torch key ring 


A silvered colored very stylish, powerful , light weight one led torch keyring. 

Reference: CARDREADER 

Name: 15 in 1 Card reader and writer 


Compliant to standard USB 2.0, hot-swappable supported Reader & Writer supporting compact flash / micro driver / smart media / 

multimedia / secure digital card / memory stick / memory stick pro / XD-picture (CF1,CF2,MD,MS,MS DUO,MS Pro,MS 

proDUO,XD,SD,MMC1,MMC2.SM,SMxx) 

Speed 4.3Mbps, writing speed 1.3Mbps 

Icon illustrating on card slots 

LED displaying durinng the device activity Support O/S win98 / 2000 / XP / Mac os V9.2 or higher 

Ultra-slim mechanical design 

Hot-seal consumer packing 

Important: 

The memory adapter is for reading/writing memory cards such as compact flash / micro driver / smart media / multimedia / secure digital 

card / memory stick / memory stick pro / XD-picture etc. It`s not for cloning simcards nor reading them 

net weight: 0.10 Kg. 

Reference: FLY-WING 

Name: Light weight and fast Remote control electric airplane 


Buy and fly FLY WING includes everything you need to fly in one package. This includes a 2-channel transmitter and a 900mAh NiMH 

battery pack with a 300mAh wall charger. It also features the same super simple 2-channel flight control system. You can assemble the FLY 

WING and have it flying almost as soon as you get it home from the shop. The whole assembly process only takes about 15 minutes, and 

you may need an hour or two to charge up the battery for the first flight. So even if you've never flown an R/C airplane in your life, you can 

experience a successful start on your own. 

Rising rate: depend on the environment ,place, weather ,wind speed and so on to be changed . 

Flight time : ten to fifteen minutes. 

Radio Control distance: about 70 meters. 

About the Radio motor: two channels. 

About motor: two motors. 

Battery for plane: 

6 in 1 Ni-MH 7.2V 6*2/3AAA300 mach. 

Against wind power: be able to against Max less than 4 level. 

Use AC charger. 

1PC : Length (59cm) / Wing span(69cm) / Weight (168g) 

160

Reference: HFK-VOICE8 

Name: Voice changer handsfree 8 different voices 



Gadgets 

When the "in flexion" device "on", supposed male using it, after "pressing" in flexion button, there are 8 different voices, the order is as 

follows: robot voice, man's Bass voice, man's middle voice, man's high voice, original voice, A1'to voice, Mezzo-soprano voice, soprano 

voice. 

When infexion function works, speaking will be clear, soft and pithily. It has good effect. 

When inflexion function works, there is very slight echo feeds back to the user, which makes the user can control the effect. 

Please switch off the power when you don't use the inflexion function Note: please change the battery when power indicator becomes dim 

and being in bad effect. 


MITSUBISHI: 

MT30 

MT430 

MTD30 

MOTOROLA: 

A0008 

A820 

A6188 

C300 

ELITE 

L7089 

M3188 

M3288 

M3588 

M3688 

M3888 

M6088 

P7389IT 

P7689 

STARTAC etacs 

T180 

T189 

T191 

T192 

T2288 

T250 

T260 

T280 

T720 

V50 

V51 

V60 

V66 

V70 

V100 

V3688 

V3690 

Reference: NK-TSHIRT 

Name: NokiaFREE T-Shirt - Size XL 


uCables offers nokiafree.org members a nokiafree t-shirt at cost price value for a limited time. 

Here you can see printed logo with more detail: 

This t-shirt has been specially designed for Nokia Flash Reverse Electronic Engineering enthusiast. 

We have available NokiaFREE sweater too size XL 

Reference: NK-SWEATER 

Name: NokiaFREE Sweater - size XL 


uCables offers nokiafree.org members a nokiafree sweater at cost price value for a limited time. 

Here you can see printed logo with more detail: 

This sweater has been specially designed for Nokia Flash Reverse Electronic Engineering enthusiast. 

Reference: NKB-FLA51 

Name: Flashing Keypad for Nokia 5110 


Flashing keypad with different colors leds that will get your attention inmediately every time that your receive/send a call or SMS, make your 

mobile phone different, and get notice everywhere. 

161

Reference: HFK-VOICE 

Name: Voice changer handsfree Male / Female 



Gadgets 

When the "in flexion" device "on", supposed male using it, after "pressing" in flexion button, there are seven kinds of different voices, the 

order is as follows: Male or Female. 

When infexion function works, speaking will be clear, soft and pithily. It has good effect. 

When inflexion function works, there is very slight echo feeds back to the user, which makes the user can control the effect. 

Please switch off the power when you don't use the inflexion function Note: please change the battery when power indicator becomes dim 

and being in bad effect. 


MITSUBISHI: 

MT30 

MT430 

MTD30 

MOTOROLA: 

A0008 

A820 

A6188 

C300 

ELITE 

L7089 

M3188 

M3288 

M3588 

M3688 

M3888 

M6088 

P7389IT 

P7689 

STARTAC etacs 

T180 

T189 

T191 

T192 

T2288 

Reference: FLASH-3W 

Name: Flashing Wireless Oval White Sticker with 3 Leds for Nokia 


This product is perfect as Christmas gift, it will make your mobile phone look like a christmas tree with flashing lights everytime you receive 

a call, it has a very funny effects. It has been tested in nokia phones but should works in other mobile phone models. You only need to stick 

it on the backward of your Nokia mobile phone panel. (Near the Antenna) and it will work with any incoming call, when you make a call or in 

any comunication event like to receive an SMS. 







Name: Flashing Wireless White Sticker with 13 Leds for Nokia 







Butterfly-like shape. 





Reference: FLASH-13WR 
























162

Reference: FLASH-9B 


Gadgets 

Name: Flashing Wireless Oval Blue Sticker with 9 Leds for Nokia 






Reference: FLASH-26B 

Name: Flashing Wireless Oval Blue Sticker with 26 Leds for Nokia 











Reference: FLASH-3R 

Name: Flashing Wireless Oval Red Sticker with 3 Leds for Nokia 











Reference: 7CARD-READ 

Name: USB 7 in 1 Card Reader 


Specifications & Features: 

Hot Swappable Supported , compliant to USB 1.1 

7 Types of Flash Card Support: Compact Flash Card/Micro Drive/Smart Media Card/Multimedia Card/Secure Digital Card/Memory Stick Card 

Read and write Compact Flash Card/Micro Drive/ Smart Media Card/Multimedia Card/Secure Digital Card/Memory Stick Card 

Easy to Carry in Your Pocket 

Support WIN98/2000/XP or higher 

Support Mac os V8.6 or higher 

Reference: HCH-82 

Name: Emergency Handy mobile charger for Nokia 33XX / 82XX / 6XXX 


Charge your mobile phone anywhere, anytime. 

No battery or any other source of power needed. 

Just connect it to your cellular phone and wind it up. 

This generator suits circumstances, charge your mobile phone, MP3, digital camera or PDA. Charging with high efficiency and high 

saturation, fully utilize your phone/PDA/digital camera/MP3 cell. Provides self-power for light in situation of emergency. 

Built-in safe circuit, constant current, regular voltage, to protect your valuable mobile phone. Fashionable design, unique outlook and 

optional color. 

Benefits: 

Stand by time: 30 - 60 minutes with every 3 minutes of winding 

Talk time: 3 - 5 minutes with every 3 minutes of winding 

Operation: By winding the handle 

Rotation rate: 140 rotations per minute 

Mp3, Digital camera 

PDA 

Mobile phone 


Max output voltage: 8VDC. 

Max output current: 320mA. 

Generator coil: 3 phase. 

Rechargeable Batteries: AG133 Ni-Mh batteries. 

Lamp:white color LED 

Size: 12.6x4.6x3.7cm 

Compatible Nokia phones: 3284, 3285, 3310, 3330, 3360, 3390, 3395, 5210, 5510, 6210, 6250, 6310, 7110,7160, 7190, 7650, 8210, 8250, 8260, 

8290, 8310, 8390, 8810, 8850, 8860, 8890. 

163

Reference: FLASHSTICK 


Gadgets 

Name: Psychedelic Flashing Wireless Sticker for Nokia phones 


This products is perfect as Christmas gift, it will make your mobile phone look like a christmas tree with flashing lights everytime you 

receive a call, it has a very funny effects. It has been tested in nokia phones but should works in other mobile phone models. You only need 

to stick it on the backward of your Nokia mobile phone panel. (Near the Antenna) and it will work with any incoming call, when you make a 

call or in any comunication event like to receive an SMS. 



Dimension: 1' 1/8" x 3/8" (3 cm x 1 cm) 




Reference: CALC-8210 

Name: Calculator and Dummy Mobile Phone Nokia 8210 


This is a funny gift that you could make this Christmas. 

This mobile phone looks like original Mobile phone Nokia 8210 but it's not, it's only an useful calculator. 

If you want to buy big quantities to offers as promotional gift to your customers we can offer you cheap prices. 

Reference: GSM-ALARM 

Name: Security Alarm interface to Ericsson mobile phone 


Long distance security / surveillance device using a GSM mobile phone. 

Controller to signalizings and monitoring the remoted objects apartments, garages, houses and etc with issue a warning signal on mobile 

telephones of standard GSM. 

Features 

Based on SMS with GSM mobile phone for operation 

Portable size to install anywhere 

1 input port (I/P) and 1 output port (O/P) 

Auto-send SMS when I/P changing status (as A-SEND jumper is open) 

Green LED indicator for status information 

Reset button for device initialization 

Use RJ45 plug for easily installation 

Low battery consumption for battery operated 

Advanced / professional user can programming IC s (ATtiny12L) firmware for their own purpose 

Optional DC circuit for external 5V DC input through RJ45 

Introduction 

SMS I/O Alarm Device connects to some models of mobile phones through data cable. We provide cable for Ericsson T28 and compatibles. 

Its function is to provide an input port (I/P) and an output port (O/P) capable of being remotely controlled using another mobile phone. 

Control process takes place by means of mobile phone s SMS. When the mobile receives a predefined SMS message, the circuit 

automatically recognizes it as a “command”, and switches the O/P accordingly. Besides switching the O/P to "On" 

or "Off", the user can pulse it for a short period (e.g.. Reboot the remote server.). 

The device can be used as well to notify the status of I/P (as setting of A-SEND jumper is opened), it will send a SMS message automatically 

every time when the I/P changing status. To know I/P status at any time, the device can send back a SMS describing the status of the I/P, as 

a response to a request SMS message. The applications are countless. It can be used to make an extended range remote control, operable 

from anywhere in the world. 

Download here GSM-ALARM instruction manual. 

Applications: 

Alarm systems (home, garage, office, etc) 

Use of control contact from sensors (pressure, temperature, hummidity, etc) 

Reference: A-BOOSTER 

Name: Universal Cell Phone Antenna Booster 


Enhance the signal on your cellular phone. Reduce static and improve reception with this easy to install internal antenna. Works with 

analog, and digital phones and service. You can also improve your signal on Beepers, Walkie-Talkies and two-way radios. 

The Internal Antenna is a passive device designed to capture stray radiation in the body of the phone and re-radiate the signal to improve 

the phone's performance. The Antenna will work most efficiently when installed properly. When using the phone try to avoid placing your 

hand over the area where the Internal Antenna is installed. 

Features 

Small Size - 1.5 inches x .75 inches 

Fits underneath the battery of your phone. 

Works in Analog, Digital, Dual Band and Tri Band Phones 

Works on 900MHz, 1800MHz and 1900MHz range systems 

Improve reception in Buildings, Tunnels, Elevators 

Reduce dropped calls and static 

Can be used on Pagers and 2 Way Radios (stick to any flat surface on unit) 

Please note: The internal antenna has been shown to work to improve a phone signal where a signal exists, however, it will not help in 

areas where there is no signal. In rural areas and areas with consistently weak signal, you might consider an external antenna. Internal 

Antenna should not be moved from phone to phone as this may damage it. 

Internal Antenna Installation 

Remove the battery from your phone. 

Wipe the phone's battery compartment with a dry cloth to remove any fingerprints or dirt. 

Remove the yellow backing from the internal antenna, being careful not to leave any fingerprints on the adhesive back of the antenna. You 

may find tweezers helpful in this process. 

Press the internal antenna onto the body of the phone toward the side that the fixed antenna enters the phone. BE CAREFUL when 

installing the internal antenna in the battery compartment not to let it touch any circuit boards or metal contacts on the body of the phone. 

Replace the battery onto your phone 

Internal Antenna Validity 

The internal antenna is generally not affected by extreme heat or moisture. However, users are advised to protect the antenna from physical 

damage such as scratches. Under normal use, the Internal Antenna attached to the phone will have a 18 month life span. 

164

Reference: ANTI-SLIP 


Gadgets 

Name: ANTI-SLIP MESH FOR AUTOMOBILE Dashboard Mat 


Can be spread out under any shipment to increase the frictions to attached firmly the phone to the automo-bile for preventing from 

scurrying in the vehicle, on the seats, in the truck or even more in the boat. It can provide an easy, safe, and non-noisy driving. 

You can now let at your dashboard safely your phone, gps, pda, handheld, and you don't need to use complex installation holders. 

ANTI-SLIP MESH FOR AUTOMOBILE is washable and able to fit to any shape of the loading shipment by scissors-shearing. 

Reference: JOY-SNAKE 

Name: Joystick for playing Snake game on Nokia phones 


Using the joystick for playing snake game on Nokia phones as you can break the highest score continuously. It is more fun and 

convenience tool for you. Drive it for breaking the highest score of your Snake game record right now ! Compatible Nokia mobile phones: 

Nokia 3210 

Nokia 3310/3390 

Nokia 5110/6110 

Nokia 6210/8250 

Nokia 8210/8290 

Reference: CELL-PEN 

Name: Flashing Cell Pen to warning incoming calls with lantern 


This special pen will flash to indicate an incoming call at your mobile phone.It have Elegant design and high performance, and its perfect to 

gift it to your guest at your weddings or like corporate gifts 

This new model include a last generation led with a powerful light that could be used as lantern. 

The pen needs 3 small button (small) size batteries, unscrew at the center of the pen and insert the 3 button batteries. 

Batteries included in your package. 

See pictures to see how works: 
















Reference: PHR 

Name: Pen shaped Radio Handsfree Headset 


Besides its original function as a hands-free headset this item can also be used to listen to the FM radio programs. The one-touch series of 

ear phones can also be applied to this item. 

This item is available for Nokia, Ericsson and Siemens phones. 


5110, 5120, 5120i, 5125, 5130, 5160, 5160i, 5165, 5170, 5180, 5185, 5185i, 5190 

6110, 6120, 6120i, 6130, 6150, 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6170, 6180, 6180i, 6185 6185i, 6190 

Siemens: C25/S25/S35/M35/C35/SL45 

NOTE: We do not have the 3210 model in stock, only the models listed above 

165

Reference: MDW 

Name: Mobile Detective Watch 



Gadgets 

This special watch flashes and vibrates to indicate an incoming call. It's suitable for GSM, PCS and CDMA system. 

Reference: USC 

Name: Universal Solar Charger for mobile phones, digital camera, MP3, MP4, PDA 


This is a multi-function solar emergency charger. Built-in 1350mAh high capacity rechargeable polymer battery. You can charge you mobile 

phone, digital camera, PDA, MP3, MP4 whenever and wherever. Style design and convenient to take it with you. 

Meet an emergency 

When you go outside or power cut, you also can use your mobile phone with solar energy. 

Convenience 

Whenever and wherever you are, you can charge your mobile phone in time, and you could talk with others when charging. 

High efficiency 

Charging 60 minutes, the charger could transfer the energy from the build in battery to your mobile phone battery, and could talk 100 

– 150 minutes. 

Modern and portable 

Modern design, stainless steel case, small size, convenient to take it with you. 

Safe use 

Over voltage protection for the circuit and your mobile phone. Smart charge, safe use. 


Solar energy board 5.5V / 80mA 

High capacity build in polymer battery 1350mAh 

Output voltage 5.0 – 6.0V 

Output current 350 – 800mA 

Charging time about 60 minutes (the time is a little different for different mobile phone) 


1 x solar charger 

1 x travel charger 

1 x USB cable 

1 x connection cable 

5 x connectors (Nokia, Samsung, Motorola, Sony Ericsson, MiniUSB) 

166

Reference: USB-K750I 


USB cables 

Name: USB data cable for SonyEricsson K750i, K800i, K610i, M600i, P990i , Z610i, Z710i 


Our Sony Ericsson USB-K750I is the OEM version of the DCU-60 original SonyEricsson cable. 

Data cable for data transfer between your Sony Ericsson mobile phone and your PC via the USB port. 

Features: 

- Edit , backup and organise personal phonebook 

- Internet conection via modem . 

- Phonebook Backup / restore. 

- Change Ringtones, Group graphics, Operator logos, Startup graphics, Picture messages, Screensavers , Messaging . 

- View Security Code 

- Enable/Disable NetMonitor and with Service software 

- Cable can be used with the Total Multiserver Server logs for Unlocking/flashing. 

You can use the latest Sony Ericsson PC suite with this cable. This can be downloaded from the Sony Ericsson web site and is also 

supplied on the CD included in the Phone sales pack. 

Cable compatible with: D750i, K310i , K510a, K510i , K610i , K610im, K750i, K800i, K790a, M600i, P990i ,V630i, W300i , W550i, W600, W700i, 

W710, W710i, W712a, W800, W800i , W810, W810i, W850i, W900i, W950i, Z310i, Z520i, Z310a, Z520a, Z525a, Z530i, Z550i, Z710, Z610i, Z710i 

167



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8230 with Handset Manager software for Samsung Exx 


MA-8230 contains a Handset Manager for Samsung phones, package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. 

This world’s most popular Data Suite has the most powerful features and supports the most extensive mobile phone brands and 

models. It enriches and backups user’s mobile contents, provides mobile internet access and works optionally as a power charger. 

Software Live Demo 

Brand Support Mobile Phones 

Samsung D488 / E100 / E330 / E700 / E708 / E800 / E808 / E820 / S500-S508 / X100-X108 / X460 / X490 / X600-X608 / X640 / E630 / E335 / E635 / 

X495 / X497 

Features 

Handset Manager is ideal for mobile users to manage the data of their mobile phones. 

It supports most phones and most languages with most powerful features and easy-to-use interface. 

Contact 



Photo Editor 



Video composer 

Compose and edit your video, with special effects and the other sounds, graphics and animation. Imagine this: recording your own voice, a 

MP3 song, text subtitles, special effects, and a video made by you, you can easily create your own MV. 

Mp3 Clipper 



Message 

Append personal signature behind short messages. Store frequently- defined SMS text in SIM card. Send various formats of short 


Ringtone 

polyphonic ring tone with up to 128 different instruments. Create Hi-Fi music by superb recording and mixing/editing of AMR, Voices, and 

WAV audio files.. 

File Manager 


Photo wizard 

Create your own unique photo . 

Music manager 

Enjoy music in your own way. 

Synchonization 

Mobile internet 

Access Internet/e-mail anytime and anywhere via GPRS/GSM. 

Additional features 

USB Charger: Recharge Mobile Phone with USB Cable. 

Calendar: Update the Outlook Calendar contents to your handset directly 

GPRS: Support GPRS Mobile Internet Connectivity for the modem-capable phones. Enclosed GSM/GPRS Modem set-up utility is especially 

designed for mobile phone users to facilitate Wireless Modem installation and Mobile Internet exploration 

Power Charger: USB Data Suite also functions as another handy charger to ease your traveling. User manuals and Handset Manager 

Version 9.0 are available in English, Chinese, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Russian, Czech, Greek, Hungarian, Swedish, Polish 

and Portuguese. 

Operating systems support: Microsoft Windows 98/98SE, NT, ME, 2000, XP. 

168



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8270 with Handset Manager software for LG and Samsu 


MA-8270 contains a Handset Manager for Samsung and LG phones, package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data 

cable. This world’s most popular Data Suite has the most powerful features and supports the most extensive mobile phone brands 

and models. It enriches and backups user’s mobile contents, provides mobile internet access and works optionally as a power 

charger. 



LG M4410 / U8110 / U8130 / U8138 / U8330 / U8360 / U8380 / CU500 

Samsung E620 / E628 / E720 / P730 / P738 / Z130 / Z300 / Z140V / Z500V / ZM60 / ZV30 / D720 / P735 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 






169



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8910 with Handset Manager software for SonyEricsson 


MA-8910 contains a Handset Manager for SonyEricsson , package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This 

world’s most popular Data Suite has the most powerful features and supports the most extensive mobile phone brands and models. 

It enriches and backups user’s mobile contents, provides mobile internet access and works optionally as a power charger. 



SonyEricsson F500i / J300i / K300i / K500i / K508i / K600i / K608i / K700i / S700i / S710a / T230 / T290i / T300 / T310 / T39 / T610 / T616 / T618 / 

T628 / T630 / T65 / T68 / T68i / V600i / V800 / Z600 / Z800i / Z1010 / Z610i / T226 / T306-T316 / T637 / Z500a 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 














Maximum transfer speed : 1.5M bps. Mobile phone connection: 115.2k bps. 

170



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8630 with Handset Manager software for Nokia Nx,Ex... 


MA-8630 contains a Handset Manager for Nokia , package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This 





Nokia 3230 / 3250 / 5500 Sport / 6111 / 6125 / 6131 / 6170 / 6230 / 6230i / 6260 / 6270 / 6280 / 6630 / 6670 / 6680 / 6681 / 7710 / 7270 / 7370 / 7600 

/ 7610 / E50 / E60 / E61 / E70 / N70 / N71 / N80 / N90 / N73 / 6233 / 6234 / 6682 / 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 







171



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8620 with Handset Manager software for Nokia phones 


MA-8620 contains a Handset Manager for Nokia , package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This 





Nokia 3100-3120 / 3108 / 3200 / 3220 / 5100 / 5140 / 5140i / 6020 / 6021 / 6100 / 6103 / 6108 / 6101 / 6200 / 6220 / 6610 / 6610i / 6800 / 6810 / 

6820 / 6822 / 7200 / 7210-7250-7250i / 7260 / 7360 / 6070 / 3120b / 6101 / 6101 (Rogers) / 6102 / 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 















172

Reference: MA-8730P 


USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8730P with Handset Manager software for Siemens 


MA-8730P contains a Handset Manager for Panasonic , package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This 





Siemens A60 / A65 / C55 / C60 / C62 / C65 / C70 / C72 / C75 / C65V / CF62 (charger not supported)/ CX65 / CX70 / CF75 / CF110 / CX75 / 

CX70V / CXT65 / CXT70 / M55 / M65 / M75 / MC60 / S55 / S57 / S65 / S75 / SL55 / SL65 / SL75 / SP65 / M56 / SL56 / CF62T / CT66 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 







173



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8520P with Handset Manager software for Sagem phon 


MA-8520P contains a Handset Manager for Sagem , package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This 





Sagem My X-2/ My X-5/ My X-6/ My X-7/ My V-55/ My V-65/ My V-75 / My V-76 / My X3-2/ My X5-2 / My X5-2V / My X6-2 / My X8 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 















174



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8280P Handset Manager for Samsung D520, Z150... pho 


MA-8280P contains a Handset Manager for Samsung , package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This 





Samsung D520 / D508 / D600 / D820 / E780 / E900 / P300 / Z150 / Z510 / X828 / Z540v / E870 / D900 / Z400v / ZV40 / Z560 / D807 / T509 / T809 / 

T519 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 







175



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8880 with Handset Manager software for Motorola A630 


MA-8880 contains a Handset Manager for Motorola A630 / C975 / C980 / E1000 / V975 / V980 / V1050 / A630 , package comes with software 

CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This world’s most popular Data Suite has the most powerful features and supports 

the most extensive mobile phone brands and models. It enriches and backups user’s mobile contents, provides mobile internet 

access and works optionally as a power charger. 



Motorola A630 / C975 / C980 / E1000 / V975 / V980 / V1050 / A630 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 















176

Reference: MA-8920C 


USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8920C with Handset Manager software for SonyEricsso 


MA-8920C contains a Handset Manager for SonyEricsson phones, package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data 

cable. This world’s most popular Data Suite has the most powerful features and supports the most extensive mobile phone brands 

and models. It enriches and backups user’s mobile contents, provides mobile internet access and works optionally as a power 

charger. 



SonyEricsson D750i / K510i / K750i / W300i / W550i / W600i / W700i / W800i / W810i / W900i / Z520i / Z530i / V630i / Z525a / K800i / K310i / 

Z520a / Z525a 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 



Internet móvil 



177



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8860C with Handset Manager software for Motorola ph 


MA-8860C contains a Handset Manager for Motorola phones, package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. 





Motorola E398 / E550 / V80 / V300 / V303 / V400 / V500 / V501 / V505 / V525 / V535(Italy) / V540 / V547 / V550 / V551 / V600 / V600i / V620 / V635 

/ ROKR E1 / V557 / 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 














178



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8130C with Handset Manager software for Sharp phone 


MA-8130C contains a Handset Manager for Sharp phones, package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. 





Sharp 550SH / 703SH / 770SH / 802SH / 902SH / 903SH / GX15 / GXT15 / GXL15 / GX17 / GX25 / GX30 / GX30i / GX31 / GX32 / GX40 / GXE30 / 

GXT25 / GX-F200 / WX-T71 / WX-T91 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 






179



USB cables 

Name: USB Data Suite cable MA-8260P Handset Manager for Samsung phones 


MA-8260P contains a Handset Manager for Samsung phones, package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. 





Samsung D500 / D508 / D600 / D608 / E350 / E358 / E730 / E738 / E750 / E760 / P735 / T309 / X800 / E770V / D608 / E360 / E370 / S500i / X660 / 

X660v / X700 / D407 / D307 / D357 / D407 / P207 / P207 (Rogers) / T609 / T619 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 














180



USB cables 

Name: USB Data cable MA-8870 Handset Manager for Motorola and compatible models 


MA-8870 contains a Handset Manager for Motorola, package comes with software CD and a high quality USB interface data cable. This 





NEC NEC N343i-N353i 

Motorola C650/ L2/ L6 / L7 / C650 / E770V / E1070 / PEBL U6 /PERL U6 / RAZR V3 / RAZR V3i / RAZR V3x / V180 / V188 / V190 / V220 / V360 / 

V195 / SLVR L2/ SLVR L6 / SLVR L7/RAZR V3c/ RAZR V3m / V325 / V323 / V557 

Nokia N91 

Features 



Contact 



Photo Editor 






Mp3 Clipper 



Message 



Ringtone 



File Manager 


Photo wizard 


Music manager 





Reference: USB-X700 

Name: USB Data cable for Panasonic X700 


This data cable offers an easy and flexible link between your Panasonic X70, X700, X701 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful 

data transmission. 

Features: 


Edit/copy phone book, sms, tones, logo, transfer pictures to PC and PC to phone. 


Can be used with original Panasonic data transmission software. 

Reference: USB-P802 

Name: USB Data cable for Sony Ericsson P802/800 


USB Data Cable Connecting SonyErisson P809/800,T68,T39,T610,T65,R600,R300LX,T60LX, T61LX,T68I,T61Z,T68M to Computers for 

Transmitting Information by USB connector 

GPRS connect internet 

USB SINGLE DATA CABLE 

higher transfer speed than the RS232 cable, supporting baud rates from 1200 to 115.2K. 

a CD with driving procedures is available 

Supports automatic handshake mode 

Over 1 Mbps transfer rate 

Supports windows 98,windows 2000,Windows ME, Windows XP. 

Dimension: 1.2 m 

181

Reference: USB-TSM 

Name: USB Data cable for Vitel TSM 100/300 



USB cables 


and flexible link between your Vitel TSM 100/300 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data transmission. 

Reference: USB-CX65 

Name: USB Data cable DCA-540 for Siemens CX65, SL65,S65,C65 




Cable for data exchange between phone and PC, synchronize, customize ringtones, logos, etc. 


Drivers CD 

Cable 

Reference: USB-NECN8 

Name: USB Data cable for NEC N8/N341i and Sharp GX-15/17/25 



and flexible link between your NEC, Sharp GX-15, Sharp GX-17, Sharp GX-25 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data 

transmission. 

With this cable will be able to: 

Backup your phone book, sms, logos and/or tones, download photos to your PC (visa versa) 

Data Transmission/connect to internet 

Unlock your phone: NEC you can use this cable with SWS-REDBOX and NEC dongle. You can also use this cable as data transfer and to 

UNLOCK your Sharp GX-15, GX-17 and GX-25. 

Reference: USB-MYX5 

Name: USB Data cable for Sagem MY-X5 



and flexible link between your Sagem MY-X5, MY-X5M, MY-X6 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data transmission. 

Features: 




Reference: USB-T39 

Name: USB Data cable for Ericsson T39,T65, T68 


USB Data Cable Connecting Erisson T39, T65, T68, T29, T20, T28 to Computers for Transmitting Information by USB connector 

GPRS connect internet 

USB SINGLE DATA CABLE 

higher transfer speed than the RS232 cable, supporting baud rates from 1200 to 115.2K. 

a CD with driving procedures is available 

Supports automatic handshake mode 

Over 1 Mbps transfer rate 

Supports windows 98,windows 2000,Windows ME, Windows XP , Mac OS 8.6 or above. 

Dimension: 1.2 m 

Reference: USB-SAVVY 

Name: USB Data cable for Philips SAVVY 



and flexible link between your Philips SAVVY, Ozeo, Xenium, Fisio, Azalis and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data 

transmission. 

Features: 




182

Reference: USB-E700 

Name: USB Data cable for Samsung E700 



USB cables 


and flexible link between your Samsung E700, E708, E100, E800, E330, X460 X600, X100 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful 

data transmission. Also allows GPRS to connect to internet. 

Features: 




Reference: USB-PAX70 

Name: USB Data cable for Panasonic X70 and X88 



and flexible link between your Panasonic X70, X88 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data transmission. Also allows GPRS 

to connect to internet. 

Features: 




Reference: SX5-USB 

Name: USB Data Cable for Siemens S25/C25/S35/C35 




Reference: C55-USB 

Name: USB Siemens Cable DCA-510 for C55, S55, SL55, M55, C60, M60 



and flexible link between your Siemens C55,A55, S55, SL55, A52, A60, C60, MC60 and the USB interface of your PC - for successful data 

transmission. 

Features: 




Note: if you wish to unlock your Siemens phone , you will need this cable: C55-COM or this box : MARTECH-II 

You can download cable drivers from our download area 

Software to customize, synchronize, change logos, ringtones, etc. can be downloaded from www.my-siemens.com 

Reference: MOT-C33X 

Name: USB Data Cable for Motorola C33X Series 


With USB Data Cable for Motorola C33X Series you will be able to make the following the functions: 

Unlock Motorola C33X Series phones 

Edit/change logos and ringtones 


Connect to the Internet with the suitable software which will be avaible in the uCables.com members area very soon 

Note: If you wish to unlock your phone you can also use these two devices: SMARTCLIP or CLIP-C3XX. 

Reference: USB-EXT5M 

Name: USB extension cable 


Use it to extend an usb device such as printers, modems, scanners, digital cameras, etc.. 

Extends the A connection (flat end) of a usb cable. 

The USB standard limits the length of a usb cable to 5 meters (about 16.5 ft.). 

If you need to extend a device further, use this active extension cable. 

183


Name: MA-620 USB Infrared Adapter 


- Connectivity between desktop PC and mobile phone/PDAs 


USB cables 

MA620 USB Infrared Adapter is a software and hardware 2-in-1 package that enables desktop users to do wireless BI-way data 

transmissions to infrared-equipped mobile phones, PDA, Palm Pilots, notebook PCs, and Windows CE machines. 

Functions The MA620 USB Infrared Adapter package comes with Handset Manager, allowing a user to access, edit, and personalize their 

phone book, calendar, SMS messages for the convenience of business, communication, and fun. 

Moreover, the software allows a user to manage data in their native languages, because the current version of Handset Manager supports 

over 10 languages including Arabic, Chinese (Taiwan), Chinese (China), Czech and Slavic Languages, German, Dutch, English, French, 

Italian, Russian, Spanish. 

Reference: MOT-USBV66 

Name: Motorola V60, V66, V600, V525, V300, T720i USB data cable 


Upload and modify ringtones, logos, wallpapers, screensavers in your mobile phone 

See pictures and images from your phone camera and audio files. Modify files located at the mobile phone memory and send / receive files 

between your phone and your personal computer. 

Use pictures in your mms or wallpapers and send it to your mobile phone 

Edit easily your phonebook and contact directory of your mobile phone (Add contacts, organize groups, make backups from your 

phonebook) 

Sincrhonize phonebook and calendar between your phone and your personal computer 

Send short messages (SMS) from computer. 

Send / receive faxes 

Connect to internet 

Install and remove java applications from your computer to your phone 

It works in service mode too, to unlock, repair Motorola mobile phone V60 and V66 models. 

If you need the software to access to Internet and e-mail on the go via your compatible Motorola phone, you can buy our Motorola V6X / 

V600 / V120 / V300 / T720i / V525 / V2XX Series Timeport USB Data Kit (03) 

High-speed connection to your computer via USB. 

USB Data cable Motorola V60/V66 is compatible with the following phones: 





Software will be available soon at our website. 

This cable works with Motorola Mobile Phone tools - PC 620 compatible with Motorola A835, A925, V500, V525 and V600. This software is a 

commercial software. If you are interested to buy contact us. 

Reference: USBNETWORK 

Name: USB PC to PC Network Bridge Cable 


Features : 

USB PC TO PC Network Bridge Cable 

This unique cable allows you to easily construct a network via USB port and share all the resources such as files, printers periperals 

equipment and more. 

Overview 

The USB PC to PC network Brige Cable provides a quick and wast solution to network up to 17 USB computers via hot Plug & Play 

technology without adding any Network Interface Cards. 

It is suitable for small offices, home offices, mobile users, and network gamers. With the USB PC to PC Network Bridge Cable users can 

play multi-player games, share files,printers, peripherals equipment and more. 

12Mbps data transfer 

Supports WIN98/2000/CE and Mac OS 

Maximum cable length: 5 meters 

Support TCP/IP, NetBEUI, IPX/SPX protocols 

Full NDIS Driver Implementation 

No external power needed 

Complaint with USB specification version 1.1 

USB full speed connection 

Support Windows 98 

Hot PnP for easy use 

184

Reference: USB-IRDA 

Name: USB Infrared Adapter of 4 Mbps 


Specificacions: 

Easily enable IrDA function on the PC through USB port 

USB Plug and Play convenience 

IrDA data rates from 2.4Kbps to 4Mbps (FIR support) 

Obtains power from USB port 

Uses standard IrDA transceivers 

Full compliance to IrDA 1.3 and USB 1.1 specifications 

4 Kbyte FIFO buffer memory 

Support Windows 98, Windows 98 SE, Windows Me, Windows 2000 and Windows XP 

Conection: Standard USB connector with 5ft (150cm.) USB cable 

Weight: 78.5 g. 

Transmit distance upto 1.0 m. 

Transmit angle upto 30 

SIR support upto 115 Kbps transfer rate. 

FIR support upto 4 Mbps transfer rate. 

Include: 

USB-IrDA adapter 

Software and drivers 

Installation manual and user guide 

Reference: USB-RS232 

Name: USB to RS-232 serial converter 



USB cables 

With this converter you will be able to connect your PC to your MP3 player, your notebook, your PDA, your cellular phone or your digital 

camera. 

It includes: 

Converter cable from USB to RS-232 serial conection 

Software CD drivers for iMac, Windows 98SE/Millenium, NT/2000/XP 

User's manual 

System requirement: 

64MB RAM or above. 

Pentium 233 MHz or higher. 

185

Reference: PCMCIA-RS232 



Name: Single Port RS-232 Serial adapter PCMCIA card 


The PCMCIA-RS232 card which adds a RS-232 serial adapter to the system. It can be used in any laptop, notebook, or hand-held computer 

with a Type II PCMCIA drive or in a desktop computer equipped with a compatible PCMCIA drive. Single Port RS-232 Serial adapter PCMCIA 

card is compact in size and low power requirements to support the major serial portable devices. 

Bus type: 32 bit cardbus, 

Port type: one RS232 serial port , COM1 

By default, the PCMCIA-RS232 will be assigned to the lowest COM port 1. 

OS support: WindowsR 98SE/ME/2000/XP 

IRQ sharing feature eliminates IRQ conflicting 

Compatible with various types of RS232 serial devices 

Reference: WIFI-54 

Name: Pen size USB WI-FI Adapter 54 Mbps 


The WI-FI TL-W 1000G adaptor enables a reliable connection to internet at a 54 MBPS speed without the need of cables. It is simple to use, 

easy to install, compact and fast and reliable data transfer at high speed. 

Meets IEEE 802.11g/b standards 

Support WPA, TKIP/AES, WEP-64/128 BIT 

Support high speed transfer: 54/ 48/ 36/ 24/ 18/ 12/ 9/ 6/ 11/ 5.5/ 2/ 1 Mbps. 

Connects to PC via USB 2.0 port 

Easy installation and on-screen information 

Drivers for Windows 98SE, ME, 2000 and XP. 

Internal Antenna. 

186

Reference: UNICHARGER 



Name: Universal AC/DC Charger Adapter for Laptop and TFT monitors 


Universal AC/DC charger and Adapter for laptops (SCAC2004), printers, monitors, cameras, etc. A very practical device equipped with 

different connectors for specific voltage needs. 

Technical features: 

Feature 

Specification 

Input Rated. Current. 

0.5AMP 

AC Input 

100-240V, 1.0A, 50-60Hz 

DC Output 

12-24 V 

Output Power 

70W max. 

Output voltage: 15V/16V/18V/19V/20V/22V/24V(-0.4/+0.5V@rating load) 

DC 12V~24V 

Output current: 3.7A@16V / 3.3A@18V / 3.2A@19V / 3.0A@20V 

3.7AMP(Max) 

Output voltage: 16V/18V/19V/20V(-0.4/+0.5V@rating load) 

DC 16V~20V 

Output voltage: 16V/18V/19V/20V (0/ + 0.6V NO LOAD) 

DC16V~20V 

Efficency 

> 88% (TYP) 

Output over voltage protection: > 24V 

Yes 

Overload protection 

Yes 

Short Circuit Protection 

Yes 

Operating Temperature: 

0º C to 40º C 

Important: 

Make sure polarity of the DC connector plug connects correctly with the DC jack connector. 

Select band switch’s output voltage that best suits your notebook/laptop computer before using the AC/DC Adapter/charger 

NEVER change the output voltage while the adapter is working. 


Universal charger SCAC2004 compatible with laptop computers 

Extension cable 

Reference: LAP-LINK 

Name: Parallel and serial Lap-Link Cable for fast file transfer 


A serial cable used to connect two computers together for file transfer. This type of cable is technically a "null modem cable," but is often 

called a LapLink cable due to the popularity of the LapLink program. The LapLink cable simulates two modems using the telephone system. 

It crosses the receiving line with the sending line. A special parallel port cable is also available for higher transfer speeds. 


Length:1.8M 

Parallel file trasnfer speed: 0,7 Mbps 

Serial file trasnfer speed: 0,4 Mbps 

DB25F and DB9F TO DB25F and DB9F 

Reference: EXT-VGAPS2 

Name: Universal VGA cable fitted for Keyboard, mouse and Video 


The universal VGA PS2 cable is an all-in-one cable that minimizes desktop clutter by combining each cable into one convenient package. 

Each cable end is color coded (PC99) to ensure proper installation. Also, each cable is specially shielded with a ferrite core to reduce 

electromagnetic (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI).Each end of the cable includes a keyboard and mouse connector (6 pin 

Mini-Din Male) and a video connector (15 Pin HDD Male). 

Features: 

Flexible, rugged PVC unibody jacket for safety and durability 

Comprehensive EMI/FRI protection via multilevel shielding 

Cable Lenght: 1.80 meters 

Connectors: HD15 Male, 2x PS/2 Male to HD15 Female, 2x PS/2 

187

Reference: IPOD-USB 

Name: iPod and iPod Mini USB 2.0 Cable 




iPod & iPod Mini USB 2.0 Cable 

The iPod dock connector to USB 2.0 cable is available to PC users for syncing and charging. With transfer rates of 480Mbps, 40 times faster 

than USB 1.1, you can download large files in seconds instead of minutes. Keep your existing USB devices, it works with all USB speeds. It 

is 100% USB 2.0 compliant and is ideal for use with all USB 2.0 and 1.1 devices. 

Features: 

* Offers Windows PC customers up to 480Mbps data transfer for quickly loading an entire music library on iPod or iPod mini. 

* Compatible with iPod mini and iPods with dock connector only. 

* Each USB 2.0 Cable features high-quality connectors for faster, more accurate signal transfer up to 480Mbps. This Apple-white USB 2.0 

Cable far exceeds the standards and is ideal for demanding data applications such as audio and video editing. 

* Cable length is 2 meters. 

Reference: FIREWIRE64 

Name: Firewire IEEE 1394 Cable 6 to 4 PIN - iLink - 2 meters 


2 Meter = 6.5ft Firewire IEEE 1394 Cable 6 pin to 4 pin 

IEEE 1394 FireWire iLink - 6.5 Feet 

High Performance Universal I/O - Up to 400 Mbits / Sec and Beyond 

Peer to Peer Data Transferring 

Complementing with Universal Serial Bus (USB) 

Digital Interface - No Need to Convert Digital Data into Analog 

Easy to Use - No Need for Terminators, Device IDs, or Elaborate Setup 

Plug and Play - Hot Attach/Detach without Rebooting the System 

Flexible Topology - Daisy Chaining 

Low Cost - Priced for Consumer Products - Quantity discounts available - Call 

IEEE 1394 APPLICATIONS 

Portable and Desk Top Computers 

Audio, Image, and Video Products for Multimedia 

Video streaming, Video Conferencing, Editing, Playback 

Printers and Scanners for Imaging 

Mass Storage Systems - RAID, etc. 

Consumer Electronics - Digital Camcorders, VCRs, Set-Top Box, FireWire Networking 

The Apple iPod has a 6-pin connector 

depending on the connector on your computer. Laptops often use a 4-pin connector. 

Compatible with: Canon MV5i-MC,Canon MV600,Canon MV600i,Canon MV630i,Canon MV650i,Canon MV6i-MC,Canon MV700,Canon 

MV700i,Canon MV730i,Canon MV750i,Canon MVX100i,Canon MVX10i,Canon MVX150i,Canon MVX200,Canon MVX200i,Canon MVX20i,Canon 

MVX250i,Canon MVX25i,Canon MVX2i,Canon MVX30i,Canon MVX35i,Canon MVX3i,Canon XL1s,Canon XL2,Canon XM2,Hitachi 

DZ-MV270E,Hitachi DZ-MV350E,Hitachi DZ-MV380E,Hitachi DZ-MV550E,Hitachi DZ-MV580E,JVC GR-D200E,JVC GR-D201E,JVC 

GR-D20E,JVC GR-D21E,JVC GR-D220E,JVC GR-D230E,JVC GR-D23E,JVC GR-D30E,JVC GR-D40E,JVC GR-D50E,JVC GR-D53E,JVC 

GR-D60E,JVC GR-D70E,JVC GR-D73E,JVC GR-D93E,JVC GR-DV3000,JVC GR-DV400,JVC GR-DV4000,JVC GR-DV500,JVC GR-DV700,JVC 

GR-DVL145,JVC GR-DVL155,JVC GR-DVL160,JVC GR-DVL167,JVC GR-DVL365,JVC GR-DVL367,JVC GR-DVL567,JVC GR-DVL765,JVC 

GR-DVL767,JVC GR-DVP1,JVC GR-DVP3,JVC GR-DVP5,JVC GR-DVP7,JVC GR-DVP8,JVC GR-DVP9,JVC GR-DVX400,JVC GR-DVX407,JVC 

GR-DVX507,JVC GR-DVX707,JVC GR-DX100,JVC GR-DX25,JVC GR-DX27,JVC GR-DX28E,JVC GR-DX300,JVC GR-DX35,JVC GR-DX45,JVC 

GR-DX55,JVC GR-DX57E,JVC GR-DX75,JVC GR-DX77E,JVC GR-DX95,JVC GR-DZ7,JVC GR-PD1,JVC GZ-MC100,JVC GZ-MC200,Panasonic 

AG-DVX100A,Panasonic AG-DVX100E,Panasonic NV-DS60,Panasonic NV-DS65,Panasonic NV-GS1,Panasonic NV-GS10,Panasonic 

NV-GS11,Panasonic NV-GS120,Panasonic NV-GS15,Panasonic NV-GS200,Panasonic NV-GS22,Panasonic NV-GS3,Panasonic 

NV-GS30,Panasonic NV-GS33,Panasonic NV-GS4,Panasonic NV-GS40,Panasonic NV-GS400,Panasonic NV-GS5,Panasonic 

NV-GS50,Panasonic NV-GS55,Panasonic NV-GS70,Panasonic NV-GX7,Panasonic NV-MX500,Panasonic SV-AV100,Panasonic 

SV-AV20,Panasonic VDR-M50,Panasonic VDR-M70,Samsung SC-D103,Samsung SC-D107,Samsung VP-D303i,Samsung VP-D305i,Samsung 

VP-D323i,Samsung VP-D325i,Sharp VL-ME100S,Sharp VL-ME10S,Sharp VL-NZ10S,Sharp VL-NZ8S,Sharp VL-WD250S,Sharp 

VL-WD450S,Sharp VL-WD650S,Sharp VL-Z1S,Sharp VL-Z3S,Sharp VL-Z5S,Sharp VL-Z7S,Sony DCR-HC1000,Sony DCR-HC14,Sony 

DCR-HC18,Sony DCR-HC19,Sony DCR-HC20 ,Sony DCR-HC22,Sony DCR-HC30 ,Sony DCR-HC32,Sony DCR-HC39,Sony DCR-HC40 ,Sony 

DCR-HC42,Sony DCR-HC65 ,Sony DCR-HC85 ,Sony DCR-HC90,Sony DCR-IP1,Sony DCR-IP210,Sony DCR-IP220,Sony DCR-IP45,Sony 

DCR-IP5,Sony DCR-IP55,Sony DCR-IP7,Sony DCR-PC1000,Sony DCR-PC101,Sony DCR-PC103,Sony DCR-PC105,Sony DCR-PC106,Sony 

DCR-PC107,Sony DCR-PC109,Sony DCR-PC115,Sony DCR-PC120,Sony DCR-PC330,Sony DCR-PC350,Sony DCR-PC53,Sony 

DCR-PC55,Sony DCR-PC8,Sony DCR-TRV14,Sony DCR-TRV19,Sony DCR-TRV22,Sony DCR-TRV33,Sony DCR-TRV40,Sony 

DCR-TRV50,Sony DCR-TRV60,Sony DCR-TRV75,Sony DCR-TRV80,Sony DCR-TRV940,Sony DCR-TRV950,Sony DCR-VX2000,Sony 

DCR-VX2100 














IEEE 1394 APPLICATIONS 

Portable and Desk Top Computers 

Audio, Image, and Video Products for Multimedia 

Video streaming, Video Conferencing, Editing, Playback 

Printers and Scanners for Imaging 

Mass Storage Systems - RAID, etc. 

Consumer Electronics - Digital Camcorders, VCRs, Set-Top Box, FireWire Networking 

The Apple iPod has a 6-pin connector - normally you would need a 6-pin to 6-pin cable for it 

depending on the connector on your computer. Laptops often use a 4-pin connector. 

188
















Reference: PARALELEXT 

Name: PC Parallel DB25 Extension Cable M/F 


DB25 Male to Female cables from uCables.com are designed for RS-232 serial or parallel extension applications. Extend your existing 

cables easily and at a lower cost than buying a new cable. All 25 lines are wired straight through pin-to-pin for ease of compatibility. Each 

cable is constructed with molded connectors and foil shielding for EMI/RFI protection. 

Connectors: DB25 Male to DB25 Female 

Extend existing RS-232 Serial or Parallel cables 

Protection against EMI/RFI interference 

Fully molded connectors with thumbscrew provide you with a quick and easy connection each time 

All 25 lines wired straight through 

DB25 HEMBRA 

DB25 MACHO 

Reference: PS2-EXT 

Name: Mini DIN 6 Pin - PS2 extender cable 


Male to Female Mini DIN 6 pins. PS2 PC computer cable extender. This cable is intended for use with our PS2 mobile phone cables used 

NK-FLASH Nokia flasher . It is a 2 meters serial extension cable that allows you to extend 2 more meters your mobile phone cables, it's very 

useful if your cpu unit is far from your desk. 

Reference: USB-EXT5M 

Name: USB extension cable 


Use it to extend an usb device such as printers, modems, scanners, digital cameras, etc.. 

Extends the A connection (flat end) of a usb cable. 

The USB standard limits the length of a usb cable to 5 meters (about 16.5 ft.). 

If you need to extend a device further, use this active extension cable. 

Reference: SERIAL-EXT 

Name: PC Serial RS-232 extension cable 


Male to Female RS-232 PC computer cable. This cable is intended for use with our serial mobile phone cables. It is a 2 meters serial 

extension cable that allows you to extend 2 more meters your mobile phone cables, it's very useful if your cpu unit is far from your desk. 

189

Reference: RJ-LG18PIN 


Connectors 

Name: LG 18 pins cable with RJ45 connector for HWK to be used with UFS, Twister box 


You can use this cable with any of the UNLOCKING BOXES available such as : Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3 , TWISTER, EXCALIBUR with 

HWK. 

Reference: RJ-LG24PIN 

Name: LG 24 pins cable with RJ45 connector for HWK to be used with UFS, Twister box 


You can use this cable with any of the UNLOCKING BOXES available such as : Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3 , TWISTER, EXCALIBUR with 

HWK. 

Reference: RJ-E810UFS 

Name: Cable for Samsung E810 with RJ45 connector for UFS, TWISTER, Tornado boxes 


You can use this cable with any of the UNLOCKING BOXES available such as : GRIFFIN boxes, Griffin box gold, Griffin box platinum with 

crd and crussader modules and with Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3 , TWISTER, EXCALIBUR , Hwk, Jaf Nokia box, Prodigy clone RJ45, N-box, 

Phoenix black box, Griffin box clone and Mt-box ( using the RJ45/RJ48 adapter supplied with the box) . 

Reference: RJ-LG8110 

Name: Cable for LG 8110 with RJ45 connector for FURIOUSBOX, UFS, TWISTER boxes 


You can use this cable with any of the UNLOCKING BOXES available such as : with Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3 , TWISTER, EXCALIBUR , 

FURIOUSBOX, HWK-MODULE. 

Reference: RJ-SH902 

Name: Cable for SHARP 902 with RJ45 connector for UFS, TWISTER, Furiousbox boxe 


You can use this cable with any of the UNLOCKING BOXES available such as : with Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3 , TWISTER, EXCALIBUR , 

FURIOUSBOX, HWK-MODULE. 

Reference: RJ-E61 

Name: Cable for Nokia E61 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, TWISTER boxes 





Reference: RJ-N91 

Name: Cable for Nokia N91 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, TWISTER boxes 





190



Connectors 

Name: Cable for Nokia N80 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, TWISTER boxes 





Reference: PCB-V55 

Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-V55, MY-X55, S341i 


Printer Circuit board with RJ45 connector compatible with: Sagem CDR Original box, CDR clones, Sagem Box SWS, Sagem JTAG and our 

SACODEREAD. 

PCB compatible with 

MY-V55, MY-X55, S341i, MY-X5-2 

Reference: PCB-X100 

Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem X100, X200, GRADIENTE GC 202 



SACODEREAD. 


X100, X200, GRADIENTE GC 202X 

Reference: PCB-C5 

Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MYC5-2M, MYC5-2V 



SACODEREAD. 


MYC5-2M, MYC5-2V. 


Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-C4, MY-C5w, SG321,Wonu S1 



SACODEREAD. 

PCB comes equipped with two indicators marked as + and – so that a 5V/DC can be connected so the phone can receive adequate 

power supply. 


MY-C4, MY-C5w, SG321, Wonu S1. 


Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-C3-2, MY-C4-2 



SACODEREAD. 


MY-C3-2, MY-C4-2 

191

Reference: PCBC2-3M 


Connectors 

Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MYC2-3 and MYC2-3M 



SACODEREAD. 


MYC2-3/C2-3M 


Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-C2 



SACODEREAD. 

PCB comes equipped with two indicators marked as + and – so that a 5V/DC can be connected so the phone can receive adequate 

power supply. 


MY-C2 


Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-X8 



SACODEREAD. 


MY-X8 


Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-X6, MY-X7, MY-V65, MY-V75 



SACODEREAD. 


MY-X6, MY-X7, MY-V65, MY-V75. 


Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-X4, SG322i 



SACODEREAD. 


MY-X4, SG322i. 


Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-X1,myX-1 Trio, MY-X3 



SACODEREAD. 


MY-X1,myX-1 Trio, MY-X3, MY-X5, MY-X3-2. 

192



Connectors 

Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem MY-X2, MYX-2g, MYX-2m 



SACODEREAD. 


MY-X2, MYX-2g, MYX-2m 

Reference: PCB-Z5 

Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem Z5 and Z55 



SACODEREAD. 


Sagem Z5 and Z55 

Reference: PCB-VS2 

Name: Printed Circuit Board for Sagem VS1/VS2 Vodafone Simply 



SACODEREAD. 


Compatible with : 

VS1/VS2 Simply Vodafone. 


Name: Nokia E60 to RJ45 Griffin/UFS/TWISTER cable 


You can use this cable with any of the GRIFFIN boxes available, Griffin box gold, Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules and 

with UFSTORNADO, TWISTER and EXCALIBUR. 

Reference: RJ-3250 

Name: Nokia 3250 to RJ45 Griffin/UFS/TWISTER cable 




Reference: RJ-D800 

Name: Samsung D800 to RJ45 UFS/ TWISTER/ EXCALIBUR 


You can use this cable with any of the UFS boxes available, UFSTORNADO, TWISTER and EXCALIBUR. 

193

Reference: EASY-FLASH 


Connectors 

Name: Nokia Easy Flash cable for UFS,Twister and JAF box 


Nokia Easy Flash cable for UFSTORNADO , Twister , N-Box and J.A.F box allows you to flash, unlock and service your phone in a much 

faster and easier way. 

Compatible with: 1110, 1600, 6030, 6060 & 7380. 








Name: Samsung E860 with RJ45 connector for UFS/ Excalibur/ Twister 


You can use this cable with any of our boxes: UFSTORNADO , TWISTER and EXCALIBUR. 


Name: Nokia 7370 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, TWISTER boxes 












Name: Nokia 2600 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS,TWISTER cable 











194



Connectors 

Name: Nokia 6270 to RJ45 for Griffin/UFS/TWISTER boxes 












Name: Nokia N70 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, TWISTER cable 





Reference: RJ-T28 

Name: SonyEricsson T28 to RJ45 Griffin/UFS/TWISTER cable 


You can use this cable with any of the GRIFFIN box available, Griffin box gold, Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules and 

with UFSTORNADO , TWISTER and EXCALIBUR. 

Reference: RJ-C55 

Name: Siemens C55cable with RJ-45 connector for Griffin, N-BOX, JAF, UFS3, Twister 



with and TWISTER , UFSTORNADO, Prodigy (new 8 pins), N-BOX, J.A.F., Powerflasher, Phoenix Black Box, winDLS (DCT3). 

Reference: RJ-S35 

Name: Siemens S35 cable with RJ-45 connector for Griffin Box 


You can use this cable with any of the GRIFFIN box available, Griffin box gold, Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules. 

Reference: RJ-GD87 

Name: Panasonic GD87 to RJ45 Griffin cable 


You can use this cable with any of the GRIFFIN box available, Griffin box gold, Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules . 

195





Connectors 
















Name: Nokia 9210 to RJ45 cable for Griffin, UFS, Twister boxes 

















196



Connectors 

Name: Nokia 8210 to RJ45 cable for Griffin, UFS, TWISTER boxes 























Reference: RJ-NGAGE 

Name: Nokia N-GAGE to RJ45 Griffin/UFSTORNADO cable 





Name: Nokia 8310 to RJ45 cable for Griffin, Ufs, Twister boxes 






Name: Samsung D500 with RJ45 connector for UFS/Excalibur/Twister 



197



Connectors 

Name: Nokia N90 to RJ45 Griffin/UFS/Twister/Excalibur cable 





Name: Samsung E700 with RJ45 connector for UFS/Excalibur/Twister 


You can use this cable with any of the Universal Boxes we have available, UNIBOX4, GSMCDMABOX, FURIOUSBOX and REDBOX . 

Compatible with: X600,E800 





Reference: RJ-BE 

Name: Alcatel BE to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 



Alcatel BE models: DB Club, DB Easy, DB Max ,DB View, 300, 301, 302, 501, 700, 701, 702 

Reference: RJ-Q515 

Name: TCL Q515 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 



Reference: RJ-SENDO 

Name: Sendo to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 


You can use this cable with any of the Universal Boxes we have available, UNIBOX4, GSMCDMABOX, FURIOUSBOX and REDBOX and 

GRIFFINSAS. 

Important note: When placing the order, please indicate for which box you will be needing the cable for. 

Reference: RJ-OT715 

Name: Alcatel OT715 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 







198



Connectors 




Reference: RJ-EPSILON 

Name: Maxon EPSILON to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 







Reference: RJ-GX10 

Name: Sharp GX10 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 




Name: LG 600 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 



Reference: RJ-M330 

Name: Mitsubishi M330 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 




Name: Samsung E810 to RJ45 Unibox/REDBOX/Furiousbox cable 



Reference: PS2-A800 

Name: PS2 Cable for Samsung A800 and compatible 


You can use this PS2 cable with any of our SANTEL sets available, SG-SANTEL4 , SG-SANTEL6 , SG-SANTEL8 and SG-SANTEL9. 

The Santel Samsung data cable set will allow you to work with only one cable with santel software, PaderF software and the ALL SAMSUNG 

UNLOCKER from Simlock Service Apeldoorn. 

199

Reference: PS2-E700 

Name: PS2 Cable for Samsung E700 and compatible 



Connectors 




Reference: PS2-E810 

Name: PS2 Cable for Samsung E810 and comp. 





Reference: CO-FLA55 

Name: Nokia 5510 cable with PS2 connector 


Connector can be used for data transmission with software such as : Logo Manager 

If you have purchased our NK-UNLOCK pack you can use the NKCO-MBUS with switchable FBUS/MBUS cable included in the pack to 

connect your phone to the PC for data transmission. 

This cable has a male PS2 connector and a connector for the new Nokia 5510 and compatibles 

Right now there is no available software for unlocking this particular model using this connector, if you wish to unlock or flash your phone 

you will need to use a different device: GRIFFINSAS , TWISTER, EXCALIBUR or UFTORNADO. 

The pinout of the PS2 connector is: 













Reference: RJ-K750i 

Name: Sony Ericsson K750i to RJ45 UFSTORNADO cable 


You can use this cable with our UFSTORNADO and EXCALIBUR box. 


Name: Nokia 6101 to RJ45 Griffin, UFSTORNADO, Twister cable 





200






Connectors 







Name: Nokia 7610/6670 cable with PS2 connector 





This cable has a male PS2 connector and a connector for the new Nokia 7610/6670 and compatibles 


































201






Connectors 








Name: Nokia Flasher PS2 to Nokia 3320 


You will need this connector to use with our cables NK-UNLOCK 














Name: Nokia 6800 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, Twister boxes 






Name: Nokia 6100 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, Twister 






Name: Nokia 3230 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, Twister boxes 





202



Connectors 

Name: Nokia 6680 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, Twister Boxes 






Name: Nokia 5140 to RJ45 Griffin , UFS, Twister boxes 












Name: Nokia 7610/6670 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, Twister boxes 






Name: Nokia 3300 to RJ45 Griffin cable 


You can use this cables with any of the GRIFFIN box availables, Griffin box gold Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules or 

Griffin box platinum II 


Name: Nokia 6170 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, Twister cable 








Puede usar este cable con cualquiera de las CAJAS DE LIBERACIÓN disponibles en el mercado, cajas como: Griffin box gold o 

Griffin box platinum con módulos crd y crussader y también con las cajas Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3, TWISTER, Hwk, Caja 

Jaf Nokia , Prodigy clone RJ45, N-box, Caja Phoenix black , Caja Griffin clone, Mt-box (utilizando adaptador RJ45/RJ48 suministrado con la 

box), o EXCALIBUR. 

203



Connectors 













Name: Nokia 9300 to RJ45 cable for Griffin , UFS, Twister boxes 































204

Reference: CO-FLANGQD 

Name: Nokia NGAGE QD cable with PS2 connector 




Connectors 



This cable has a male PS2 connector and a connector for the new Nokia NGAGE QD and compatibles 










Reference: RJ-NGAGEQD 

Name: Nokia NGAGE QD to RJ45 Griffin cable 


You can use this cables with any of the GRIFFIN box availables, Griffin box gold , Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules. 



























205



Connectors 













Name: Nokia 5100 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, Twister 
































You can use this cables with any of the GRIFFIN box availables, Griffin box gold Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules 

206



Connectors 

Name: Nokia 6650 to RJ45 for Griffin , UFS , Twister boxes 








You will need this connector to use with our cables NK-UNLOCK 

This cable have a male PS2 connector and a connector for the new Nokia 1100 and compatibles 
































Reference: CO-NGAGE 

Name: Nokia Flasher PS2 to Nokia NGAGE 


You will need this connector to use with our cables NK-UNLOCK pack for data transmission. 

This cable has a male PS2 connector and a connector for the new Nokia NGAGE and compatibles 


Right now there is no available software for unlocking this particular model using this connector, if you wish to unlock your phone you will 

need to use a different device : GRIFFINSAS or UFSTORNADO 


207






Connectors 




Reference: CO-SPHA460 

Name: Connector for samsung SPH A500, SPH N400, SPH A195, SPH A460 


This connector is compatible with samsung SPH A500, SPH N400, SPH A195 and SPH A460 mobile phones. 


Name: Nokia 6100/3100 cable with PS2 connector 





This cable has a male PS2 connector and a connector for the new Nokia 6100/3100 and compatibles 

















You will need this connector to use with our cables NK-UNLOCK or DCT4FLASH to use with new 7210 nokia model 



Reference: CO-C55 

Name: Connector for Siemens C55 


Reference: CO-3360 

Name: Connector for Nokia 3360 and 3320 


208




You will need this connector to use cables like NK-UNLOCK to use with new 3510 nokia model 






You will need this connector to use with our cables NK-UNLOCK to use with new 8910 nokia model 



Reference: CO-IPAQ38 


Connectors 

Name: Compaq iPAQ - Connector 1900, 2200, 3800, 3900, 5400 & 5500 


Reference: CO-T192 

Name: Motorola T192 connector for EMMI Box 


Reference: CO-SONY-JX 

Name: Connector for Sony J5 / J7 / J70 / Z7 / Z70 


Reference: CO-ALDB 

Name: Connector for Alcatel DB / 301 / 501 



Name: PS2 to Nokia 83XX Cable 


This product is for use with our products: NK-FLASHFM NKCO-FMBUS NK-35678 

This cable have a male PS2 connector and a connector for the Nokia 8310 and 8390 ( series 83XX ). 


The cable connect below your phone battery. 

Check quality of connector here: 

209

Reference: CO-V66 

Name: Motorola V66 connector 


Reference: NULL-RS232 

Name: RS-232 Null modem ( male to male) cable 



Connectors 

Allow data transmission between two serial device conections. It's useful to use between our IPAQ-RS232 and ETREXRS232 cables 

Reference: CO-NK567 

Name: Connector for Nokia 51XX/61XX/62XX/71XX 


Reference: DEJANRS232 


Connectors 

Name: Dejan RS232 serial cable and Nokia connectors 


This is a set of cables and connectors to use with Dejan Box, this cables are necessary to use dejan box (this happend only if you have not 

get from ucables.com), that usually is not shipped with cables. 

Reference: EXT-POWER 

Name: External Power stabilizer for serial port 


This is double serial connector RS232 male to male that apply external power between serial port and any data cable, some programs 

require that power at serial port is stable, is required to use an external batery of 9 volts. This is specially necessary for Alcatel 3xx,5xx,7xx 

and Panasonic GD92/93/52. 


Name: Nokia Flasher PS2 to Nokia 33XX Cable 


You will need extra connectors for your NK-FLASH or NK-FLASH2 Nokia flashers if you are going to flash/unlock or repair hundred of Nokia 

phones, Our Nokia connector quality is the best but if you are going to connect and disconnect very fast, you could damage connectors 

when you flash hundred of Nokia mobile phones. 

This cable have a male PS2 connector and a connector for the Nokia series 33XX. 



Name: Nokia Flasher PS2 to Nokia 82XX/88XX Cable 





This cable have a male PS2 connector and a connector for the Nokia series 82XX/88/XX. 



Name: Nokia Flasher PS2 to Nokia 3210 Cable 





This cable have a male PS2 connector and a connector for the Nokia 3210. 



Name: Nokia Flasher PS2 to Nokia 51XX/6XXX/71XX Cable 





This cable have a male PS2 connector and a connector for the Nokia series 51XX/61XX/62XX/71XX. 


Reference: CO-T2288 

Name: Motorola T2288 connector for EMMI Box 


211

Reference: CO-XENIUM 

Name: Connector for Philips Xenium 


Reference: CO-XENIUM 

Name: Connector for Philips Xenium 


Reference: CO-SAVVY 

Name: Connector for Philips Savvy 



Name: Connector for Panasonic GD92/GD52 



Name: Connector for Nokia 3310 


Reference: CO-STARTA 

Name: Connector for Motorola Startac 


Reference: CO-D520 

Name: Connector for Motorola D520 


Reference: CO-TRIUM 

Name: Connector for Mitsubishi Trium 



Connectors 

212

Reference: CO-MARS 

Name: Connector for Mitsubishi Mars 



Connectors 

213

Reference: RJ-TESTPOINT 

Name: Tespoint operations cable for Smartclip 


Tespoint operations cable for Smart-Clip o Smart-Clip con S-CARD . 

Reference: RJ-ELLE 


RJ45 Griffin UFS Twister 

Name: Cable for Alcatel ELLE and C55x with RJ45 connector for TSMBox+ and AlcaBull 


Unlocking cable compatible with TSMBox+ and AlcaBull box. 


Name: Cable for Nokia N76 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, N-BOX, MT-BOX boxes 


You can use this cable with any of the UNLOCKING BOXES available such as : GRIFFIN boxes: Griffin box gold or Griffin box platinum with 

crd and crussader module and also Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3 boxes, TWISTER, Hwk, Jaf Nokia , Prodigy clone RJ45, N-box, Phoenix 

black Box, Griffin clone Box, Mt-box ( using the RJ45/RJ48 adapter supplied with the box), Nokia-F1 , GTS-BOX , GTI-BOX or EXCALIBUR. 

Operation: 

1. Unscrew 2 screws from phone.(you may need a T5 screwdriver) 

2. Put pcb connector on phone and screw it. Now you can starting operations. 

Reference: RJ-N93I 

Name: Cable for Nokia N93i with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, N-BOX, TWISTER boxe 






Name: Cable for Nokia N93 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, N-BOX, TWISTER boxe 






Name: Cable for Nokia 6300 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, N-BOX, TWISTER box 





214




Name: Cable for Nokia E70 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, N-BOX, TWISTER boxe 

















Reference: RJ-KG800 

Name: LG KG800 and KG90 to RJ45 cable for N-BOX, UFS3, NKLIP, HWK 


You can use this cable with any of the following UNLOCKING BOXES available : Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3 , TWISTER, N-BOX with HWK 

and NKLIP. 



















215
















Name: Cable for Nokia 6125 with RJ45 connector for Griffin, UFS, TWISTER boxes 






Name: Nokia 6235 to RJ45 cable compatible with Griffin, UFS, TWISTER, Excalibur boxe 























216




Name: Nokia N71 to RJ45 Griffin / UFS / TWISTER cable 





Name: Nokia 6131 to RJ45 Griffin / UFS / TWISTER cable 






Name: Nokia E60 to RJ45 Griffin/UFS/TWISTER cable 










Name: Samsung D800 to RJ45 UFS/ TWISTER/ EXCALIBUR 


You can use this cable with any of the UFS boxes available, UFSTORNADO, TWISTER and EXCALIBUR. 








Name: Samsung E860 with RJ45 connector for UFS/ Excalibur/ Twister 



217
















Name: Nokia 2600 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS,TWISTER cable 
























Name: Nokia N70 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, TWISTER cable 





Reference: RJ-T28 

Name: SonyEricsson T28 to RJ45 Griffin/UFS/TWISTER cable 




218

Reference: RJ-C55 



Name: Siemens C55cable with RJ-45 connector for Griffin, N-BOX, JAF, UFS3, Twister 



with and TWISTER , UFSTORNADO, Prodigy (new 8 pins), N-BOX, J.A.F., Powerflasher, Phoenix Black Box, winDLS (DCT3). 

Reference: RJ-S35 

Name: Siemens S35 cable with RJ-45 connector for Griffin Box 


You can use this cable with any of the GRIFFIN box available, Griffin box gold, Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules. 

Reference: RJ-GD87 

Name: Panasonic GD87 to RJ45 Griffin cable 


You can use this cable with any of the GRIFFIN box available, Griffin box gold, Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules . 
























219
















Name: Nokia 8210 to RJ45 cable for Griffin, UFS, TWISTER boxes 























Reference: RJ-NGAGE 

Name: Nokia N-GAGE to RJ45 Griffin/UFSTORNADO cable 




220




Name: Nokia 8310 to RJ45 cable for Griffin, Ufs, Twister boxes 






Name: Samsung D500 with RJ45 connector for UFS/Excalibur/Twister 




Name: Nokia N90 to RJ45 Griffin/UFS/Twister/Excalibur cable 








Compatible with: X600,E800 





Reference: RJ-BE 

Name: Alcatel BE to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 



Alcatel BE models: DB Club, DB Easy, DB Max ,DB View, 300, 301, 302, 501, 700, 701, 702 

Reference: RJ-Q515 

Name: TCL Q515 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 



221

Reference: RJ-SENDO 



Name: Sendo to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 


You can use this cable with any of the Universal Boxes we have available, UNIBOX4, GSMCDMABOX, FURIOUSBOX and REDBOX and 

GRIFFINSAS. 

Important note: When placing the order, please indicate for which box you will be needing the cable for. 













Reference: RJ-EPSILON 

Name: Maxon EPSILON to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 







Reference: RJ-GX10 

Name: Sharp GX10 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 




Name: LG 600 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 



Reference: RJ-M330 

Name: Mitsubishi M330 to RJ45 Unibox/Redbox/Furiousbox cable 



222




Name: Samsung E810 to RJ45 Unibox/REDBOX/Furiousbox cable 















Reference: RJ-K750i 

Name: Sony Ericsson K750i to RJ45 UFSTORNADO cable 


You can use this cable with our UFSTORNADO and EXCALIBUR box. 














Name: Nokia 6100 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, Twister 





223


Name: Nokia 3230 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, Twister boxes 








Name: Nokia 6680 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, Twister Boxes 






Name: Nokia 5140 to RJ45 Griffin , UFS, Twister boxes 












Name: Nokia 7610/6670 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, Twister boxes 








You can use this cables with any of the GRIFFIN box availables, Griffin box gold Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules or 

Griffin box platinum II 


Name: Nokia 6170 to RJ45 Griffin, UFS, Twister cable 





224






Puede usar este cable con cualquiera de las CAJAS DE LIBERACIÓN disponibles en el mercado, cajas como: Griffin box gold o 

Griffin box platinum con módulos crd y crussader y también con las cajas Ufs, Ufs2, UFSTORNADO 3, TWISTER, Hwk, Caja 

Jaf Nokia , Prodigy clone RJ45, N-box, Caja Phoenix black , Caja Griffin clone, Mt-box (utilizando adaptador RJ45/RJ48 suministrado con la 

box), o EXCALIBUR. 














Name: Nokia 9300 to RJ45 cable for Griffin , UFS, Twister boxes 

















Reference: RJ-NGAGEQD 

Name: Nokia NGAGE QD to RJ45 Griffin cable 


You can use this cables with any of the GRIFFIN box availables, Griffin box gold , Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules. 

225






















Name: Nokia 5100 to RJ45 for Griffin, UFS, Twister 





























226






You can use this cables with any of the GRIFFIN box availables, Griffin box gold Griffin box platinum with crd and crussader modules 


Name: Nokia 6650 to RJ45 for Griffin , UFS , Twister boxes 





227

Reference: OPEN-6600 

Name: Phone cover opener tool for Nokia 6600 



Tools 

With these equipment you can easily open your Nokia 6600 within few seconds without damage cover or damaging phone PCB. Just use 

these special set tools to open very fast and easy. If you ever try to open this kind of phone then you obviously know that in most cases 

this will end damage of cover or PCB since Nokia in this model uses special cover holder and only special equipment will help to open it. 

Reference: TOOL-DES 

Name: Screwdriver with 15 different types of tips 


This screwdriver have 15 different tips, that will fit to any type of screws of mobile phones and any other electronic devices. Include a 

compact box where is stored every tip. 

Reference: OPEN-7650 

Name: Phone cover opener tool for Nokia 7650 


With these equipment you can easily open your Nokia 7650 within few seconds without damage cover or damaging phone PCB. Just use 

these special set tools to open very fast and easy. If you ever try to open this kind of phone then you obviously know that in most cases 

this will end damage of cover or PCB since Nokia in this model uses special cover holder and only special equipment will help to open it. 

Reference: UTOOL1 

Name: Universal Screwdriver Compact Box for mobile phones 


Compatibility: 

Ericsson GH337/GH388/GH338/GF337 768/GF 338 768/EH237 388 T18/GH628 688 T28. 

Nokia 3210/5110/6110/6150/8810. 

Motorola L2000/2088/308/328/PT950/8500/9800. 

Siemens S4. 

Reference: TOOL-SCREW 

Name: Tool Kit fitting for Samsung, Motorola and Alcatel phones 


Professional screwdriver which allows you to open cover of your phone easily and without damage to the phone cover. 


Samsung A200/A300/A400. 

Motorola V3688/V8088. 

Alcatel DB/OT300 series. 

228

Reference: TOOL-CS25 

Name: Tool kit for Siemens C25 and S25 



Tools 

Professional 2-in-1 tool set that allows you to open the cover of your Siemens phone easily and without damage to the handset. 

For Siemens C25 and S25 Mobile Phones. 

Reference: TOOL-S35 

Name: Tool kit for Siemens S35 


Professional 3-in-1 tool set that allows you to open the cover of your Siemens phone easily and without damage to the handset. 

For Siemens C35,S35,M35 Mobile Phones. 

Reference: TOOL-SGA1 

Name: Tool kit for Samsung A100 and A188 


p>Professional 5-in-1 tool set that allows you to open the cover of your Samsung phone easily and without damage to the handset. 

For Samsung A100,A188 Mobile Phones 

Reference: TOOL-V36 

Name: Tool Kit for Motorola V36XX and V998 


Professional 5-in-1 tool set that allows you to open the cover of your Motorola phone easily and without damage to the handset. 

For Motorola V998,V3688 ect. Mobile Phones. 

Reference: TOOL-GD90 

Name: Tool kit for Panasonic GD90 


Professional 2 piece tool set that allows you to open the cover of your Panasonic phone easily and without damage to the handset. 

For Panasonic GD50,GD70,GD90 Mobile Phones. 

Reference: TOOL-T6 

Name: T6 Screwdriver for mobile phone 


Professional T6 screwdriver allow you to open cover of your Nokia phones easily and without damage to the phone cover. 

229

Reference: TOOL-U81 

Name: 8-in-1 Universal tools set for mobile phone 



Tools 

Universal 8-in-1 screwdriver set allow you to open cover of most popular mobile phones easily and without damage to the phone cover. 

230

Reference: LCD-3410 

Name: Original LCD for Nokia 3410 



Repair / Spare parts 

This is the original full Nokia 3410 LCD with panel and speaker. All Nokia LCD have a simple installation procedure. 

You only need to use Torx-6 tool to remove 4 screws. And make lever with mother board to remove slighty the broken LCD screen of any 

nokia 

If you need assistance you can contact with our tech support department 

Specifications of the LCD for our QC 

We take into account two main specifications in our LCD to make our quality control, the resistence to a high temperature & to a normal 

temperature. 

The resistence to a high temperature, it's the specification or the standard quality of the original LCD, by which the LCD will work within a 

temperature range from -20 to +80 Celsius. 

The OEM version will work under normal temperature, where the LCD will work under a temperature range from -5 to +60 Celsius. You may 

have heard that some user's mobile phone screen turned black when the mobile phone was in a snowy environment. 

If you are in a tropical country where ranges of temperatures do not exceed -5 to to 60 celsius degrees, our OEM version will work without 

any problem. But if you live in Rusia, Sweden or any other snowy country where temperatures could exceed working ranges of OEM design, 

we recommend you to use an original LCD that will work under temperatures of -20 and 80 degrees. The working tempeture depends on the 

display liquid located in the middle of the LCD glass. 

Reference: LCD-V66 

Name: Original LCD for Motorola V66 


This is the original Motorola LCD. 




temperature. 









231






This is the original full Nokia LCD with panel and speaker. All Nokia LCD have a simple installation procedure. 


nokia 




temperature. 














nokia 




temperature. 










Name: Original LCD for Motorola V36XX Series 






temperature. 









Reference: LCD-T191 

Name: Original LCD for Motorola T191 






temperature. 









232

Reference: LCD-C35 

Name: Original LCD for Siemens C35 


This is the original full Siemens LCD with panel and speaker. 






temperature. 










Name: Original LCD for Motorola V60 with flat cable 


This is the original Motorola LCD with flat cable. 




temperature. 










Name: Original LCD for Ericsson T39 


This is the original full Ericsson LCD. 




temperature. 









Reference: LCD-G8210 

Name: Original LCD for Nokia 8210 / 8250 / 8290 / 8890 


This is the Nokia original full LCD with panel and speaker. 




temperature. 









233

Reference: LCD-C45 

Name: LCD for Siemens C45 





Siemens 



Name: LCD for Nokia 8310 


This is the original full Nokia LCD with panel and speaker. 




temperature. 










Name: LCD for Nokia 6210 / 6250 / 6290 / 62XX 


All Nokia LCD have a simple installation procedure. 


nokia 


Specification of the LCD which is for our QC 

There are 2 kinds of the specification on LCD, wide temperature & normal temperature. 

For the wide temperature, it's the specification or the quality standard from the original one, where the LCD need to make sure work within 

the temperature range from -20 to +80 Celsius. 

The OEM one is the normal temperature, where the LCD need to make sure work within the temperature range from -5 to +60 Celsius. So, 

sometimes, maybe hear some user's mobile phone screen turn black when the mobile phone is outside under the snowy environment. 

If you are in a tropical country country where ranges of temperatures not exceed -5 to to 60 celsius degrees, our normal temperature OEM 

design will work without any problem. But if you live in Rusia, Sweden or any other snowy country that temperatures could exceed working 

ranges of OEM design, we recommend you Original LCD that will work between -20 and 80 degrees. The working tempeture depends on the 

display liquid located in the middle of the LCD glass. it's first of all, making the LCD pcb of the glass dimension to be same as original. 

Compatible with:Nokia 6210, 6250, 6290 


Name: LCD for Ericsson T10 / T18 


All Ericsson LCD have a simple installation procedure. 


Ericsson 


Reference: LCD-GD-90 

Name: LCD for Panasonic GD90 



nokia 


Reference: LCD-GD-92 

Name: LCD for Panasonic GD92 



nokia 


234

Reference: LCD-CS25 

Name: LCD for Siemens C25 





Siemens 



Name: LCD for Nokia 3210 




nokia 



Name: LCD for Nokia 7110 / 7190 




nokia 







nokia 


Compatible with: 5110, 5120, 5120i, 5125, 5130, 5160, 5160i, 5165, 5165i, 5170, 5180, 5185, 5185i, 5190, 6110, 6120, 6120i, 6130, 6150, 6160, 

6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6170, 6180 , 6180i, 6185, 6185i, 6190 


Name: Original LCD for Nokia 3310 / 3330 /3390 




nokia 




temperature. 









Reference: RUBBER6210 

Name: Conductive Rubber for Nokia 6210 


This is the conductive rubber that you can find behind the LCD screen of you nokia phone. 

THis part is usually used to repair the most common problem of nokia phones, you must replace conductive rubber when you can not seen 

your nokia screen, in the 95% of the cases is that this rubber not works fine, so thats why if you press over the screen the display will 

appear again working. 

You will need the TORX-6 to open your nokia phone. 

235




Name: Conductive Rubber for Nokia 8210 / 8250 / 8850 / 8290 / 8890 








Name: Conductive Rubber for Nokia 3310 / 3330 








Name: Conductive Rubber for Nokia 3210 








Name: Conductive Rubber for Nokia 5110/6110/6150/5190/51XX 












nokia 


Compatible with: 5110, 5120, 5120i, 5125, 5130, 5160, 5160i, 5165, 5165i, 5170, 5180, 5185, 5185i, 5190, 6110, 6120, 6120i, 6130, 6150, 6160, 

6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6170, 6180 , 6180i, 6185, 6185i, 6190 


Name: LCD for Ericsson T28 


All Ericsson LCD have a simple installation procedure. 

With an screwdriver very slim, start to open your t28 from the top left area, be careful and continue to open from the top to the bottom. The 

only thing that you need to do is pression at the edges, later you only need to use Torx-6 tool to remove screws. And make lever with 

mother board to remove slighty the broken LCD screen of any Ericsson 



Name: LCD for Nokia 8210 / 8250 / 8290 / 8890 




nokia 


236

Reference: VIB-32 

Name: Vibration motor VIB-32 for nokia 3210 




The VIB-32 is an interesting accessory that allow vibration to your phone. You will need our cable NK-32 to activate vibration when you 

install the vibration motor. Instructions about how to install VIB-32 can be found at our members page The program to activate vibration to 

your Nokia 3210 is NK-Profile available at our software section. 

237

Reference: HEAT-GUN 

Name: Heating Gun 


Features: 

Two-step temperature Adjustable 300 and 500 degrees. 


Power consumption: 1500W 

Max. Temp.: 300º-500º 

Wind flow: 280-480L/min. 

Input voltage: 220V-230V 

You should pay this product by wire transfer of western union. 

Reference: S1-STATION 

Name: SMD rework soldering station 


With this soldering station you can repair and fix any damage of any mobile phone. 

Features: 


Repairing Instrument 

Air volume and temperature are adjustable 

Electrostatic proof design, very safe for components 

Various nozzles for different kind of IC to be reworked. 

On power turning-off, auto cool system works one minutes to keep long use life of heating core and handle. Controlling unit handle unit 

Power: 20W (2W when power off) Air pump: 10 diaphiagms Wind: 23L/min. Max Size: 187 X 135 X 245MM Weight: about 4 kg Handle unit 

Temp. of hot air: 100-420º Length: 196mm Weight: 120g 

238

Reference: MU-V60 

Name: Motorola CDMA v60 and v60c phone unlocker 


Unlock sp and prl of all motorola cdma v60 series like v60c 

Reference: SOFT-TDMA2 

Name: Nokia TDMA Service Software version 2.0 



Software 

Nokia TDMA Service Software will unlock, repair or configure any Nokia TDMA phone, supported phones are 5120, 5120i, 5160, 6120, 6120i, 

6160, 6160i, 8260 and 8860. 

Version 2.0 include unlock solution lattest nokia tdma version. 

You will need our cables NK-567 and NK-8X60 to get working this program. Features: 





Supported phones and sw versions: 

5120 NSC-1 v3.31b, v3.31, v3.41, v3.47 

5120i NSC-1 v4.00, v4.02 ex, v5.0, v6.03, v6.07, v6.08 


5165 upto version 7.00 included 

6120i NSC-3 v3.01, v3.02, v3.03 

6160 NSW-3 v1.06, v1.08, v1.01, v1.10, v1.11, v1.12, v1.14, v1.19 

6160i NSW-3 v3.01, v3.03 

8260 NSW-4 v6.09, v6.12, v6.17, v 6.20 

8860 NSW-6 v6.18 

Reference: SOFT-TDMA 

Name: Nokia TDMA Service Software 


Nokia TDMA Service Software will unlock, repair or configure any Nokia TDMA phone, supported phones are 5120, 5120i, 5160, 6120, 6120i, 

6160, 6160i, 8260 and 8860. 

You will need our cables NK-567 and NK-8X60 to get working this program. Features: 





Supported phones and sw versions: 

5120 NSC-1 v3.31b, v3.31, v3.41, v3.47 

5120i NSC-1 v4.00, v4.02 ex, v5.0, v6.03, v6.07, v6.08 


6120i NSC-3 v3.01, v3.02, v3.03 

6160 NSW-3 v1.06, v1.08, v1.01, v1.10, v1.11, v1.12, v1.14, v1.19 

6160i NSW-3 v3.01, v3.03 

8260 NSW-4 v6.09, v6.12, v6.17 

8860 NSW-6 v6.18 

Reference: SOFT-CDLM 

Name: LogoManager CD and license 


Logomanager unlocks the power of Nokia phone and it allows you to design your own personal logos and ringtones. 

Simply hook up your PC and Nokia phone via cable or infrared, and use LogoManager to truly customise your phone quickly and easily - 

and it is absolutely FREE. 

Caracteristics: 

You can create your own start up logos: 

Identify with your phone as soon as it starts up. You can capture a photo, any picture from the internet or design your own. 

You can change opertator logos: 

Personalise your phone with a unique logo instead of the standard operator name. 

Screensavers: 

Customise your static screensavers for when the phone is not in use, and create animations for the 3330 and 3410. 

Ringtones: 

Add original ringtones to your phone so that it sounds like no one else's. 

Picture messages: 

Make your picture messages better than the rest. 

Organise your phone book: 

Add, delete or modify your phonebook entries and caller groups/graphics. No more worries if you lose or update your mobile, just save a 

back-up of the SIM card and phone contents to transfer to a new Nokia phone. You can also export your entire phonebook to a spreadsheet 

package for safe keeping and easy use. 

Send via SMS to your friends: 

As well as customising your own phone, you can send text, logos and ringtones to your friends' Nokia phones by SMS. 


3210, 3310, 3330, 3390, 3395, 3410, 3510, 5210, 6110, 6150, 6190, 7110, 7190, 6210, 6310/i, 6250, 8210, 8290, 8310, 8850, 8910. You only need a 

cable or an infrared adapter. 


Desktop PC running Windows Operating System. 

16Mb RAM. 

Compatible Nokia phone. 

Cable/infrared connection to phone. 

The box includes: 

LogoManager software CD. 

Instruction booklet. 

Registration card. 

239

Reference: SOFT-SDL 


Software 

Name: SoftDataLink 5.0 for Siemens C35i, M35i, S25/35i 


SoftDataLink 5.0 is a program suite for the mobile office which supports both PCs and various PDAs: 

Sending and Receiving SMS 

Managing of the phone books on the SIM-card in the mobile phone. 

Generating and playing of ringing melodies at the PC and loading in the phone 

Establishing and controlling state of the call diversion and call barring 

Synchronization of the appointment diary in the phone with MS Outlook 98 

Sending and receiving email Supported systems 

PC IBM compatible: Windows 95, Windows 98 or Windows NT 4.0 

Windows CE: Handheld or Palmsize device with windows CE 2.0 or 2.11 

3COM: palm III & V, Palm Pilot Professional. It's compatible with Siemens C35i, M35i, S25/35i 

Reference: SOFT-LM 

Name: Logo Manager 1.3 license 


LogoManager is PC Software for your Nokia phone that allows you to customise the phone with graphics and ringtones and also lets you 

easily handle your phonebook. All that's needed is a cable or suitable infrared connection - why not try out the trial version now? 

Now it support 8310, and TDMA Nokia phones 5120, 5120i, 5160, 5160i, 6120, 6120i, 6160, 6160i, you can change startup logo 

Design your own caller group graphics, operator logos, startup graphics, screeen savers and ringtones for your Nokia phone - no other 

software required and no charge for uploading to your phone as many times as you like! Also, if your phone system supports it, you can 

even send these tones and graphics from your mobile to your friends Nokia phones via the mobile network. Also now included is Nokia's 

latest Picture Message technology! 

LogoManager contains a phone explorer that lets you browse your phone, edit your phonebook and backup/restore all the items you have 

added to the phone. 

Included is a full featured set of graphics editing tools, as well as various other tools giving easy access to some features you may never 

have known your phone had! The ringtone 'QuickEdit' feature lets you write your own ringtones using the standardised RTTTL ringtone 

language. We will send your license and registration keys will be emailed to you as soon as you make purchase. 

240


SIM Cards Backups 

241

Reference: U-INFINITY 

Name: Infinity USB Unlimited Smartcard programmer 




Next generation smartcard programmer 

The brand new Infinity USB Unlimited brings a whole new world of possibilities to you. It is a pure USB programmer that enables 

phoenix-mode over USB by directly supporting the most popular phoenix-based smartcards on the market today. 

Besides the support for phoenix-based smartcards, all popular PIC-based and AVR-based (Fun) cards are of course also supported. 

To top it all off an extra SIM/GSM smartcard connector has been added to be able to support SIM-cards directly. The programmer is 

enclosed in a custom designed small white casing with a full-coloured LED. 

Ultrafast 

Ful lspeed USB 2.0 (USB 1.1 compliant) interface combined with a 25MIPS powerful CPU and optimized programming algorithms, sets new 

speed-records for any programmer on the market. 

Two smartcard connectors 

The Infinity USB Unlimited has two smartcard connectors, one for regular sized smartcards and one for small form factor (SFF) smartcards 

like SIM/GSM. Software for editing SIM-cards is included. 

Custom design 

The small and custom designed white casing is very robust and of very high quality. An RGB (full coloured) LED makes it possible to 

display any colour, and the different colours makes the programmer more intuitive to use, since any state is represented by it's own colour. 

Phoenix / Smartmouse mode 

A stepless frequency generator has been added making it possible to generate clock-frequencies in Phoenix and Smartmouse mode from 

0,1MHz to more than 100MHz including the mostly used 3.58, 3.68 and 6.00MHz. Both phoenix and smartmouse mode is supported. 

In addition to the direct native support of most Phoenix-based cards in the Infinity USB Unlimited software, the VCP-mode (Virtual COMport) 

makes it possible to use most of the existing 3rd party software, that currently requires a Phoenix/Smartmouse compatible programmer 

thru a (serial) COMport. Different VCP profiles are available to ensure optimal compatibility with specific 3rd party software. 

Future proof 

The flash based firmware is upgradable to make sure future smartcards and features can be added without the need for new hardware. 

The Infinity USB Unlimited software is often updated and will automatically upgrade the firmware as needed. Software upgrades are 

ofcourse free of charge. 

Both current 5V smartcards and future 3.3V smartcards are supported. 

To give 3rd party programmers the best possibilities for writing software for the Infinity USB Unlimited. a DLL-based SDK with complete 

documentation, and a developers forum is available. 

With the SDK, current smartcard software can be easily modified by the developer, to communicate directly with the Infinity USB Unlimited, 

adding more functionality than with just the regular native Infinity USB software. 

The SDK is supplied with programming examples for different popular programming languages. 

Multiprogrammer mode 

Connect 2 or more Infinity USB Unlimited to your PC, and you'll be able to write as many cards as you have programmers connected, at the 

same time. It will just take the time of 1 card, even if you have 10 programmers connected, writing 10 cards at the same time. 

Up to 127 Infinity USB Unlimited (only limited by the number of available USB ports) can be controlled by the same software. For users 

needing to write a high amount of cards this is an ideal solution. 

Additional programmers are automatically detected and you'll be able to name each programmer to keep track of which is which. 

Easy to use software 

The well known and easy to use Infinity USB software has been redesigned to add support for phoenix-based cards over USB. 

The software makes programming a phoenix-based card as easy as programming a simple goldcard. It automatically detects which type of 

card is inserted and has an advanced detection algorithm, for detecting unknown cards including phoenix-based cards. 

The Infinity USB Unlimited software runs under Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows 2003, Windows ME, Windows XP and Windows XP64. 

Drivers for both 32 and 64 bit systems are available. 

Further cards/combinations of CPU/EEPROM will be added when new cards are available. The generic hardware / flashupgradable firmware 

solution ensures that only a software download will be needed for adding most new cards. 

Supported smartcards: 

Wafercard 

Silvercard 

Goldcard 

Greencard 

Greencard2 

Bluecard 

CanaryCard 

EmeraldCard 

SinglePic 

Funcard/Funcard2 

PrussianCard/Funcard3 

PrussianCard2/Funcard4 




JupiterCard 

JupiterCard2 

FunCard ATmega161 

FunCard ATmega163 

FunCard Atmega8515 

BlackCard 

TitaniumCard (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

TitaniumCard 2 (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

M-II (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

TitanCard (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

KnotCard (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

KnotCard II (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

Opos card (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

DragonloaderCard (FUN based) (directly over USB) 

DragonloaderCard (PIC based) (directly over USB) 

BasicCard 4.5D (directly over USB or thru VCP) 

GSM/SIM-cards (thru VCP) 

Additional software 

Infinity SIM editor- Additional software for editing SIM/GSM cards thru the SIM or smartcard slot on the Infinity USB Unlimited. 

Backing up, copying or editing the addressbook and SMS/Text messages on your SIM card is fast and easy using this utility. 

In the latest version (1.30 and up), it's even possible to undelete previously deleted SMS/Text messages. 

Infinity PasswordSafe / WinLogon 

PasswordSafe is used for safe and secure password storage and distribution, on standard PIC or AVR based cards. Up to more than 1000 

passwords can be stored on a single smartcard, and passwords are easily accessed with a custom shortcut key. PasswordSafe WinLogon 

can be used for enhancing the Windows logon security, by storing the Windows logon password on a PasswordSafe card. 

Package contains 

Your Infinity USB Unlimited will be delivered in a box containing: 

· Infinity USB Unlimited programmer 

· USB cable 

· Software and driver CD 

· Printed multi language users manual 

242

Reference: SIM-MAX-6 



Name: Pack USB programmer/reader and SIM card 6 in 1 


USB SIM Card Reader & Writer with 6 in 1 SIM card. 

Reference: SIM-MAX-12 

Name: Pack USB programmer/reader and SIM card 12 in 1 


SIM MAX 12 in 1 SIM Card USB SIM Card Reader & Writer with 12 in 1 SIM card. 

Features: 

Support for 12 different provider names on the same card 

PIN security management like original SIM cards. (3 PIN attempts + 10 PUK attempts) 

Storage capacity 250 phonebook entries (Can be accessed by all 12 sim cards) 

SMS storage capacity 20 SMS 

Individual SMS centre number for each of the 12 phone numbers 

Storage of 10 last dialed numbers (Used only on some mobile brands) 

Support for NOKIA, SIEMENS, ALCATEL, PHILIPS, ERICSSON, MOTOROLA, MAXON, PANASONIC, MITSUBISHI, NEC, SAMSUNG etc. 

mobile phones. Be sure that your phone is unlocked, to be sure that SIM CARD will be accepted at your mobile phone. 

Change mobile phone number without turning off mobile phone 

Selection of the ratio of SMS/Phonebook entries in the mobile itself. 

Auto switch to Prime number 

Support: 

The entire decryption and compatibility to comp128 v1 sim cards, please check your SIM version before the purchase. Reading KI and IMSI 

to comp128 v2 simcards is not recommended, as it will kill the sim card. If you try to read a SIM card bought since June 2002 you may not 

be able to do it, because phone operator companies are changing the algorhythm for the implementation of KI and IMSI encryptation. 

Package Contents: 

One USB SIM card reader / writer 

One SM MAX mulit-number SIM card 

One software CD 

Reference: SMARTWRITE 

Name: SmartWriter 2003 USB programmer 


SmartWriter 2003 USB 

Multifunctional Smartcard Reader/Writer 

USB1.1 & USB2.0 compatible 

Easy to use, plug and play 

No external power supply needed 

Power efficient, uses very low power in idle mode (off mode) 

Programmer can be updated 

All timing is done by programmer, which makes the programming process more reliable 

Support all AVR and PIC cards 

Supports asynchronous mode (ISO7816, T=0 mode) 

Programmer can support stand alone mode. This is not implemented by default. The programmer needs extra memory and USB to power 

adapter plug. 

Programmer can support other protocols (like I2C memory cards). 

Reference: SIM-READER 

Name: USB Sim Reader 


This GSM Sim reader allows you to backup and modify information you may carry in your sim card. It allows you to store, read and edit: 

Phonebook data and sms messages. 


1 Sim Reader 

Software CD 

User guide 

USB Extension Cable 

Important: This device is only compatible with GSM SIM COMP 128-V1.This device is not compatible with 54k sim cards or superior or 

COMP 128 V2 sim cards. 

243

Reference: SIM-CLONE 

Name: SIM-SCAN + SIM Card 8 in 1 Pack 


SIM-CLONE is a pack of SIM-SCAN + SIMCARD8. 



SIMCARD8 is a preprogrammed simcard that allow to store or make a backup of 8 different mobile phone sim cards in only 1 simcard. You 

will need to know IMSI and Ki codes of every simcard that you want to make backup. IMSI and Ki codes are the codes that identify a simcard 

at your network provider, this codes are encrypted at your original simcard, to find out your will need our SIM-SCAN card reader/writer. 

Features: 



Storage capacity 100 phonebook entries (0 to 100 in EEPROM and 125 on FLASH) 

SMS storage capacity configurable from 20 SMS 



Support for NOKIA, SIEMENS, ALCATEL, PHILIPS, ERICSSON, MOTOROLA, MAXON, PANASONIC, MITSUBISHI, NEC, SAMSUNG mobile 

phones. Be sure that your phone is unlocked, to be sure that SIMCARD8 will be accepted at your mobile phone. 

SIMEMU management throught mobile menus. 

Change mobile phone number without turning off mobile phone (this option is not compatible with all mobile phones) 

Selection of the ratio of SMS/Phonebook entries in the mobile itself 

Remember that you will need to read IMSI and Ki using SIM-SCAN 

IMSI is the IMSI value to store in position N. It's a number with a length of 18 decimal digits, beeing the first two always "08". Example: 

081234567890123456 

KI is the valude of the KI to be stored in position N. It's an hex number (0-9 and A-F caps) with 32 digits length. Example: 

0123456789ABCDEF0123456789ABCDEF 

Reference: EPIC-PROG 

Name: EPIC Programmer for PICmicro controllers 


Features 

Low cost programmer for most PICmicro microcontrollers 

Connects to PC parallel printer port 

ICSP programming 

The programmer has a built-on 18-pin socket for programming 8-, 14- and 18-pin DIP packaged PICmicro MCUs and must be powered with a 

power adapter within the range of 15 - 18 Volt. (Before using the programmer be sure to adjust the programming voltage of 13.5 Volt using 

the mounted Potentiometer and a Voltmeter) (For other packages you must make an adapter or use the ICSP feature) 

List of supported Devices 

12C508(A), 12C509(A), 12CE518, 12CE519, 12C671, 12C672, 12CE673, 12CE674, 12F629, 12F675: Supported. 

14C000: Supported 

16C432, 16C433: Supported 

16C505, 16C554, 16C557, 16C558, 16C61, 16C620(A), 16C621(A), 16C622(A), 16CE623, 16CE624, 16CE625, 16F627(A), 16F628(A), 16F630, 

16C71, 16C710, 16C711, 16C712, 16C715, 16C716, 16C717, 16F676, 16F818, 16F819, 16F83, 16C84, 16F84(A), 16F87, 16F88, 18F1220, 

18F1320: Supported. 

16C770, 16C771, 16C781, 16C782: Supported 

16C62(AB), 16C63(A), 16C64(A), 16C642, 16C65(AB), 16C66, 16C662, 16C67, 16C72(A), 16F72, 16C73(AB), 16F73, 16F737, 16C74(AB), 16F74, 

16C745, 16F747, 16C76, 16F76, 16C765, 16F767, 16C77, 16F77, 16C773, 16C774, 16F777, 16F870, 16F871, 16F872, 16F873(A), 16F874(A), 

16F876(A), 16F877(A): Supported 

16C923, 16C924, 16C925, 16C926: Supported 

17C752, 17C756(A): Supported 

17C762, 17C766: Supported 

18F1220, 18F1320: Supported 

18F2220, 18F2320, 18C242, 18F242, 18F2439, 18F248, 18C252, 18F252, 18F2539, 18F258, 18F4220, 18F4320, 18C442, 18F442, 18F4439, 

18F448, 18C452, 18F452, 18F4539, 18F458: Supported 

18F6520, 18F6525, 18F6585, 18F6620, 18F6621, 18F6680, 18F6720: Supported 

18F8520, 18F8525, 18F8585, 18F8620, 18F8621, 18F8680, 18F8720: Supported 

18C601, 18C658: Supported using 

18C801, 18C858: Supported using 

PicStic1, PicStic1 2K, PicStic2, PicStic2 2K, PicStic3, PicStic 3 2K, PicStic4, PicStic4 2K, and PicStic5: Supported 

rfPIC12C509AF, rfPIC12C509AG, rfPIC12F675F, rfPIC12F675H, rfPIC12F675K: Supported. 

Tested and working with WinPicProg 1.91 Free programming software for various of the MicroChip PIC series of micro-controllers. 

You will need port drivers to use winpicprog 

Reference: SI-PROG 

Name: SI-Prog programmer hardware interface for Ponyprog 


SI-PROG is the programmer hardware interface for PonyProg. PonyProg is a serial device programmer software with a user friendly GUI 

framework available for Windows95, 98, 2000 & NT and Intel Linux.Its purpose is reading and writing of every serial device. 

At the moment it supports I2C Bus, Microwire, SPI eeprom, the Atmel AVR and Microchip PIC micro. 

The included eeprom adapter PCB supports: 

I2C eeproms (24Cxxx and 24LCxxx) 

SDE2506 eeproms 

Microwire eeproms (93Cxx and 93LCxx) 

SPI eeproms (250xx/950xx and 25xxx/95xxx) 

NVM3060 eeproms 

Set Includes: 

Main Unit (Programmer) 

Adapter PCB for eeproms 

2x5pin header flatcable 

RS232 extension cable 

Remark: 

It is si-prog interface for ponyprog, download ponyprog sw at www.lancos.com (and pls set up interface and calibration correctly) 

244

Reference: SIM-SCAN 



Name: SIM scanner to read IMSI and Ki codes from simcards 


SimScan compatible smart card reader (working with Dejan`s Simscan V2.00) 

RS232 powered 

Main purpose: Finding Ki & IMSI for cloning cards 

With Simscan V2.00 you can analyze: 

ATR (For any card) 

CLA+INS (For any card, while comments are valid only for GSM SIM card) 

FILES (For any card, while comments and analysis are valid only for GSM SIM card) 

Ki (It is valid only for GSM SIM MoU A3,A8 ciphering algorithm.) SOME CARDS CAN BE DESTROYED USING THIS FUNCTION!!! 

ESPECIALLY PREPAID CARDS!!! BECAUSE THEY HAVE LIMITED RUNNING OF A38 FROM 10000 TO 65536 TIMES AND AFTER THAT A38 

DO NOT WORK ANYMORE!!! During the work it is possible to interrupt the program by pressing any key. In case of interrupting, temp file 

will be saved, and later you may continue the analysis from the point you've interrupted it. Also, at every 512 cipher texts temp file is 

automatically generated, so that the analysis could be continued if a communication error with card occurs. 

Set Includes: 

SimScan compatible smart card reader 

Features: 

Reference: SIMMASTER4 

Name: SIM-MASTER SIM Card Editor with USB cable SMS, Phonebook 


Compatible with all GSM Cellular phones 

Edit your phone book in your PC 

Edit SMS short messages in your PC 

Read IMSI and Ki codes of GSM simcards, very useful to use with our new SIMCARD8 to make simcard backups 

Edit and Change the personal ringtone for motorola cellular phone (Send as SMS function support needed. ex. V8088, V7689) 

GSM SIM PIN code management 

Connect to USB port, no need external power 

Built-in hundreds of Midi ringtone for Ring Tone editing. 

Copy and Backup phone book and SMS messages between your SIM cards. 

Convenience sorting functions 

Read IMSI and Ki codes from SIM Card with SIM-BACKUP or SIMscan 1.21 

Sytem requirements: 

486 or higher 

One free USB port 

Windows 95/98/ME/2000 operating system 

2 Mb of free space 

Packing Content: 

SIM Card Reader/Writer with cable 

CDROM contaning programs and Midi Songs 

NOTE: Do not try to write on your simcard8 with Sim-master, you could damage the card. Once you have read the KI and IMSI of your old 

card write them on the option SIM-EMU of your simcard8 on the simcard8 through the phone keyboard.(The SIM-EMU option will appear in 

your phone menu once you have inserted the simcard8 on it). 

NOTE 2: If you got a SIM card since June 2002, it may not be read by SIM MASTER because cellular phone operator companies are 

changing the algorhythm of KI and IMSI encryptation. 

Reference: SIM-COPY 

Name: GSM SIM Card Phonebook Backup keyring 


Did you ever lose your phone or damage it? 

How did you retrieve all you phone numbers? 

Did you upgrade to a new phone and didn't want to type all those numbers in by hand? 

Forget about those tiny cell-phone keys! 

You don't need computer for these purposes! 

Phonebook Backup is a stylish, easy to use device which can help you backup the phonebook information of your SIM Card. By simply 

pressing one button, you can copy the phonebook data of your SIM card to the device internal memory and keep it or copy phone book 

information from the device to your SIM Card. If you have two SIM Cards, you may also directly copy the phonebook data from one SIM 

Card to another. 

Nothing can be easy. Just press one button. 

Great Gift! 

SIM Phonebook Backup is your complete solution! 

Features 

Avoid loss of phonebook data on SIM card when losing cellular phone 

Compatible with all GSM specifications worldwide 

Simple to use: backup/restore/copy phonebook information by pressing one button 

Fast operation: backup/restore/copy phonebook information within one minute 

Operated independent of PC or PDA 

Support date exchange among different SIM cards 

Small and light 

Stylish design 

Keychain inclusive 

245

Reference: 2-SIMS-IN1 

Name: Universal simcard to hold two sims in one 




2 SIMS in 1 Card is a product designed for mobile phone users who carry two numbers. By cutting out the SIMs of the SIM cards and 

installing them to the product, users can carry two numbers in their mobile phones. A new menu appears on your main menu list where you 

are able to choose between sim1 and sim2 phone numbers. Two numbers cannot be on-use at the same time. This is the best solution to 

have 2 phone numbers in 1 sim, because it works with any mobile phone (some symbian phones are not compatible with this device) and 

sims, except the sims that are uncuttable, like is shown at picture. 

The following items will be provided in 2-SIM-in-1 Pack: 

1 main 2-SIM-in-1 PCB : main product, two SIMs will be attached to this PCB. 

Metal Cover : 1 piece provided. When covered by Metal Cover, the SIMs will be held and attached to the PCB properly. 

Recovery Card : cut SIMs can be recovered by putting back into Recovery card. 

Fake SIM : provided for cutting practice. 

Label with Rectangles : stick at the back of SIM cards, cut along the black lines to a rectangle. 

Blank Label : for adhering at the back of the Recovery Card with cut SIM. 

Reference: SIM-BACKUP 

Name: SIM-MASTER + SIM Card 8 in 1 Pack 


SIM-BACKUP is a pack of SIM-MASTER + SIMCARD8. 



at your network provider, this codes are encrypted at your original simcard, to find out your will need our SIM-MASTER card reader/writer, 

conexion via USB port. If you need to connect it to serial port (com) you will need our product SIM-CLONE. 

Features: 




SMS storage capacity configurable from 20 SMS 








Remember that you will need to read IMSI and Ki using SIM-MASTER 


081234567890123456 


0123456789ABCDEF0123456789ABCDEF 

NOTE:If you try to read a SIM card bought since June 2002 you may not be able to do it, because phone operator companies are changing 

the algorhythm for the implementation of KI and IMSI encryptation. 

Reference: SIMCARD8 

Name: Mobile phone SIM Card 8 in 1 




at your network provider, this codes are encrypted at your original simcard, to find out your will need our SIM-MASTER card reader/writer. 

Features: 




SMS storage capacity configurable 20 SMS 








Remember that you will need to read IMSI and Ki using SIM-MASTER 


081234567890123456 


0123456789ABCDEF0123456789ABCDEF 

note: we dont sell simemu. 

simemu is not an ucables product from version 6.0. 

Some new cards use the new encryption algorithm COMP128 version 2.0, so its not possible to read IMSI and Ki to make copy of the 

simcard, in this case we recommend you to use our new product 2-SIMS-IN1 

246

Reference: 5GOLDCARD 



Name: Pack of 5 x Goldwafer Card with PIC16F84 + EE24LC16 


Smartcards are cheaper if you buy in packs, this pack include 5 gold waffer cards, much more cheapers than if you get 1. 

Perfect for sim card cloning and to use as backup copy of your smartcard to see European & Australian Satellite TV programs (Cards will be 

shipped unprogrammed!) 

The famous Goldwaffer cards with built-in PIC16F84 and EEPROM 24LC16. Those cards can be used for European or Australian Satellite TV 

program decryption. 

Shipping Weight: 0.01kg 

Product Measures :8.5cm x 5.3cm x 0.1cm 

Is necesary the programmer GSMTE-21 and the PICPROG1 programmer to make a SIM Card backup or clone it. 

When you buy this product is only possible to pay by bank transfer. 

Reference: 5SILVCARD 

Name: Pack of 5 Silver card with PIC16F877+ 24LC64 


Smartcards are cheaper if you buy in packs, this pack include 5 silver cards, much more cheapers than if you get 1. 

The new PICCARD 2 with PIC16F877+EEPROM24LC64 in Plastic Format. The silver waffer card has a 16K eeprom memory built inside the 

16F877 PIC chip and can be used to store more data than the normal type gold wafer card. Perfect for sim card cloning and to use as 

backup copy of your smartcard to see European & Australian Satellite TV programs (Cards will be shipped unprogrammed!) 

The famous Goldwaffer cards with built-in PIC16F877 and EEPROM 24LC64. Those cards can be used for European or Australian Satellite 

TV program decryption. 



Is necesary the programmer GSMTE-21 and the PICPROG1 programmer to make a SIM Card backups or clone upto 8 different cards in one 

same sim card using the new dejan program GSM a38 Gold & Silver Wafer card 

Here is the chip layout inside the Silver Wafer Card2: 

The PIC16F877 and PIC 16F876 is the same chip, just more programming area on the PIC 16F877 

The PIC16F877 is a high-performance FLASH microcontroller that provides engineers with the highest design flexibility possible. In addition 

to 8192x14 words of FLASH program memory, 256 data memory bytes, and 368 bytes of user RAM, PIC16F876 also features an integrated 

8-channel 10-bit Analog-to-Digital converter. Peripherals include two 8-bit timers, one 16-bit timer, a Watchdog timer, Brown-Out-Reset 

(BOR), In-Circuit-Serial Programming, RS-485 type UART for multi-drop data acquisition applications, and I2C or SPI communications 

capability for peripheral expansion. Precision timing interfaces are accommodated through two CCP modules and two PWM modules. The 

PIC16F877 also supports low voltage self-programming, allowing the user to program the device in-circuit at the users operating voltage. 

The in-circuit debugging feature allows the designer to emulate the PIC16F877 device without an in-circuit emulator (the MCU itself is the 

emulator). PIC16F877 applications range from body controllers, programmable machine controls, network maintenance, feature phones 

and field-upgradable pointing devices. PIC16F877 has 33 I/O pins. 



























247















Reference: SILVERCARD 

Name: Silver card with built-in PIC16F877 + EEPROM 24LC64 






















Reference: GOLDWAFFER 

Name: Goldwafer Card with built-in PIC16F84 and EE24LC16 









Features: 

Reference: SIM-MASTER 

Name: SIM-MASTER SIM Card Editor with serial cable SMS, Phonebook 








Connect to Serial port (RS-232), no need external power 






486 or higher 

One free Serial port 











248

Reference: PICPROG1 



Name: Smartcards, piccards and goldwaffers cards programmer 


You will need this programmer to program the chips PIC16F84 and 24LC16B that are included in the PICCARD1 and PIC16F877 or 

PIC16F876 

This programmer is used to program PICCard1 PICCARD2, PIC16F84 of Goldwaffers cards and PIC PIC16F877 / PIC16F876 of new Silver 

cards to use to make backup of Mobile phone SIM cards. 

To program the EEPROm of the gold waffer card 24LC16 or the EEPROM 24LC64 of the silver card you will need GSMTE-21, thats is a 

modified version of phoenix programmer that can work with different resonators, to be compatible with more applications. 

249

Reference: SEASON2 

Name: Season2 Interface logger 



PICcards 

Test device for logging data between the PC and any ISO7816 compliant smart card reader. Superior version with built-in smart card reader. 

Active / Passive device, so it may be used without external power supply. Needs external power supply, supplied with 9-Pin Serial cable. 

Check the internet for appropriate softwares. 

Reference: APOLO-5 

Name: APOLO 5 Programmer Atmel , Fun and Avr3 Cards 


AVR-8 and Fun cards programmers, that use ATMEL AT90s8515, AT90sxxxx micros, it can program cards inserting at smartcard socket or 

connecting microcontrollers chips at any of 3 sockets available, in addition it can program EEPROMs 24CXXX. 

It connects to the paralel port and don't require external power. 


microcontrollers AT90S8515, ATMega8515, AT90S2313 DIP format. 

microcontrollers AT90S8515, ATMega8515 in PLCC format. 

Eeproms 24CXX serie. 

atmega 128 pic bloker, avr3 avr8 avr 9.. 

Reference: KNOTCARDII 

Name: KNOTCARD II Boot 2.0 OS 3.5 compatible smartcard 


KNOTCARD is the first high security flexible smartcard ECC/RSA, The new generation of fast smartcards, easy to program and effective. 

Very similar features of titanium cards. 

This knotcard have a versatile operating system that supports many platforms (Infienon, Philips, Atmel, Samsung). Support applications for 

the algorithms ECC (technology based in elliptics curves) and RSA (encryption systems) Versión 1.4 

Recommended programmer: TE-21 

Compatible Software: KCLoader 0.4 

Reference: APOLO-III 

Name: APOLO 3 programmer Atmel AT90SXXXX Fun/avr3 cards 


AVR-3, AVR-8 and Funwaffers cards programmers, that use ATMEL AT90s8515, AT90sxxxx micros, it can program cards inserting at 

smartcard socket or connecting microcontrollers chips at any of 3 sockets available, in addition it can program EEPROMs 24CXXX. 

It connect to the paralel port and don't require external power. 

You can use to program our new funwaffer card FUNCARD256 

250

Reference: MTEST-CARD 

Name: Motorola Test Card 


Motorola Test Card enables you to check the software version of your mobile phone. 


PICcards 

You do not need a computer to use this device, which allows you to check: 

Original IMEI code (very helpful in professional GSM centre), 

This card is compatible with all the older versions, such as STARTAC, it is not compatible with newer models. 

Check if it is processor version. 

Security code, 

Lock code 

Complete instructions are provided upon purchase. The following is a summary: 

Entering into TEST mode 

Insert TEST SIM in your phone 

Power ON phone 

Press # and keep few seconds 

If everything is OK phone will be in TEST MODE! 

Using command function 

19 

19N# 

Display call processor s/w version - "CallProc xx.xx.xx" 

This is the actual software version. The EPROM / Flash stickers also indicates the version. If the phone has been flash upgraded (with an 

EMMI Box), the stickers and the version reported by the test card will not be identical. 

571# 

Reset phone 

58# 

58xxxxxx# 

Display Security code - "SECUR xxxxxx" 

Change Security code to xxxxxx 

59# 

59xxx(x)# 

Display lock code - "LOCK xxx(x)" 

Change lock code to xxx(x) 

60# 

Display IMEI - "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx" 

01# 

Exit Test Mode In order to know more about what you can do with our Motorola TEST go to our Full list of Motorola TEST card commands 

Reference: FUNCARD256 

Name: Fun Waffer Card with built-in AT90S8515 + 24LC256 EEPROM 


The new Fun Waffer card with AT90S8515 + 24LC256 EEPROM in plastic format have 256 Kbytes of Memory, it gives you 4 times more 

capacity than regular funcards (that only have 64Kb). 

It can be programmed with a regular Apolo programmer. 

Perfect to use as backup copy of your smartcard to see European & Australian Satellite TV programs (Cards will be shipped 

unprogrammed!) 

You can program this card using our new programmer: APOLO 3 













251





PICcards 




























































252

Reference: SILVERCARD 


PICcards 

Name: Silver card with built-in PIC16F877 + EEPROM 24LC64 






















Reference: GOLDWAFFER 

Name: Goldwafer Card with built-in PIC16F84 and EE24LC16 









Features: 

Reference: SIM-MASTER 

Name: SIM-MASTER SIM Card Editor with serial cable SMS, Phonebook 








Connect to Serial port (RS-232), no need external power 






486 or higher 

One free Serial port 











Reference: CPROG1 

Name: Set PICCARD and Programmer 


This set include the PICCARD1 and PICPROG1 programmer with a special offer. 

253



PICcards 

Name: Smartcards, piccards and goldwaffers cards programmer 


You will need this programmer to program the chips PIC16F84 and 24LC16B that are included in the PICCARD1 and PIC16F877 or 

PIC16F876 

This programmer is used to program PICCard1 PICCARD2, PIC16F84 of Goldwaffers cards and PIC PIC16F877 / PIC16F876 of new Silver 

cards to use to make backup of Mobile phone SIM cards. 

To program the EEPROm of the gold waffer card 24LC16 or the EEPROM 24LC64 of the silver card you will need GSMTE-21, thats is a 

modified version of phoenix programmer that can work with different resonators, to be compatible with more applications. 


Name: Programador de PIC Cards (DIL format) 


You will need this programmer to program chips PIC16F84 and 24LC16B included at the PICCARD2. 

Reference: PICCARD2 

Name: PIC Cards ISO7816 (DIL format) 


Today, PIC Cards are used for an wide range of applications: 

Identification of persons, to open doors, etc. 

Electronic pocket 

Backup of existing or Goldwaffercard or other PIC cards 

This card are built in DIL format and is required to extract chips to program it, you can program it with the programmer PICPROG2. To 

program this card you can use IC Prog 

Note: PIC Cards are shipped NOT programmed. The programming of PIC Cards to decode canal satelite channels, is not legal in many 

countries, please check laws before to do that. 

Reference: PICCARD1 

Name: PIC Cards ISO7816 (SMD format) 


Today, PIC Cards are used for an wide range of applications: 

Identification of persons, to open doors, etc. 

Electronic pocket 

Backup of existing or Goldwaffercard or other PIC cards 

This card are built in SMD format and is not requirect to extract chips to program it, you can program it directly from the programmer 

PICPROG1. To program this card you can use IC Prog 

Note: PIC Cards are shipped NOT programmed. The programming of PIC Cards to decode canal satelite channels, is not legal in many 

countries, please check laws before to do that. 

254

Reference: GPSMAPOWER 


GPS Cables 

Name: Garmin Mini 9 Pin Bare Wire Power/Data Cable (010-10513-00) 


This cable is terminated at one end with a molded GARMIN mini 9 plug (to mate with the GPS receiver), and color-coded bare wires at the 

other end. Use it to permanently hard-wire your power and/or data connections for your GPS receiver. 

Reference: ETREXDATAP 

Name: Garmin etrex Data Cable without Power (010-10205-00) 


This data cable has bare wires at the end so you can hard wire your GPS directly to another electronic device. This allows you to send 

speed and position data to devices such as a chartplotter, computer, auto pilot, radar, etc. 

The data cable doesn't have power you'll have to run off your unit's batteries. 

Reference: ETREX-CAR2 

Name: Garmin e Series PC and Cigarette Combo Cable 


This cable allows you to make a powerful connection between your GPS, your PC and a cigarette lighter power supply. Create routes and 

waypoints on your PC and transfer them to your GPS. You can also download map detail from MapSource CD-ROMs to compatible units. 

Reference: GPSMAP-CAR 

Name: GPS Circular 4 Pin Coiled Cigarette Lighter Adapter Cable 


Save a battery's life-buy an adapter. This standard cigarette lighter adapter cable has a molded plug on one end that connects to Garmin 

GPS units with the round 4 pin plug. The other end, joined by a coiled cable, has a cigarette lighter plug (with removable fuse protection). 

Reference: ETREX-HBAR 

Name: GARMIN eTrex Handlebar Mount Bracket (010-10267-00) 


Snap your GPS unit into this secure handlebar mount and it's ready to ride. Mount fits up to a one-inch diameter bar and is perfect for your 

bike, motorcycle or ATV. Includes hardware and instructions. 

The maximum diameter rail this mount will fit is 1''. 

Reference: GPS12RS232 

Name: PC Serial Port RS-232 to Garmin GPS12 Cable 


This cable allows you to plug your GARMIN GPS12, 12 Map, GPS12XL and compatibles directly into your PC's serial port. 

It include a car power adapter, so you don't need to waste batteries while you use in your car. 

Create routes and waypoints on your PC and transfer them to your GPS. Also allows you to download map detail from MapSource 

CD-ROMs to compatible units. Cable features a standard 9-pin D connector. Does not provide wiring for external power. 

Use NMEA 0183 interface to synchronize waypoints, routes with connection. Has been tested with oziexplorer and all compatible software. 

With appropiate maps it will show your situation, route, velocity, etc. at any place in the world. 

Can be connected to USB port with USB to Serial Cable Converter. 

255

Reference: ETREXRS232 


GPS Cables 

Name: PC Serial Port RS-232 to GPS Garmin Etrex Cable 


This cable allows you to plug your GARMIN eMap, eTrex and eSummit Series Personal Navigator directly into your PC's serial port. Create 

routes and waypoints on your PC and transfer them to your GPS. Also allows you to download map detail from MapSource CD-ROMs to 

compatible units. Cable features a standard 9-pin D connector. Does not provide wiring for external power. 

Use NMEA 0183 interface to synchronize waypoints, routes with connection. Has been tested with oziexplorer and all compatible software. 

With appropiate maps it will show your situation, route, velocity, etc. at any place in the world. 

Can be connected to USB port with USB to Serial Cable Converter. 

You can use this cable to upgrade your garmin etrex / esummit firmware, so you can get new enhancements and features implemented at 

your garmin GPS in the future. 

If you need more info about etrex download etrex Advanced Users Guide (replaced by current manual) 

Reference: IPAQ-ETREX 

Name: Compaq iPAQ 36XX / 37XX series to GPS eTrex cable 


Allow to use your Compaq ipaq 3600 and 3700 series to connect with GPS Garmin Etrex, it has been tested with oziexplorer and all 

compatible software. With appropiate maps it will show your situation, route, velocity, etc. at any place in the world. 

256


Car diagnostics cables 

257

Reference: ICELINKGATEWAY4 



Name: Dension Gateway 400 Multiple Device Adapter for iPod,Aux input,USB and CD ch 


GATEWAY 400 adds original CD Changer retention to the massive connectivity of GATEWAY 300 for control of a huge range of audio 

sources from your factory fitted radio. 

The Dension Gateway 400 is a vehicle-specific adapter that enables connection and control of media players (e.g. iPod), USB flash drives 

and other USB mass storage devices with FAT file system. It connects directly to the car's entertainment system and emulates an external 

CD Changer. It also allows you to retain the use of your CD Changer if you already have one. 

A 3.5mm jack AUX IN connection is available for players otherwise not compatible with the device. An additional connection lead may be 

required for connection via this method and only Audio input is available (no direct control). 

This hard-wired solution delivers CD-quality audio and safe control of the players from the vehicle's radio and steering controls (if fitted). 

The Gateway 400 also provides a standard video output to watch iPod movies on your cars entertainment system if available. 

Features 

iPod Control from original radio and steering controls 

iPod charging function 

USB input for mass storage devices, memory sticks & MP3 players 

Supports: MP3, AAC, OGG, WMA, PlaysForSure 

Aux audio input via 3.5mm jack 

Retention of original CD Changer 

Video output for external screens (only for iPod Video) 

Compatible with the following vehicles: 

Audi 

Vehicles: A2, A3, A4, A6, A8 & TT 

Radios: Chorus, Concert, Symphony, Navi Plus 

BMW 

Vehicles: 3 Series (E36/E46), 5 Series (E39), 7 Series (E38), Z3 with Business CD, Z4, Z8, X3, X5 (E53) 

Radios: Business, Professional, 4:3 Navigation, 16:9 Navigation, Business Navigation, Professional Navigation - Not comptible with 

vehicles with DSP 

Mini 

Vehicles: All Models 

Radios: Wave, Boost, Harman Kardon, Navigation 

Seat 

Vehicles: All Models 1999 onwards 

Radios: Alana, Aura, Beta, Scala, RCD 300, RCD 500, RNS 4 

Skoda 

Vehicles: Fabia, Octavia, Superb 

Radios: MS402, MS501, MS502, Symphony, Stream, Audience 

VW 

Vehicles: Lupo, Polo, Golf, Jetta, Bora, Beetle, Passat, Touran, Sharan 

Radios: Beetle, Gamma, Beta, Delta 6, RCD 300, RCD 500, RNS MCD & MFD, RNS MFD 2 

258

Reference: OPEL-TECH1 



Name: Interface Opel TECH1 for Opel cars with old style OBD1 connector (ALDL system 


RS232 Interface for 3rd party Software connecting to 10 pin Opel old style OBD1 connector (ALDL 

Reference: ICELINKGATEWAY5 

Name: Dension ICE-LINK Gateway 500 - IPOD, AUX, USB for new fibre optic infotainmen 


Dension ICE-LINK Gateway 500 - IPOD, AUX, USB for new fibre optic infotainment systems 

Open up the latest fibre optic vehicle systems for iPod, auxiliary input and USB devices including memory sticks, MP3 players and 

Microsoft PlaysForSure devices while retaining your original CD Changer! 

Dension ICE-LINK Gateway 500 is a vehicle-specific adapter that enables connection and control of media players (e.g. iPod), USB flash 

drives and other USB mass storage devices (e.g. Hard Drives) with FAT file system by emulating an external CD changer and connects 

directly to the cars entertainment system. An AUX IN connection is available for players otherwise not compatible with the device. This 

hard-wired solution delivers CD-quality audio and safe control of the players from the vehicles entertainment system controls. Device 

provides also a standard video output to watch iPod movies on the car entertainment system if available. 

Gateway 500 is now available for the following vehicles: 

Mercedes 

Vehicles: A Class (99-04), C Class (99-04), CL (99-04), CLK(99-04), E-Class (99-02), G (99-04), M (99-04), S Class (99-03), SL (99-04), SLK 

(99-04) 

Radios: Audio 10, Audio 30, Command (not Command APS) 

Vehicles that require the Gateway 500 MOST: 

Audi A6 Type 4F 

Audi A8 Type D2 

Mercedes MOST (Audio 20/Audio 50) 

Porsche PCM (2003 onwards) 

Other applications coming soon include: 

BMW 1 Series E87 

BMW 3 Series E90/E91 



BMW 7 Series E65 

Land Rover Discovery 3 

Range Rover (2005 onwards) 

Range Rover Sport 

Volvo XC90 

259

Reference: ELM327BLUETOOTH 



Name: ELM327 OBD II - Bluetooth - Multiprotocol ScanTool for OBD2, EOBD and CAN B 


The ELM327 allows you to turn your computer into a Wireless Auto Diagnostic System. This is all you need other than your car, the free 

software and your computer. 

Features 

bluetooth ELM327 is the newly developed wireless scan tool. It supports all OBD-II protocols 

• Works with all OBD-II compliant vehicles 

• Wireless (Bluetooth) 

• Software included for Palm, PDA 

• Software included for Windows PC 

• Software included for Windows Smartphone 

• Supports ISO 9141, KWP2000 

• ISO9141-2 (Chrysler, European and Asian cars) 

• Supports SAE J1850 

• Supports CAN bus 

Functions: 

• Read diagnostic trouble codes, both generic and manufacturer-specific, and display their meaning (over 3000 generic code 

definitions in the database). 

• Clear trouble codes and turn off the MIL ("Check Engine" light) 

• Display current sensor data, including: 

• Engine RPM 

• Calculated Load Value 

• Coolant Temperature 

• Fuel System Status 

• Vehicle Speed 

• Short Term Fuel Trim 

• Long Term Fuel Trim 

• Intake Manifold Pressure 

• Timing Advance 

• Intake Air Temperature 

• Air Flow Rate 

• Absolute Throttle Position 

• Oxygen sensor voltages/associated short term fuel trims 

• Fuel System status 

• Fuel Pressure 

• Many others... 

Compatible with the following free softwares: 

Scantool 

OBD Gauge Sofware 

OBD-II ScanMaster 

OBD-II ScanMaster Pro 

obd2crazy Software 

RDDTC Software 

Real Scan 

RDDTC 

EasyOBDII Software 

OBD2 Spy 

Reference: NISSAN-CONSULT 

Name: Nissan Consult ECU Diagnostic Interface 


Features 

- Interface fitting for 14pin Consult Port of Nissan vehicles. 

- Heavy & robust casing for rough service use 

- Connects to PC via RS232 

- Powered from car battery over 14pin Consult Port of Nissan vehicles. 

- LED to control power and clock function 

What can you do with this interface? 

- Monitor and Log dozens of realtime parameters 

- Check and clear engine fault codes before going to an expensive auto shop 

- Adjust the timing and idle 

- Power balance testing 

- Reset the self-learn codes 

- Control idle air valves, relays (AC, fans, etc), timing 

- Diagnose customer vehicles on-site 

- Speed up troubleshooting of electronically monitored components 

- No software is supplied with this device 

Available software working with this Interface: 

(Note that some of it is not free and need to be purchased) 

DDLreader: DDLreader v.15c / DDLreader v.16c 

ConZult 

ScanTechNissan 

Z-Control 

SRTalk v.1.0 

ZCSetup v.2.0 

ZTalk v.1.1 

Nissan Data Scan v.1.4 

Nissan Data Scan v.1.51 

Package Contains 

- Nissan Consult Interface 

- RS232 extension cable 

Workable Model 

It works on all Nissan cars that have the grey 14pin Consult connector (you'll usually find it near the fusebox) (This cars are usually build 

from year 1989 to 2000) . Models such as: 300ZX, Z32, Maxima, 240SX, S13, S14, Skyline, SR20DE, SR20DET, RB20, Altima, Fairlady. 

260

Reference: TACHO-2007 



Name: Tacho Universal for programming and Mileage Correction V2007 


Tacho Universal V2007 is the most sold programming-device for digital speedometers worldwide. The system is a high-quality tool, which 

offers a maximum of flexibility and working comfort despite simplest operation. You can serve almost any vehicle with the Tacho V2007. 

Specification 

Outstanding characteristics of our programming system are: 

- The current odometer reading is decoded and shown in the LCD display 

- Easy self explanitory operation by clear menu guidance 

- Backlit display makes working possible in overcast conditions 

- All datasets can be edited, saved and loaded 

- The stored data can be transferred to a PC for archiving 

- Up to 200 files can be stored in the Tacho Universal 

- Broken speedometers can be repaired comfortably 

- You receive further developed software from us by Internet 

. 

Reference: CANUSB-704 

Name: CAN BUS USB Cable compatible with VAG COM 704.1 FULL 


Features: 

- USB connector plugs into most modern laptops. 

- Compatible with the latest cars which require a direct CAN connection for diagnostics, including all Golf-5 platform cars and latest Audi 

A3, A6 and A8. 

- Protocol timing indistinguishable from a real VAG/VAS tool. 

- Works reliably even with "difficult" control modules such as the 1991-1994 1Z Audi TDIs and the 1993-1994 Audi 2.6L with Hella ECU. 

- Built-In VAG-Saver functionality -- instantly alerts the user if either the K/K1 line or the L/K2 line is shorted to Ground or Vbatt. 

- Full support for dual-K lines found in "new" (B6/8E chassis Audi A4 and 2002+ Audi A6 -- no VAS-6017 required -- no manual switches) 

- Fully backwards compatible with older cars using a single K-line or K plus L. 

- Bi-Color (red/green) status/activity LED 

Product description: 

- OBDII Can USB cable works with the latest cars which require a direct CAN connection for diagnostics including all Golf-5 platform cars 

and latest - Audi A3, A6 and A8,Q7. 

- Protocol timing indistinguishable from a real VAG/VAS tool. 

- The possibility that software is complete is on the xxxxx renewal, function all of, support the car type to 2007. 


All Golf-5 platform cars (A5 platform) including: 

2003+ VW Touran (1T chassis) 

2004+ VW Golf (1K chassis) 

2004+ VW Caddy (2K chassis) 

2004+ Audi A3 (8P chassis) 

2004+ Seat Altea (5P chassis) 

2004+ Skoda Octavia (1Z chassis) 

2005+ Seat Toledo (5P chassis) 

2005+ Golf Plus (5M chassis) 

2005+ Seat Leon (1P chassis) 

2005.5+ Jetta (1K chassis) 

2006+ Eos (1F chassis) 

2003+ Audi A8 and A8L (D3 platform, 4E chassis) 

2005+ Audi A6 (C6 platform, 4F chassis) 

2005+ Audi A4 ("B7" platform) (some control modules) 

2005.5+ VW Passat (B6 Platform, 3C chassis) 

2006+ Audi Q7 (4L chassis) 

2007+ Audi R8 (42 chassis) 

2007+ Audi TT (8J chassis) 

2007+ VW Touareg (7L6 chassis) ("facelift", built after Nov. 30 2006) 

Note: do not attempt to update the cable or use a different VAG Software version, as this will damage the cable. Cable is compatible only 

with VAG 704.1 version. 

261

Reference: VCOMMANDER 



Name: Full can bus diagnosis VAG COMMANDER immo4 pin reader, odometer change k 


Features: 

Covers all electronic control units in vehicles (diagnostic addresses from 0x01 to 0x80). This can allow of user to investigate and diagnosis 

some new units untouchable for remaining diagnostic tools (example is new KESSY unit). 

Manual definition of running diagnostic session - not like remaining diagnostic tools always standard diagnostic session 0x89 

Broadcast diagnostic request - disable normal communication, clear DTCs, Logistic (transport) mode,... 

Allows managing of brand new immobilizer units where is allowed programming of PIN, SKC, BGW, MAC. 

Most of popular diagnostic requests - identifications, coding, adaptations, DTCs and s.o. 

Special functions about instrument clusters from VDO which allows - changing of odometer value, reading security access code of 

immobilizer, reading eeprom and flash memory of instrument cluster. 

List of vehicles covered from function odometer change: 

Seat Leon (2005+) 

Seat Toledo (2005+) 

Seat Altea 

Seat Altea XL 

VW Jetta (MY2006) 

VW Caddy 

VW Golf5 

VW Crossgolf 

VW Touaran 

VW EOS 

VW Individual 

VW Passat platform B6 (MY2006) 

Skoda Octavia II 

Skoda Scout 

Skoda Roomster 

Audi A3 (2003+ still with most of these cars odometer change is imposible) 

Audi A8 (2003+ still with most of these cars odometer change is imposible) 

Near SW update is : Audi A6, Audi Q7, VW Phaeton, Porsche Cayenne (2005+), VW Touareg 

List of vehicles covered from function security access code reading: 

Seat Leon (2005+) 

Seat Toledo (2005+) 

Seat Altea 

Seat Altea XL 

VW Jetta (MY2006) 

VW Caddy 

VW Golf5 

VW Crossgolf 

VW Touaran 

VW EOS 

VW Individual 

VW Passat platform B6 (MY2006) 

Skoda Octavia II 

Skoda Scout 

Skoda Roomster 

Audi A3 

Audi A8 

Main screen (instrument cluster session): 

Special Functions VDO nstrument clusters: 

Reference: OBDRENAULT 

Name: Renault Can Diagnostic Clip for diagnosing onboard computer incidents 


Renault Clip is the latest diagnostic tool from Renault, capable of diagnosing onboard computer incidents. It contains all the latest 

diagnostic technology and information to diagnose all issues. Clip also enable reprogramming of vehicles computer systems to suit 

specific driver requirements such as: 

Electronic fuel injection 

Pro-Active automatic transmission 

Electronic ABS 

Electronic immobilizer & security features 

Clip's main menu allows you to: 

- See all the information relating to the vehicle 

- Look at the function you want to use: * Data retrieval from all computer systems including stored and permanent faults 

* Multiplex network testing 

* CAN network testing 

* Computer system function tests 

* Petrol/Diesel injection system tests 

* Airbag system tests 

* Tyre system tests 

* Interconnection unit tests 

* ABS/ESP system tests 

* Gas Injection test 

* Air Conditioning system tests 

* Door management tests 

* Reprogramming 

* Scan tool (OBD tests) 

* Base Doc (access to Technical Notes) 

* Physical measurements 

* Antipollution 

* Multimeter 

It's very simple to diagnose a vehicle using Renault can clip diagnostic interface: just select the vehicle make, enter the V. I. N. and press 

enter. 

262

Reference: ELM327 



Name: ELM327 OBD- EOBDdiagnostics interface to USB Interpreter 


ELM327 is the latest PC-based scan tool. It supports all OBD-II protocols and is dispatched with a number of compatible programs. The 

processor is an ELM327. The output protocol (connection to laptop) is USB. 

Features 

USB connection to ELM327 diagnostics interface 

Compatible with petrol cars from 2001 

Compatible with diesel cars from 2004 

Supports all EOBD/OBDII languages (ISO-9141, ISO-14230 (KWP2000), PWM, VPW and CAN) in a single cable! 

Compatible with Advanced EngineCheck software 

Cable can also be used with other software that supports the ELM chipsets 

16-pin EOBD/OBDII connector (found on all 2001+ petrol cars and 2004+ diesel cars) 

Small, light-weight, compact design 

Compatible with: Alfa Romeo, Audi, BMW, Citroen, Fiat, Ford, Honda, Hyundai, Jaguar, Jeep, Kia, Land Rover, Mazda, Mercedes, Mitsubishi, 

Nissan, Peugeot, Renault, Saab, Skoda, Smart, Subaru, Toyota, Vauxhall, Volkswagen (VW), Volvo 

Reference: OBDF-20PIN 

Name: Converter cable Female EOBD/OBD2 to BMW 20 pin connector 


Converter cable Female EOBD/IBD2 to BMW 20 pin connector. Ideal for diagnostic use or to work with power increase devices that require 

the old BWM 20 pin connector. 

Pinout: 

OBDII Female--------BMW(20Pin) 

4,5--------------------------19(Ground) 

7-------------------------17,20(K Line) 

15--------------------------------15(L Line) 

16-------------------------------14(Power) 

Converter cable can be used with cables and devices such as: 

EDIABASBMW 

BOSCH KTS 

Features: 


Name: CAN BUS USB Cable compatible with VAG COM 607 and 607.3 


- USB connector plugs into most modern laptops! 

- Compatible with the latest cars which require a direct CAN connection for diagnostics including all Golf-5 platform cars and latest Audi A3, 

A6 and A8. 

- Protocol timing indistinguishable from a real VAG/VAS tool. Works reliably even with "difficult" control modules such as the 

1991-1994 1Z Audi TDIs and the 1993-1994 Audi 2.6L with Hella ECU. 


- Full support for dual-K lines found in "new" (B6/8E chassis Audi A4 and 2002+ Audi A6 -- no VAS-6017 required -- no manual 

switches! 


- Bi-Colour (red/green) status/activity LED 

Characteristics of the new release VAG COM version 607 

New Advanced Measuring Blocks function 

Freeze Frame Data shown in-line with Fault Codes and in Auto-Scan 

Fault codes now indicate whether a MIL is on. 

Automatic Detection of installed modules (CAN cars only) in Auto Scan. 

Auto-Scan includes Hardware Part Numbers on those modules where it's available separately. 

New Supported Codes function. 

New EDC15+ Mileage function (odometer reality-check). 

New Acceleration Measurement function (performance calculator) 

Regular and Long Coding screens combined into one. 

New VAG-Scope version 1.9 compatible with Advanced Measuring Blocks. 

New TDI-Graph version 1.4 compatible with V6 TDIs. 

Updated Label Files 

Generic OBD-II now includes Info Types 08 and 0A in Mode 9. 

New more informative Installer. 

Support for new Micro-CAN interfaces. 

Numerous other fixes and enhancements introduced in Beta 606. 

263

Reference: HEX-CANBUS 



Name: VAG COM 512 USB cable with KKL+ HEX CAN BUS compatible VW,AUDI, SKODA 


This interface comes with an OBD-II type connector which plugs right in to the latest cars which require a direct CAN connection for 

diagnostics including all Golf-5 platform cars and latest Audi A3, A6 and A8. Also compatible with most 1994 and newer VW's and 1996 and 

newer Audis. Most 1990-1995 Audis and 1990-1993 VW's have the "2x2" adaptor. 

Features: 

Protocol timing indistinguishable from a real VAG/VAS tool. Works reliably even with "difficult" control modules such as the 1991-1994 1Z 

Audi TDIs and the 1993-1994 Audi 2.6L with Hella ECU 

Built-In VAG-Saver functionality -- instantly alerts the user if either the K/K1 line or the L/K2 line is shorted to Ground or Vbatt. 

Full support for dual-K lines found in "new" (B6/8E chassis Audi A4 and 2002+ Audi A6 

Fully backwards compatible with older cars using a single K-line or K plus L 

Bi-Colour (red/green) status/activity LED 

Compatible with : VAG COM 512 (software not supplied) 

Compatible car models: 

All Golf-5 platform cars (A5 platform) 

VW Golf 5, VW Jetta/Bora year 2006 (diagnosis by K line) 




VW Caddy from 2003 (diagnosis by K line) 


VW Eos year 2006, 

Audi A3 from 2003 (diagnosis by K line) 


Audi A4 2005, 



Reference: CARSOFTMUL 

Name: Mercedes Benz Multiplexer compatible with Carsoft 7.4 


Features MCU controlled Interface for Mercedes Benz Carsoft 7.4 which is compatible with the original interface. Interface contains 

Multiplexer to connect to all diagnostic able Modules fully automatically. 

Features 

- Status Led for Power, MCU and K-Line status 

- Rubber buffer rugged Aluminium casing 

- DB37 connection to vehicle 

- Includes ALL cables including even Sprinter cable 

- All cables with a length of 1,5 metres 

Package Contains 

- MB Carsoft 7.4 Interface Multiplexed 

- OBD2 connection cable (all K-Lines wired) 

- MB 38 pin connection cable (all K-Lines wired) 

- MB Sprinter connection cable (all K-Lines wired) 

- MB 3 pin banana cable 


(All packed into blue plastic carrying box) 

- Software not included 

Reference: BMWCARSOFT 

Name: BMW MCU controlled interface compatible with Carsoft 6.5 


MCU controlled Interface for BMW Carsoft 6.5 which is compatible with the original interface. 

Fully digital line switchings and MCU controlled service reset timing. Works also with BMW Carsoft 6.5 and 

Carsoft 5.x versions 

Characteristics 

Complete with all the necessary cables for diagnosis via 20 pins connectors (for cars prior 2001) and standard OBDII connector with 16 pins 

Not compatible with CAN-BUS 

Allows complete access to the cars systems 

Erasing the Fault-Storage & Reset-Functions. Service Interval Reset, programming and other adjustments 

Allows the change of language of the dashboard ( it is not possible to change languages of navigation control module) 

Printing out a detailed Diagnostic-Report and integrated Customer Database 

ECU-Coding, Live Data, Component Activation, Adaptation, synchronisation 

Reading out the Complete Fault - Storage's 

Manufacturer-Information about the Control Units 

Compatible with CS 6.5 for BMW (not CAN-BUS) 

Device is connected you COM (RS232) Port ( always use real com ports, no virtual com or port converter) 


• BMW compatible with Carsoft 6.5 (with RS232 extension cable) 

• 20 Pins BMW cable 

• 16 pins OBDII cable 

Note: 

IMPORTANT 

we do NOT supply software with this device. Customer should source software from licensed providers or compatible software freely 

available on internet. 

264

Reference: OBD2-BREAK 



Name: Breakout box access all pins on a 16 pin OBD2 connector 


Special breakout box which enables you to access all pins on a 16 pin OBD2 connector via 4mm female banana sockets. 

Some cars use a lot of different K-lines for it's different systems like engine ECU, ABS, etc. this is needed for most scan tools if you want to 

access all the systems just by plugging the K-line into the right socket of the system (Examples of such cars are Opel or Mercedes Benz) 

Reference: MB-BREAK38 

Name: Breakout box access all pins on 38pin Benz diagnostic socket 


Special breakout box which enables you to access all pins on a 38 pin Benz diagnostic connector via 4mm female banana sockets. 

Since Benz use a lot of different K-lines for it's different systems like engine ECU, ABS, etc. this is needed for most scan tools if you want to 

access all the systems just by plugging the K-line into the right socket of the system. 

Cable length is 1.5 metres and the cable is interchangeable by a DB37 connector from the box. 

Reference: OBD2-BENZ 

Name: 14 pins OBD2 adapter cable for Mercedes SPRINTER 


Adapter for connecting to a vehicle which uses 14 pin Sprinter diagnostic connector 


Adapter OBD2 female connector with 16 pins to Mercedes Sprinter 14 pin round connector. 

Reference: VAG-TACHO 

Name: VAG Tacho interface to modify mileage,read immobilizer codes 


A very handy device that can be used to modify mileage, read immobilizer secret codes and programming new keys to VW cars, such as : 

Audi, Seat , Skoda and Volkswagen. 


- VAG Kombi instrument / Immobilizer box eeprom programmer...by OBD connector 

- Direct USB to OBD Connection 

- All hardware inside OBD connector 

- Works on any computer that has USB port - No more virtual COM Ports 

- This is a TRUE USB connection 

- Windows XP compatible software 

- Automatic functions: Repair dashboard, Read PIN code. All this by using the car own OBD connector, without disassembling dash or 

immobilizer box from car. 


- Audi A4,A6,A8 separate immobilizer box 1994-1999 read PIN code, and read/write eeprom. 

- Audi A3, A4, A6, TT, New Beetle Magnetti Marelli M73 (1998-2002 year) read PIN code / change mileage 

- New Beetle Magnetti Marelli M73 (2001 to 2005 year) read PIN code 

- Almost all VDO dashes for VW/Seat/Skoda up to year 2004 read/write eeprom. 

- Almost all VDO dashes for Audi up to year 2001 read/write eeprom. 

- Almost all MotoMeter dashes for VW/Seat up to year 2001 read/write eeprom. 

- VDO SEED-KEY protected dashes supported (This means: Passat B6, Bora/Jetta to 2004 year, Golf 4 to 2003 year,Skoda Octavia/Fabia to 

2004 year , some Seat dashes up to 2002 year etc.) 

Software compatibility: 

Running with latest version 1.5 of VAG Tacho (Do not use 1.6) 

Package Include: VAG Tacho USB 

265

Reference: KWP2000 



Name: KWP2000 PLUS EDC15 ECU Flasher Reprogrammer for car power increase 


KWP2000 Plus Interface for ECU flash reading/writing over OBD2 diagnostic socket for a wide range of ECU units. 

INCREASE YOUR CAR POWER AND REDUCE FUEL CONSUMPTION REPROGRAMMING ECU! EASY AND SECURE CHIP TUNNING 

Browse all and buy online all power ecu files we have already remapped 

You will need remapped files to reprogram each car you want to increase power to using ECU Flasher and our reprogrammer KWP2000 

Only Eeprom flash files can be programmed with KWP 2000 Plus. Double DIL or Double PLCC should be done with external eeprom 

programmers, because can not be programmed throught your ECU 

How it is done: 

KWP2000 is used for remapping your car to improve the performance of your car. 

No matter the car model the KWP2000 can re-program the information stored in the ECU chip to optimize and improve the power of the car 

without having to jeopardize fuel consumption and the reliability of the car. The technical term used to describe the car switchboard is ECU- 

Electronic Control Unit. The ECU uses closed-loop control, a control scheme that monitors outputs of a system to control the inputs to a 

system, managing the emissions and fuel economy of the engine (as well as a host of other parameters). Gathering data from dozens of 

different sensors, the ECU knows everything from the coolant temperature to the amount of oxygen in the exhaust. With this data, it 

performs millions of calculations each second, including looking up values in tables, calculating the results of long equations to decide on 

the best spark timing and determining how long the fuel injector is open. The ECU does all of this to ensure the lowest emissions and best 

mileage. 

Features: 

- Connects to USB 

- Supports high speed ECU flashing 

- Led Indications for USB-power/CAR-power/rx/tx 

- Can read and write a lot more ECU's than the normal KWP2000 Software 

Functions: 

This Kit can be used to read and write flash dumps of the most recent ECU's 

It is very easy to use - You need only a PC with Windows and a USB port 

Reference: VAG-PROG 

Name: VAG-PROG Interface with integrated dongle and OBD2 connector 


VAG-PROG VIP Edition Interface with integrated dongle and OBD2 connector. 

Features: 

Compatible with diagnostic software’s used for Audi-VW-Seat-Skoda such as: VWTOOL, VAG-COM, etc. 

Compatible with software used to reset airbags in VW-Audi using the OBDII connector 

Correct/adjust KM without having to dismantle the car’s dashboard. 

Program/reprogramming immobilizer 


almost all VW (Volkswagen and compatible) VDO dashes until 2004 

(used in B5, B6, some Audi, Seat, Skoda Fabia, Octavia,Sharan, Galaxy, Alhambra) 

With software such as: VAG DASHTOOL you can modify KM in the following dashboards: G4 VDO 93C86, G4 Motometer 24C02, Octavia 

VDO C66, Audi A6 VDO C66, Audi A3 VDO C66, B5 Passat VDO C86, and B5 Passat VDO C86. 

Compatible with: Magneti Marelli dashboards 

All VW Models that communicate by K-Line and have IMO in Dashboard. 

Modify KM in the following car models: 

AUDI 

A3/A4/A6 with VDO dashboard, models 98-2000 

A4 with older VDO dashboard without MFA, 95-97 models 

A4 with older VDO dashboard with MFA, 95-97 models 

A6 with older VDO dashboards, 95-98 models 

A8 with older VDO dashboards, 94-12/96 models 

A8 with VDO dashboards, models from 12/96 until 99 

TT 2000 

VOLKSWAGEN 

Golf 4, Passat, from 1997 until 2000 with VDO dashboard and Bus T4 

Golf 4, Polo, Lupo, Passat 2000 with Motometer dashboard 

Golf 4, Passat from 2000-2001 with VDO dashboard and bus T4 

Passat B5 until 2000 with Magneti Marelli dashboard 

Sharan, New Betlees with Magneti Marelli dashboard 

Golf 3 VDO 

Passat 1.4 and Pasta 9196 with Motometer dashboard 

Polo 6N with Motometer dashboard (almost all) 

Lupo 1998 until 2001 with Motometer dashboard (almost all) 

SEAT 

Alhambra till 2000 

Arosa 

SKODA 

Octavia 

VOLKSWAGEN 

Golf 4, Passat, from 97 till 2000 with VDO dashboard and Bus T4 

Golf 4, Polo, Lupo, Passat 2000 with Motometer dashboard. 

Golf 4, Passat from 2000-2001 with VDO dashboard and bus T4 

Passat B5 until 2000 with Magneti Marelli dashboard 

Sharan, New Beetle, with Magneti Marelli dashboard 

Golf 3 VDO 

Passat 1.4 and Pasta 1996 with Motometer dashboard 

Polo 6N with Motometer dashboard (almost all) 

Lupo 1998 till 2001 with Motometer dashboard (almost all) 

Remark: 

- Software is in Czech language only 

- This is the so called new Tachopro 

266

Reference: MB-CARSOFT 



Name: Mercedes Benz Interface compatible with Carsoft 7.4 


MCU controlled Interface for Mercedes Benz Carsoft 7.4 which is compatible with the original interface. 

Features: 

Not compatible with CAN-BUS 

Allows complete access to the cars systems 

Erasing the Fault-Storage & Reset-Functions.Service Interval Reset, programming and other adjustements 

Printing out a detailed Diagnostic-Report and integrated Customer Database 

ECU-Coding, Live Data, Component Activation, Adaptation, synchronisation 

Reading out the Complete Fault - Storage's 

Allows the language change of the dashboard ( it is not possible to change languages of navigation control module) 

Manufacturer-Information about the Control Units 


- MB Carsoft 7.4 Interface 

- OBD2 connection cable 

Reference: ODB2VAG2X2 

Name: Adapter cable OBD2 to VAG 2x2 for older VAG car models 


This adapter cable will be necessary for VAG car models previous to 1995. For these cars you can still use the interfaces available in the 

market with EOBD connectors, but you will need this adaptor in order to connect the diagnosis interface into the diagnostic port of your 

car. 

Reference: OPEL-TECH2 

Name: Interface for Opel TECH2 Software with K-Line Multiplexer 


RS232 Interface for the 3rd party Opel TECH2 Software with K-Line Multiplexer which does not require 

switching of diagnostic pins. 

It can perform diagnosis of Engine, Transmission, Chassis, and Body systems for OPEL vehicles from year 1997 to 2004. 

Workable Models 

1997: CORSA-B, TIGRA, ACTRA-F, VECTRA-B, CALIBRA, OMEGA-B, FRONTERA, MONTEREY 

SINTRA 

1998: CORSA-B, TIGRA, ACTRA-F, ACTRA-G, VECTRA-B, OMEGA-B, FRONTERA, MONTEREY 

SINTRA, ARENA 

1999: CORSA-B, TIGRA, ACTRA-F, ACTRA-G, ZAFIRA, VECTRA-B, OMEGA-B, FRONTERA-B 

SINTRA, ARENA, MOVANA 

2000: AGILA, CORSA-B, TIGRA, ACTRA-F, ACTRA-G, ZAFIRA, VECTRA-B, OMEGA-B, FRONTERA-B, ARENA, MOVANA 

2001: AGILA, CORSA-B, CORSA-C, ACTRA-F, ACTRA-G, ZAFIRA, SPEEDSTER/VX220 

VECTRA-B, OMEGA-B, FRONTERA-B, CAMPO, VIVORO, MOVANA 

2002: AGILA, CORSA-B, CORSA-C, ACTRA-F, ACTRA-G, ZAFIRA, SPEEDSTER/VX220 

VECTRA-C/SIGNUM, OMEGA-B, FRONTERA-B, CAMPO, VIVORO, MOVANA 

2003: AGILA, CORSA-B, CORSA-C, MERIVA, ASTRA-G, ZAFIRA, SPEEDSTER/VX220 

VECTRA-C/SIGNUM, OMEGA-B, FRONTERA-B, VIVORO, MOVANA 

2004: AGILA, CORSA-C, MERIVA, ASTRA-G, ZAFIRA, SPEEDSTER/VX220, VECTRA-C/SIGNUM, VIVORO, MOVANA 


- RS232 TECH2 Interface 


267

Reference: KKL-PRO 



Name: Diagnostic cable for ISO9141/KWP2000 transmission protocol 




- Working for ISO9141/KWP2000 protocol 

- Cable is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and RS232 level shifters 

- Bi-colour led for each K-line which shows the current logic status 

- Powered from car battery over OBD2 connector 

- Comfortable cable length of 2,00 metres 


This cable is applicable to the 1996 to 2005 VW/AUDI/SEAT/SKODA cars with K/L and single K line modes, except vehicles with CAN-BUS 

modes. 

The diagnostic cable is usable for ISO9141 and KWP2000 transmission protocol like used for example by: 

- Volkswagen 

- Audi 

- Skoda 

- Seat 

Important features: 

1. This cable can not work if your car uses a protocol/bussystem like VPW, PWM or CAN-bus. 

(There are 4 different bus systems under the OBD2 standard ISO/KWP, VPW, PMW and CAN) 

2. K = Communication Line (A bidirectional halfduplex communication line) 

3. L = Ignition Line for waking up the ECU (ECU = Engine Control Unit) 

VAG-COM shareware download: VAG-COM 

Applications of the VAG-COM Release 409.1 

Module Version - identify the control module part number and coding version 

DTC Memory - read and reset manufacturer diagnostic trouble codes 

Actual Values - access live data 

Activation - selected components can be activated 

Code Module - code new control modules (most models through 2002) 

Adaptation - read/reset Service Light parameters, view/change block learn values 

Basic Settings - view and change control module default settings (Excluding 1.8T 01 and newer) 

268




Name: ELM323 Interface with integrated OBD2 connector (with MCU) 


The ELM323 OBDII Interface, allows you to talk to your ISO 9141-2 or ISO 14230-4 standard OBDII equipped vehicle using an RS232 serial 

connection. It transparently converts between a 10.4KHz ISO data stream and standard ASCII characters, allowing trouble codes and 

operating parameters to be easily retrieved without the need for special software. No knowledge of data formatting, error checking, bus 

initiation etc. is needed either, as the ELM323 handles all of it for you. 

The present version of the ELM323 (v2.0) provides several programmable features that the previous versions did not offer. It now allows 

programmable header bytes, adjustable timeouts, the ability to report in the packed data mode, and offers a special monitoring mode as 

well. This is in addition to all of the capabilities that the v1.x 

ICs offered - the full seven byte command structure, two line (K and L) initiation. 

Features: 



- Working for ISO9141-2 and ISO14230-4 protocol over ELM323 Interpreter MCU 

- Cable is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and RS232 level shifters 

- Bi-colour led for each K-line which shows the current logic status 


Main Function: 

Read DTC 

Clear DTC 

Data Stream 

Other functions depending on the software 

Vehicles tested with ElmScan family of OBD-II Interfaces: 

This interface supports the ISO9141-2 and ISO14230-4 protocols used mostly in Chrysler Corporation, European, and Asian vehicles. 

Software for ELM32X-based interfaces: 

Free software: 

- Scantool.net 

- GM Mode 22 Scan Tool by Terry 

- OBD Gauge for PalmOS and Pocket PC by Dana Peters 

- OBD Logger by Jonathan Senkerik 

- OBD-II ScanMaster by Wladimir Gurskij (ScanMaster 3.52 - local copy) 

- obd2crazy.com 

- OBD2 Scantool by Ivan Andrewjeski 

- OBDII for ELM322 by David Huffman 

- pyOBD by Donour Sizemore for MacOSX and Linux 

- RDDTC by Pete Calinski 

- Real Scan by Brent Harris 

- ScanTest for Pocket PC by Ivan Ganev aka a-ser 

- wOBD by WDT 

Non-free software: 

- Digimoto 

- ElmOScan NEW! by Softator (available in Finnish). 

- PCMSCAN 

- ProScan 


- ELM323 Interface with integrated OBD2 connector (with ELM Chip) 

- RS232 extension cable to connect the Interface to the PC 

269




Name: ELM322 Interface with integrated OBD2 connector (with MCU) 


The ELM322 OBDII Interface, allows you to talk to your VPW (10.4KHz J-1850 VPW) standard OBDII 

equipped vehicle using an RS232 serial connection. It is typically used in US cars from General Motors 

and some from Daimler Chrysler. It transparently converts between a VPW J-1850 data stream and 

standard ASCII characters, allowing trouble codes and operating parameters to be easily retrieved 

without the need for special software. No knowledge of data formatting, error checking, bus initiation 

etc. is needed either, as the ELM322 handles all of it for you. The present version of the ELM322 (v2.0) 

provides several programmable features that the previous versions did not offer. 

Features: 



- Working for VPW protocol over ELM322 Interpreter MCU 

- Cable is based on certified RS232 level shifters 

- Led for Power and Databus which shows the current logic status 


Vehicles tested with ELM322 family of OBD-II Interfaces: 

Make 

Model 

Year 

Protocol 

Buick 

Century 

2002 

VPW 

Buick 

Rendezvous 

2003 

VPW 

Buick 

Rivera 

1998 

VPW 

Buick 

Skylark 

1996 

VPW 

Cadillac 

Deville 

2000 

VPW 

Cadillac 

Reference: EDIABASBMW 

Name: OBD2 Interface for BMW compatible with Ediabas/INPA software 


* OBD2 Interface for BMW Ediabas / INPA Software 

* 100% compatible with the original BMW Interface and all it's functions 

Characterisctics: 

- Connects to RS232 

- Double K-Line support by two Motorola MC33199 K-Line drivers and logic gates 

- Battery voltage detection by RS232 control line 

- Ignition voltage detection by RS232 control line 

- Switchable K-Line pullups by RS232 control line 

Compatible with the following BMW car models : 

- BMW 318I 

- 325I 

- 330CI 

- BMW X3 

- BMWZ4 

270

Reference: TACHO-PRO 



Name: TachoPro - OBD2 ISO9141 Interface + TachoPro dongle 


TachoPro (OBD2 ISO9141 Interface + TachoPro dongle integrated) 

This compact interface will allow you to easily read/write/modify the mileage/km on your car without the need to remove the dash. It 

connects to the on-board diagnostics port located in your car. 

This kit will also allow you to use it as a diagnostic ISO9141 compatible interface. (See OBD2 diagnostic cable specification for details) 

This tool is used daily by engineers all over the world and is very effective. The software is DOS based and in german, but very easy to use. 

A laptop or PC is required, note that on very fast ones over 233 MHZ the software might not work. 

Specification : 

- Interface is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and RS232 level shifters 

- K-Line & L-Line (K/L Interface) 

- Bi-Colour status LED`s for K-Line & L-Line 

- Power LED 

- Powered from car battery over service cable 

- Service cables for BMW, Mercedes Benz and Volkswagen included 

- Comfortable service cable length of 2,00 metres 

Other Information : 

1. The TachoPro software might not work on PC`s that are faster than 233 MHZ 

2.Interface electronic of the Tachopro & K/L is the same, only tachoPro have the dongle inside so the tachopro software is possible to run 

and manipulate the mileage 

3. Make sure using the Tachopro Software under PLAIN DOS only not under windows or a windows command shell 

Reference: USBOBD2KKL 

Name: VAG COM 4.09 - USB KKL OBD2 Diagnostic cable Volkswagen,Audi,Skoda,Seat 


This diagnostic cable is usable for ISO9141 and KWP2000 transmission protocol like used for example by: 

Volkswagen 

Audi 

Skoda 

Seat 

Features: 

With this cable & the right software you are able to read/erase error codes and access all devices inside the car which are connected to the 

service bus. (Such as radio, airbag, dashboard, ABS, ECU, etc.) So it`s the perfect electronic diagnostic system to detect, locate and repair 

errors ! 


Connects to PC via USB 

Working for ISO9141/KWP2000 protocol 

Cable is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and USB level shifters 

2 K-Line`s & L-Line (KKL Interface) 

Because of it`s 2 K-Line`s it can also communicate with devices on 2nd K-Line on very new cars like latest Audi model`s 

Bi-Colour status LED`s for both K-Line`s 

Powered from car battery over OBD2 connector 

Comfortable cable length of 2,00 metres 

Remark: 

This cable can not work if your car uses a protocol/bussystem like VPW, PWM or CAN-bus. 

Terminal K = Bus of communication 

Terminal L = Ignition for waking up car computing system (ECU: Engine Control Unit) 

Existed 3 different protocols with same OBD2 connector incl. ISO/KWP, VPW, PMW 

This K/L Diagnostic interface & cables work on ISO/KWP (Key Word Protocol) launched after 1996 only 

Supported also ISO9141 protocol 

VAG-COM shareware download: Applications of the VAG-COM: 

http://www.ross-tech.com/vag-com/download/ 

Read & erase error code, log data e.g., speed, gasoline-consume, engine-rotating (RPM: Rotation Per Minutes) 

Reference: OBD2-KKL 

Name: VAG COM 4.09 - RS232 KKL OBD2 Diagnostic cable Volkswagen,Audi,Skoda,Sea 



Volkswagen 

Audi 

Skoda 

Seat 

Features: 



errors ! 


Connects to PC via RS232 


Cable is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and RS232 level shifters 






Remark: 










271


Chip Tunning 

272

Reference: GALLETTO-EOBD2 


Chip Tunning 

Name: OBD2 - EOBD2 Flash Chiptuning Interface for EDC15 and EDC16 ecu - GALLETT 


EOBD2 is easy hardware for updating software (typical chiptunning) for EDC16,EDC15, MEx.x ,DELCO and many more engine´s ecu. 

It is compatible with the newest modern diesel TDi,HDi,JTD, etc and petrol cars. 


AUDI VW SEAT SKODA 

VW BOSCH_EDC15V 29F400BT R/W A3 1.9 TDI 90CV 

Rotating Pump A3 1.9 TDI 110CV 

A4 1.9 TDI 90CV 

A4 1.9 TDI 110CV 

A6 1.9 TDI 110CV 

Bora 1.9 TDI 

Golf 4 1.9 TDI 

New Beeatle 1.9 TDI 

Passat 1.9 TDI 

Sharan 1.9 TDI 

Skoda Fabia 1.9 TDI 

Skoda Octavia 1.9 TDI 

Skoda Superb 2.5 TDI V6 

VW BOSCH_EDC15V 29F400BT R/W A2 1.4 TDI 75CV 

Polo 1.4 TDI 75CV 

AUDI BOSCH_EDC15P 29F400BT R/W A2 1.4 TDI 80CV 

A3 1.9 TDI 101CV 

A3 1.9 TDI 130CV 

A4 1.9 TDI 101CV 

A4 1.9 TDI 115CV 

A4 1.9 TDI 130CV 

A6 1.9 TDI 101CV 

A6 1.9 TDI 130CV 

Bora 1.9 PD 

Golf 4 1.9 PD 

Lupo 1.2 / 1.4 PD 

New Beeatle 1.9 PD 

Passat 1.9 PD 

Polo 1.4 / 1.9 PD 

Sharan 1.9 PD 

Skoda Fabia 1.9 PD 

Skoda Octavia 1.9 PD 

AUDI BOSCH_ME7.5.5 / ME7.1.5 29F400BT R/W A3 1.8 TURBO 20V 150CV 

29F800BT A3 1.8 TURBO 20V 180CV 

A3 S3 1.8 TURBO 20V 225CV 

A4 1.8 TURBO 20V 150CV 

A4 1.8 TURBO 20V 180CV 

A6 1.8 TURBO 20V 150CV 

A6 1.8 TURBO 20V 180CV 

TT 1.8 TURBO 20V 150CV 

TT 1.8 TURBO 20V 180CV 

TT 4X4 1.8 TURBO 20V 225CV 

Bora 1.8 Turbo 

Golf 4 1.8 Turbo 

New Beeatle 1.8 Turbo 

Passat 1.8 Turbo 

Sharan 1.8 Turbo 

Skoda Octavia 1.8 Turbo 

Skoda Superb 1.8 Turbo 

AUDI BOSCH_EDC15V P40 V6 2500 E3 29F400BT R/W A4 2.5 TDI V6 155/180CV 

A6 2.5 TDI V6 155/180CV 

A8 2.5 TDI V6 155/180CV 

Passat 2.5 V6 155CV 

AUDI BOSCH_EDC15V P40 V6 2500 E4 29F800BT R/W A4 2.5 TDI V6 155/180CV 

A6 2.5 TDI V6 155/180CV 

A8 2.5 TDI V6 155/180CV 

Passat 2.5 V6 155CV 

AUDI VW BOSCH_EDC16U1 29BL802CB R/W A3 2.0 TDI 140 CV 

A4 2.0 TDI 140 CV 

A6 2.0 TDI PD 

Caddy 1.9 TDI 105 CV 

Caddy 2.0 TDI 

Golf 5 2.0 TDI 140 CV 


Touran 1.9 / 2.0 TDI 105 CV 

Tuareg 2.5 TDI 185 CV 

Skoda Octavia 1.9/2.0 TDI PD 

VW BOSCH_EDC16U1.2.1 E4 2 ECU 29BL802CB R/W Tuareg 5.0 V10 Read & Write 2 ECU 

AUDI VW BOSCH_EDC16U31 M58BW0160 R/W A3 2.0 TDI 140 CV 

A4 2.0 TDI 140 CV 




AUDI VW BOSCH_EDC16CP34 M58BW0160 R/W A4 3.0 TDI 217 CV 

A4 3.0 TDI 4X4 231 CV 

A6 2.7 TDI 

A6 3.0 TDI 4X4 231 CV 

A8 3.0 V6 TDI 215 CV E4 


AUDI BOSCH_ME7xx Boot Mode 29F400BB R/W TUTTE LE AUDI ME7 Boot Mode, pin 24 Flash to mass, see PDF in doc. 

AUDI BOSCH_ME7xx Boot Mode 29F800BB R/W TUTTE LE AUDI ME7 Boot Mode, pin 24 Flash to mass, see PDF in doc. 

BMW 

BMW 320D 136 CV BOSCH_EDC15 2 PLCC 29F010 R/W Serie 3 (E46) 2.0 D EDC15 

Serie 5 (E39) 2.0 D EDC15 

BMW 330D BOSCH_EDC15 29F400BT R/W Serie 3 (E46) 3.0 D DDE4.0 

Serie 5 (E39) 2.5 D DDE4.0 

Serie 5 (E39) 3.0 D DDE4.0 

Serie 7 (E38) 3.0 D DDE4.0 

Serie X5 (E53) 3.0 D DDE4.0 

273

Reference: CD-TUNING8 


Chip Tunning 

Name: 800 Cartography motor power tuning files to remap, reprogram ECU 100% tested 


800 x Cartography cars motor power files to remap and ECU reprogramming Browse all the cd content of the power ecu files we have 

Reference: ECU-MAPS 

Name: Cartography motor power tuning file to remap, reprogram ECU 100% tested 


Cartography cars motor power files to remap and ECU reprogramming Browse all and buy online all power ecu files we have already 

remapped 


Only Eeprom flash files can be programmed with KWP 2000 Plus. Double DIL or Double PLCC should be done with eeprom programmers, 

because can not be programmed throught your ECU 

If you can find it here you will need to: 

- Send us your ECU type, 

- Read ECU type with KWP-2000 or KWP2000 

Ask us prices for quantities! 

274

Reference: FLASHEDC16 


Chip Tunning 

Name: ECU Flasher for EDC16 a reprogrammer for car power increase 


EDC16 ECU Flasher V 3.1.1236 ECU flashes reading/writing over diagnostic socket for a wide range of ECU units. 

- Calculates CHECKSUM automatically for all the cars listed below 

- Master / Slave Version 

- Reprogram EDC16 units 

- reading/writing over diagnostic socket for a wide range of ECU units 


Alfa Romeo FIAT 

147 1.9 JTD 16v (Reading/ Writing )OK! DOBLO 1.3MJ 16v (R / W ) OK! 

156 1.9 JTD 16v (R / W) OK! IDEA 1.3 MJ 16v (R / W ) OK! 

156 2.4 JTD (R / W) OK! IDEA 1.9 MJ (R / W ) OK! 

GT 1.9 MJ 16v (R / W) OK! PANDA 1.3 MJ 16v (R / W ) OK! 

Audi PUNTO 1.3 MJ 16v (R / W) OK! 

A3 1.9 TDI 77Kw (R / W) OK! PUNTO 1.9 MJ (R / W ) OK! 

A3 2.9 TDI 16v 103Kw (R / W) OK! STILO 1.9 MJ 16v (R / W ) OK! 

A4 1.9 TDI 85Kw. (R / W) OK! FORD 

A4 2.0 TDi 16v 103 Kw (R / W) OK! C-MAX 1.6 TDCI EDC16C3 (W) OK! 

A4 3.0 TDI 150Kw (R / W ) OK! THESIS 2.4 JTD 20V (W) OK! 

CITROEN 

ECU EDC16 DIESEL-BOSCH 1.4 HDI EDC16C3 ( W ) 

ECU EDC16 DIESEL-BOSCH 1.4 HDI EDC16C34 ( W ) 

ECU EDC16 DIESEL-BOSCH 1.6 HDI 16v EDC16C3( W ) 

ECU EDC16 DIESEL-BOSCH 1.6 HDI 16v EDC16C34 ( W ) 

IVECO OPEL 

DAILY 29L 10 2300 EDC16 (R/W)OK! AGILA 1.3 16V CTDI (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 29L 12 2300 EDC16 (R/W)OK! CORSA 1.3 16V CTDI (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 35C 10 2300 EDC16 (R/W)OK! TIGRA Twintop 1.3 16V CTDI (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 35C 12 2300 EDC16 (R/W)OK! LANCIA 

DAILY 35C 13 2800 EDC16 (R/W)OK! MUSA 1.9 MJ , MUSA 1.3 MJ 16v (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 35C 14 3000 EDC16 (R/W)OK! THESIS 2.4 JTD 20V (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 35C 15 2800 EDC16 (R/W)OK! YPSILON 1.3 MJ 16v (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 35C 17 3000 EDC16 (R/W)OK! IVECO 

DAILY 35C 9 2800 EDC16 (R/W)OK! TECTOR 150hp 4 cylinders EDC7C1 (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 35S 10 2300 EDC16 (R/W)OK! TECTOR 170hp 4 cylinders EDC7C1 (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 35S 13 2800 EDC16 (R/W)OK! TECTOR 180hp 6 cylinders EDC7C1 (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 40C 15 2800 EDC16 (R/W)OK! TECTOR 210hp 6 cilindros EDC7C1 (R/W)OK! 

DAILY 65C 15 2800 EDC16 (R/W)OK! TECTOR 240hp 6 cylinders EDC7C1 (R/W)OK! 

TECTOR 130hp 4 cylinders EDC7C1 (R/W)OK! TECTOR 280hp 6 cilindros EDC7C1 (R/W)OK! 

MERCEDES JEEP 

220 CDI (W)OK! Cherokee 2.8 CRD 120KW (W)OK! 

270 CDI (W)OK! Grand Cherokee 3.0 V6 CRD Euro 4 160Kw (W)OK! 

280 CDI (W)OK! MAN 

320 CDI (W)OK! TG-A 350hp 6 cylinders EDC7C3 (R/W) OK! 

A 160 CDI 60Kw Euro 4 (W) OK! TG-A 390hp 6 cylinders EDC7C3 (R/W) OK! 

A/B 180 CDI 80Kw Euro 4 (W) OK! TG-A 430hp 6 cylinders EDC7C3 (R/W) OK! 

A/B 200 CDI 130Kw Euro 4 (W) OK! TG-A 480hp 6 cylinders EDC7C3 (R/W) OK! 

C320 V6 CDI (W) OK! TG-A 530hp 6 cylinders EDC7C3 (R/W) OK! 

E280 CDI (W) OK! NEW HOLLAND 

E320 V6 CDI (W) OK! TS 100A EDC7C1 (R/W) OK! 

ML280 V6 CDI (W) OK! TS 110A EDC7C1 (R/W) OK! 

ML320 V6 CDI (W) OK! TS 115A EDC7C1 (R/W) OK! 

VIANO CDI (W) OK! TS 125A EDC7C1 (R/W) OK! 

TS 135A EDC7C1 (R/W) OK! 

PEUGEOT - VOLKSWAGEN 

206 1.4 HDI 8v EDC16C3 (W) OK! GOLF V 1.9 TDI 77Kw (R/W) OK! 

206 1.6 HDI 16v EDC16C3 (W) OK! GOLF V 2.0 TDI 16v 103Kw (R/W) OK! 

206 1.6 HDI 16v EDC16C34 (W) OK! PASSAT 2.0 TDI Bosch (R/W) OKS! 

307 1.4 HDI 8v EDC16C3 (W) OK! PHAETON 3.0 V6 TDI 165Kw (R/W) OK! 

307 1.6 HDI 16v EDC16C3 (W) OK! T5 2.5 TDI 128Kw (R/W) OK! 

307 1.6 HDI 16v EDC16C34 (W) OK! TOUAREG 2.5 R5 TDI (R/W) OK! 

SEAT TOUAREG 3.0 V6 TDI 165 Kw (R/W) OK! 

ALTEA 1.9 TDI 77Kw (R/W) OK! TOUAREG 5.0 V10 TDI (R/W) OK! 

ALTEA 2.0 TDI 16v 103Kw (R/W) OK! TOURAN 1.9 TDI 77 Kw (R/W) OK! 

TOLEDO 1.9 TDI 77Kw (R/W) OK! TOURAN 2.0 TDI 16v 103Kw (R/W) OK! 

TOLEDO 2.0 TDI 16v 103Kw (R/W) OK! SUZUKI 

SKODA IGNIS 1.3 DDIS 16V GL (R/W) OK! 

OCTAVIA 1.9 TDI 77Kw (R/W) OK! SWIFT 1.3 DDIS 16V GL (R/W) OK! 

OCTAVIA 2.0 TDI 16v 103Kw (R/W) OK! WAGON R+ 1.3 DDIS 16V GL (R/W) OK! 

New Industrial vehicles 

SCANIA MOTOROLA 16 l 500/580HP 

SCANIA MOTOROLA 12 l 420/470HP 

IVECO Daily 90CV/150CV EDC16 BDM+OBD 

IVECO EDC7C/C1 BDM+OBD 

MAN 480 EDC7C/C3 BDM+OBD 

NEW HOLLAND EDC7/C1 BDM+OBD 

LANDINI LEGEND PERKINS 

New Nautical vehicles 

Mercury Marine MOTOROLA PCM 

Mercury Marine MOTOROLA ECM555 40hp,60hp, Magnum 5700cc 300hp 

Package includes : 

- Interface with integrated OBD2 connector 

- BENZ 38 pin connection cable with obd2 female 

- OBD2 Female connection cable 

NOTE: 

275

Reference: KWP-2000 


Chip Tunning 

Name: KWP2000 EDC15 ECU Flasher Reprogrammer for car power increase 


Product Specification: 

KWP2000 Interface for ECU flash reading/writing over OBD2 diagnostic socket for a wide range of ECU units. 



- Integrated OBD2 connector 

- Led Indications for Power / RX / TX 

Restrictions: 

- Backup of the ECU memory is not supported for some of the listed ECU`s here 

- Some ECU`s can not be flashed over the OBD2 connector in the car, in this case you 

have to remove the ECU from the car and flash it “on desk” 


- KWP2000 Flashing Interface with integrated OBD2 connector 

- Shielded USB A to USB B connection cable 

- OBD2 female to female banana jack cable (For extension of ECU`s “on desk”) 

- 12V Lighter connector to male 4mm banana connectors for powering “on desk” 

flashing 

The ecu-flasher is compatible with: 

- the read/write software which comes with the package 

276

Reference: KWP2000 


Chip Tunning 

Name: KWP2000 PLUS EDC15 ECU Flasher Reprogrammer for car power increase 


KWP2000 Plus Interface for ECU flash reading/writing over OBD2 diagnostic socket for a wide range of ECU units. 

INCREASE YOUR CAR POWER AND REDUCE FUEL CONSUMPTION REPROGRAMMING ECU! EASY AND SECURE CHIP TUNNING 

Browse all and buy online all power ecu files we have already remapped 


Only Eeprom flash files can be programmed with KWP 2000 Plus. Double DIL or Double PLCC should be done with external eeprom 

programmers, because can not be programmed throught your ECU 

How it is done: 

KWP2000 is used for remapping your car to improve the performance of your car. 

No matter the car model the KWP2000 can re-program the information stored in the ECU chip to optimize and improve the power of the car 

without having to jeopardize fuel consumption and the reliability of the car. The technical term used to describe the car switchboard is ECU- 

Electronic Control Unit. The ECU uses closed-loop control, a control scheme that monitors outputs of a system to control the inputs to a 

system, managing the emissions and fuel economy of the engine (as well as a host of other parameters). Gathering data from dozens of 

different sensors, the ECU knows everything from the coolant temperature to the amount of oxygen in the exhaust. With this data, it 

performs millions of calculations each second, including looking up values in tables, calculating the results of long equations to decide on 

the best spark timing and determining how long the fuel injector is open. The ECU does all of this to ensure the lowest emissions and best 

mileage. 

Features: 



- Led Indications for USB-power/CAR-power/rx/tx 

- Can read and write a lot more ECU's than the normal KWP2000 Software 

Functions: 

This Kit can be used to read and write flash dumps of the most recent ECU's 

It is very easy to use - You need only a PC with Windows and a USB port 

Restrictions: 

- Backup of the ECU memory is not supported for some of the listed ECU`s here 

- Some ECU`s can not be flashed over the OBD2 connector in the car, in this case you have to remove the ECU from the car and flash it on 

desk 

Its easy just connect cable from your laptop to your car, run program and thats all!!! 

Connect to your computer with Usb port and Obd2 to the car 

Petrol (Naturally Aspirated) 

Remapping a petrol engine ECU will produce 10 - 15% BHP depending on exact specification, the engine will also be more responsive on 

initial acceleration and produce more torque (up to 20%) through out the entire rev range, giving more response on lighter throttle. 

Petrol (Turbo) 

Remapping a petrol turbo engine ECU will produce 20 - 30% BHP depending on exact specification, the engine will be significantly more 

responsive with power coming in immediately relative to throttle input with no lagging at higher revs. This large increase in power & torque 

gives far more flexibility in all gears reducing the need to change down unnecessarily to overtake safely and quickly. 

Diesel (turbo) 

Remapping a diesel turbo engine ECU will produce 30 - 50% BHP and 60 - 75% torque depending on exact specification, diesel engines give 

the most impressive power and torque gains available. Extra power is gained through out the entire rev range and under all load conditions, 

the turning force gained from these engines is imence. This really is the best way of changing your car without having to change your car. 

Just seeing customers faces after tuning these engines really makes the job worth while 

The ecu-flasher is compatible with: 

- the read/write software which comes with the package 

- other kwp and iso software 

VERY EASY TO USE: 

- install the driverpackage to your notebook/pc 

- connect the ecu-flasher to a free usb port 

- point windows to the folder where you installed the driverpackage 

- reboot 

How to read data from a supported ecu: 

- connect the hardware to your usb port and to the diagnostic port of the car 

- start the communication software 

- turn ignition on (not engine, just the ignition only) 

- select the ecu you want to read/write from a list 

- select additional options (if needed) 

- click the read button to read out the original data (where supported) 

- save the file to you HD, edit or forward it 

How to write data to a supported ecu: 

- connect the hardware to your usb port and to the diagnostic port of the car 

- start the communication software 

- turn ignition on (not engine, just the ignition only) 

- select the ecu you want to read/write from a list 

- select additional options (if needed) 

- click the write button and select the file you want to write 

- follow the instructions on screen 

- switch off ignition and wait 10 seconds. done. 

Read ECU 

First choose the mark and type of the engine's ecu you want to read/write from a list. If you have any doubt about your ecu type you can 

verify it. 

When the dialogue window appears just click on INFO and wait fore the program comunicats the ecu. 

Now you will see the information about your ecu type. Just click on READ to assure that we have a copie of the original file (in case of some 

problem appears). 

277

Reference: TACHO-PRO 


Chip Tunning 

Name: TachoPro - OBD2 ISO9141 Interface + TachoPro dongle 


TachoPro (OBD2 ISO9141 Interface + TachoPro dongle integrated) 

This compact interface will allow you to easily read/write/modify the mileage/km on your car without the need to remove the dash. It 

connects to the on-board diagnostics port located in your car. 

This kit will also allow you to use it as a diagnostic ISO9141 compatible interface. (See OBD2 diagnostic cable specification for details) 

This tool is used daily by engineers all over the world and is very effective. The software is DOS based and in german, but very easy to use. 

A laptop or PC is required, note that on very fast ones over 233 MHZ the software might not work. 

Specification : 

- Interface is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and RS232 level shifters 

- K-Line & L-Line (K/L Interface) 

- Bi-Colour status LED`s for K-Line & L-Line 

- Power LED 

- Powered from car battery over service cable 

- Service cables for BMW, Mercedes Benz and Volkswagen included 

- Comfortable service cable length of 2,00 metres 

Other Information : 

1. The TachoPro software might not work on PC`s that are faster than 233 MHZ 

2.Interface electronic of the Tachopro & K/L is the same, only tachoPro have the dongle inside so the tachopro software is possible to run 

and manipulate the mileage 

278

Reference: LAUNCH431I 


Handheld scanners 

Name: LAUNCH X431 Infinite wireless bluetooth scanner multifunction 


X-431 Infinite On the base of the X-431 super scanner, LAUNCH produced the advanced diagnostic computer with bluetooth technology 

X-431Infinite wireless scanner. X-431 Infinite wireless scanner is an automobile diagnostic computer with multifunction and multi-language 

based on LINUX operating system. Features Wireless communication By bluetooth, you can diagnose vehicles within 25 meters, even in 

your office. Faster, rapider and easier is the future trend of the automobile diagnostic computer. With large capacity lithium battery, 

X-431Infinite can continuously work at least 10 hours. Perfect appearance and large multicolor touch screen. Specifications Operating 

system: LINUX CPU: 32-bit MPU CF card: 128M Main unit I/O: standard serial Main unit power source: DC12V Main unit power: about 9W 

Printer: high-speed thermal miniprinter Screen: 240*320 color LCD with touch-screen Configuration: Main unit, DIAGInfinite and miniprinter 

Reference: OBD2-BLACK 

Name: Car OBD2 Black Box for diagnosis, speed, accident and distance logger 


OBD2 Black Box is a little box plugged into the OBD2 connector in a vehicle to monitor key ON/OFF, vehicle usage, vehicle speed, 

maximum speed and distance travelled in order to track vehicle usage and to detect vehicle misuse and speeding. It will continuously 

collect and stores up to 300 hours of trip data from the vehicle computer control system. 

Features: 

Works on all 1996 and newer OBD2 compliant vehicles 

Stores up to 300 hours of trip details: 

Time and data for each trip 

Distance travelled 

Idle time 

Maximum and Average Speed 

Hard breakings and quick accelerations 

Accident log (the last 20 seconds of critical speed) 

Reads and clears diagnostic trouble codes 

Reviews the “freeze-frame” data 

Retrieves Vehicle Identification No.(VIN) 

Simple to use and easy to install 

Reference: LAUNCHX431 

Name: Diagnostic Scan Tool Launch X-431 Automobile Scanner 


X431 auto scan tool is a new generation of product developed by Launch Tech. It’s a perfect marriage between automotive 

electronic technology and information networking. X431 adopts open diagnostic technology, which is the most advanced in the world as 

well as the future of automotive diagnosis. It carries PDA functions apart from reading trouble code, data stream and actuation test, sensor 

waveform and digital code control. 


- Diagnosis on various electronic control systems 

- Built-in operating system, open diagnostic platform and PDA functions 

- Supports extra high-speed transfer of data stream 

- Powerful data stream display in waveform format 

- Standard hardware compatible to almost all vehicle sockets 

- Large LCD touch screen for easier operation 

- DEMO functions provide easily accessible help information 

- Mini printer for real-time printout of test data 

- optional PC LINK function for diagnostic data storage and PC replay 

- Multi-language operating interface 

- To print out test data any time with built-in printer 

- Easy operation through handwriting input on large touch screen 

- As generic diagnostic equipment, it can interface with diagnostic adaptors of all vehicles models in the world 

- Strong test capacity to cover all electronic systems 

- Unique reading of date stream to ensure fast date updating 

- Strong waveform display to monitor any change in the data stream 

- Embedded operation system and open-platform diagnosis to make effective diagnosis possible 

- Integrated adaptors featuring compact design and reliability 

- Complete after-sales service system to give life-long service 

- Multi-language choices and easy update via the Internet 

Available Languages: English, German, Japanese, French, Polish, Turkish, Russian, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Arabic, Simplified 

Chinese and Traditional Chinese. 

Vehicles Coverage: 

Audi, Mercedes Benz, BMW, Chrysler, Citroen, Dacia, Daewoo, Eobd II, Fiat, GM, Honda, Hyundai, Kia, Lndrover, Mazda, Mitsubishi, Nissan, 

Obd II, Opel, Peugeot, Porche, Renault, Rover, Skoda, SEAT, Subaru, Toyota, American Ford, Volvo and more…. 

Operation System: Linux 

CPU: 32-bit processor 

CF card: 128M 

Interface: Standard serial/ parallel port 

Power: DC12V 

Output: Approx. 9W 

Printer: Mini thermo printer 

Printer interface: Standard parallel port 

Screen: 240*320 LCD touch screen with backlight 

Structure: main units, Smartbox and mini printer

Reference: OBD2-CAN 



Name: Diagnostic Trouble Code reader for CAN OBD2 vehicles 


CanOBD2 Tool 

This powerful tool quickly reveals CHECK ENGINE light warnings on any 1996 and newer car, light truck or SUV - Foreign and Domestic. 

Helps To: 

Save time and money - know what's wrong before servicing your vehicle. 

Access the same diagnostic information as larger scan tools - for less! 

Turn off CHECK ENGINE warning lamp, clear codes and reset monitor status. 

Perform drive cycles without an assistant - automatically re-links every 15 seconds. 

Reference: GS305-CAN 

Name: VAG Scanner GS305 for CAN BUS VW/ Audi Cars 


The VAGSCANNER VAG305 Code Reader is specially designed to work with VW/AUDIs, including those equipped with the newly released 

Controller Area Network (CAN) protocol. Though it is small, it is capable of retrieving same information as large expensive scanners. 

Features: 

Works with Volkswagen and Audi (Audi/Seat/Skoda/ Jetta/ Golf/ Beetle/Touareg/ GTI/ Passat and more) sold worldwide since 1990 

Compatible with the latest cars that require a direct CAN connection 

Reads and erases Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) of Engine, ABS, Airbags and Automatic Transmission. 

Turns off MIL lights of engine, airbag, ABS and A/T 

Highly reliable and accurate 

Easy-to-read backlit 2-line LCD display 

Easy to use with one plug-in 

Stand-alone unit with no need for an additional laptop computer to operate 

Small in size and conveniently fits in your palm 

Safely communicates with the on-board computer 

No batteries needed-powered via OBD II cable 

Workable Model All VAG vehicles using K-Line or CAN bus, for old vehicles a 2x2 adapter might be needed to be purchase as add on. 


Display: Backlit LCD, 2-line, 8 characters 

Operating Temperature: 0 to 50 C (-32 to 122 F) 

Storage Temperature: -20 to 70 C (-4 to 158 F) 

Power: 10.0 to 15.5 Volts provided via vehicle battery 

Dimensions: (L) 113 mm X (W) 74 mm X (H) 21 mm 

Weight: 0.25/27Kg 

AUDI/VW Cars that use CAN for diagnostic: 

- All Golf-5 platform cars (A5 platform) including: 

- 2003+ VW Touran (1T chassis) 

- 2004+ VW Caddy (2K chassis) 

- 2004+ Seat Altea (5P chassis) 

- 2004+ VW Golf (1K chassis) 

- 2004+ Audi A3 (8P chassis) 

- 2004+ Skoda Octavia (1Z chassis) 

- 2005+ Golf Plus (5M chassis) 

- 2005+ Seat Toledo (5P chassis) 

- 2005+ Seat Leon (1P chassis) 

- 2005.5+ Jetta (1K chassis) 

- 2006+ Eos (1F chassis) 

- 2003+ Audi A8 and A8L (D3 platform, 4E chassis) 

- 2005+ Audi A6 (C6 platform, 4F chassis) 

- 2005+ Audi A4 ("B7" platform) 

- 2005.5+ VW Passat (B6 Platform, 3C chassis) 

Generic and specific obd2 DTC trouble codes for BMW, Volkswagen, Ford, Honda, Hyundai, Toyota, Nissan, Kia, Lexus, Mazda, Mitsubishi, 

Dodge, Chrysler, Jeep, Acura, 

280

Features: 

Reference: UNISCAN 



Name: Interface compt. with Uniscan version 1.83Euroscan / VISA 


- Compatible with software Uniscan version 1.83 (also know as Euroscan or VISA) 

- LED indication for K and L line 

Functions: 

Diagnosis of engine, immobilizer, abs, airbag for pre OBD2 cars 


European cars made up to year 2000, Audi , Alfa Romeo , BMW , Citroen , Fiat , Ford , Lancia , 

Mercedes , Mitsubichi , Opel , Peugot , Renault , Rover , Seat , Skoda , Volvo, VW 

OPEL (to 1999) - diagnosis of engine, immobilizer, abs, airbag 

FORD (to 1995) - diagnosis of engine 

Renault (to 1999) - diagnosis of engine 

BMW (to 1999) - diagnosis of engine 

MERCEDES (to 1999) - diagnosis of engine, immobilaizer, abs, airbag 

Fiat, Alfa Romeo, Lancia (to 1999) - diagnosis of engine, immobilaizer, abs, airbag 

For a more detailed list of compatible models, please see our members area : UNISCAN List 


- Uniscan Interface 

- Interface connection cable with two times RS232 


- BMW 20 pin connection cable 

- BENZ 38 pin connection cable 

- VAG 2x2 Adapter 

Operating instructions: 

It`s DOS software and it requires 2 Comports ! 

281

Reference: GS400-OBD2 



Name: Geniscan GS400 CAN OBD2(EOBD) Code Reader / Scanner 


An essential piece of kit for all car and van owners save time and money with this hand held code reader which enables you to troubleshoot 

any problems in your vehicle by reading the Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) that appear when the "check engine" light is showing. 

DTCs are codes that are stored by the car's in-board computer system in response to a vehicle issue. 

Codes relate to a particular problem and are made up of a 5 digit alpha-numeric sequence and are used as a guide to help locate the fault in 

order for you to fix the vehicle. 

This scanner has CAN Protocol Support which gives wider vehicle coverage. It resets the check engine lights, reads and clears all generic, 

and some manufacturer specific, DTC, displays the I/M readiness status, views OBD II freeze frame data, displays pending codes, retrieves 

vehicle information (VIN), and determines the status of the malfunction indicator (MIL) lamp. 

Unlike earlier versions the GS400 displays the DTC definitions on the backlit and easy-to-read screen 

and also saves up to 15 scans for later viewing. 

This is the latest Geniscan OBDII scanner and totally out-performs all previous models. 

Help prevent costly future engine trouble and identify problems when buying or selling a used vehicle 

with the GS400 scan tool. 

Features: 

- Display: backlit 128 x 64 pixel display with contrast adjustment 

- Operating temperature: 0-50 C (-32 to 122 F) 

- External power: 8.0 to 15.0 volts provided by vehicle battery 

- Internal Power: 9V cell battery (included) 

- Dimensions: 196mm (l) x 90mm (w) x 34mm (h) 

CODE READER SUPPORT PROTOCOL: 

1)PWM 

2)VPW 

3)KWP2000 

4)ISO9141 

5)EKWP2000 

6)CAN-BUS 

Functions: 

- Displays the DTC definitions on screen unlike previous models 

- Wider coverage : works with CAN-equipped vehicles 

- Reads and clears all generic, and some manufacturer, specific DTC?s 

- Resets check engine lights 

- Displays I/M readiness status 

- Views OBD II freeze frame data 

- Retrieves the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 

- Determines the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) status 

- Hot keys for quick read and release 

- Hand held and easy to use with one plug-in only 

- Highly reliable and accurate 

- Safely communicates with the onboard computer 

- No batteries needed for operation ? powered via detachable OBD2 cable 

- Battery compartment for off-vehicle reviewing or for when upgrading from a PC 


- Works on any Universal OBD2 or EOBD Vehicle. 

- Supports ISO, VPW and PWM bus systems as well as can bus systems 

- U.S. Models - European - Japanese - Asian - German - Korean: 

- Suitable for almost all cars after 1996 . 

- GM '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

- Ford '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

- Chrysler '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

- Toyota '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

- Honda '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

- NISSAN '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

-All other - Asian and European '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 


- Scanner with detachable OBD2 Extension Cable 

- PC uplink cable and software 

- Nylon carry pouch for transportation of the tool and it's accesories 

- User Manual 



282




Name: Geniscan GS300 CAN OBD2 (EOBD) Code Reader 


The Geniscan Trouble Code Reader is a scanner for real-time automotive diagnosis based on the OBD 2 protocol. It offers many years of 

reliable use with its robust housing and solid construction. By simply plugging it into your vehicles diagnostic socket, you will be able to 

read all trouble codes related to the "Check Engine Light" and identify the code by consulting the included manual. It will also Erase or 

Reset the trouble light. 


- Reading and erasing of trouble codes (stops the CHECK ENGINE light) 

- Identifies Multiple Codes, Pending Codes, Generic and Manufacturer Codes. 

- Displays over 700 possible error codes. 

- Back-lit 2 line Display 

- Display unit dimensions: 3 inch x 4 inch x 1 inch 

- 24 inch (61 cm) built-in Extention Cord. 

- Port: 16-pin OBDII Standard Socket 

- No batteries needed. Power is directly supplied by the diagnostic socket. 

- Plug & Play, easy to use. 

- Stand alone, needs no laptop or additional parts to operate. 

- Code reader supports protocols: 

1)PWM 

2)VPW 

3)KWP2000 

4)ISO9141 

5)EKWP2000 

6)CAN-BUS 



- Supports ISO, VPW and PWM bus systems as well as can bus systems 

- CAN BUS Vehicles: 

All Golf-5 platform cars (A5 platform) including: 





2004+ Seat Altea (5P chassis) 

2004+ Skoda Octavia (1Z chassis) 

2005+ Seat Toledo (5P chassis) 


2005+ Seat Leon (1P chassis) 

2005.5+ Jetta (1K chassis) 

2006+ Eos (1F chassis) 



2005+ Audi A4 ("B7" platform) 


Name: Geniscan GS200 VAG Code Reader for VW, Audi, Seat, Skoda 


The Geniscan Trouble Code Reader is a scanner for real-time automotive diagnosis based on the OBD 2 protocol. It offers many years of 

reliable use with its robust housing and solid construction. By simply plugging it into your vehicles diagnostic socket, you will be able to 

read all trouble codes related to the "Check Engine Light" and identify the code by consulting the included manual. It will also Erase or 














- Works on any VW, Audi, Seat, Skoda Vehicle with a 16 PIN Diagnostic Plug. 

- For older models a 2x2 Adapter might be needed. 


- Scanner with built in Extension Cable 

- User Manual with Code Descriptions 



283


Name: Geniscan GS100 OBD2 (EOBD) Code Reader 




The Geniscan Trouble Code Reader is a scanner for real-time automotive diagnosis based on the OBD 2 

protocol. It offers many years of reliable use with its robust housing and solid construction. By simply 

plugging it into your vehicles diagnostic socket, you will be able to read all trouble codes related to 

the "Check Engine Light" and identify the code by consulting the included manual. It will also Erase or 















- Supports ISO, VPW and PWM bus systems (no can bus support) 

- U.S. Models - European - Japanese - Asian - German - Korean, such as: 

　GM '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

　Ford '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

　Chrysler '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

　Toyota '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

　Honda '96 - Current Year (OBD-II) 

Reference: BMWSCANNER 

Name: BMW Scanner version 1.3.5 


Works with BMW Scanner 1.3.5 software from PA-Soft to read/clear error codes and read/write 

certain memories of devices in the diagnostic chain. 


The new version of the BMW-scanner for E38/E39/E46/E53 differs from the previous version (V1.25) 

through following opportunities: 

- The high-grade program module for work with ZKE (Body Control Module) Is added 

- Functions of adaptation second-hand blocks SRS MRS2-MRS4 (in V1.25 - only MRS4) Are added 

- Support of the diagnostic report of blocks DME of series ME7 Is added 

- Functions of installation of indications odometer (miles/km) and language of messages BK 

(GE/EN/FR/IT) Are added 

- The base of support on updating run in IKE and LCM (LCM-4 up to 09.2004) Is added 


- BMW Scanner Interface 


- BMW connection cable 


Important: 

Demo software availabel from our members area. User 

should source software from the specific original licenced or any optional third party on the net. 

284

Reference: VAG-IMMO3 

Name: Vag Immobilizer Login code Reader version 3 



Login reader 

Using this device you can read the security Login Code for VAG Cars who are made starting +/- June 2000 to year 2004 and who are using 

ImmoBiliser System 3. 

Cars models before year 2000 have an older immobiliser system where a Login Code is not integrated in Engine ECU. These old model cars 

also need a Login Code to program new keys, but in that case you need another Login Code Reader, where a Login Code can be simply 

read from Instrument Cluster. 

Codes from some car models after June 2000 can be read from Instrument Cluster too, but some Instrument Clusters are very hard to 

access and to read, or they must be scanned before getting access to the Cluster. Well, it will take too much time and sometimes it can be 

impossible i.e. Audi A4-2001+ (All remaining by OBD.) 

In such cases we have a second possibility. We can read out the Login Code by OBD from Engine ECU. This Login Code in Engine ECU is 

the same as the Login Code in Instrument Cluster. 

With this device you can read the security Login Code for VAG Cars starting at +/-June 2000 till 2004 with BOSCH ECU's 

EDC15/ME7.1/ME7.1.1/ME7.5. These ECU's are in the most engines of VAG Concern from +/-June 2000 till 2004. 

Everything is based on K-Line Diagnostic VAG cars, so it does not work on Can Bus Diagnostic VAG, i.e. Golf-5, Touareg, etc. 

Reference: OPEL-IMMO 

Name: Immobilizer code reader and eraser for Opel cars 


- Connects via USB to PC 

- Immobilizer 1 & Immobizer2 supported up to year 2004 

- Read Login code 

- Program new keys 

- Read and erase error codes of Immobilizer 


- Command 'Read PIN' for immo1 works only if pin code already has been entered sometimes before. Immobiliser must be restarted, and 

OBD connector must be attached to the car, before try to read PIN code. 

- Reading of PIN code for immo2 is not possible by OBD. 

- User can program up to 5 different keys to an immobiliser. 

-When programming new transponder without key, please keep transponder near as possible to the immobilizer coil. 

-Transponders for new model immobilizers (crypto type) can be programmed to old model immobilizer. 

- Transponders from other cars, for example VW can not be programmed to Opel immobilizers. 


Microsoft Windows: 98, 2000, ME, XP. 


Opel Immobilizer USB Interface 

Software can be downloaded from our members area 

285

Reference: VAG-LOGIN 


Login reader 

Name: Immobilizer Login code reader for AUDI, Seat, VW and Skoda 


- Read Immobilizer Login code from supported VAG cars via diagnostic connector 

- Key learning and adaptation via diagnostic connector 

- Interface connects to RS232 of PC 

Compatible with the following Car models: 

VW Passat B5 VDO 

VW Passat B5 Magnetti Marelli - hecho en Francia - todas las versiones. 

VW Passat B6, todas las versiones hasta el 2004 

VW Golf IV, hasta el 2001 (VDO, Motometer) 

VW Golf IV, desde el 2001 (VDO IMMO3) 

VW Beatle 

VW Bora 

Audi A3, A4, A6 VDO hasta 1999 

Audi A3, A4, A6 VDO desde 1999 

Audi A3, A4, A6 Magnetti Marelli (hecho en Francia) desde el 2000 

Audi TT 

Seat 

Skoda 

From year 1995 AUDI-VW cars use engine immobilizers. The vag group immobilizer system consists of an immobilizer ECU which controls 

the recognition of keys and the engine management ecu system. Immo is activated when the ignition key is removed and, together with the 

engine control unit, largely prevents unauthorized starting of the engine. 

The system uses a transmitter and receiver unit in the ignition key (transponder). Whenever an attempt is made to start the engine, it 

transmits a new code to the car's electronics. The immobilizing is only cancelled if the key sends an authorization code. If the keys are lost 

or a replacement engine management ecu is fitted then the transponder keys will need programming so that the ecu memories recognize 

the codes. 

286


Airbags 

287

Reference: VAG-AIRBAG 


Airbags 

Name: VAG Airbag Reset unit compatible with VW, AUDI and SKODA 


How Audi-VW Airbag Reset Tool works: 

All Audi-VW airbag systems after car crash and airbag deployment are locked. Even after small accidents Airbag sensor will write in internal 

memory special error message, "crash data stored". To remove this message you normally need to change sensor to a new one, 

this is quite expensive, so we have a better solution for you. 

With our Audi-VW Airbag Reset Tool you can reset and repair the airbag computer in just 1 minute. No need to remove airbag sensor from 

the car as it uses a fully automatic sensor type recognizing system. 

Audi-VW Airbag Reset Tool works without additional computer and through car OBD II connector can erase airbag sensor "crash 

data" or any fault that may reside in the memory. 

Workable Model: 

Works with all VW/Audi airbag sensors to year 2003: 

AUDI A4, A6, A8 1994-1997: 

-Airbag V BOSCH: 

8A0 959 655 C (Bosch 0 285 001 038) 

8A0 959 655 K (Bosch 0 285 001 155) 

8A0 959 655 K (Bosch 0 285 001 151) 

-Crash data erase & Fault erase 

AUDI A3, A4, A6, A8 < 1999: 

-Airbag 7 BOSCH (all Bosch Airbag 7) : 

4B0 959 655 C 

4B0 959 655 J 

4D0 959 655 C 

4D0 959 655 H 

8D0 959 655 C 

8D0 959 655 L 

8L0 959 655 F 


-Audi A2, A3, A4, A6, A8 - 1999: 

-Airbag 8 BOSCH: 

-Crash data erase & Fault erase (can erase "Controller Malfunction"); 

VW - Golf III, Passat B4, Sharan: 

-1J0 909 603 SIEMENS 


VW - Golf IV, Passat B5: 

-Siemens: 

1J0 909 609 

1J0 909 607 



-Bosch: 

3B0 959 655 B 

8L0 959 655 A 

- Crash data erase & Fault erase 

VW - Golf IV, Passat B5, Sharan: 

-Siemens: 

6Q0 909 605 A 

6Q0 909 605 B 



- Siemens: 

1C0 909 605 C 

1C0 909 605 F 

1C0 909 605 H 

6Q0 909 605 C 


VW - Passat B6 2001-2004: 

-new SIEMENS VW5, VW51, VW61 


Skoda, Seat all SIEMENS 


Now support new Audi airbag sensors 1999-2002 DTC65535 (Controller Malfunction) erase by OBDII connector. 

Works with all sensor types: 

- 8L0 959 655 G (Bosch 0 285 001 352) and others with HC12 processor 

- 4D0 959 655 J (Bosch 0 285 001 266) 

- 8D0 959 655 J (Bosch 0 285 001 276) 

- 8D0 959 655 F (Bosch 0 285 001 270) 

- 8D0 959 655 M and others with National CR16 (44 PLCC) 


Connect this tool to Audi/VW car OBD II connector. 

Right red button is for airbag "crash data" erase. 

Push this button once and wait: yellow light start to flash and after 

15 second green light inform you that "crash data" is erased. 

Red light set ON if erasing is not successful. Left yellow button is for erase airbag "fault memory" or "errors". 

If airbag warning lamp go OFF and immediately ON, evaluate airbag "error memory" using any VW-Audi diagnostic equipment 

and repair. 

288


Resets 

289

Reference: RI-10IN1 


Resets 

Name: Universal Service Interval Light & Airbag Reset Tool 10 en 1 


Features The Service Light & Airbag Reset Tool is an essential tool for resetting of oil service light, 

service warning light, service mileage, service intervals and airbag warning light on European made 

verhicles. 

Functions Once hooked up to the vehicle Data Link Connector (DLC) it can perform the following functions: 

- Reset of Oil Service Light 

- Reset of Service Warning Light 

- Setting of Oil Service Mileage 

- Setting of Service Mileage Interval 

- Setting of 1st Inspection Interval 

- Setting of 2nd Inspection Interval 

- Reset of Airbag (Warning Light) 

FUNCTIONS by model: 

AUDI (1991 Above) 

A3 

A4 

A6 

A8 

A100 

• Reset Oil Inspection Light 

• Set Inspection 1 Service Interval 


• Reset Airbag 

TT 

• Reset Oil Service Light 


Other Models 

• Auto Detect 

BMW (1998 Above) 

3 Series E36 

7 Series E38 

5 Series E39 


• Set Inspection Mileage 

3 Series E46 (OBDII) 





Other Models 

Type 1 

Type 2 


• Set Inspection Mileage 

CITROEN 

Saxo 

Xantia 

Xsara 


MERCEDES BENZ (1996 Above) 

A Class 

C Class 

E Class 

CLK Class 



E Class > 99 

E Class (OBDII) 

M Class 

S Class 


Other Models 


MINI 

Model 

Function 

Mini 


SEAT 

Alhambra 

Alhambra >98 





Arosa 

Leon 

Toledo 



SKODA 

Fabia 

Octavia 

Octavia >98 



• Set Inspection 2 Service interval 


VOLKSWAGEN (1991 Above) 

Golf 3, Golf 4 

New Beetle 

Passat B5, Passat >97 

Polo >98 

Sharan 

Lupo 





Sharan >98 

• Rest Oil Inspection Light 



Other Models 

• Auto Detect 

VOLVO (1992 Above) 

V 40 

V 70 

290

Reference: RI-BENZ 

Name: Service Intervall Reset for Mercedes Benz cars 


Reference: VAG-AIRBAG 


Resets 

Name: VAG Airbag Reset unit compatible with VW, AUDI and SKODA 


How Audi-VW Airbag Reset Tool works: 

All Audi-VW airbag systems after car crash and airbag deployment are locked. Even after small accidents Airbag sensor will write in internal 

memory special error message, "crash data stored". To remove this message you normally need to change sensor to a new one, 

this is quite expensive, so we have a better solution for you. 

With our Audi-VW Airbag Reset Tool you can reset and repair the airbag computer in just 1 minute. No need to remove airbag sensor from 

the car as it uses a fully automatic sensor type recognizing system. 

Audi-VW Airbag Reset Tool works without additional computer and through car OBD II connector can erase airbag sensor "crash 

data" or any fault that may reside in the memory. 

Workable Model: 

Works with all VW/Audi airbag sensors to year 2003: 

AUDI A4, A6, A8 1994-1997: 

-Airbag V BOSCH: 

8A0 959 655 C (Bosch 0 285 001 038) 

8A0 959 655 K (Bosch 0 285 001 155) 

8A0 959 655 K (Bosch 0 285 001 151) 


AUDI A3, A4, A6, A8 < 1999: 

-Airbag 7 BOSCH (all Bosch Airbag 7) : 

4B0 959 655 C 

4B0 959 655 J 

4D0 959 655 C 

4D0 959 655 H 

8D0 959 655 C 

8D0 959 655 L 

8L0 959 655 F 


-Audi A2, A3, A4, A6, A8 - 1999: 

-Airbag 8 BOSCH: 

-Crash data erase & Fault erase (can erase "Controller Malfunction"); 

VW - Golf III, Passat B4, Sharan: 

-1J0 909 603 SIEMENS 



-Siemens: 

1J0 909 609 

1J0 909 607 



-Bosch: 

3B0 959 655 B 

8L0 959 655 A 



-Siemens: 

6Q0 909 605 A 

6Q0 909 605 B 



- Siemens: 

1C0 909 605 C 

1C0 909 605 F 

1C0 909 605 H 

6Q0 909 605 C 


VW - Passat B6 2001-2004: 

-new SIEMENS VW5, VW51, VW61 


Skoda, Seat all SIEMENS 


Now support new Audi airbag sensors 1999-2002 DTC65535 (Controller Malfunction) erase by OBDII connector. 

Works with all sensor types: 

- 8L0 959 655 G (Bosch 0 285 001 352) and others with HC12 processor 

- 4D0 959 655 J (Bosch 0 285 001 266) 

- 8D0 959 655 J (Bosch 0 285 001 276) 

- 8D0 959 655 F (Bosch 0 285 001 270) 

- 8D0 959 655 M and others with National CR16 (44 PLCC) 


Connect this tool to Audi/VW car OBD II connector. 

Right red button is for airbag "crash data" erase. 

Push this button once and wait: yellow light start to flash and after 

15 second green light inform you that "crash data" is erased. 

Red light set ON if erasing is not successful. Left yellow button is for erase airbag "fault memory" or "errors". 

If airbag warning lamp go OFF and immediately ON, evaluate airbag "error memory" using any VW-Audi diagnostic equipment 

and repair. 

291

Reference: RIOPELOBD2 


Resets 

Name: Service Interval Reset Unit OPEL with OBD2 diagnostic plug 


The Service Interval Reset unit is a hand-held deviced used to reset service and oil indicators in below listed Opel car models. 

Functions: 

Reset Inspection Intervall 

15.000 km or 1 year 

15.000 km or 2 years 

30.000 km or 2 years (LONGLIFE) 


Opel Astra build after 1998, Zafira build after 1998, Corsa build after 2000 

Functions: 

- Reset Inspection 

- Oil Service 


Reference: RIBMW2OBD2 

Name: Service Interval Reset Unit for old BMW with OBD2 connector 


BMW build 1982-2001 with 20 pin diagnostic socket located in the engine compartment 


- Plug the Device into the 20 pin diagnostic socket of the car located in the engine compartment 

- Turn ignition key to enable the board electronic but don`t turn on the motor 

- Press the button for the operation you want to perform and keep it pressed 

- The LED of the choosen operation will be on 

- Keep the button pressed 

- Reset is done when the LED is turning off itself 

- Release button 

* On some dashboards there is needed to make a inspection reset before a oil reset 

Functions: 

- Reset Inspection 

- Oil Service 


Reference: RI-BMWOBD2 

Name: Service Interval Reset Unit BMW with OBD2 diagnostic socket 


BMW, Mini & Rover 75 cars build after 2001 with OBD2 socket 


- Plug the Device into the OBD2 socket of the car 

- All LED`s will blink and than stay on 


- Press the button for the operation you want to perform shortly 

- The LED of the choosen operation will light and the other Led`s will be off 

- LED`s will perform a light chain which means reset is done 

* On some dashboards there is needed to make a inspection reset before a oil reset 

292

Functions: 

Reference: RI-VAGOBD2 


Resets 

Name: Service Interval Reset Unit with OBD2 connector for AUDI-VW 


Reset Inspection Intervall 

15.000 km (OIL - STANDARD) 

30.000 km (Inspection 1 - LONGLIFE) 

50.000 km (Inspection 2 - LONGLIFE) 


VW, AUDI, FORD, Seat & Skoda Cars with OBD2 connector (w/o can bus) 


- Plug the Device into the OBD2 socket of the car 

- All LED`s will blink and than stay on 


- Press the button for the operation you want to perform shortly 

- The LED of the choosen operation will light and the other Led`s will be off 

- LED`s will perform a light chain which means reset is done 

293

Reference: IPAQ38-SIE 

Name: PDA Mobile Cable iPAQ 3800 Siemens 




This cable allows you to manage your mobile phone, as well as using your phone to connect your iPAQ 3800 series to the internet or your 

e-mail account. 

Supports Siemens C35i, C45, M35i, M50, ME45, MT50, S35i, S45, S45i, SL42, SL45, SL45i mobile phones. 

Functions supported in C35i, C45, M35i, M50, ME45, MT50, S35i, S45, S45i, SL42, SL45, SL45i: 

Phone Book, SMS Text Message, SMS Picture Message, Internet Modem Connection. 

Reference: IPAQ36-SIE 

Name: PDA Mobile Cable iPAQ 3600 Siemens 




Supports Siemens C35i, C45, M35i, M50, ME45, MT50, S35i, S45, S45i, SL42, SL45, SL45i mobile phones. 

Functions supported in C35i, C45, M35i, M50, ME45, MT50, S35i, S45, S45i, SL42, SL45, SL45i: 


Reference: IPAQ36-NK6 

Name: PDA Mobile Cable iPAQ 3600 Nokia 6210/6250/7110 




Supports Nokia 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6185, 6185i, 6210, 6250, 6310, 7110 7190 mobile phones. 

Functions supported in 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6185, 6185i, 6210, 6250, 6310, 7110 7190: 


Reference: IPAQ38-NK6 

Name: PDA Mobile Cable iPAQ 3800 Nokia 6210/6250/7110 




Supports Nokia 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6185, 6185i, 6210, 6250, 6310, 7110 7190 mobile phones. 

Functions supported in 6160, 6160i, 6161i, 6162i, 6165, 6185, 6185i, 6210, 6250, 6310, 7110 7190: 


Reference: IPAQ-CAR38 

Name: Compaq iPAQ - 3800 / 3900 / 5400 / 1910 Car Charger 


This charger is compatible with Compaq iPaq 3830, 3835, 3845, 3850, 3870, 3875 3815, 3830, 3835, 3545, 3850, 3870, 3875, 3950, 3970, 3975, 

1910, 5400. 

iPAQ Car Charger Saves your cost without buying a alkaline battery anymore. Easy carrying and convenient purpose to charge in your car - 

for use in cars and trucks - direct output into the battery pack - precision molding fits all foreign and domestic vehicles - switching circuits 

prevents from heating up - short circuit protection - fused for extra safety. 


Input: 10 to 36 Volts DC ( Appropiate for cars, trucks or any type of vehicles ) 

Current limit 

Short-circuit and overload protection 

294

Reference: IPAQ-USB38 



Name: USB Charge-Sync Cable for Compaq iPAQ H3800, H3900, H5500 


Implemented through USB technology, the Sync-Charge cable is an excellent choice for any mobile traveler. USB offers an immediate 

power source from virtually all notebooks, so there is no need to worry about having the correct power adapter when traveling...The 

Sync-Charge offers you everything you need to power up and keep in touch. 

Features: 

Sync Cable Compaq iPAQ 

All-in-one Cabling Solution- Allows You to Synchronize Data while Recharging Your Compaq iPAQ 

Offers you an immediate power source from virtually all notebooks 

Eliminates the need for the cradle 

'One Touch' synchronization button 

USB Speed and Convenience 

No need to carry an additional AC to DC power adapter for charging Compatible with the following models: 

Reference: IPAQ-USB36 

Name: USB Charge-Sync Cable for Compaq iPAQ H3600 / H3700 Series 


Implemented through USB technology, the Sync-Charge cable is an excellent choice for any mobile traveler. USB offers an immediate 

power source from virtually all notebooks, so there is no need to worry about having the correct power adapter when traveling...The 

Sync-Charge offers you everything you need to power up and keep in touch. 

Features: 

Sync Cable Compaq iPAQ 

All-in-one Cabling Solution- Allows You to Synchronize Data while Recharging Your Compaq iPAQ 

Offers you an immediate power source from virtually all notebooks 

Eliminates the need for the cradle 

'One Touch' synchronization button 

USB Speed and Convenience 

No need to carry an additional AC to DC power adapter for charging Compatible with the following models: 

H3630 

H3635 

H3640 

H3650 

H3660 

H3670 

H3730 

H3760 

H3765 

Reference: PALM-CAR 

Name: Palm V / Vx - Car Charger 


Palm V/Vx Car Charger Saves your cost without buying a alkaline battery anymore. Easy carrying and convenient purpose to charge in your 

car - for use in cars and trucks - direct output into the battery pack - precision molding fits all foreign and domestic vehicles - switching 

circuits prevents from heating up - short circuit protection - fused for extra safety. 

Reference: IPAQ-CAR 

Name: Compaq iPAQ - Car Charger 


iPAQ Car Charger Saves your cost without buying a alkaline battery anymore. Easy carrying and convenient purpose to charge in your car - 

for use in cars and trucks - direct output into the battery pack - precision molding fits all foreign and domestic vehicles - switching circuits 

prevents from heating up - short circuit protection - fused for extra safety. 


Input: 10 to 36 Volts DC ( Appropiate for cars, trucks or any type of vehicles ) 

Current limit 

Short-circuit and overload protection 

Reference: IPAQ-RS232 

Name: Compaq iPaq 36XX / 37XX serial autosync cable 


For the Compaq iPAQ H3600 / 3700 Pocket PC series 

Synchronize your iPAQ Pocket PC at home and the office with ease 

Serial RS-232 port compatible 

100cm cable connects your iPAQ to a PC 

Reference: IPAQ-ETREX 

Name: Compaq iPAQ 36XX / 37XX series to GPS eTrex cable 


Allow to use your Compaq ipaq 3600 and 3700 series to connect with GPS Garmin Etrex, it has been tested with oziexplorer and all 

compatible software. With appropiate maps it will show your situation, route, velocity, etc. at any place in the world. 

295

Reference: PV-NK8 

Name: Data Cable Palm V for Nokia 82xx/88xx 




The data cable PV-NK connect your Palm V handheld to your nokia 8210, 8290, 8850 or 8890, it allow you change logos, ringtones, connect 

to internet, send/receive SMS/Fax, etc. You can use this cables with TDK Global Pulse 

Reference: PV-NK56 

Name: Data Cable Palm V for Nokia 51xx/61xx 


The data cable PV-NK connect your Palm V handheld to your nokia 51xx or 61xx, it allow you change logos, ringtones, connect to internet, 

send/receive SMS/Fax, etc. You can use this cables with TDK Global Pulse 

Reference: PV-RS 

Name: Palm V serial Autosync cable 


The cable PV-RS connect your Palm V to your PC, you could find useful to have an additional RS-232 data cable to connect your Palm V, so 

you don't have to carry your cable from office to home. 

296

Features: 



VAG-COM 

Name: CAN BUS USB Cable compatible with VAG COM 607 and 607.3 


- USB connector plugs into most modern laptops! 

- Compatible with the latest cars which require a direct CAN connection for diagnostics including all Golf-5 platform cars and latest Audi A3, 

A6 and A8. 

- Protocol timing indistinguishable from a real VAG/VAS tool. Works reliably even with "difficult" control modules such as the 

1991-1994 1Z Audi TDIs and the 1993-1994 Audi 2.6L with Hella ECU. 


- Full support for dual-K lines found in "new" (B6/8E chassis Audi A4 and 2002+ Audi A6 -- no VAS-6017 required -- no manual 

switches! 


- Bi-Colour (red/green) status/activity LED 

Characteristics of the new release VAG COM version 607 

New Advanced Measuring Blocks function 

Freeze Frame Data shown in-line with Fault Codes and in Auto-Scan 

Fault codes now indicate whether a MIL is on. 

Automatic Detection of installed modules (CAN cars only) in Auto Scan. 

Auto-Scan includes Hardware Part Numbers on those modules where it's available separately. 

New Supported Codes function. 

New EDC15+ Mileage function (odometer reality-check). 

New Acceleration Measurement function (performance calculator) 

Regular and Long Coding screens combined into one. 

New VAG-Scope version 1.9 compatible with Advanced Measuring Blocks. 

New TDI-Graph version 1.4 compatible with V6 TDIs. 

Updated Label Files 

Generic OBD-II now includes Info Types 08 and 0A in Mode 9. 

New more informative Installer. 

Support for new Micro-CAN interfaces. 

Numerous other fixes and enhancements introduced in Beta 606. 

297

Reference: KKL-CANBUS 


VAG-COM 

Name: USB cable with KK-L+CAN BUS compatible with VAG-COM 504.1 


This interface comes with an OBD-II type connector which plugs right in to the latest cars which require a direct CAN connection for 

diagnostics including all Golf-5 platform cars and latest Audi A3, A6 and A8. Also compatible with most 1994 and newer VW's and 1996 and 

newer Audis. Most 1990-1995 Audis and 1990-1993 VW's have the "2x2" adaptor. 

Features: 

Protocol timing indistinguishable from a real VAG/VAS tool. Works reliably even with "difficult" control modules such as the 1991-1994 1Z 

Audi TDIs and the 1993-1994 Audi 2.6L with Hella ECU 

Built-In VAG-Saver functionality -- instantly alerts the user if either the K/K1 line or the L/K2 line is shorted to Ground or Vbatt. 

Full support for dual-K lines found in "new" (B6/8E chassis Audi A4 and 2002+ Audi A6 

Fully backwards compatible with older cars using a single K-line or K plus L 

Bi-Colour (red/green) status/activity LED 

Compatible car models: 

VW Golf 5, VW Jetta/Bora year 2006 (diagnosis by K line) 

VW Touran, VW Caddy from 2003 (diagnosis by K line) 

VW Eos year 2006, 

Audi A3 from 2003 (diagnosis by K line) 

Audi A4 2005, 

Audi A6 from 2005, 

Audi A8 from 2003, 

Audi Q7, Seat Altea, Seat Toledo from 2005 

Skoda Octavia from 2005 

Most 1990-1995 Audis and 1990-1993 VW's (with "2x2" adaptor) 

Reference: USBOBD2KKL 

Name: VAG COM 4.09 - USB KKL OBD2 Diagnostic cable Volkswagen,Audi,Skoda,Seat 



Volkswagen 

Audi 

Skoda 

Seat 

Features: 



errors ! 


Connects to PC via USB 


Cable is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and USB level shifters 






Remark: 










Reference: OBD2-KKL 

Name: VAG COM 4.09 - RS232 KKL OBD2 Diagnostic cable Volkswagen,Audi,Skoda,Sea 



Volkswagen 

Audi 

Skoda 

Seat 

Features: 



errors ! 


Connects to PC via RS232 


Cable is based on certified ISO9141 Bus Transceivers and RS232 level shifters 






Remark: 










298


Official Diagnosis 

299

Reference: DIGA-CONSULT-KM 



Name: DIGA-Consult Complete Version for mileage change of odometer in a car dashbo 


The DIGA-Consult Odometer Programmer is a single, handy computer which even the EDP layman without previous experience can make 

an odometer correction easily and safely. The DIGA-Consult can change the mileage / km of the speedometer / odometer in a car dashboard 

instrument. 

The DIGA Consult mileage-correction tool is a matured programming device for mileage adjustment at digital odometers.This equipment is 

not only for mileage-correction for different vehicles, it is also possible to repair comfortably and accomplished digital clusters.This offer is 

a complete system, which included Hardware,Software, all cables and a detailed guidance CD. 

The DIGA-Consult Speedometer Programming Computer has the following outstanding properties: 

The DIGA-Consult has a membrane keyboard with 18 keys and a graphics-capable LCD display of 10 x 20 characters. 

The DIGA-Consult is power-supplied via an included 220 V power supply or directly via the cigarette lighter in the vehicle. And you do not 

even need to pay attention to polarity as our device recognises and sets this automatically. 

Backlit display (for the darker seasons of the year). 

Only the relevant data are changed; incorrect programming is virtually excluded. 

Even complete data blocks can be changed. 

The vehicle menu of the DIGA-Consult indicates the respective chip or diagnosis possibilities for each car model so you do not have to 

pore over the owner manual. 

For safety reasons, the current mileage is decoded and displayed. 

All data my be edited, saved and loaded. 

The data are saved in the hand-held unit and may be transmitted to a PC for filing. 

Up to 1000 data blocks may be stored. 

Moreover, software updates can be made easily via our internet-update-function. 

So, when you have to do a number of vehicles at the same time, the respective software will be immediately available. 

For repair purposes, the editing function of the handset can be complemented by downloading data blocks via a PC. 

Complete package includes: 

- The Audi A3 / Audi A8 Odometer Programmer 

The DIGA-Soft Audi A3 / Audi A8 Odometer Programmer is an innovative Programmer for the adjustment of the current Audi series A3 and 

A8 (to year 2003). This system is well balanced, full grown tool with a simple handling which has high quality for the Work-Comfort. 

The available supply is the Hard- and Software and a detailed manual instruction for the work-steps. The handling for this programmer is 

very easy and a layman without previous experience can make an odometer correction easily with this programmer. The time you need to 

change the value will be shorter in a great extent. 

The Audi A3 / A8 Odometer Programmer has the following outstanding properties: 

Fast Programming of the new Audi A3 / A8 

Hard- and Software 

Detailed Manual 

- The DIGA-Counter: Mileage correction for Renault Sagem odometer 

The DIGA-Counter is a special unit for the mileage correction of Renault Sagem odometer. 

The odometer made by Sagem for Renault after the year 1999 (in the Renault Clio, the Renault Kangoo, the Renault Megane and the Renault 

Scenic) can be adjusted in a short time period and you don´t have to wait 3-4 days while you are doing it with a big Waveform 

Oscillator Station. 

The DIGA-Counter has the following outstanding properties: 

Small and compactly 

very stably 

fast adjustment 

für Renault Sagem odometer 

needs 12 Volt Power Supply 

- The BMW Keyreader Pro 

The BMW Keyreader Pro is a standalone HighTech-unit to read out the KM / mileage and the vehicle number of all new BMW models. In 

Connection with the DIGA-Consult Odometer Programmer you can program the keys and the EWS (ignition lock) on a new KM / Mileage 

value. 

The BMW Keyreader has the following outstanding properties: 

Can be used in any Car Service 

Reading of all BMW keys in seconds 

Reading of the vehicle number 

12 Volt Power Supply 

Integrated Display 

In Connection with the DIGA-Consult 

Programming of the keys and the EWS 

The DIGA-Soldering-Station: Our SMD-HotAir-soldering-station 

The DIGA-Soldering-Station is a Hightech-Soldering-Station, which is special designed for SMD-work. 

The DIGA-Soldering-Station has the following outstanding properties: 

SMD fine soldering iron and HotAir! 

incl. 4 pieces of hot-air essays. Approximately: 1,5mm, 4,5mm, 6mm, 7,5mm 

2 piece of soldering irons/hot-air Ablagen. 

SMD fine soldering iron pencil-pointedly 0,4mm 

SMD fine soldering iron temperature range: 200°-480°C adjustably 

Hot-Air: 0,3-24L/min. adjustably! 

Hot-Air: amount of pumping 45W. amount of heat 250W. 

Consumption: 270W 

Powerstation inside for 12 Volts! 

Each packet contains the DIGA-CONSULT-KM, all necessary plugs, cables, guidances (cd-rom with manuals for all models) , special tools, 

… When purchasing a DIGA-Consult constant telephone and e-mail support even at weekends will be guaranteed to you. 

300

Reference: DIGA-CONSULT 



Name: DIGA-Consult programmer for changing the mileage of the speedometer in any c 


Reference: STARDIAGMB 

Name: Star Diagnosis Assistance System for Mercedes Benz - DAS 2006 Clone 


The DAS STAR Diagnosis Assistance System is professional diagnostic equipment for Mercedes Benz cars manufactured after year 2000. 

Star Diagnostic operate based on the WINDOWS NT system, it includes workshops information systems (WIS system), the movement 

management system (STARUTILITIES) and the automatically diagnose system (the DAS system).The system offers total diagnostic 

coverage of all engine, chassis and body systems. 

Features: 

- This device is intended to construct computer-base vehicle diagnosis system. 

- It has two connectors: PC interface connector and the vehicle diagnosis 

input / output interface connector. 

- 9-pin PC INTERFACE: This is standard RS-232 interface (COM-PORT) which is galvanic isolated from input / output interface. 

- 44-pin interface INPUT/OUTPUT. 

- Two independently commute channels of receive/transfer information K-line 

ISO9141-2 which switches every channel on one from 35 independent lines. 

- Two independent channels of information transfer through CAN bus. 

- Real-time monitoring of power circuits by two channels in range 0-24V direct current. 

- Maximum speed of information transfer through CAN bus - 1 Mbit/s. 

- CAN - controller AN82527 Transceiver 82C251. 

- Possibility by program alteration speed of information transfer through CAN 

bus from 10 Kbit/s to 1 Mbit/s. 

- Galvanic protection from transfer line of connection with computer by 

interface RS-232. 

- Full compatibility with standard CAN 2.0(part A) 

- Full compatibility with standard ISO-9141-2. 

- Device powered from power circuits object of diagnostic in range 7, 5 - 24VDC. 

- Supply current min - 0,3A, max - 0,6A 

-This unit fully compatible with DAS Software 

The package includes: 

- 1 X Multiplexer 

- 1 X RS-232 cable 

- 1 X OBD II (16 pin) diagnostic cable 

- 1 X 38 pins diagnostic cable 

-1 X 3 Pins diagnostic cable 

- MERCEDES-BENZ DAS software latest version 


- Works on 12V and 24V, all vehicles supported (Cars, V-class, Truck, Bus, Unimog, Industrial engines) 

301

Reference: AUTODATA06 



Name: Autodata 2006 CD2 Technical publications for Automotive professionals 


Autodata have been publishing technical information for automotive professionals since the early 1970s and have a range of over 50 titles. 

Data and technical information is also available on CD. 

Autodata CD2 is alive with electronic links between related topics to speed your search for information and solutions and covers all the 

subjects below: 

Technical data 

Vehicle identification 

o Engine capacity 

o Engine power 

o Fuel type 

o Illustrations showing VIN plate/Engine code location 

o Data link connector (DLC) location 

o Rim/Tyre sizes and tyre pressures 

o Service illustrations 

Tuning and emissions 

o Illustrated firing order and Preparatory conditions 

o Basic ignition adjustment 

o Engine oil temperature 

o Idle speed 

o Emission levels 

Service adjustments 

o Spark plug type and plug gap 

o Valve clearance 

o Cylinder compression 

o Oil pressure 

Lubricants and capacities 

o Specification and capacities of engine oil, transmission oil and differential oil 

o Capacities of engine cooling system 

Ignition system 

o Ignition type and ignition system 

o Ignition coil and distributor specifications 

o Setting data 

Fuel system 

o Description of injection systems including Manufacturer, System and Type 

o Technical data covering:- 

- system and regulated pressures 

- engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 

- engine speed (RPM) sensor 

- injectors 

Reference: INPA-2006 

Name: INPA 2006 BMW Diagnostic Tool for whole ECU lifecycle 


Applications of the BMW Diagnostic tool include: 

- Specification of ECU’s diagnostic data 

- Communication development 

- Reading and clearing error memory 

- Flash data uploading and downloading 

- Reading measurement values 

- Input/output control 

- Calibration of single ECU variables 

- Coding of ECU variables 

- Coding of ECU variants 

- CAN (Controller Area Network) bus mode emulation 

How you benefit: 

One data set and one run time system for the entire life cycle 

Reduced maintenance effort and cost reduction 

Support of all ECU use cases in Engineering, Test, Production and After Sales 

Automatic generation of specification 

Integrated solutions for on-board/off-board 

Fast and simple configuration of GUI and communication data instead of programming 

Customer specific protocols supported 

Learn only one system for different projects 

Open system architecture 

Proven track record 

Long term application by supporting widespread ASAM standards 

Language change of the dashboard panel 

Language is English, German and Spanish 

Models covered: 

1 series E87 

3 series E30 e36 e46 e83 

5 series E34 E39 E53 E60 E61 

6 series E63 E64 

7 series E32 E38 E65 E66 

8 series E31 E52 

Mini R50 R52 R53 

X series E53 

Rolls Royce 

Z series E85 E52 

Complete to work on all BMW models. 

This is the best BMW tool you can find on the market 

302

Reference: VAS-5052 



Name: Diagnostic Test Tool VAS 5052 for VW, AUDI, SKODA, SEAT 


VAS 5052 was designed especially for mobile use or to be used as a second or third tester. The tool works with cars belonging to VW Group 

(SEAT-AUDI-VW-SKODA). 

The scan tool mode of operation allows the prescribed transfer of data within the scope of the European On-Board Diagnosis (E-OBD) from 

and to exhaust gas influencing control units from all vehicle manufacturers. Service information such as service schedules, current flow 

diagrams etc (ELSA) are shown on the screen and thus considerably reduce the amount of paper needed for conveying such information. 

The necessary information is available directly at the vehicle and is very up-to-date. 

Design and features: 

- PC-based unit with integrated diagnosis assembly group. 

- Modes of operation: Self-diagnosis, OBD and Guided functions. 

- Operation via external worktop mains unit (110V/230V alternating current), 

vehicle onboard supply network via diagnosis lead or rechargeable battery installed. 

- TFT colour liquid crystal display (touch screen) for control of all functions at the touch of a finger. 

- Interrogating fault memory of all control units, update programming of all control units or resetting service interval display. 


VAS5052 ( touch screen PC) 

Reference: SSS-OPPS 

Name: BMW SSS OPPC interfaces for ECU reprogramming 


- SSS + OPPS + OBD connector + optic cable 

- Brand new product. 

- 2 years warranty 

- Purchase contract, item can be delivered anywhere in the world. 

- Order on demand, advanced payment required 

- It performs all sorts of programming on BMW (2006), such as: changing language on the navigator, airflow control, etc. 

Reference: BMW-GT1 

Name: Original BMW GT1 DIS Diagnostics Scan Test head interface 


The diagnostic system DIS and GT1 allow you to electronically diagnose your car, at the same time allowing the upgrade of various aspects 

of the dashboard. 

Diagnostic & Information System (DIS) - Contains Technical Information System (TIS), this includes technical literature of repair manuals 

(from E36), Service Information Bulletins (from 1988), Technical Reference Information Bulletins (from 1988), Technical Data, etc. 

100% Performance on all diagnostic features on BMW (2006) 

Via a direct connection to your BWM the DIS and GT1 system can register in only a couple of seconds any incidences that have occurred 

after the last check-up. It is by far, the most advanced tool used for diagnosis on BMW cars. 


- GT1-SCAN Pro main body 

- Rechargeable socket (seat) 

- Power cable 

- Diagnostic interface case 

- Extension cable 

- GT1 for vehicles with 20pin diagnostic connector 

- GT1 for vehicles with OBII diagnostic connector Latest diagnostic version of software 

303

Reference: MB-DAS2006 



Name: Star Diagnosis Diagnostics Assistance System for Mercedes Benz 


The DAS STAR Diagnosis Assistance System is a professional diagnostic equipment for Mercedes Benz cars manufactured after year 2000, 

it is the replacement of HHT. Star Diagnostic operate based on the WINDOWS NT system, it includes workshops information systems (WIS 

system), the movement management system (STARUTILITIES) and the automatically diagnose system(the DAS system).The system offers 

total diagnostic coverage of all engine, chassis and body systems. 

Reading and re-setting of diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) 

Real-time reading of dynamic data 

Full component activation clearing and re-setting of adaptation values 

Coding of all engine, chassis, body and instrumentation modules 

Key configuration 

Procedure for fitting Mercedes-Benz accessories through the D2B ring and MOST bus 

Total ASSYST/ASSYST+ control (Active Service System) to update on board service history 

DAS: Concise interface and straightforward operation using an IBM high-quality computer you can realize a quick and accurate code 

reading and testing on the car´s system. 

WIS: Supply the whole view of the wiring diagram in a car, component location diagram and maintenance method. What you do is to enter 

the chassis number, and then you will get the manufacture data, engine configuration and the car model. 

Features: 

Engines (All Gasoline & Diesel Systems) 

Transmissions and Electronic Selector Modules 

AIRmatic and Active Body Control Suspension Systems 

Traction Systems: ESP/ASR/ETS/ABS/BAS 

SBC braking systems (211 & 230 chassis) 

Supplementary Restraint Systems (SRS) / Airbag 

All body modules OCP/UCP/LCP/SCM/SKF/KFB/RCM/DCM's 

Drive Authorisation System 

SAM (Signal Acquisition) Modules 

Electronic Ignition System 

Pneumatic System Equipment and ATA functions 

Air Conditioning / climate control Systems 

Instrument Cluster 

Tyre Pressure Control 

Parktronic System 

Keyless Go 

D2B Command & Audio Gateway (D2B and MOST networks) 

TV Tuner 

Headlamp Range Adjustment 

Seat Electronics 

RVC, RST & Vario Roof modules 

Automatic Clutch System ACS (168 chassis) 

M-Class Body Modules (AAM/EAM/DAS/SEM/VG Transfer Case) 

ASSYST & ASSYST+ systems 

304


software diagnosis 

305














o Fuel type 









o Idle speed 














Fuel system 






- injectors 

- oxygen sensor heater 

Tightening torques 

o Cylinder head 

o Main bearing and big-end bearing 

o Oil sump and oil pump 

o Clutch 

o Camshaft sprocket and crankshaft pulley 

o Wheel hub and brakes 

o Wheel nuts and bolts 

Brake discs and brake drums 

o Minimum component dimensions (permissible wear limits) 

Air conditioning 

o Refrigerant and Refrigerant oil (type and quantity) 

Repair times 

o Mechanical repairs 

o Electrical repairs 

o Bodywork repairs 

o Air conditioning 

o Manufacturer time allowance given in decimal hours 

o Quick and easy labour charge quotes 

o Estimates can be printed and saved 

o Spare part charge can be added 

o Additional tasks can be added 

o Hourly rate can be customized 

Wheel alignment 

o Wheel alignment data 

o Setting instructions 


o Tightening torques 

o Rim and tyre specifications 

o Tire pressures and load condition 

o Terminology 

Valve timing 

Timing belts 

o Removal and installation procedures 

o Replacement Interval Guide 

o Repair Times 

o List of special tools required 

o Illustrated timing belt routing and timing marks 


o Illustrated serpentine belt routing 

Timing chains 


o Required special tools 


o Illustrated timing chain routing and timing marks 



Timing gears 


o Illustrated timing gear locations and timing marks 

o Tightening torque 


Service schedules 

o Service schedules in line with manufacturers original schedules 

o Service intervals based on: 

- mileage 

- Inspection I, II or III 

- elapsed time 

o Mechanics service tick list 

o Listing of required spare parts 

o Service illustrations showing: 

- Drain and refill locations 

- Serpentine belt routing 

- Jacking points 

- Pollen filter locations 

o Merging feature to enable adding of service times into the 

306

Reference: AUTOSOFT 



Name: AutoSoft Online Small Business - administration of Auto Repair Shops Software 


307














o Fuel type 









o Idle speed 














Fuel system 






- injectors 

- oxygen sensor heater 

Tightening torques 

o Cylinder head 

o Main bearing and big-end bearing 

o Oil sump and oil pump 

o Clutch 

o Camshaft sprocket and crankshaft pulley 

o Wheel hub and brakes 

o Wheel nuts and bolts 

Brake discs and brake drums 

o Minimum component dimensions (permissible wear limits) 

Air conditioning 

o Refrigerant and Refrigerant oil (type and quantity) 

Repair times 

o Mechanical repairs 

o Electrical repairs 

o Bodywork repairs 

o Air conditioning 

o Manufacturer time allowance given in decimal hours 

o Quick and easy labour charge quotes 

o Estimates can be printed and saved 

o Spare part charge can be added 

o Additional tasks can be added 

o Hourly rate can be customized 

Wheel alignment 

o Wheel alignment data 

o Setting instructions 



o Rim and tyre specifications 

o Tire pressures and load condition 

o Terminology 

Valve timing 

Timing belts 


o Replacement Interval Guide 


o List of special tools required 

o Illustrated timing belt routing and timing marks 



Timing chains 




o Illustrated timing chain routing and timing marks 



Timing gears 


o Illustrated timing gear locations and timing marks 

o Tightening torque 


Service schedules 

o Service schedules in line with manufacturers original schedules 

o Service intervals based on: 

- mileage 

- Inspection I, II or III 

- elapsed time 

o Mechanics service tick list 

o Listing of required spare parts 

o Service illustrations showing: 

- Drain and refill locations 

308

Reference: CO-FIAT 


Car connectors 

Name: FIAT 3 Pins connector with cable also for Alfa Romeo, Lancia and Polonez cars 


FIAT 3 pin connector. Connector comes assembled with cable and plastic casing. 

Cable can be attachet/assembled with a conector of any diagnostic device you may wish to use. 

Compatible with Alfa Romeo, Lancia as well as polish Polonez cars (for older models prior to 2001). 

Reference: 12VBANANA 

Name: 12V Lighter connector to red/black 4mm banana connector 


12V Lighter connector to red/black 4mm banana connector 

Red = VBAT 

Black = GND 

Reference: OBD2BANANA 

Name: OBD2 female connector to coloured 4mm banana sockets 


OBD2 female connector to coloured 4mm banana sockets 

Red = VBAT 

Black = GND 

Yellow = K-Line 

blue = L-Line 

Reference: CO-OBD2VW 

Name: OBD2 KL KKL Car OBDII Diagnostic cable connector 


OBD2 cable Connector compatible with the following Car models: 

Volkswagen 

Audi 

Skoda 

SEAT 

Reference: CO-VAG 

Name: VAG cable connector for diagnostic software Volkswagen audi 


Connector compatible with following car models: 

Volkswagen 

Audi 

Skoda 

SEAT 

Reference: CO-BMW 

Name: Connector of diagnostic OBDII cable for BMW Car models. 


20 pins connector compatible with BMW card models. 

309

Reference: CO-BENZ 


Car connectors 

Name: OBDII diagnostic cable Connector for Mercedes Benz car model 


OBD2 diagnostic cable Connector compatible with Mercedes Benz Car models.Connector has 38 pins. 

310

Reference: A2DP-SPEAKER 



Name: Portable Bluetooth Stereo Speaker For MP3, MP4, iPod, mobile, CD, PSP players 



- Color: Black 

- Audio input: IPOD electrical outlet, 3. 5mm stereo electrical outlet 

- Power output: 3w 3w 

- Frequency Response: 100Hz-20KHz 

-. Input impedance: >= 10K 

- S / N ratio: >= 80dB 

- Power input: AAAAx4 batteries or transformer or USB power supply, 6V, 1A. 

Features: 

* Works with compatible Bluetooth devices for receiving calls even in your car 

* Powered by 4AAAA batteries so can be taken anywhere 

* Supports MP3 / MP4 / iPod / mobile / CD / PSP player and so on 

* Supports Bluetooth Headset, A2DP profiles 

* Good audio performance with SRS technolog 

* Bluetooth Specification V1. 2 class 2 

Reference: A2DP-BLUETOOTH 

Name: A2DP Bluetooth music stereo wireless receiver for Sonyericsson, Nokia, Samsun 


Plug the A2DP Bluetooth® music receiver into your stereo and effortlessly play music from your compatible mobile phone through the 

speakers of your system. Two cables are included, an RCA cable and a 3.5mm input cable, so many audio devices are compatible. Walk into 

the Bluetooth® range and use your phone as the remote control. Change tracks, pause and shuffle your music without leaving your 

seat. The A2DP-BLUETOOTH is also rechargeable and portable, allowing you to take your tunes on the road as well. 

Enjoy all the music saved on your phone, with friends or by yourself! 

Play it wirelessly through your hi-fi speakers - as loud as you want! 

Supports Motorola, Nokia, Sony Ericsson, Samsung, LG phones 

Feature List: 

- Transmits music wirelessly from your compatible1 mobile phone. 

- Works off of Bluetooth® streaming (A2DP). 

- For use with many compatible stereo systems. 

- Perfect for home or on the road. 


- Standard: 1. 2v class 2, 10meters 

- Bluetooth Profile Support: Headset, Hands-Free Profiles & Advanced Audio Distribution 

- Profile (A2DP), AVRCP 

- Operating Frequency Band: 2. 402Ghz to 2. 480Ghz Spectrum 

- Battery Used: 041430-280mAh (Rechargeable Lithium Polymer), 3. 70VDC 

- Conversation time: 7 hours 

- Playing time: 7 hours 

- Standby time: 150 hours 

- Charging time: In 3 hours 

- Size:80 x 28 x 15mm 

- Weight: 20g 

- Available color: Black 

Included Accessories 

- 3.5mm jack audio cable 

- 3.5mm RCA audio cable 

- AC adapter (5V,500MA) and USB power cable 

- User manual 

Compatible with the following Sony Ericsson mobile phones: 

K550, K610, K618, K800, K790, K810, M600, P990, V630, W610, W710, W830, W850, W880, W950, W958, Z610, Z710 

311




Name: MA-730 Handset Manager / Bluetooth Data Suite support voip 


MA-730 Bluetooth Data Suite is perfectly designed for personal data management and editing multimedia contents. 

Personal data such as Contacts, Calendar and messages can be easily backup in your PC. Multimedia contents such as ringtones and 

pictures can be composed and edited freely so as to share with friends. 

The new royal blue MA-730 Bluetooth dongle is capable of speeding up data transfer. 

Its easy modem setup helps users to connect the mobile phone to the Internet in just a few clicks. 

The support of VoIP facilitates users to chat on MSN/Skype using Bluetooth-enabled headset. 

MA-730 Bluetooth Data Suite is a powerful tool for daily mobile phone usage and will enrich your mobile phone experience. 

MA-730 Bluetooth Data suite brings effectiveness and efficiency to your life. With enhanced Bluetooth Manager, users can simply launch 

the Bluetooth Manager to connect with different Bluetooth devices. MA-730 Bluetooth Data Suite now supports OBEX file transfer. Send and 

receive files via OBEX seamlessly, wirelessly and instantly. 



BenQ-Siemens EF81 / S88 / EL71 

LG VX9800 / VX5300 (Verizon) / Chocolate (VX8500) / CU500 / VX8100 (Verizon) / KG800 Chocolate / VX8300 (Verizon) 

Motorola E550 / E815 / E815 (Alltel / Bell / Verizon)/ E770V / E1070 / KRZR K1 / L6 / L7 / PEBL U6 / V195 / V330(USA) / V360 / V535 / V540 / 

V545 / V547 / V550 / V551 / V600i / V620 / V635 / V710m / ROKR E1 / RAZR V3 / RAZR V3i /RAZR V3x / RAZR V3m 

Nokia 3230 / 3250 / 3600 / 3620 / 3650 / 3660 / 6021 / 6103 / 6111 / 6125 / 6131 / 6165i / 6230/ 6230i / 6233/ 6234 / 6255 / 6255i / 6260 / 6270 / 6280 

/ 6630 / 6670 / 6680 / 6681 / 6682 / 6822 / 7370 / 7380 / 7610 / 7650 / 8800 / 8801 / E50 / E60 / E61 / E70 / N70 / N71/ N73 / N80 / N90 / N91 

Samsung A930 / A990 / D407 / D500 / D508 / D520 / D528 / D600 / D608 / D720 / D730 / D800 / D807 / D820 / D900 / E360 / E370 / E530 / E568 / 

E620 / E628 / E720 / E730 / E738 / E750 / E760 / E770 / E780 / E870 / E900 / P300 / S500i / T519 / T619 / X700 / X800 / X810 / X828 / Z140V / Z150 

/ Z320i / Z500V / Z510 / ZM60 / ZV30 / ZV40 / Z540V / Z400V / Z560 / ZV50 

Siemens CX75 / M75 / S65 / S75 / SL75 / S65V / SP65 

Sony Ericsson K510i / K600i / K608i / K610i / K700i / K750i/ K800i / V600i / T610 / T616(USA) / T630 / T637(USA) / P900 / P910i / D750i / V600i / 

Reference: GBLUETOOTH 

Name: Dreamtooth B-Speech GPS Bluetooth Receiver GPS2 


Small. Powerful. Stylish. 

12 satellites show you the shortest way to your destination with 5 meters accuracy. High-rise buildings, tunnels and such obstacles do not 

disturb reception. 3 LEDs tell you the status of the Bluetooth connection, the GPS and the batteries. 3 batteries AAA provide 8 hours use. 

The B-Speech®GPS- receiver is compatible with all Bluetooth compliant mobile phones. 

Bluetooth Specifications: 

Bluetooth Version V.2.0 + EDR, ClassII 

Range: 10 Meter 

GPS Specifications: 

12 channels 

Frequency L1, 1,575.42 MHz 

Position deviation: 5 meters 

Velocity: 0,1 m/sec 

Cold/Warm/Hot start: 45/35/s sec. 

Storage temperature : -40°C – 70°C 

Working temperature : -10°C – 50°C 

Air humidity: 20 – 90% 

Port for external antenna 

Size in mm : 65 L × 50 W × 25 H 

Weight: 84 g (incl. 3 AAA batteries) 

CE, FCC 

Package contents: 

B-Speech® GPS 2 

User manual 

312











Features: 






























313

Reference: PARROT3000 



Name: Original Bluetooth Car Kit Parrot CK3000 Evolution 


Just turn on the engine. Drive. Talk. It s that simple! 

The Parrot CK3000 Evolution hands-free Car Kit offers the convenience of voice recognition and outstanding sound quality by using your 

car's sound system as a receiver. 

It takes less than an hour for your local mechanic to mount the Parrot EVOLUTION: electronic box, microphone, and keypad. There are no 

apparent wires. Once installed, just turn on the engine and you are immediately connected to your phone. 

Even by leaving the mobile phone in his bag, with his Parrot EVOLUTION, the driver dictates a name and is immediately connected to his 

correspondent. 

The car's speakers transmit the conversation with perfect quality of sound, regardless of the driving conditions (traffic, highway…). 

Features: 

• Voice Recognition dialler, stores up to 500 names from 3 phones 

• Full voice control for pick-up, hang-up, dialling by names 

• Full duplex audio with acoustic echo cancellation 

• Bluetooth synchronisation with your mobile's phone book 

• Mutes the radio during calls, uses the cars stereo speakers, voice caller identification, audio volume control 

• Compliant with Bluetooth 1.1 specification: 

supports Bluetooth profiles: generic access, headset, serial port, synchronisation 

Input voltage of 11-16V 

Idle power consumption < 300 µA 

advanced radio mute cable with ISO connectors 

• Passive microphone with 3.5mm jack connector, software upgrade capability through Bluetooth link 

•Dimensions: 154mm x 58mm x 30mm 

• Bluetooth Profile: 

The 'Headset' and 'Hands free' profiles determine the level of features made available for the connection. 

Headset profile is basically just a voice channel opened between the phone and the accessory. 

Hands free allow more sophistication, with caller ID and dual call. 

Parrot CK3000 accepts both profiles and connects using the richest profile available from the phone. 

• Obex is an object exchange protocol implemented by some manufacturers that can speed up synchronization of data. CK3000 

implements Obex to quickly synchronize with the mobile's phonebook. 

• Languages available: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Portuguese, Chinese, Russian, Czech. 

• Settings: 

The CK3000 integrates extensively with any Bluetooth phone. 

System settings are performed from the phone accessory menu; Voice recognition: CK3000 features a DSP-based noise-robust voice 

recognition that performs under extreme conditions. 

The car kit can host 3 separate phones, including their phone books; 

Navigation: CK3000 can operate with the Webraska IBdN wireless navigation system, speaking instructions through the car audio system. 

Contents of the package: 

Keypad 

Power cable 

Electronic Box 

Microphone 

Mute cable 


Ericsson: R520m, T39m, T68m 

Motorola: 270C/280i (with Bluetooth® extension ), A760/A768, A830, A835, A925, E398, V3, V80, V500, V501, V525, V600 

Nec: e616/c616 

Nokia: AD-5B, 3600/3620/3650/3660, 6230, 6310/6310i, 6810, 6820, 8910/8910i, 6600, 6650, 6670, 7600, 7610, N-Gage, N-Gage QD 

Panasonic: P341i**, X11, X70, X80 

Philips Fisio 820, Fisio 825 

Sendo: Sendo X 

Sharp: GX15/GZ100**, GX30/GX31/GX32 

Siemens: S55, S56, SX1 

Sony Ericsson: T68i, T606/T608/T610/T616/T618/T630, Z600/Z608, P800/P802, P900/P908, P910i**, Z1010*, K700*, S700 

Telital Neo 

- PDA/Smartphone : 

SPV E200 / SMART Amazing Phone / Qtek 8080 

SPV M1000 / MDA II / Qtek 2020 

SPV C500 / imate SP3 

PDAs : HP IPAQ POCKET PC 63xx 

AD-5B = USB Bluetooth® available for Nokia: 3100, 3200, 5100, 5140, 6100, 6220, 6610, 6800, 7200, 7210, 7250/7250i. 

* = limitations of use due to phone 

314

Reference: BLUE-CAR1 

Name: Bluetooth mobile phone handsfree car kit 




At last a true hands free driving experience. BLUE-CAR1 Mobile Hands Free Car Kit gives you the freedom to drive without wires. Leave the 

phone in the briefcase or your pocket. No longer will you need to find your phone to answer a call. Plugs directly into your vehicles 

cigarette lighter or gives you the option of using its battery power supply. 


Compliance with Bluetooth specification version 1.1 

Support RF power class 2 

Wireless connectivity up to 10 meters 

An answer/end button supports voice activation 

Properties: 

Operating frequency band: 2.402GHz to 2.480GHz unlicensed ISM band 

Bluetooth specification: version 1.1 

Profile supported: headset 

Output power class: class 2 

Sensitivity: -80dBm at 0.1% BER 

Piconet: point-to-point 

Link mode: SCO 

Voice coding: 13 bits linear 

Security: pairing, encryption and authentication 

Power consumption: 12VDC from car battery Compatible Bluetooth Enabled Mobile Phones: 

Nokia Models: 

N-Gage, 3650, 3600, 3620, 3660, 6230, 6310i, 6310, 6600, 6810, 6820, 7700, 8910, 8910i 

Ericsson Models: 

T39, T68, T36ms, R520mc 

Sony Ericsson: 

T39m, T68, T68i, T616, T610, T608, T630, P800, P900, Z600, Z1010 

Motorola Models: 

A820, A830, A835, V600, 270c, T280i 

Philips Models: 

315

Reference: BLUE-PHONE 



Name: Worldphone software with Bluetooth USB adapter 


WorldPhone with Bluetooth is the product that provides the total solution of bluetooth connection of PCs and mobile phones. Use the 

mobile phone's bluetooth to instantly transmit SMS/EMS/MMS, logos, ringtones, phonebooks or calendars from mobile phone to computer. 

Instant Internet access or network access sharing becomes as easy as it could be. The bluetooth connection enables you to do all things at 

real wireless environment. WorldPhone bluetooth is the Worlds only USB solution that enables you to work with Nokia mobile phones. 

Features | System Requirements | Hardware Specification 

Features 

SMS/EMS Function 

Downloading messages (SMS/EMS) on SIM card or mobile phone to computer for backup, reply, forwarding or creating messages 

Supporting long SMS by automatically arrange it to concatenated SMS 

Multiple recipients are supported. Easy to select recipients from downloaded phonebook 

SMS Searching function provides easy message retrieval 

Full EMS support: predefined EMS logo/ring and user-defined logo/ring are both supported 

Frequently used phrases could be defined as templates. Personalized signature could be defined and then append on messages 

MMS 

You can customize your own MMS messages. 

You can upload personal MMS to mobile phone from PC via Bluetooth or IrDA 

to share fun and entertainment with your friends. 

Convenient edition tools are provided by just double-clicking or dragging and 

dropping image and audio clip to the slides 

It supports full color editing and palette tools. 

LOGO Function 

Design and Customize your personal wallpaper, Operator logo, Start-up picture, Caller group logo and Picture message 

Multiple drawing tools are provided. The preview area helps you to check it before upload 

Besides bitmap file importing, the screen capture tool enabling you to capture any image on screen 

Support full color editing and palette tools 

Sending Logo via SMS (Nokia smart message) 

Downloading the pictures taken by integrated camera 

Phonebook Function 

Download Phonebook from mobile phone to computer for backup, modifying, adding, deleting, sorting, or enquires 

Both SIM card phonebook and mobile phone address book are supported. Address book fields are fully supported e.g. e-mail, postal 

addressetc. 

Support grouping of phonebook entries 

Export Phonebook to Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, Palm and PocketPC 

Ringtone Function 

Personalize mobile phone ringtone of your handset 

Compose ringetone by staff or mobile phone staff tools 

Polyphonic ringtone are fully supported 

Playback feature enable users to play ringtone on PC. Partial interval and selected tracks playback are also supported 

Support MIDI file importing 

Sending ringtone via SMS (Nokia smart message) 

Calendar Function 

Creating a Meeting, Memo, Call or Birthday notice on mobile phone and remind or alarm you at the right time 

Downloading all calendar events to computer for backup or modification 

View calendar by data, month or event 

Bluetooth Function 

Bluetooth Serial Port: 

Establishes a Bluetooth wireless connection between two devices. The connection may be used by applications as though a physical serial 

cable connected the devices 

Dial-Up Networking: 

PC can dial-up to Internet by using a mobile phone with Bluetooth DUN (Dial-Up Networking) profile. 

Fax: 

Bluetooth client can send a fax wirelessly by using a Fax machine that is physically connected to Bluetooth server. 

File Transfer: 

When File Transfer service is established between two Bluetooth devices, you can easily browse, drag/drop, open, print, cut/copy, paste, 

delete, or rename files/folders in local device and remote device. 

Information Exchange: 

This service allows two Bluetooth-enabled devices exchange personal information manager data such as business cards, calendar items, 

email messages, and notes. 

Information Synchronization: 

This service allows two Bluetooth-enabled devices to synchronize Personal Information Manager data each other. 

Network Access: 

Establish a wireless connection between the client and a server that is physically connected to the Local Area Network (LAN). If the client 

has permission from the server, the wireless connection can be used as if the client were hardwired to the LAN. 

Top 

Hardware Specification 

Bluetooth version 

Bluetooth Specification V1.1 compliant 

General Radio 

Carrier Frequency 2.4 ~ 2.483GHz 

Data Rate 1Mbps 

Radio Performance Receiver 

Rx sensitivity -85dBm 

Radio Performance Transmitter 

316

Reference: BLUE-USB 

Name: Bluetooth USB dongle 




Description 

The Blue-USB TM BluetoothTM USB Dongle is a quick, easy, and inexpensive solution for customers wanting to have a Bluetooth TM 

plug-on module to their PC now, giving them the ability to communicate with any peripheral BluetoothTM device. 

The USB Dongle provides many services, among others: 

Blue Manager :Provide automatic discovery and point-and-click management of devices, resources, and services. 

Drag-and-drop file sharing: Makes information sharing simple enhancing Collaboration and productivity. 

Wireless device synchronization: Update contact databases and calendars on Bluetooth devices quickly and conveniently. 

Wireless dial up and LAN connectivity: Internet connect to the Internet or LAN through Bluetooth cellular phones (GSM,GPRS, CDMA) or 

through Bluetooth LAN access points. 

Reliability 

Internal antenna: Delivers clear, interference-free reception under optimal condition in a durable, retractable design. 

Unique form factor: Provides Bluetooth connectivity to notebooks and desktops with USB port; two available cable lengths allow flexible 

location of the USB adapter for convenience and optimal radio reception. 

Security 

128-bit encryption support: Lets users exchange information in privacy. 

Physical authentication: Identifies individual Bluetooth devices by their unique address and PINs. 

User-level authentication: Keeps information secure by enabling user names and passwords. 

Software Support 

Windows 98/98SE/ME 

Windows 2000 

Windows XP 


Compliant with the BluetoothTM V1.1 specification 

Class 2 operation 

Fully BluetoothTM Version 1.1 qualified 

Power by the PC 

Full speed USB interface, compliant with USB 1.1 

LED location 

Software upgradeable 

Built-in Antenna 

Frequency band: 2.4Ghz unlicensed ISM band 

Maximum date rate: 1M 

Sensitivity: -89dBM@0.1%BER 

10 meter working distance 

Support profile 

Reference: BLUE-TALK 

Name: Universal Bluetooth Wireless Headset 


The Bluetooth wireless headset uses the latest innovative design, it allows you to clip the tiny unit to your clothing, carriying in your pocket 

or wear around your neck. Freeing you from those bulky earpieces. Using Bluetooth wireless technology you can maintain contact with 

your cell phone from up to ten metres away. 

Product specification features: 

High-technology meets high fashion. 

Three different colour Lexan detachable skins. 

Bluetooth: Compliant with Bluetooth V1.1. 

Battery: Rechargable Lithium Polymer. 

Weight: Less than 30g. 

Charger: Built-in, no external charger required. 

Talk time: 3 hours talk time, 100 hours standby time. 

Power Standard AC/DC adapter. 

Operating distance: 30 feet (10 meters). 

Voice command: For dialing out (subject to mobile phone support). 

Noise: Noise canceling microphone. 

Automatic reconnection if Bluetooth link is disrupted. What is Bluetooth? Bluetooth with its unique technology has created a new world of 

communication. Its advanced thinking has developed the ultimate in flexible digital devices that communicate and connect together. What 

makes bluetooth technology incredible is that it is wireless. 

Bluetooth provides wireless communication between devices, seamlessly linking such hardware as mobile phones, PDAs, laptops, digital 

cameras and potentially a whole host of electrical devices. 

Bluetooth is about wireless interoperability and the ability to communicate, access the internet, e-mail and information services anywhere, 

anytime. 

Tested with all compatible bluetooth mobile phones: Nokia 8910, 6310 & 6310i, Ericsson T68i, T68, T65, T39 & R520, Motorola and Philips 

Fisio 820 Bluetooth Handsets. 

317

Reference: HOLD-BEAR 

Name: Bear Mobile Phone Holder 



Phone Holders 

Brand new! Very attractive Dog style mobile phone holder. Sits comfortably on any flat surface, or its suction device allow you to place at 

any window, or stick it at any place using the velcro on the bottom of the holder, for an exiting new look! Manufactured to high standards. 

Reference: HOLD-PANDA 

Name: Panda Mobile Phone Holder 




Reference: HOLD-DOG 

Name: Dog Mobile Phone Holder 




318


XENON 

319

Reference: HIDXENONH7 


XENON 

Name: HID Xenon Headlight Conversion Kits for H7 bulbs 


HID Xenon Conversion Kits 

H.I.D. (High Intensity Discharge) Conversion Kits have become one of the best personal investments in car accessories. HID Conversion 

Kits provide more than 300 percent the amount of light of a Halogen bulb. The clear white light produced by HID Conversion Kits is similar 

to daylight, reflecting road markings and signs better than conventional lighting. 

The Xenon Bulb is a micro-discharge bulb filled with a mixture of noble gases including Xenon, and its life time of the bulb is equal to that 

of the car. The bulb has no filaments and the light arc is created by two electrodes, giving it a wider range of illumination. These Systems 

are modified for specific vehicle applications and fit directly into your existing headlights. 

The HID Advantage 

HID headlights provide better visibility than ordinary halogen bulbs. The difference is even more evident during poor driving conditions. A 

significant percentage of road accidents take place during inclement weather, especially at night. HID lights allow drivers to overcome these 

conditions by providing up to 3 times more light. Added visibility contributes to driver confidence, which provides for a more relaxed, safer 

driver. 

Remarkably, HID lights are able to provide greater light output with less power consumption. Studies show that a 35 Watt HID lamp 

produced 3 times as much light compared to a 55-Watt halogen bulb. Also, the 55 Watt halogen bulb uses a continuous power draw of 10-15 

amps, while the HID system uses 20 for start-ups but drops to a mere 3 amps during operation. In addition to high output and low power 

usage, HID headlights provide a longer service life. Under normal driving conditions, the bulbs will last approximately 4 years (3000 hours). 

That's up to 4 times as long as an ordinary halogen lamp. 

Specification & Technology 

- Normal Input voltage: DC 12.8V 

- Allowable Input voltage: DC 9V ~ 16V 

- Normal Input current: 3.5+/- 0.5A 

- Normal Output wattage: 35W +/- 5%. 

- Protection of voltage: Lv < = 6V ; Hv >=18V 

- Operating temperature range: - 40 ~ + 150C 

- Dimensions: 7.79mm ( L ) X 78mm ( W ) X 38mm (H) 

35W Ballast Features: 

- Rapid start: reach 80% of normal state within 4 sec at the beginning 

- High frequency DC - DC converter 

- Low frequency DC-AC inverter 

- Lower voltage rating power device 

- Control by using a CMOS IC 

- Increase power factor 

- Small size and lightweight 

- Easy to assemble 

- Short and open of protection (0.2SEC. smart start) 

Includes all accessories you need to convert to HID 

• 2 x HID Bulbs (HID WHITE Bulb for H7) 

• 2 x Ballasts (with built-in starter/igniter for better performance) 

• 2 x secure Mounting Brackets 

• 7 x Zip ties 

• Adhesive all-weather tape 

• All necessary wires and install accessories 

• Installation Manual 

320



XENON 

















driver. 

























• 2 x HID Bulbs (HID WHITE Bulb for H3) 







321

Reference: BIXENON-H4 


XENON 

Name: HID Xenon Headlight Conversion Kits BIXENON LOW and HIGH BEAM for H4 bul 













driver. 






The Bi-Xenon HID Conversion Kit is a high quality approval ISO 9001 product. 

The Xenon bulb of the H4 dual system (Bi-Xenon) kit can move back and forward. So it can perform both high and low beams with the same 

bulb. It means that you will have both low and high beams in HID light. 

Package Includes : 

2 x Bi-Xenon H4 Bulbs 

2 x Ballasts with integrated starters 

2 x secure Mounting Brackets 

7 x Zip ties 

Wire Harness 

Accessories for installation 

Complete Instruction Manual 


Name: HID XENON Headlight Conversion Kits for H1 bulbs 













driver. 

























• 2 x HID Bulbs (HID WHITE Bulb) 







322

Reference: SKYWARRIOR 


Remote control toys 

Name: Remote control Airplane- SKYWARRIOR-1 LIGHTNING 


Learn How To Fly In A Flash!! 

Do It Before You Take Off! 

Sky Warrior-1 Comes With Its Own Ground School! 

Sky Warrior-1 Is Ready To Fly In The Box!! 

Features: 

Super tough, light weight airframe! 

All molded plastic and foam construction 

Ingenious thrust vector controls 

Automatic climb mode 

Two channel radios ergonomically shaped 

Fly with one hand 

Functions: 

Training stand flight simulator for ground school. 

Features auto flight mode for beginners and full control mode for more experienced pilots. 

Simple right and left steering control 

Thrust buttin for takeoff and climbing 

Quick charger (Power Input: 220V, 2 Pins) built into controller, no separate charger to buy or carry. 

Functional landing gear for realistic takeoffs and landings from hard, smooth surfaces. 

Includes: 

Full Function Control With "Fail Safe" 

Rechargeable Flight BAttery 

Portable BAttery Charger Built Into The Controller (Power Input: 220V 2Pins) 

Detail Manual And Flight Guide 

323

Reference: HELICOPTER 



Name: Remote control Helicopter - SKY PATROL RADIO CONTROL 


Now, you can take control of a sleek and nifty R/C helicopter without having to apply for a mortgage. 

This is the finest entry-level chopper we've ever seen, and even the most maladroit wannabe pilot should be able to get this baby off the 

ground. . 

The proportional control flight system uses a Scalextric-style trigger unit to regulate altitude and speed, whilst the light but durable body 

construction means that even Mike Smith-style pilots won't terminally damage the aircraft if it nosedives into the ground. 

The helicopter uses a quick charger that resembles a landing pad and comes complete with a seriously funky 'fuelling' hose - simply attach 

the hose to the chopper, wait for the light to turn green and you're ready for take off. The Sky Patrol is pretty much plug-and-play. 

It takes a little while to master the control - basically the harder you squeeze the trigger, the higher it flies in a pretty much forward 

direction. Ease off the trigger and the helicopter will lose altitude and start to turn; pull the trigger when it's facing the new direction you 

want to charge off in. 

Flight time: On a full charge, and in low wind (0-8KM/H) conditions, the Helicopter wil fly for 30 seconds - 2 minutes. If your flight is less 

than 30 seconds - 2 minutes, you will need to change the batteries or recharge the plane. Once charged, try again. 

Control Range: The control range of the Helicopter is 15m . DO NOT gly on windy days. Wind may overpower your helicopter and cause it to 

fly out of range. When the helicopter is out of range, you will not be able to control it. 

SAFETY FEATURE: Internal Temperature Sensonr: The helicopter is equipped with a built-in temperature sensor. If the temperature of the 

helicopter becomes too hot, the sensor will begin to AUTOMATICALLY shut down the helicopter by slowing down the rotor speed. If this 

happens, your helicopter will appear to be landing. The temperature gauge is installed to prevent overheating and hlps to ensure a ling 

lifespan for the helicopter. 

To Launch and fly higher: Pull the triggger inwards. The helicopter has proportional control. The harder you pull the trigger, the higher the 

Reference: HOVERCRAFT 

Name: Remote control Hovercraft 


Ever driven a RC car through a puddle and wished you hadnt? 

Ever wished that your RC boat would work on land? 

Well if you have and even if you havent, - everyones a winner with a Hovercraft! 

This R/C hovercraft is equally at home on land or water. Be it your living room or office floor or the local pond or river, this bad boy speeds 

across them all! The hovercraft is an all year round product, not restricted in the way RC boats are to weather conditions. If its a nice day, 

down the local pond/lake. If its pouring down race around the house. If its snowing, that depends. If you can brave the cold this baby will 

glide across snow and ice with ease. 

3 powerful fans propel this funky hovercraft to the amazement of onlookers. 

Floating on a cushion of air you have full control via the transmitter included. Operating to a distance of 50 feet(aprox. 15.24 meters) and at 

speeds up to 10mph (aprox. 16kms/hr)! 

Available in different designs and frequencies racing is also an option just watch out for ducks!!!. 

Each hovercraft comes compete and ready to run with rechargeable battery included. They run for about 15mins then a simple recharge is 

required, then its ready to go. 

Not suitable for rough water. 

Hovercraft Specification 

Hovercraft with three powerful motors 

Rubber air-bag skirt 

Dual-drive props with safety cages 

Top-mount air compressor 

Dual-stick, three-channel radio control transmitter with lift-cut button Owner's manual 

9.6 rechargeable battery pack 

9V battery 

Vehicle Dimensions: 15-1/2" (40cm)x 7-1/2" (20cm) x 5-1/2" (14cm) 

Batteries last for 8-15 minutes then recharge 

Comes complete and ready to run. 

Reference: IR-MINICAR 

Name: Infrared Remote Control Racing Car Keychain 


A new miniture car design even smaller than our MINIRC-CAR, it is so small that it is able to fit in a keyring. You can take it anywhere and be 

able to play with it at any time and at any place. Features: 

Small IR remote-controlled racing car 

Available remote control distance up to 5 meters 

Using innovative IR transmission technologies 

Powered by internal easy-to-change Li-ion cell, the using time up to 1 month 

Innovative storage case with a key ring 

Net weight of the car: 8g 

Innovative packaging 

Size of the car is only 2 x 3 cm. 

Download home video from a customer in avi format - size 1.45 Mb 

324

Reference: MINIRCCAR2 



Name: World's smallest remote control cars miniature ( 2 pieces) 


The MINI RC CAR is the world's smallest Remote-Control (R/C) car with a length of less than 3 inches! These new cars are one of the most 

sought after toys on the market today and the demand is Extremely High! 

The Hottest Toy of the Year - WRC Turbo Thunderbolt Racing Car. At just 2.5 inches long, this tiny remote controlled car charges in just 45 

seconds, runs in forward and reverse, and turns on a dime. 

Named Christmas 2002 Toy of the Year, the all-new Mini RC Car is the lastest craze for everyone of all ages! Retail stores can't keep them 

on their shelves, so buy them here while supplies last. 

Each Mini RC Car comes complete with remote control, mini car and carrying case. It's a great gift for all ages. Take advantage of this 

special low price offer today! 

"Get Ready to Stand in Line for these at Christmas 

Time" -- RC World 

"Beyond COOL - Get TWO! Dad's going to want one too!" -- U.S. Hobbyist 

Reference: MINIRC-CAR 

Name: World's smallest remote control car miniature 27,35,40,45,49 


The MINI RC CAR is the world's smallest Remote-Control (R/C) car with a length of less than 3 inches! These new cars are one of the most 

sought after toys on the market today and the demand is Extremely High! 

The Hottest Toy of the Year - WRC Turbo Thunderbolt Racing Car. At just 2.5 inches long, this tiny remote controlled car charges in just 45 

seconds, runs in forward and reverse, and turns on a dime. 

Named Christmas 2005 Toy of the Year, the all-new Mini RC Car is the lastest craze for everyone of all ages! Retail stores can't keep them 

on their shelves, so buy them here while supplies last. 

Each Mini RC Car comes complete with remote control, mini car and carrying case. It's a great gift for all ages. Take advantage of this 

special low price offer today! 

"Get Ready to Stand in Line for these at Christmas 

Time" -- RC World 

"Beyond COOL - Get TWO! Dad's going to want one too!" -- U.S. Hobbyist 

FEATURES INCLUDE: 

Full-function Wireless 2-channel, 6-way remote control radio-frequency remote control. 

Super small Size: 2.5" long! 

Operates on 2AA batteries (not included) 

Built-in rechargable battery 

Super micro size receiver in the car is less than "1" square 

Manufactured with Surface Mount Technology (SMT) 

Heat sink motor clip built to extend the life of the motors 

3 micro gears in the powertrain 

Super grip rubber tires 

Independent front suspension 

Adjustable steering 

Car recharges in about 45 seconds straight from the transmitter 

Fully assembled and tested 

Standard Frequency with each car - 5 different frequencies so 5 cars can compete! 

Car comes in a plastic display/carrying case. 

Operating instructions included 

Ready to use and Ready to Race! 

Now get 2 pieces for only 34,95 Euros 

325

Reference: SUP-1 


Support 

Name: 1 month of extended membership for download and support 


We offer you access to our members area for 1 month, where you can find lattest software releases and instructions (unlock/flash/repairs 

guides). If you have already all necessary cables and your time of membership has expired, you can now purchase an extended time of 1 

month. 

Reference: RB-NK2 

Name: Repair Book for Nokia 6230,5100,7200... 


A 60 page repair book for a wide variety of Nokia phones models. It contains colored pictures and photographs of how to repair phone 

circuits, also troubleshooting diagrams, part circuit principle, FPC diagrams, diagrams for RF electric circuit drawing parameters, Mobile 

phone block diagram, Logical circuit principle drawing. 

Compatible with the models indicated below: 

7600 

6230 

5100 

6800/6810 

7650 

7200 

8310 

3650 

6200 

7250 

3100 

N-GAGE 

326

Reference: RB-MOT 

Name: Repair Book for Motorola phones 


Motorola V600 

Part resolve and dismantling machine demonstrate the flow chart Motorola V600 

Photograph for repairing Motorola V600 

lllustrated manual tablePhotograph for repairing Locations 1 Motorola V600 



Motorola C330 

Part resolve and dismantling machine demonstrate the flow chart Motorola C330 

THE 1ST Photograph for repairing Motorola C330 

THE 2ND Photograph for repairing Motorola C330 

Whole machine electric circuit drawing Motorola C330 

Motorola V860 

Part resolve and dismantling machine 

demonstrate the flow chart Motorola V860 

Mobile Phone Rx/Tx Diagram Motorola V860 

Mobile Phone Block Diagram Motorola V860 

Motorola C300 

Mobile Phone Components layout Diagram Motorola C300 

RF electric circuit drawing Motorola C300 

Logical electric circuit drawing Motorola C300 

Audio electric circuit drawing Motorola C300 

Connect part circuit drawing Motorola C300 

Motorola V690 

Dismantling machine demonstrate the flow chart Motorola V690 

Mobile Phone Block Diagram Motorola V690 

Motorola V680 


Motorola V8060 


Motorola V66 

THE 1ST Photograph for reparing Motorola V66 

THE 2ND Photograph for reparing Motorola V66 

Mobile Phone RF Circuit Diagram Motorola V66 

Mobile Phone Logical Circuit Diagram Motorola V66 

Each one leads the feet function elucidation Motorola V66 

Motorola V70 

THE 1ST Photograph for reparing Motorola V70 

THE 2ND Photograph for reparing Motorola V70 

Mobile Phone RF Block Diagram Motorola V70 

Mobile Phone Logical Block Diagram Motorola V70 

Moblie Phone RF Circuit Diagram Motorola V70 

Mobile Phone Logical Circuit Diagram Motorola V70 

Connect part Circuit Diagram Motorola V70 

Each one leads the feet function elucidation Motorola V70 

Motorola V730 


Motorola T720i 

THE 1ST Photograph for reparing Motorola T720i 

THE 2ND Photograph for reparing Motorola T720i 

Mobile Phone Rx/Tx Level Diagram Motorola T720i 

Mobile phone Logical Block Diagram Motorola T720i 

Mobile Phone RF Circuit Diagram Motorola T720i 

Mobile Phone Logical Circuit Diagram Motorola T720i 

Motorola C350 

Mobile Phone Components Layout Diagram Motorola C350 

Whole machine electric circuit drawing Motorola C350 

Motorola M388 

THE 1ST Photograph for reparing Motorola M388 

THE 2ND Photograph for reparing Motorola M388 


Support 

327

Reference: RB-SAM2 

Name: Repair book II For Samsung phones 


SAMSUNG SGH-E710/E715 

SAMSUNG SGH-E710/E715 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 


SAMSUNG SGH-E710/E715 Mobile Phone Block Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-E710/E715 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram 




SAMSUNG SGH-E700/E708 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-E700/E708 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram and FPC Repair 


SAMSUNG SGH-E100/E108 Mobile Phone Block Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-E100/E108 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 



SAMSUNG SGH-T508 

SAMSUNG SGH-T508 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 


SAMSUNG SGH-T508 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Block Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-T508 Mobile Phone Main Chip Pins Distribution And Part Circuit Diagram 




SAMSUNG SGH-T408 Mobile Phone RF Circuit Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-T408 Mobile Phone Block Diagram 




SAMSUNG SGH-T208 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-T208 Mobile Phone Block Diagram 




SAMSUNG SGH-T108 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 





Support 

328

Reference: RB-SAM1 

Name: Repair Book for Samsung phones 


SAMSUNG SGH-P400/P408 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-P400/P408 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 

SAMSUNG SGH-P400/P408 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 2 

SAMSUNG SGH-P400/P408 Mobile Phone Block Diagram And Components Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-P400/P408 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 



SAMSUNG SGH-P100/P108 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-P100/P108 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting 1 

SAMSUNG SGH-P100/P108 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting 2 

SAMSUNG SGH-P100/P108 Mobile Phone Block Diagram and Circuit Diagram Locations 1 

SAMSUNG SGH-P100/P108 Mobile Phone Block Diagram and Circuit Diagram Locations 2 

SAMSUNG SGH-S500/S508 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-S500/S508 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 

SAMSUNG SGH-S500/S508 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 2 

SAMSUNG SGH-S500/S508 Mobile Phone FPC Repair 

SAMSUNG SGH-S500/S508 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-S308 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-S308 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 


SAMSUNG SGH-S308 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-S308 Mobile Phone Block Diagram And Pins Distribution 

SAMSUNG SGH-S108 Mobile Phone 



SAMSUNG SGH-S108 Mobile Phone Block Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-S108 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 



SAMSUNG SGH-X600/X608 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-X600/X608 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting 

SAMSUNG SGH-X600/X608 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 



SAMSUNG SGH X209 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH X209 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 

SAMSUNG SGH X209 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 2 

SAMSUNG SGH X209 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-X199 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-X199 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 

SAMSUNG SGH-X199 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 2 

SAMSUNG SGH-X199 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 




SAMSUNG SGH-X100/X108 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-X100/X108 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 

SAMSUNG SGH-X100/X108 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 2 



SAMSUNG SGH-A809 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-A809 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting 

SAMSUNG SGH-A809 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 



SAMSUNG SGH-A599 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 








SAMSUNG SGH-C100/C108 Mobile Phone 

SAMSUNG SGH-C100/C108 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 1 

SAMSUNG SGH-C100/C108 Mobile Phone Troubleshooting Locations 2 

SAMSUNG SGH-C100/C108 Mobile Phone Block Diagram 

SAMSUNG SGH-C100/C108 Mobile Phone Circuit Diagram Locations 1 




Reference: RB-NK1 

Name: Repair Book for Nokia 2650,3300,3600.... 



Support 

A 60 page repair book for a wide variety of Nokia phones models. It contains colored pictures and photographs of how to repair phone 

circuits, also troubleshooting diagrams, part circuit principle, FPC diagrams, diagrams for RF electric circuit drawing parameters, Mobile 

phone block diagram, Logical circuit principle drawing. 

Compatible with the models indicated below: 

2650 

3600 

9210 

6610 

7210 

6108 

6100 

3300 

2300 

6600 

6220 

2100 

8210/8250 

329

Reference: SUP-GD90 

Name: Repair Guide for Panasonic GD90 


PDF guide that will explain what parts should be replaced or repaired if it fails. 

This guide will be send by email as soon as your order is processed. 

Reference: SUP-T28 

Name: Repair Guide for Ericsson T28 





Name: Repair Guide for Ericsson T10 / T18 




Reference: SUP-V998 

Name: Repair Guide for Motorola V998 





Name: Repair Guide for Motorola T2688 




Reference: SUP-P7689 

Name: Repair Guide for Motorola P7689 





Support 

330

Reference: SUP-CD928 

Name: Repair Guide for Motorola CD928 




Reference: SUP-A6188 

Name: Repair Guide for Motorola A6188 




Reference: SUP-368C 

Name: Repair Guide for Motorola 368C 




Reference: SUP-L2000 

Name: Repair Guide for Motorola V3688 / L2000 





Name: Repair Guide for Motorola 2588 




Reference: SUP-SGH800 

Name: Repair Guide for Samsung SGH800 





Support 

331

Reference: SUP-SGH600 

Name: Repair Guide for Samsung SGH600 




Reference: SUP-A100 

Name: Repair Guide for Samsung A100 





Name: Repair Guide for Samsung 2400 





Name: Repair Guide for Nokia 8810 















Support 

332













Support 

Name: 12 months of extended membership and support 


We offer you allow to access to our members area for 12 months, where you can find lattest software releases and instructions 

(unlock/flash/repairs guides). If you have already all necessary cables and your time of membership has expired, you can now purchase an 

extended time of 12 month 


Name: 6 months of extended membership and support 


We offer you allow to access to our members area for 6 months, where you can find lattest software releases and instructions 

(unlock/flash/repairs guides). If you have already all necessary cables and your time of membership has expired, you can now purchase an 

extended time of 6 month 

333

Reference: GBLUETOOTH 


GPS receivers 

Name: Dreamtooth B-Speech GPS Bluetooth Receiver GPS2 


Small. Powerful. Stylish. 

12 satellites show you the shortest way to your destination with 5 meters accuracy. High-rise buildings, tunnels and such obstacles do not 

disturb reception. 3 LEDs tell you the status of the Bluetooth connection, the GPS and the batteries. 3 batteries AAA provide 8 hours use. 

The B-Speech®GPS- receiver is compatible with all Bluetooth compliant mobile phones. 

Bluetooth Specifications: 

Bluetooth Version V.2.0 + EDR, ClassII 

Range: 10 Meter 

GPS Specifications: 

12 channels 

Frequency L1, 1,575.42 MHz 

Position deviation: 5 meters 

Velocity: 0,1 m/sec 

Cold/Warm/Hot start: 45/35/s sec. 

Storage temperature : -40°C – 70°C 

Working temperature : -10°C – 50°C 

Air humidity: 20 – 90% 

Port for external antenna 

Size in mm : 65 L × 50 W × 25 H 

Weight: 84 g (incl. 3 AAA batteries) 

CE, FCC 

Package contents: 

B-Speech® GPS 2 

User manual 









Features: 






























334

Reference: HOLUX-500 


GPS receivers 

Name: HOLUX GR-500 GPS and GSM PersonalTracking System 


The GR-500 from holux is designed to provide multiple purposes including Emergency, Security and Locating. With a built-in GPS the unit 

is capable of providing personal or vehicular security by using the mobile phone network. Simply install a SIM Card with preset phone 

numbers, and depending on how you want to use it, it will send a message letting you or someone else know there is something wrong. 

It's capabilities are extensive, You can set it up to automatically dial out on a time interval or when a person or vehicle is moved. An SOS 

button is for emergency situations thus providing personal safety no other device can provide. The unit will also let you know if the internal 

battery is low so that you can be rest assured that the unit is powered. 


Name: HOLUX Mouse GPS Receiver GR-212 (with PS2 connector) 


The HOLUX GR-212 Smart GPS Receiver is a total solution GPS receiver, designed based on SiRF Star II architecture. This positioning 

application meets strict needs such as car navigation, mapping, surveying, security, agriculture and so on. Only clear view of sky and 

certain power supply are necessary to the unit. It communicates with other electronic utilities via compatible dual-channel through RS-232 

or TTL and saves critical satellite data by built–in backup memory. With low power consumption, the GR-212 tracks up to 12 

satellites at a time, re-acquires satellite signals in 100 ms and updates position data every second. Trickle-Power allows the unit operates a 

fraction of the time and Push-to-Fix permits user to have a quick position fix even though the receiver usually stays off. 


The GR-212 provides a host of features that make it easy for integration and use: 

1. SiRF Star II chipset with embedded ARM7TDMI CPU available for customized applications in firmware 

2. High performance receiver tracks up to 12 satellites while providing first fast fix and low power consumption. 

3. Differential capability utilizes real-time RTCM corrections producing 1-5 meter position accuracy. 

4. Compact design ideal for applications with minimal space. 

5. A rechargeable battery sustains internal clock and memory. The battery is recharged during normal operation. 

6. User initialization is not required. 

7. Dual communication channels and user selectable baud rates allow maximum interface capability and flexibility. 

8. Optional communication levels, RS-232 and TTL meet ordinary application and new fashions of connecting PDA with TTL or RS-232 

output. 

9. FLASH based program memory: New software revisions upgradeable through serial interface. 

10. LED display status: The LED provides users visible positioning status. LED “ON” when power connected and 

“BLINKING” when GR-212 got positioned. 

11. Built-in WAAS Demodulator. 

12. Water proof design for industry standard. 


• Tracks up to 12 satellites 

• Receiver: L1, C/A code 

• Snap Start: <3 sec(at < 25 minutes off period) 

• Update rate: 1 HZ 

• Antenna Type: Built in Patch Antenna 

• Minimum signal tracked: -175dBW 

• Size: 64.5 x 42 x 17.8 (mm) 

• Weight : < 84 grams 

• Power consumption: < 80mA at 4.5- 5.5V input 

• Waterproof 

• Operation Temperature: -40 ºC to + 80 ºC 

• Store Temperature: -45 ºC to + 100 ºC 

• Operation Humidity:5% to 95% No condensing 

Position Accuracy : 

• Non DGPS (Differential GPS): 

- Position : 5 - 25 m CEP without SA 

- Velocity : 0.1m / sec 

- Time : 1 usec sync GPS time 

• EGNOS/WAAS (high sensitivity version doesn't support this funcition) 

- Position : < 2.2 m, horizontal 95% of time 

< 5 m, vertical 95% of time 

Acquisition Time 

• Reacquisition 0.1 sec. averaged 

• Hot Start 8 sec. averaged 

• Warm Start 38 sec. averaged 

• Cold Start 45 sec. averaged 

Protocol & Interface : 

• NMEA Protocol Output : V 2.2 

Standard 

- Baud Rate : 4800 bps 

- Data Bit : 8 

- Parity : N 

- Stop Bit : 1 

- Format : GGA, GSA, GSV, RMC 

Optional : 

- Baud Rate : 9600,19200,38400 bps 

- Format : GGL, VTG, ZDA, SiRF Binary 

Interface: 

- RS-232 + COMS TTL Level, or 

- RS-232 + DGPS 

Dynamic Conditions 

- Altitude : 18,000 m ( 60,000 feet ) max 

- Velocity : 515 m/sec ( 700 knots ) max 

- Acceleration : 4G, max 

- Jerk : 20 m/sec, max 

LED Function 

-Power On/Off and Navigation 

-Update Indication 

Package Includes: 

• Holux GR-212 Mouse GPS Receiver 

• Tool CD x1 

• GR-212 Quick Guide 

• Warranty Card 

335

Reference: HOLUX-270U 


GPS receivers 

Name: Compact Flash GPS Receiver HOLUX Ultra GM-270 


The GM-270U provides a host of features that make it easy for integration and use, it is equiped with the latest software available in the 

market: 

• 12 parallel satellite-tracking channels for fast acquisition and reacquisition 

• High speed signal acquisition using 1920 time/frequency search channels. 

• Built-in hardware Tracking Loop Processor WAAS/EGNOS Demodulator 

• Low power consumption with Star II / LP chipset 


Name: Compact Flash GPS Receiver HOLUX GM-270 


The GM-270 provides a host of features that make it easy for integration and use: 



• Built-in hardware Tracking Loop Processor WAAS/EGNOS Demodulator 

• Low power consumption with Star II / LP chipset 

• Built-in rechargeable battery for memory and RTC backup and for fast Time to First Fix(TTFF) 

• Support NMEA0183 v2.2 data protocol and SiRF binary code 

• Trickle Power Enabled for Power Saving 

• Enhanced algorithms -SnapLock and SnapStart provide superior navigation performance 

• in urban, canyon and foliage environments 

• Support CF card type I connector suitable PDA, Hand Held PC or PC device. 

Other functions: 

• Receiver L1, C/A code. 

• Tracks up to 12 satellites 

• Snap Start: <3 sec (at < 25 minutes off period) 

• Update rate: 1 Hz 

• Antenna Type: Built in Active Antenna 

• Minimum signal tracked: -175dBW 

• Dimension: 91×50 ×20 mm 

Dynamic Conditions: 

• Altitude 18,000 meters max. (60,000 feet ) 

• Velocity 515 meters / second max. (700 knots) 

• Acceleration 4 G, max 

• Jerk 20 meters/second, max 

Position accuracy: 

• Non DGPS (Differential GPS) 

Position 5-25 m CEP without SA 

Velocity 0.1 m/sec, without SA 

Time 1 usec sync GPS Time 

• EGNOS/WAAS 

Position 

< 2.2 m, horizontal 95% of time 

< 5 m, vertical 95% of time 


Name: GPS HOLUX GR-236 Bluetooth 


The HOLUX GR-236 is a wireless GPS which communicates via radio with any device that has Bluetooth, such as: PDA, Tablet PC, Wall 

Plate, Mobile phones, PC. It has a mini USB connector that allows you to connect a Holux adaptor to your USB port in your PC or PDA to 

allow communication of any device that does not have Bluetooth. 

GR-236 design is based on SiRF Star IIe/LP Low power consumption chipset, built-in rechargeable Lithium-ion (BL-5C) battery compatible 

with Nokia phone models 6600,7610…, and the working time lasts at least 10 hours. Provide Continue mode and Power saving mode 

for user’s requirement. 


• Travel power supply / Cigarette adapter 

• AC Multi Power Plug Adapter 

• Receiver accuracy: Normal 5-25 meters CEP without SA 

• Dimensions: 46.3 X 67 x 19 mm 

• Weight: 56 grams 

336





GPS receivers 

The HOLUX GR-231 Smart wire-less Bluetooth GPS Receiver is a total solution GPS receiver with Bluetooth, UART interface and built-in 

rechargeable battery for high sensitivity to tracking signal. GR-231 design is based on SiRF Star IIe/LP low power Architecture. GR-231 is a 

dual-function GPS receiver. This positioning application meets strict needs such as car navigation, mapping, surveying, security, 

agriculture and so on. Only clear view of sky and certain power supply are necessary to the unit. GR-231 contacts to other device through 

Bluetooth device, compatible interface of RS-232 or USB, and built-in recharge battery to save satellite information such as the status of 

satellite signal, the last location, date and time of last use. With low power consumption, the GR-231 tracks up to 12 satellites at a time, 

re-acquires satellite signals in 100 ms and updates position data every second. 

Main functions 

GR-231 provides a series of functions. It is well suited to system integration and 

users who use PDA, Notebook PC with Bluetooth device. 

• Built in SiRF Star IIe/LP Low power consumption chipset. 

• 12 parallel satellite-tracking channels for fast acquisition and reacquisition. 


• Built-in WAAS/EGNOS Demodulator without additional any hardware. Or use the high-sensitive software to get the fast acquisition 

and reacquisition in the urban, canyon and foliage environments. 

• Compatible with Bluetooth Serial Port Profile (SPP) completely. 

• Low power consumption. Built-in rechargeable and changeable Lithium-ion battery without external power supply, and the working 

time lasts at least 9 hours. 

• Provide Continue mode and Power saving mode for user’s requirement. 

• Provide expand terminal contact to other system without Bluetooth device. 

• Built-in rechargeable battery for memory and RTC backup and for fast Time To First Fix (TTFF). 

• Support NMEA0183 v2.2 data protocol and SiRF binary code. 

• 4 colours LED to show the status of device. 

• Active antenna connector for getting better satellites signal. 

• FLASH based program memory. New software revisions upgradeable through serial interface. 

• Small, sleek, and lightweight design easily fits in your hand. 

• Over-Temperature protection 

• Enhanced algorithms -SnapLock and SnapStart provide superior navigation, performance in urban, canyon and foliage 

environments. 

• For Car navigation, Marine navigation, Fleet management, AVL, Personal navigation, Tracking System, and Mapping device 

application. 

Basic Specification 

• Chipset SiRF Star IIe/LP chipset. 

• Channels 12 parallel satellite-tracking channels. 

• Frequency 1575.42 MHZ. 


Receiver Accuracy 

• Normal 5-25 meters CEP without SA. 

• Enable EGNOS or WAAS: 




The HOLUX GR-230 Smart wire-less Bluetooth GPS Receiver is a total 

solution GPS receiver with Bluetooth, UART interface and built-in rechargeable battery for high sensitivity to tracking signal. GR-203 design 

is based on SiRF Star IIe/LP low power Architecture. GR-230 is a dual-function GPS receiver, with low power consumption. The GR-230 

tracks up to 12 satellites at a time, re-acquires satellite signals in 100 ms and updates position data every second. 

Main Functions: 

GR-230 provides a series of functions. It is well suited to system integration and 

users who use PDA, Notebook PC with Bluetooth device: 

• Built in SiRF Star IIe/LP Low power consumption chipset 


• High speed signal acquisition using 1920 time/frequency search channels 

• Built-in WAAS/EGNOS Demodulator without additional any hardware 

• Compatible with Bluetooth Serial Port Profile (SPP) completely 

• Built-in rechargeable Lithium-ion battery without external power supply 

• Provide Continue mode and Power saving mode for user’s requirement 

• Provide expand terminal contact to other system without Bluetooth device 

• Built-in rechargeable battery for memory and RTC backup and for fast Time To First Fix (TTFF) 

• Support NMEA0183 v2.2 data protocol and SiRF binary code 

• 4 colours LED to show the status of device 

• Active antenna connector for getting better satellites signal 

• FLASH based program memory. New software revisions upgradeable through serial interface 

• Small, sleek, and lightweight design easily fits in your hand 

• Enhanced algorithms -SnapLock and SnapStart provide superior navigation, performance in urban, canyon and foliage 

environments 

• For Car navigation, Marine navigation, Fleet management, AVL, Personal navigation, Tracking System, and Mapping device 

application 

Basic Specification 

• Chipset SiRF Star IIe/LP chipset. 

• Channels 12 parallel satellite-tracking channels. 

• Frequency 1575.42 MHZ. 


Receiver Accuracy 

• Normal 5-25 meters CEP without SA. 

• Enable EGNOS or WAAS: 

Position: < 2.2 meters, horizontal 95% of time 

< 5 meters, Vertical 95% of time 

• Velocity within 0.1 meters / second 

• Time 1 microsecond synchronized GPS time 

Other Functions 

• Bluetooth frequency: 2.4 ~2.48GHZ 

• Bluetooth Input Sensitivity: -80dbm 

• Low sensitivity of receiving satellite signal -175dBW 

• LED Functions Indicate Bluetooth status, GPS status, Battery Status and 

• Battery charging status 


• HOLUX GR-230 Bluetooth GPS receiver 1 Set 

• Travel power supply / Cigarette adapter 1 Set 

• AC Multi Power Plug Adapter 1 Set 

337

Reference: GPS-EMAP 

Name: Garmin eMap GPS receiver 



GPS receivers 

Puts You on the Map 

Built-in Basemap Shows Cities, Interstates, Exit info and More 

Accepts data from MapSource CD ROM's 

Compact, Portable and Lightweight 

12 Parallel Channel GPS Receiver 

Find cities, nearest exits and waypoints 

Built-in trip computer provides trip odometer, stopped time, moving average, moving time, overall average, total time and maximum speed. 

Map page displays direction pointer, speed, time, distance to go, time to go and trip distance 

Save up to 500 important sites as waypoints 

Multiple routes (1000 map points and 500 user waypoints in up to 50 routes with up to 50 points each). 

2,000 track log points 

Sun and Moon page 

Reference: GPS-LEGEND 

Name: Garmin Etrex Legend GPS receiver 


12-Channel Receiver · Built-in Basemap 

Accepts downloaded maps from MapSource 

Rugged, Waterproof Construction 

Find Cities, Exits, Waypoints and Points of Interest 

8 MB internal memory for downloading MapSource maps 

Stores 500 Waypoints with symbol; 20 routes with up to 50 waypoints each 

Automatic track log saves up to 10 tracks to retrace your path 

Built-in calendar with best fishing and hunting time recommendations 

Compact size: 4.4 x 2.0 x 1.2 inches 

Weights only 5.3 ounces 

Up to 18 hours use on two "AA" batteries (not included) 

Meets rigid IEC 529 IPX7 submersible standard* 

Memory backup 

Limited one-year warranty 

*Electronics are protected if immersed, but battery compartment may get wet. Make sure batteries and compartment are dry before using. 

With the eTrex Legend GPS, GARMIN has loaded a full basemap of North and South America into one small unit. 

The basemap contains lakes, rivers, cities, interstates, national and state highways, railroads and coastlines. The Garmin eTrex Legend 

GPS is also equipped with additional memory totaling eight megabytes. The added memory allows the Garmin eTrex Legend GPS to accept 

downloaded map data from GARMIN's entire line of MapSource® CD-ROMs. The Garmin eTrex Legend GPS comes in a brightly-colored 

translucent blue case that really makes the unit stand out. New to the product design, GARMIN has included marine aids to navigation in 

addition to the basemap. These navigational aids are pre-loaded into each unit from the factory. Enjoy the astonishing detail of the Garmin 

eTrex Venture GPS's High Resolution (160 x 288 pixels) display and bright backlighting. 

The Garmin eTrex Legend GPS supports the Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) differential GPS corrections through a system of 

ground stations and geosyncronous satellites. Without any additional equipment or fees, the Garmin eTrex Legend GPS uses WAAS to 

realize position accuracy of better than 9 feet, 95% of the time (typical)*. 

*WAAS is available in Americas only. Accuracy may be degraded when view of the horizon is obstructed by trees or mountains. 

Download eTrex Legend (988K) Owner's and Installation Manual in an Adobe Acrobat .pdf* format. 

It's one of the smallest GPS units you'll find with built-in coastline, road and highway detail. The Garmin eTrex Legend GPS is right at home 

on your dash or in your hand as you hike the trails or search for the nearest restaurant. 

(Requires MapSource data to look up services and points of interest) 

Product Comparison 

338

Reference: GPS-SUMMIT 

Name: Garmin Etrex Summit GPS receiver 


12 Parallel Channel GPS Receiver 

Barometric Altimeter · Electronic Compass 

Compact, Lightweight, Rugged, Waterproof Construction 

Elevation computer with current, minimum and maximum elevation and ascent/descent rate 

Barometer with local pressure and 12-hour automatic trend recording 

Stores 500 Waypoints with symbol 

Stores 1 route with up to 50 waypoints 



Message for arrival 

Meets rigid IEC 529 IPX7 submersible standard 

Weights only 5.3 ounces (150 grams) with batteries 

Compact size: 4.4 x 2.0 x 1.2 inches (11.2 x 5.1 x 3.0 cm) 



GPS receivers 

The eTrex Summit comes on the heels of the extremely popular eTrex, which was designed for both marine and recreation use. This new 

all-in-one navigation device for the outdoor enthusiast is the first combination GPS, altimeter, and electronic compass. The electronic 

compass provides bearing information when you're standing still and the altimeter determines precise altitude, so you can tell how high 

you've climbed and your rate of ascent. 

Like its predecessor, the eTrex Summit boasts a powerful 12 parallel channel GPS receiver and comes packaged in a small, sleek case with 

operating buttons located on either side of the unit. The case is completely waterproof to withstand immersion in one meter of water for up 

to 30 minutes. 

The eTrex Summit: It's what the hard-core outdoorsman has been waiting for. 

Download eTrex Summit (1.4 MB) Owner's and Installation Manual in an Adobe Acrobat .pdf* format. 

This compact, go-anywhere GPS includes a barometric altimeter and an electronic compass for accurate elevation, direction and location 

reporting for your outdoor adventures. 


Reference: GPSVENTURE 

Name: Garmin Etrex Venture GPS receiver 


12-Channel Receiver · Accepts Downloaded Points of Interest from MapSource 

4-way Cursor for Smooth Panning · Rugged, Waterproof Construction 

Stores 500 Waypoints with symbol; 20 routes with up to 50 waypoints each 


1 MB internal memory for downloading points of interest 

Built-in Calendar with best fishing and hunting time recommendations 

Compact size: 4.4 x 2.0 x 1.2 inches 

Weights only 5.3 ounces 


Meets rigid IEC 529 IPX7 submersible standard* 

Multiple map zoom levels 

Memory Backup 


*Electronics are protected if immersed, but battery compartment may get wet. Make sure batteries and compartment are dry before using. 

The GARMIN eTrex Venture offers a worldwide database of cities and increased internal memory. 

The memory capacity of one megabyte allows the GARMIN eTrex Venture to accept downloaded information from GARMIN's new 

MapSource® Points of Interests CD-ROM. The CD enables eTrex Venture users to download locations such as restaurants, hotels, 

shopping, and entertainment. Once the information is loaded into the eTrex Venture, you can make a selection and telephone and address 

information for a particular point of interest will appear on the screen. The CD also includes marine data such as lights, buoys, wrecks and 

obstructions. The GARMIN eTrex Venture comes housed in a stylish, translucent green case. Enjoy the astonishing detail of the Garmin 

eTrex Venture GPS's High resolution (160 x 288 pixels) display and bright backlighting. 

The Garmin eTrex Venture GPS supports the Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) differential GPS corrections through a system of 

ground stations and geosyncronous satellites. Without any additional equipment or fees, the Garmin eTrex Venture GPS uses WAAS to 

realize position accuracy of better than 9 feet, 95% of the time (typical)*. 

*WAAS is available in Americas only. Accuracy may be degraded when view of the horizon is obstructed by trees or mountains. 

Download eTrex Venture (1MB) Owner's and Installation Manual in an Adobe Acrobat .pdf* format. 

Wherever your adventures take you, the compact eTrex Venture GPS is good to go. eTrex Venture is just the thing for hiking, camping and 

fishing. Accepts downloaded points of interest such as restaurants, services, navaids and more. 


339

Reference: GPS-ETREX 

Name: Garmin Etrex Basic GPS receiver 


12-Channel Receiver · 500 Waypoints With Graphic Symbols 

Smallest, go anywhere GPS · Simple, one-hand operation 

Rugged, Waterproof Construction 

Stores 500 Waypoints with symbol 


Stores 1 route with up to 50 waypoints 

Compact size: 4.4 x 2.0 x 1.2 inches (11.2 x 5.1 x 3.0 centimeters) 

Weights only 5.3 ounces (150 grams) with batteries 


Message for arrival 

Meets rigid IEC 529 IPX7 submersible standard 

Memory backup 

Multiple map zoom levels 



GPS receivers 

Truly a small wonder, the eTrex takes the best features of a 12 parallel channel GPS receiver and put them into a six ounce package that is 

only four inches high and two inches wide. The result is a unit that will literally fit in the palm of your hand. 

Besides its small size, mariners and outdoorsmen will likely notice the sleek design of the eTrex. All buttons are located on either side of 

the unit, allowing for simple, one-handed operation that won't obstruct your view of the display. In fact, the eTrex features only five operator 

buttons for the ultimate in user-friendly design. Thanks to its bright yellow case, the eTrex will be hard to misplace and easy to find in any 

boat or backpack. The eTrex is completely waterproof so it can take an accidental splash or dunk in the water and still continue to perform. 

Inside the eTrex, you will find the proven performance of a 12 parallel channel GPS receiver that will run for 18 hours on just two AA 

batteries. No need to worry about dense tree canopy with this unit, the eTrex will continue to maintain a tight satellite lock even while 

operating in forest-like conditions. The eTrex will store up to 500 user waypoints with graphic icons and boasts GARMIN's exclusive 

TracBack feature that will reverse your track log and help you navigate your way back home. In addition, the eTrex uses animated graphics 

that will help you identify your marked waypoints quickly and easily. 

Download eTrex (867K) Owner's and Installation Manual in an Adobe Acrobat .pdf* format. 

This compact, easy-to-operate GPS is perfect for hiking, hunting, camping, fishing - any outdoor activity where you need to pack light. 


We have available GARMIN eTrex Handlebar Mount Bracket, to mount your GPS at your bike, quad, atv, etc. 

340


Christmas 

341

Reference: DANCE-MAT 


Christmas 

Name: Dance Mat compatible with PS1, PS2, Xbox, GameCube and PC dance games 


What is a Dance Mat/Pad? 

A dance mat plugs into your games console, they’re made for PS1, PS2, Xbox, GameCube and PC, to replace the hand held 

controller. You then use your feet to play dance mat games. 

A dance pad, also known as a dance mat or dance platform, is a flat electronic game controller used for input in dance games. Most dance 

pads are divided into a 3×3 matrix of square panels for the player to stand on, with some or all of the panels corresponding to 

directions or actions within the game. Some dance pads also have extra buttons outside of the main stepping area, such as "Start" and 

"Select". Pairs of dance pads are often joined side-by-side for certain gameplay modes. 

The Game 

All Dance Mat games have slightly different features and settings but all work to the same general rules. 

The game is played on a dance pad with four arrow panels: left, down, up, and right. These panels are pressed using the player's feet, in 

response to arrows that appear on the screen in front of the player. The arrows are synchronized to the general rhythm or beat of a chosen 

song, and success is dependent on the player's ability to time and position his or her steps accordingly. 

First you select your game mode. This can be practice, beginner, game or workout. Game modes usually grade you on three songs at a time 

before giving you a final overall grade. Next you choose your song. Most games have a great variety from pop to dance. Each song can be 

done at different difficulty levels so you can work to your own standard and pace. 

Finally, you begin to dance! 

Benefits of a Dance Mat: 

The best thing about a dance mat has to be how much fun it is to use it. Unlike seating on the couch playing a game, the dance mat can 

provide a different programme each time for you get up and move about. With so many games available the possibilities are endless. 

Playing on the dance mat improves your fitness levels and co-ordination. It can be done alone, with a friend or with your children. You can 

also plug in two mats at the one time and dance against each other. Why not get your mates together and have a Dance Mat party? 

The dance mat is easy to set up and put away. They fold up neatly so they can be kept virtually anywhere. No fancy gear is required, not 

even a good pair of trainers! 

Did you know that since 2005 the Dance Mat is currently being used in more than 765 school in Virginia to fight against child obesity. For 

more information... click here 

Games compatible with Dance Mats: 

- Dance Dance Revolution 3rd Mix (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution CLUB VERSION Dreamcast Edition (Dreamcast) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 1st Mix (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 2nd ReMIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 3rd MIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution BEST HITS (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 4th MIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution EXTRA MIX (Play Station) 

- Dance Dance Revolution 5th Mix (Play Station) - DDR MAX (6th MIX) (Play Station 2) 



- DDR EXTREME (Play Station 2) 

- DDR Party Collection (Play Station 2) 

- DDR FESTIVAL (Play Station 2) 

- DDR STR!KE (Play Station 2) 

- DDR SuperNOVA (Play Station 2) 

- Dance Factory (Play Station 2) 

- Dancing Stage Euromix (Play Station 2) 

- Dancing Dance Revolution: Ultramix (Xbox) 

- Dancing Stage Party Edition (Play Station) 

- Dancing Stage Megamix (Play Station 2) 

- Dancing Stage Fever (Play Station and Play Station 2) 


- Dancing Stage Fusion (Play Station and Play Station 2) 


- Dancing Stage MAX (Play Station 2) 

- DDR Ultramix 4 (XBox) 

- Konamix (Play Station/Play Station 2) 

- DDR RO in the groove (PC) 

- DDR Mario Mix (GameCube) 

342

Reference: L-CONFETTI 


Christmas 

Name: Confetti thrower in a canon perfect for any celebration. 


Reference: LASER-LAMP 

Name: Disco Laser light projector for pubs, DJ, party, etc. 


The LASER-LAMP is a compact, full-colour laser projector useful for parties, discos, pubs and any event that needs up uplift. It projects 12 

different designs on to the wall or the ceiling. The laser posses two levels of speed. The internal microphone can be synchronized with the 

sound to provide a spectacular show of lights in accordance to the music. Power supply can be administered via batteries (included) or thru 

source of electricity (not included). 

Perfect for parties, discos, pubs o just to ¡¡ brighten up your house party!! 

Package incluyes: 

- Disco laser DL 112. 

-Mount 

-4 Batteries 

-Instructions manual 


Works with batteries: 6v CC (4 batteries included) 

Source of Electricity: Input 230 V CA, 50Hz; Output 9V CC 300mA (not included) 

Laser voltage: >3 Mw. 

Weave length of the laser: 650 NM 

Type of laser: 2A 

Dimensions: 13, 5 x 12 x 8cm 





















343

Reference: ECOSFERASP 


Christmas 

Name: Ecosphere self-sufficient Ecosystem in Oval shape 13cm glass 































Size: Small Oval Shaped Ecosphere, 13 cm high, 0.5 Liters 


Reference: ECOSFERASS 

Name: Ecosphere a self-sufficient Ecosystem in a round 10cm glass 































Size: Small Round Ecosphere, 10 cm diamater, 0.5 Liters 


344

Features: 

Reference: LED-CLOCK 


Christmas 

Name: Remote control leds light projection message clock 


It combines the time and alarm clock, date and your personalized messages which can be programmed using a remote control. 

It can be used used a clock, calendar and a message box for the family 

The message display can be used as a promotional message display or welcome board for your store. 

As a digital world time clock and date of 12 major cities around the world: Hong Kong, Bangkok, New Delhi, Cairo, Paris, London, Sao 

Paolo, New York, Los Angeles, Honolulu, Sydney, Tokyo (one by one). 

It is also a perfect gift for your friends and family. The receiver will have a surprise when they find the message displayed after opening the 

box! 

Special Features: 

Desktop or wall mounted options. 

All functions can be set by remote control. 

Programmable timepiece and calender. 

It is a multi-function and purpose device for timer, alarm clock, calendar and personalized message display by moving LEDs. 

It can display the date and time in 12 major cities around the world. 

10 built-in messages which can be displayed auto-periodically. 

User may create 9 sets of their own personalized messages and each message contains maximum 100 characters. 

Whith flash animation colourful background. 

AC/DC powe adapater 

Can use 3 Alkaline "AAA" batteries for data memory (batteries not included) 

Easy and safe operating. 


Display method : 

From left to right/from right to left 

From top to bottom/ From bottom to top 

Go up and then rotate backwards 

From both sides and move to center/From center and move to the sides 

Display content: 

Time : format 24 hours (00:00) 

Features: 

Reference: PROJ-CLOCK 

Name: Desktop Projection Alarm Clock With Thermometer 


Projects the time onto any surface in large, easy-to read, blue digits 

With snooze alarm function 

Rotate lens to project the time wherever you want 

With continuous projection function 

Power: works on 3 pieces "AAA" alkaline batteries (not included) or DC 4.5V adaptor (not included) 

Body Color: Translucent blue with sliver for blue projection digits 

LCD with Blue backlight shows 12/24 hour time, alarm time, month, date, day, year and Fº/Cº temperature 

Reference: LED-CARD 

Name: Led card with personalised text 


Now you can advertise your business face-to-face at trade shows, conferences, events, meetings, and parties. The LED badge does the 

hard part for you by breaking the ice. People will be drawn in by the glowing messages as they scroll on your shirt. 



Features: 

Slim & small design 

Data communication: easily input by hand 

LED: 19 x 5 dot matrix 

Product dimensions: 60mm x 30mm x 7mm 

Display led window dimensions: 49mm X 11mm 

Color of LED: red 

Power: Runs on 1 CR2032 3V Lithium Battery (package comes with 2) 

Slim design - and MAGNETIZED on back (metal plate detaches - strong magnets are underneath, sealed into the unit. Holds easily through 

shirt or placard) 

Operation time: about 20 hours 

With 9 levels of speed to display, and 9 levels of luminance for adjust by user 

Weight: 10g 

Badge can store 6 messages (1 can store 512characters, 2-6 can store 256 characters). Only one message can be displayed at a time 



Reference: KEY-FINDER 

Name: Keyfinder Keyring with sound and flashing light 


The sonic key finder ends hours of hopelessly searching for your keys. All you need to do is clap, whistle or shout.Any loud noise causes 

the key finder to beep and the light to flash. Also handy for finding keyholes. 

Features: 

Light: helps to find keyhole when it is dark 

Attach keys to key chain 

When you lose your keys, just whistle to find them 

The key finder will emit a high pitched noise 

Blister packed, includes two replaceable batteries 

Product size: 5 X 3.5 X 1.2cm 

345

Reference: SEP-ALARM 


Christmas 

Name: Tracking and separating alarm for your personal effects 


You no longer have to worry about your phone, wallet, keys, bag, handbag, etc.. now you can find your accessories in a matter of seconds! 

Alarm turns on when transmitter and receiver are separated. Alarm turns off when transmitter and receiver are connected 

Mini design; can be easily put into wallets or pockets 

Quick and safe: receiver produces a beep sound and vibrates immediately when transmitter part is beyond the receiving range 

(approximately 15 meters). Once the receiver is closer to the transmitter the vibrating stops. 

Keep your personal belongings within reach. 

Ideal for: 

- pet wandering alert. 

- mobile phone alert. 

- suitcase & luggage alert. 

- wallet alert. 

- And many many more usages! 

Reference: GLOW-RING 

Name: Vibrating Glow in the dark condom ring ViCon 


This vibrating glow in the dark condom ring will turn any condom into a thrilling vibrator! It has the added bonus of glowing in the darks, so 

its double the fun! It is designed to fit securely at the base of the condom, emitting strong vibrations that provide exciting stimulation for 

both partners. 







Reference: RING-VIBRA 

Name: Vibrating Condom Ring ViCon 


This vibrating condom ring will turn any condom into a thrilling vibrator! It is designed to fit securely at the base of the condom, emitting 

strong vibrations that provide exciting stimulation for both partners. 







Reference: LASERPOD 

Name: Fantastic Laser Light Lamp - Laserpod 


Using the latest in laser, LED (light emitting diodes) and crystal optics, Laserpod brings science and nature together to create 

ever-changing organic light forms of profound beauty. 

Laserpod is one of the most innovative lighting products since the lavalamp of the sixties, simple in principal, Laserpod actually uses super 

advanced technology to generate the purest light known to man. 

It is the patented invention of the innovative UK light artist Chris Levine, whose varied and ground breaking work in light has ranged from 

light sculptures for the band Massive Attack and some of the most leading edge fashion designers, to an historic hologram portrait of the 

Queen of England. His work is about the experience of seeing and the living power of light, an ethos that is distilled into Laserpod. 

Laserpod uses three electronic lasers and three blue and purple LED's, chosen so that the combination of their wavelengths work as a 

background to the red laser to give a super sensory experience. 

This intense light energy is projected through a crystal and the output of this wondrous device can be described as awe inspiring! 

With the diffusers on top of the alloy cylinder, as supplied in the package, the effects are contained and Laserpod becomes a soothing 

ambient lamp. 

The visual images start when the diffusers are removed-the light forms will radiate and project across an entire room and over great 

distances. 

You can interact with Laserpod by placing anything optical on top of the unit, glass, crystal or clear plastics will all produce the most 

profoundly beautiful effects. 

For the best Laserpod experience, the device should be activated in complete darkness when the more meditative and organic beams will 

be seen- these are extraordinary and are quite unique to Laserpod. 

Laserpod is portable and can function for up to 8 hours on three AA batteries or run directly from mains on the powerpack. 

Photography and video will not do justice and nothing can compare to the experience of seeing it perform live! 

A revolution has started. Feel the Light. 

346

Reference: LED-CLIP 

Name: PiX Multi-Functional Sport LED Clip 



Christmas 

A mobile display accessory, designed to be more than just a simple display. Pix Sports is a clock, a stopwatch, a pedometer, a signal, a 

motion responsive display, and even a scrolling message display. Users can flash dynamic icons or personal text messages, or utilize it as 

a motion responsive display. 

The clip will let you stick PIX Sports on almost anything. Take the clip off and you can even fix it to a string and wear it as a necklace or 

attach it to your backpack. It only uses 2 buttons ( marked A and B) to give you access to all of the PIX's features. Whatever feature you 

are using, you'll have access to 75 high intensity LEDs all in a convenient 3" by 1" form factor. 

Features: 

The Counter acts just like a pedometer, by counting the frequency of movement when attached to a pocket, or even your boot laces! 

Reference: COLORCLOCK 

Name: Aurora Mood Clock 


The Colour Changing Clock is the new look to the boring alarm clock! Not only does it provide the time but it also serves as nice and 

peculiar decoration piece for your bedroom, living room, study room or it can even be used as a night lamp for the kid´s bedroom . If you 

dont want to have the light on thru the night you can just turn the light off and if you wish to check the time while in the dark, you only need 

to tap it gently on top and the Aurora clock will light up for 30 seconds. This mood lighting centerpiece can be set to run through it´s 12 

color variations by glowing 1 color per hour or through a preset lighting sequence. 


Both a fully functional alarm clock and a mood lighting centerpiece. 

12 Color variations 

Alarm, Date and time LED display 

Sound alarm function 

'Tap on' facility 

Soft rubber surface 

Size: 8 x 8 x 8 cm 

Can be used with AC adaptor (European Adapator included) or 4 x AAA batteries (batteries not inlcuded) 

Reference: LED-BELT 

Name: Belt Buckle with flashing leds with customized message 


The belt buckle with flashing leds is the new fashion accessory for the street wise. Personalize your buckle by writing your name or 

messages so that it flashes onto the screen. Messages are shown moving accross, so there is always a new message showing. You can 

write up to 6 different messages. Its a great accessory for parties or just to stand out from the crowd! 

Our electronics belt buckles are perfect for Attention Seekers everywhere. Wear a scrolling message on your hips and we're sure you'll be 

the hit of the party. The message can scroll from right to left and is user programmable. To program simply flip the buckle over and input up 

to 256 letters, numbers or symbols. Be sure to watch the Pretty Ricky Music Video "Grind with Me" Watch Baby Blue hold up the Blue LED 

buckle at the end of the Video. 




1) Product size (mm): 135 (L) x 48 (W) x 5 (T) 

2) Led color: red 

3) Power supply: one CR2032 battery 

4) Can store 6 messages: one with 512 characters and five with 256 characters 

5) Nine speed levels 

6) Led: 21 x 7 dot matrix 



Reference: DRIVEALERT 

Name: Anti-drowsy alarm for drivers 


The Driver Alert is an anti-drowsy alarm designed to raise drivers awareness of momentary lapses caused by sleepiness and tirendness. 

Wear behind the right ear it works on the principle of electronic balance. As the driver head nods below a preset angle it emits a loud alarm 

signal alerting the driver to take corrective action, take a break or even take a nap!. The driver alert device is not only designed for drivers, it 

is perfect for people who need to be on full alert while on duty such a security guards guards, machine operators, and even students who 

need to work on their posture. 

Instructions: 

On the device is a little lever switch, shift it to the right towards ON 

Test that it is working properly by tilting it forward, if it beeps then it is at working mode 

Place behind your right ear and adjust, it should be placed correctly for effectiveness. Your head should not nod more than 30 degrees (the 

less the better), before it beeps 

When the device is no longer required move the lever towards the word OFF 

347

Reference: SHAKETORCH 

Name: Shake Torch Faraday Star without batteries 



Christmas 

Forever Flashlight uses no batteries and requires only the single, included LED. Leave it unused in your car's glove box for years with 

complete peace of mind-you'll get that all important light when you need it. 

Forever Flashlight pays for itself quickly by saving you the cost of the batteries required to keep a standard flashlight in working order. 

How the Forever Flashlight Works: English physicist Michael Faraday discovered that any change in the magnetic environment of a coil will 

"induce" voltage in that coil. Forever Flashlight makes use of Faraday's Law of Induction to give you a lifetime of light without batteries 

replacement LED's or maintenance worries. The math used in Faraday's formula may be a bit challenging, but the Forever Flashlight makes 

it all simple-shake it and slide on the switch to get a dependable light every time! 

Instructions: 

Simply, shake the the Faraday Star flashlight for 30 seconds and you will have enough light to last you 5 minutes 

Characteristics 

Light is visible from 1km away 

It does not require batteries or light bulb. 

shock resistant and water resistant 

Reference: LED-TORCH 

Name: Small Silvered colored single white Led Torch key ring 


A silvered colored very stylish, powerful , light weight one led torch keyring. 

Reference: HOVERCRAFT 

Name: Remote control Hovercraft 


Ever driven a RC car through a puddle and wished you hadnt? 

Ever wished that your RC boat would work on land? 

Well if you have and even if you havent, - everyones a winner with a Hovercraft! 

This R/C hovercraft is equally at home on land or water. Be it your living room or office floor or the local pond or river, this bad boy speeds 

across them all! The hovercraft is an all year round product, not restricted in the way RC boats are to weather conditions. If its a nice day, 

down the local pond/lake. If its pouring down race around the house. If its snowing, that depends. If you can brave the cold this baby will 

glide across snow and ice with ease. 

3 powerful fans propel this funky hovercraft to the amazement of onlookers. 

Floating on a cushion of air you have full control via the transmitter included. Operating to a distance of 50 feet(aprox. 15.24 meters) and at 

speeds up to 10mph (aprox. 16kms/hr)! 

Available in different designs and frequencies racing is also an option just watch out for ducks!!!. 

Each hovercraft comes compete and ready to run with rechargeable battery included. They run for about 15mins then a simple recharge is 

required, then its ready to go. 

Not suitable for rough water. 

Hovercraft Specification 

Hovercraft with three powerful motors 

Rubber air-bag skirt 

Dual-drive props with safety cages 

Top-mount air compressor 

Dual-stick, three-channel radio control transmitter with lift-cut button Owner's manual 

9.6 rechargeable battery pack 

9V battery 

Vehicle Dimensions: 15-1/2" (40cm)x 7-1/2" (20cm) x 5-1/2" (14cm) 

Batteries last for 8-15 minutes then recharge 

Comes complete and ready to run. 

Reference: CELL-PEN 

Name: Flashing Cell Pen to warning incoming calls with lantern 


This special pen will flash to indicate an incoming call at your mobile phone.It have Elegant design and high performance, and its perfect to 

gift it to your guest at your weddings or like corporate gifts 

This new model include a last generation led with a powerful light that could be used as lantern. 

The pen needs 3 small button (small) size batteries, unscrew at the center of the pen and insert the 3 button batteries. 

Batteries included in your package. 

See pictures to see how works: 

348

Distributors Catalog - Unlock Mobile Phones

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?